Skip to main content

Full text of "A survey of the wisdom of God in the creation; or, A compendium of natural philosophy .."

See other formats


\ 


CASE 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.  CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 
MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


I 


A 

S  U  B  Y  E  Y 

OF    THE 

WISDOM   OF    GOD 

IN    THE 

CREATION  : 

OR, 

A  COMPENDIUM 


Jtatural 


IN    FIVE    VOLUMES. 


BY  JOHN  WESLEY,  A.  M. 

A  NEW  EDITION,  REVISED   AND  CORRECTED. 

VOL.  IV. 


These  nre  thy  glorious  Works,  Parent  of  Good, 

Almighty!     Thine  this  universal  Frarae, 

Thus  wondrous  fa^r  J    Thyself  how  wondrous  then  ! 

MILTOiV. 


LONDON : 

Printed  by  J.  D.  Dewiclc,  46,  Barbican, 

MAXWELL  AND  \VILSOV,    17,    SKINNE51-STREET,    SNOW-HILL; 
AN»  WILLIAMS  AM>  SMIi  H,   STATIONERs'-COl/RT. 

1809. 

15477 


CONTENTS 


OF  THE 


FOURTH    VOLUME. 


PART  the  FIFTH. 

[CONTINUED.] 
CHAP.  III. 

OJ-tht  Properties  that  are  common  to  all  Bodies. 

PAGI 

1.  Of  extension  -    -  3 

2.  Of  a  vacuum         -  -  -  »  •  4 
S.  Of  solidity                -                     -    ,                  -            ib. 

4.  Of  divisibility             -  ib. 

5.  Of  motion  and  rest           -  5 

6.  Of  the  laws  of  motion  -                      -6 

7.  Of  the  Aristotelic  element*  -                          ib. 
VOL.  iv.                     * 


IV 

PAGE 

8.  Of  the  principles  of  the  ehy  mists  6 

9.  Objections  to  them  -  7 
10,  What  is  the  primary  element  of  all  things                       ilk 


CHAP.  IV. 

Of  those  Things  wherein  Natural  Bodies  differ. 

1.  Of  the  particular  properties  of  bodies                  -  9 

2.  Of  light                                                                *  ib. 
Particles  of  light    attracted   by   those   of  other 

bodies                       -  10 

Rays  of  light  differ  in  various  respects               -  n 

The  effects  of  light  and  sound             -  14 
Remarkable  account  of  the  effects  of  music  on 

animals                -                                        -  15 

The  density  of  light                                               -  16 

Of  elementary  light J                                             .  17 

'    The  inconceivable  extension  of  light                   -  19 

Of  natural  and  artificial  phosphor! :  their  surprising 

properties        -  -  -20 

3.  Of  colours                                      -  22 
Of  secondary  colours  :  with  curious  experiments 

thereon            -                        -  23 

4.  Of  sounds                 -  25 

5.  Of  smells                        -  26 
Mr.  Boyle's  account  of  smells  ib. 
Fatal  instance  of  the  effluvia  of  flowers  27 
Effects  of  the  effluvia  of  springs  in  England  and 

abroad                      -                    -  ib. 


PAGE 

6.  Of  tastes                                           -  23 

7.  Of  moisture  a«d  dryness,  beat  and  cold  29 

8.  Of  gravity                       -                  -                   -  ib. 
Mr.  Hutchinson's  account  of  gravitation            -  30 
Mr.  Hervey's  strong  and  beautiful  observations  on 

this  head                          -  32 
Dr.  Rogers's  observation  thereon 

i                       thoughts  on  comets                    -  37 

$.  Of  the  other  properties  of  bodies                         -  38 

10.  Of  occult  qualities                                -                -  ib- 

11.  Reflections                •                                            -  39 
On  the  heavenly  bodies                   -                       •  ib; 
On  the  ear  til               -               -                      •  41 
On  the  natural  instinct  of  animals                  •  43 
On  seas  and  rivers               •  ib. 
On  man  in  particular                   -                   -  44 
On  a  general  review  of  the  whole                 •  45 

Abridgment  o/THE  CONTEMPLATION  O/NATURE, 
By  MR.  BONNET,  of  Geneva. 

Introduction               •                  •  49 


CHAP.  I. 
Of  the  FIRST  CAUSE. 

1.  The  First  Cause  -  50 

2.  The  creation  -  ib. 

3.  The  universe  considered  with  respect  to  its  greater 

parts  -  .  51. 

-With  respect  to  the  planetary  system  -  ib. 


PAGE 

4.  With  respect  to  comets               -  52 

5.  Of  the  suspension  of   those  immense  bodies  in 

the  air                    -                                      -  53 

6.  Of  the  sea,  islands,  &c.  54 

7.  Of  the  moon,  venus,  mercury,  satnrn,  and  the  sun  ib. 

8.  Universal  connection,  or  harmony  of  the  universe  55 

9.  The  elements  act  reciprocally  on  each  other        -  56 


CHAP.  II. 

Of  the  relative  Perfection  of  Beings. 

1.  General  distribution  of  terrestrial  beings  •           58 

2.  Of  corporeal  perfection  •               59 

3.  The  terrestrial  life,  and  the  species  of  it  -             ib, 

4.  The  immensity  of  the  chain  ot  beings  -            60 

5.  Mean  spaces :  and  their  consequence  -               ib. 


CHAP.  III. 

General  Flew  of  the  gradual  Progression  of  Beings, 

1.  The  elements                                  -  63 

2.  Three  kinds  of  composition  in  bodies  64 

3.  Of  fluids  in  general,  and  cei  tain  fluids  in  particular  ib. 

4.  Of  some  rude,  or  unorganized  solids                 •  65 

5.  Passage  of  rude,  or  unorganized  solids,  into  or- 

ganized                         -  €6 


.til 

PACK 

6.  Of  some  species   of  plants,  whose  form  differs 

greatly  from  that  of  those  most  known  to  us  68 

7.  Of  plants  in  general                 -                    -  ib. 

8.  A  view  of  the  exterior  parts  of  plants                -  69 

9.  A  view  of  the  inside  of  pjants  71 

10.  Transition  from  vegetables  to  animals :  the  sen- 

sitive plant  and  the  polypus                    -  73 

11.  Reflections  on  animal  machines                   •  75 

12.  Reflections  on  the  polypus                        .  ib. 

13.  Of  worms  that  may  be  multiplied  by  slips  76 

14.  Of  insects  in  general                -  77 

15.  Tfce  external  parts  of  insects               -  78 

16.  The  inside  of  insects                 -                       *  80 

17.  Passage  from  insects  to  shell-fish  :  pipe-worms  ib. 
13.  Of  shell-fish                    -  81 

19.  Passage  from  shell-fish  to  reptiles,  and  of  reptiles 

to  fishes                                                     -  83 

20.  Of  fishes                                            -                       -  ib. 

21.  Passage  from  fishes  to  birds :  the  flying-fish ;  water- 

birds  ;  amphibious  birds  84 

22.  Passage  from  birds  to  quadrupeds  :  the  bat ;  flying- 

squirrel  ;  the  ostrich,  &c.                       -  85 


CHAP.  IV. 

Continuation  of  the  gradual  Progression  of  Beings. 

1.  Of  animals,  considered  as  mixed  beings.  Superi- 
ority which  the  faculty  of  reeling  gives  the  ani- 
ma)  over  the  plant  .  .87 


via 

PAtfB 

2.  Difficulty  concerning  the  construction  of  the  ani- 

mal scale.     Answer  to  this  difficulty  87 

3.  Of  the  extent  of  instinct  in  animals :  method  of 

distinguishing  it  89 

Inquiry  concerning  souls         .  ib, 

4.  Man  endued  with  reason,  cultivating  the  arts  and 

sciences                -                    -  ib. 

5.  Man  in  society  -  "91 

6.  Man  in  commerce  with  God  by  religion             -  ib. 

7.  Gradations  of  mankind                                             -  92 
The  celestial  hierarchies                     -                    v  95 
Reflections        -                        -  94 


CHAP.  V. 

Of  the  various  Relations  of  Terrestrial  Beings. 

1.  The  union  of  souls  to  organized  bodies :  the  per. 

ceptions  and  sensations  1)7 

*>.  The  passions  :  the  temper  .    *                        98 

3.  The  memory  and  imagination  99 

4.  The  sight  -         101 

5.  Ofvcolours:  their  consequences  102 

6.  Of  fire                -  J05 

7.  Of  air                -  107 

8.  The  appropriation  of  animals  to  divers   climates, 

places  and  matters  •  108 

9.  The  union  of  terrestial  beings   by   their  mutual 

services  -  -  -  ib. 

10.  The  transformation  many  tilings  undergo,  paticular- 

ly  by  the  action  of  01  ganical  macmnes  109 


IX 


CHAP.  VI. 

Of  Vegetable  Economy. 

PAGE 

1.  Of  organical  economy  in  general             -            -  111 

2.  Nutrition  of  plants  by  the  roots  and  leaves  ib. 

3.  Direction  of  the  leaves,  their  returning,  the  folding 

of  the  stalk  113 

4.  A  sketch  of  tiie  theory  of  the  motions  of  the  sap  114 

5.  Germination  and  growth  116 

6.  Multiplication  by  seed.     Distinction  of  sexes  117 

7.  Multiplication  by  shoots                 -                   -  118 

8.  Multiplication  by  slips  and  grafting                -  119 

9.  Regeneration  of  vegetables           -  120 


CHAP.  VII. 

Of  Animal  CEconomy. 

1.  The  n«rves :  the  spirits  -                   122 

2.  The  muscles                                        -  123 

3.  The  organs  of  nutrition                     -  -        ib. 

4.  The  organs  of  circulation        •  •            124 

5.  The  organs  of  respiration            -  125 

6.  Secretions            -  ib. 

7.  Growth                -               -»  —                    126 

8.  The  germs                —                   —  —         127 

9.  The  primitive  state  of  organized  beings  -            13CX 
30.  Generation:  the  chick  -         131 
11.  12,13.    Continuation  of  the  same  subject         133— J35 
14.  The  generation  of  mules                -  -        ise 


FA6E 

15.  The  formation  of  monsters  -  157 

16.  Accidents  may  give  birth  to  monsters  -  138 

17.  Application  to  vegetables         -  139 

18.  The  mystery  of  the  generation  of  plants  cleared  up  140 


CHAP,  VIII, 

Of  Animal  Economy,  considered  in  Insects. 

1,  Introduction            -                       -  14 1 

2,  The  mechanism  of  respiration       -  ib« 
o.  The  circulation                                         -                -  142 

4.  The  organs  of  generation,  and  their  dependencies  143 

5.  Distinction  of  insects  into  viviparous  and  oviparous  J44 

6.  Varieties  of  generation                                      .  J45 

7.  The  vine-fretter  J46 

8.  Zoophytes,  or  plant-animals  without  feet.    Fresh- 

water worms        -                   -                    —  148 

9.  Cluster  polypuses            -                   »              -  151 
3 0.  Funnel  polypuses              -                                    -  153 

1 1 .  Net  polypuses                ~                    *•*                 -  154 

12.  The  polypus  with  arms        -                -  ib. 

13.  Philosophical   considerations  on   the    subject    of 

polypuses  ...         155—166 


CHAP.  IX. 

Continuation     of    Animal  Economy   considered  in 
Insects. 

I.  Thoughts  on  the  regeneration  of  earth-worms  167 

t,  The  regeneration  of  faesh  water  worms  .tfcS 


XI 

PAG1 

3    Immense  distinctions  in  the  gifts  of  nature  -        169 

4.  The  metarmorphoses  of  insects            -  -              ib. 

5.  The  metamorphoses  into  an  oblong  ball  1 7* 

6.  Of  the  spider  fly                          -  171 

7.  Sketch  of  a  division  of  insects              -  -             172 

8.  The  moultings  or  diseases  of  insects           -  -         17* 

9.  Sketch  of  a  theory  of  metamorphoses        -  -        17* 
10.  11,12.  Reflections  on  metamorphoses,  174—178 


CHAP.  x. 

Parallel  letiveen  Plants  and  Animals: 

1  Introduction                                        *           »  17f 

2.  The  seed  ib. 

3.  The.  e.iig             -                        -  180 

4.  The  Bud,  the  fetus  ib. 

5.  The  nutrition  of  the  plant,  and  of  the  animal        -  181 

6.  The  growth  of  the  plant            -                           -  182 

7.  The  growth  of  the  aninfal                                        -  184 

8.  The  fecundation  of  the  plant              -            -  180 

9.  The  fecundation  of  the  animal                  -           -  ib. 

10.  The  multiplication  of  the  plant,  and  of  the  animal  188 

11.  Irregularities  in  the  generation  of  the  plant,  and  in 

the  generation  of  animals         -  189 

12.  Diseases  incident  to  plants  and  animals  ib, 

13.  Old  age  and  death  of  the  plant  and  of  the  animal  190 

14.  Other  sources  of  analogy  between  the  plant  and  animal  191 

15.  Their  place  and  number             -                -  192 

16.  Fecundity                -                -                -  194 

17.  Apposition  in  variety  of  plants  and  animals  195 

1 8.  The  form  $nd  the  structure                -               -  197 


Xil 

PAGE 

19.  The  circulation  202 

20.  The  distribution  of  aliment  -        203 

21.  Reflections               -  -         205 

22.  Sap  circulates  in  plants,  as  blood  in  animals  207 

23.  The  necessity  of  circulation  •              208 

24.  The  loco-motive  faculty  *         ib. 

25.  The  distinction  between  plants  and  animals  209 

26.  The  feeling                -  -        210 

27.  The  nutrition            ~            ~            -  -            211 
23.  Irritability               -  «             21$ 


CHAP  XL 

Of  the  Industry  of  dnimals. 

1.  Treating  in  general  of  the  instinct  of  animals  215 

2.  Wisdom  displayed  in  the  preservation  of  the  species  217 

3.  Of  animals  that  scarce  take  any  care  of  their  «£gs  218 

4.  Of  the  peculiar  attachment  of  other  animals  to  them  219 

5.  Of  divers  species  of  solitary  flies        -            -  220 

6.  The  different  degrees  of  art  and  sagacity  displayed 

in  their  work                -                -.                -  221 

7.  That  brutes  act  in  concert  with  each  other  ib, 

8.  Reflections                             -               -  222 

9.  Birds  of  passage                          *               -  223 

10.  Societies  of  animals  properly  and  improperly  so 

called                                  -  224 

11.  Common  caterpillars                            -  825 

12.  Processionary  caterpillars                              -  ib. 

13.  Remarkable  procedure  of  caterpillars  that  live  in 

society               -                -                —  226 

14.  Ants                                            - .              •*  227 


XI  11 


15.  Thoughts  on  the  policy  of  bees  -        -29.8 

16.  Of   Beavers  -  229 

17.  Reflections  on  beavers  -  -  230 


CHAP.  XII. 

Continuation  of  the  Industry   of  Animal*. 

1.  A  summary  account  of  the  industrious  proceedings 

of   divers  insects  relative   to    their  metamor- 
phoses -  —  -  233 

2.  Caterpillars  that  fasten  themselves  with  a  girdle  233 

3.  Caterpillars  that  form  cones  -  -  ib. 

4.  Of  spinning  caterpillars  -  234 

5.  Insects  that  live  in  fruits  -  -  235 

6.  Insects  that  fold  and  roll  up   the  leaves  j  ib« 

7.  Insects  that  are  miners  of  leaves                 -  237 
8»  Wonderful  properties  of  those  miners  238 
g.  False  moths               -                -             -  239 

10.  Of  moths  in  general.     Domestic  moths        -        —  241 

11.  Field  Moths  -  342 

12.  Aquatic  moths  *  -  -  143 

13.  Reflections  on  the  various  proceedings  of  insects  ib. 

14.  Procedings  of  shell  fish.    The  tellina  -  24 

1 5 .  The  cutler  :   its  peculiar  methods  -  -         ib. 

16.  The  dails  or  pholas  -  248 

17.  Divers  ssa  insects  or  animals.     Nettles  -  ib. 

18.  These  nettles  feed  on  shellfish  -  -  251 

19.  Resemblance  of  nettles  to  polypuses  ib. 

20.  Stars  -  -  -  -  253 

2 1 .  Sea  hedgehogs  -  -  -  25 

22.  Bernard  the  acrnut  -  -  256 


XIV 

PAGE 

23.  Shell  fish  that  spin.'    Muscles  and  pinnae  marina  257 
34.  Shell  fish 'and  other  animals  that  fasten  themselves 

by  a  sort  of  glue  or  stony  juice            -        -  260 

The  proceedings  of  fishes               -           -  262 

25.  Of  the  proceedings  of  birds                -                -  -263 

26.  Of  the  proceedings  of  quadrupeds.    The  rabbit  265 

27.  The  monkey  266 

28.  The  caterpillar  that  constructs  his  cone  like  a  grain 

of  corn  267 

29.  Analogous  proceedings  of  other  insects         -  268 

50.  Reflections  on  the  industry  of  animals             -  270 

51.  The  tapestry  bee  ib. 
The  subtleties  of  the  hare  and  stag                      -  ^  273 

39.  The  skilfulness  and  subtlety  of  the  fox        -  274 

Conclusion           -              -               -           -  27* 


COMPENDIUM 


OF 


NATURAL  PHILOSOPHY. 


PART  THE  FIFTH. 


CHAP.  III. 


Of  the  Properties  that  are  common  to  all  Bodies, 
and  of  the  Elements  of  Natural  Bodies. 


1.  Of  Extension. 

2.  Of  a  Vacuum. 

3.  Of  Solidity. 

4.  Of  Divisibility. 

5.  Of  Motion  and  Rest. 

6.  Of  the  Laws  of  Motion. 


7.  Of  the  Aristotelic  Elements. 

8.  Of  the  Principles  of  the  Chy- 

mists. 

9.  Objections  to  them. 

19.  What  is  the  primary  Element 
of  all  Things. 


1.  JL  JLAVING  spoken  of  the  particular  species  of 
bodies,  it  remains  only  to  speak  of  bodies  in  general : 
and  it  may  be  observed  of  them  all,  that  they  are  ex- 
tended, solid,  divisible,  figured,  and  capable  of  motion. 
We  cannot  conceive  any  body  that  is  not  extended  or 
composed  of  several  parts :  and  yet  \ve  cannot  affirm 
that  the  essence  of  body  consists  in  this  alone, 
VOL,  iv.  B 


2.  For  there  may  be  extension  without  body,  which 
is  usually  tef mecl  space  or  a  vacuum  :  these  are  widely 
different  from  each  other.  Body  is  divisible  and  sepa- 
rable into  parts,  and  consequently  capable  of  motion  ; 
none  of  which  can  be  said  of  mere  space:  and  that 
there  is  empty  space  is  clear  from  hence  : — that  if  all 
were  full,  there  could  be  no  motion  in  the  world ;  for  in 
order  to  this,  it  is  requisite  that  each  particle  leave  its 
place  empty  for  another  to  fill.  It  is  said,  indeed,  this 
need  not  be,  because  all  motion  is  circular,  so  that  in 
every  motion,  of  whatever  kind,  e«.ch  part  of  the  body 
moved  succeeds  another.  But  this  is  absolutely  con- 
trary to  matter  of  fact:  we  see  with  our  eyes  that  all 
motion  is  not  circular ;  and  if  not,  then  (here  must  be 
empty  space,  or  there  could -be  no  motion  at  all. 

3.  Another  property  of  body  is  solidify,  whereby  it 
resists  another  body,  moving  it  out  of  us  place.  Not 
much  different  from  this  is  impenetrability,  \\  hereby  a 
body  excludes  another  from  the  place  where  it  is.  *So-. 
Jidity  is  not  the  same  with  hardness,  the  former  belong- 
ing to  all,  the  latter  to  some  bodies  only.  Hardness 
consists  in  the  firm  cohesion  of  the  parts,  so  as  not  easily 
to  be  separated.  As  the  solidity  of  bodies  flows  from 
the  intrinsic  nature  of  matter,  it  is  vain  to  assign  as  the 
cause  of  it,  either  the  figure  or  rest  of  the  parts,  or  the 
pressure  of  the  air,  or  of  some  subtle  matter.  By  these 
solutions  we  do  not  at  all  explain  the  thing,  but  only 
entangle  ourselves  in  fresh  difficulties. 

4.  Divisibility  likewise  belongs  to  all  bodies;  for 
since  no  i  ody  can  be  conceived  that  is  not  extended, 
and  extension  supposes  parts,  it  follows,  that  every  body, 
however  small,  is  divisible:  perhaps  not  by  the  <ort  of 
man,  but  in  its  own  nature.  Nor  is  it  ?ny  objection* 
that  our  uudeiMandi;'  g  cannot  comprehend  infinite  divi- 
sibility— it  cannot ;  nor  can  it  comprehend  infinite  num- 
ber, or,  indeed  infinite*  of  any  kind. 

It  is  true  there  is  no  such  thing,  strictly  speaking,  as 


parts  infinitely  small ;  yet  the  s-mallness  of  the  particles 
of  several  bodies,  is  such  as  vastly  surpasses  our 
conception.  And  there  are  innumerable  instances 
in  nature  of  such  parts  actually  separated  from  each 
other. 

Mr.  Boyle  gives  us  several  instances  of  this :  he 
speaks  of  a  silken  thread  three  hundred  yards  long, 
that  weighed  but  two  grains  and  a  iralf.  Fifty  square 
inches  of  leaf-gold  weighed  but  one  grain.  Now  if 
the  length  of  an  inch  be  divided  into  two  hundred 
parts,  the  eye  may  distinguish  them  all ;  therefore, 
there  are,  in  one  square  inch,  forty  thousand  visible 
parts ;  and,  in  one  grain  of  leaf-gold,  two  millions  of 
such  parts :  which  visible  parts  no  one  will  deny  to  be 
farther  divisible.  In  odoriferous  bodies,  we  may  dis- 
cern a  still  greater  subtlety  of  parts,  yea,  of  parts 
actually  separated  from  each  other.  Several  bodies 
scarce  lose  any  thing  of  their  weight  in  a  long  time, 
and  yet  continually  fill  a  large  space  with  odoriferous 
particles.  Several  animals  are  but  just  visible  with 
the  finest  microscope :  and  yet  these  have  all  the 
parts  necessary  for  life,  as  blood  and  other  juices. 
How  wonderful  must  the  subtlety  of  the  parts  be 
whereof  those  fluids  are  composed :  and  hence  the 
following  strange  theorem  is  deduced  and  demonstrated 
by  Dr.  Keil. — "  Any -particle  of  matter,  how  small 
soever,  and  any  infinite  space,  how  large  soever,  being 
given,  it  is  possible  for  that  particle  to  be  diffused 
through  all  that  space,  and  to  fill  it  in  such  a  manner 
that  there  shall  be  no  pore  in  it  whose  diameter  shall 
exceed  any  given  line." 

5.  The  last  general  property  of  matter  is  motion 
avid  rest  ;  for  it  is  plain  all  matter  is  either  at  rest  or 
in  motion.  God  is  the  first  and  universal  cause  of  motion, 
as  well  as  of  all  these  tilings  :  the  immediate  cause  of 
it  is  either  matter  or  spirit.  It  is  beyond  doubt,  that  a 
body  moved  communicates  its  motion  to  another, 
though  in  its  own  nature  it  be  purely  passive.  Nor 
B  2 


6 

can  we  reasonably  deny  that  a  spirit  is  able  to  move 
matter,  although  the  manner  of  its  doing  this  we  cannot 
comprehend. 

6.  All    the    laws    of    motion    may    be    reduced   ,to 
three:     1.  Every  .moving  body  is  moved   by    another. 
5.  Every    moving  body    communicates    its   motion   to 
any  body  it  meets.     3.   Every  moving  body  continues 
in  motion  till   it  communicates  that  motion  to  another. 
While  these  laws  remain  in  force,  and   concur  iu  pro- 
ducing various    effects,    those    effects    are    termed    na- 
tural.    When  awy  of  these  laws  are  suspended,  this  is 
properly  a  miracle. 

7.  As   the  elements  or  first  stamina  of  bodies    are 
too  small    to  be  discerned  by    any   of  our  senses,  we 
can    only   form    conjectures    concerning    them.     The 
most    probable    conjectures    are    these  :     Empedocles, 
and  Aristotle,    from    him,    supposed   there    are    four 
elements,  fire,    air,    water   and    earth :    and,    indeed, 
this  division  seems  to  be   grounded  on  the  nature  of 
things;  for  there   is  no  doubt  but  at  the  creation  of 
this  globe  the    confused  mass  was  separated  into  four 
parts,  the  heaviest  of  which  constituted  the  earth,  the 
particles  next  in  weight  the  water,  the  third,   lighter 
still,  air,  and  the  lightest  of  all,  fire,  otherwise  termed 
ether.     And  it  is  manifest,  all  bodies  known  to  us  are 
reducible  to  one  or  more   of  these.     Every  thing  cor- 
poreal is  either  earth,  air,  water  or  fire,  or  compounded 
of  them.     So  that  after  all  the  disquisitions  of  two  or 
three  thousand  years,  this  easy,  plain,  natural  account  of 
the  elements,  is  not  likely  to  be  amended  :  it  being  a 
certain  fact  that  of  these  do  all  bodies  consist. 

8.  The  chymists  have  taken  another  way,  endea- 
vouring to  trace  the  principle  of  bodies,  not  by  the 
ordinary  use  of  their  senses,  nor  by  reasoning,  but  from 
experiments  made  by  fire:  and  by  this  means  they 
make  five  elements ;  for  whatever  is  distilled  first  emits 
a  sapid  and  spiritous  vapour,  which  is  by  cold  con- 


deuced  into  a  liquor :  and  this  they  term  mercury  :  then 
an  insipid  liquor,  which  they  call  phlegm  :  afterward  aa 
acid  liquor,  which  is  also  termed  mercury.  A  thicker 
and  oily  liquor  comes  next,  which,  because  easily  in- 
flammable, is  stiled  sulphur.  The  salt,  which  is  after- 
wards found,  is  their  fourth  element,  ttie  insipid  earth, 
which  is  left,  the  fifth. 

9.  But  not  to  insist,  that  all  bodies  are  not  rcsolvible 
into  these   principles,    it    is  utterly  uncertain  whether 
fire  does  not  alter  the  natural  qualities  of  bodies,  and 
introduce  other  qualities  into  them,  which  they  had  not  - 
before :  besides,  some  of  these  are  not  simple  elements, 
they  are  compounded  of  others,   oils,  and  salts  in  par- 
ticular :  therefore,  neither  are  all  those  oils  and  salts  of 
one  sort,  but  as  various  as  the  bodies  from  which  they 
are  extracted.     In  truth,  these  are  at  most  the  constitu- 
ent parts  of  two  of  the  Aristotelic  elements,   namely, 
water  and  earth  ;    but  the  two  others,  air  and  fire,  are 
quite  omitted  in  their  account. 

10.  Perhaps  one  might  rather  term  matter  itself,  with 
its  general  properties,  the  first  and   most  simple    ele- 
ment, out  of  which  all  things  are  compounded :  but  the 
particles   of  this  are    not    fit   to    compose  the  imme- 
diate stamina  of  larger  bodies,  till  they  combine  together 
into  oils,   salts,   and    juices    of    various    kinds.     And 
hence  arise  those  principles    of  the  chymists,  of  which 
most  bodies  are  compounded,  although  still  they  are 
only  secondary    elements,    as   being  themselves    com- 
pounded.    Indeed,  it  seems  probable,  God,  in  the  be- 
ginning, formed  matter  in  solid,  impenetrable,  moveable 
particles,  of  such  sizes  and  figures  as   most  conduced 
to  the  end  for  which  he  formed  them  ;    and  that  these 
primitive    bodies    are  incomparably  harder    than    any 
porous  bodies  compounded  of  them,  even  so   hard    as 
never  to  wear  out,  no    natural    power    being  able  to 
divide  them:     and  thus   remaining   entire,  they  com* 
pose  bodies  of   the  same    nature  and   texture    in    all 
ages;    whereas,  should  these  wear  a\vay,    or  break  in 

B  3 


8 

pieces,  the  nature  of  things  depending  on  them  would 
be  changed.  Nor  would  'water  and  earth,  composed 
of  broken  worn-out  particles,  be  the  same  as  they 
•were  at  the  beginning :  but  they  are  the  same  in 
ail  ages ;  and  the  changes  of  things  do  not  imply 
any  change  in  those  original  particles,  but  only  vari- 
ous associations  and  separations  of  them ;  nor  do  com- 
pound bodies  ever  break  in  the  middle  of  solid  parti- 
cles, but  where  those  particles  are  joined  together, 
and  oul)  touch  in  a  few  points* 


CHAP.  IV. 

Of  those  Things  wherein  Natural  Bodies  differ* 


1.  Of  the  particular  Properties        7.  Of  Moisture    and    Dryness? 

of  Bodies.  Heat  and  Cold. 

2.  Of  Light.  8.  Or  Gravity. 

3.  Of  Colours,  0.  Of    the   other  Properties  of 

4.  Of  So.mds.  Bodies. 

5.  Or'Smells.  30.  Or' occult  Qualities. 
«.  Of  Tastes.  11.  Reflections. 


LAVING  considered  wherein  natural  bodies 
agree,  we  come  now  to  consider  the  particular  properties 
wherein  they  disagree,  and  whereby  they  are  distinguish- 
ed from  each  other :  those  of  them  which  are  perceived 
by  our  outward  senses,  are  divided  accordingly  into 
various  classes,  as  they  aiFect  the  sense  of  sight,  of  hear- 
ing, of  tasting,  of  smelling,  or  of  feeling. 

2.  Light  seems  to  be  one  of  the  most  subtle  bodies  in 
the  universe :  the  grand  reservoir  thereof  is  the  sun  ; 
but  it  is  likewise  emitted  by  many  other  bodies,  and  by 
almost  ali  when  they  are  on  fire.  \Vhen  it  falls  on  any 
body  which  it  cannot  pass  through,  and  so  is  beat  back, 
it  is  said  to  be  reflected :  but  when  it  passes  from  one 
transparent  body  into  another,  which  is  either  rarer  or 
denser,  it  moves  obliquely,  its  rays  being  bent,  and  is 
said  to  be  refracted',  when  it  passes  through  u  body  in 
strait  lines,  it  is  said  to  be  transmitted.  Those  which 
emit  the  light  are  termed  lucid  bodies, — those  which  re- 
flect it,  opake. 

The  particles  of  light,  minute  as  they  are,  are  at- 
tracted by  those  of  other  bodies  :  hence,  in  their  pas- 
B  4 


10 

sage  near  the  edges  of  bodies,  whether  opake  or  transpa- 
rent, they  are  diverted  from  the  right  lines,  and  reflected 
towards  those  bodies.  This  action  of  bodies  on  light 
exerts  itself,  at  some  distance,  but  increases  as  the  dis- 
tai.re  is  diminished,  as  appears  in  the  passage  of  a  ray 
between  the  edges  of  two  thin  plates,  at  different  aper- 
tures, in  which  it  is  peculiar,  that  the  attraction  of  one 
edge  is  increased  as  the  other  is  brought  nearer  it.  The 
rays  of  light  passing  out  of  glass  into  a  vacuum,  are  not 
only  inflected  toward  the  glass ;  but  if  they  fall  too  ob- 
liquely, they  will  revert  back  to  the  glass,  and  be  to- 
tally reflected  :  this  reflection  cannot  be  owing  to  any 
resistance  of  the  vacuum,  but  merely  as  the  attracting 
power  of  the  glass.  This  appears  farther  from  hence  : 
if  you  wet  the  posterior  surface  of  the  glass,  the  rays, 
•which  would  otherwise  have  been  reflected,  will  pass 
into  and  through  that  liquor:  which  shews  that  the  rays 
are  not  reflected,  till  they  come  to  that  posterior  sur- 
face of  the  glass,  nor  even  till  they  begin  to  go  out  of  it ; 
for  if  at  their  going  out  they  fall  into  any  liquor,  they 
sre  not  reflected,  but  persist  in  their  course,  the  attrac- 
tion of  the  liquor  counterbalancing  that  of  the  glass. 

From  tiiis  mutual  attraction  between  the  particles  of 
light  and  other  bodies,  arises  the  reflection  and  refraction 
of  light.  The  determination  of  any  moving  body  is 
changed,  by  the  interposal  of  another  body.  Thus 
light,  meeting  any  solid  body,  is  turned  out  of  its  way 
and  reflected :  but  with  this  peculiar  circumstance—- 
it is  not  reflected  from  the  body  itself,  but  by  something 
diffused  over  the  surface  of  that  body  hefore^it  touches 
it :  it  is  the  same  thing  in  refraction.  The  rays  refracted 
come  very  near  the  refracting  body,  yet  do  not  touch  it. 
Those  that  actually  touch  solid  bodies,  adhere  to  them, 
aiid  are  as  it  were  extinguished  and  lost. 

This  entirely  agrees  with  the  curious  observation  of 
an  ingenious  writer.  "  It  is  common  to  admire  the 
lustre  of  the  drops  of  rain,  that  lie  on  the  leaves  of 
coleworts  and  some  other  vegetables.  Upon  inspecting 
them  narrowly  I  find  the  lustre  rises  xfrom  a  copious 


II 

reflection  of  the  light  from  the  flattened  parts  of  its  sur- 
face, contiguous  to  the  plant.  When  the  drop  rolls 
•along  a  part  which  has  been  wetted,  it  immediately  loses 
all  its  lustre.  The  green  plant  being  then  seen  clearly 
through  it,  whereas  in  the  other  case  it  is  hardly  to  be 
discerned. 

"  From  these  two  observations  laid  together,  we  may 
conclude,  the  drop,  when  it  has  the  lustre,  does  not 
really  touch  the  plant,  but  hangs  in  the  air  at  some  dis- 
tance from  it  by  the  force  of  a  repulsive  power :  for 
there  could  not  be  so  copious  a  reflection  of  light  from 
its  under  surface,  unless  there  were  a  real  interval  be- 
tween it  and  the  surface  of  the  plant. 

"  Now  if  that  surface  were  perfectly  smooth,  the  under 
surface  of  the  drop  would  be  so  likewise,  and  would 
therefore  reflect  the  image  of  the  illuminating  body  like 
a  piece  of  polished  silver ;  but  as  it  is  rough,  the  under 
surface  of  the  drop  becomes  rough  likewise,  and  so  re- 
flecting the  light  copiously  in  different  directions,  as- 
sumes the  colour  of  unpolished  silver*" 

Again :  Rays  passing  from  a  more  rare  into  a  more 
dense  medium,  are  turned  out  of  their  right  line,  because 
more  strongly  attracted  by  the  denser  medium. 

Rays  of  light  differ  in  respect  of  refraction,  reflection, 
and  colour.  Those  that  agree  in  the  first  of  these 
agree  in  all,  and  may  therefore  be  termed  homogeneal  r 
colours  exhibited  by  them  \ve  may  call  homogeneal 
colours.  This  being  premised,  we  may  observe,  1.  That 
the  sun's  light  consists  of  rays  variously  refrangible. 
2.  The  rays  variously  refrangible,  when  separated  from 
each  other,  exhibit  different  colours.  3.  That  there  are 
as  many  simple,  homogeneal  colours,  as  there  are  de- 
grees of  refrangibility.  4.  A  composition  of  all  the 
simple  colours  is  requisite  to  constitute  whiteness. 
5.  The  rays  of  light  do  not  act  upon  one  another  in 
passing  through  the  same  medium.  6.  Neither  do  they 
thereby  suffer  any  refraction.  7.  The  sun's  rays  con* 
tain  all  homogenous  colours,  which  may  therefore  be 
called  primitive. 

B5 


12 

As  some  rays  of  light  are  less  than  others,  so  they 
are  more  refrangible :  these  which  are  most  refrangible, 
constitute  violet  colour — that  is,  the  smallest  rays  excite 
the  most  languid  colour.  Those  which  are  largest,  and 
so  least  refrangible,  constitute  red,  the  most  vivid  colour. 
The  other  rays  excite  intermediate  sensations,  according 
to  their  respective  size  and  relrangibility. 

Bodies  reflect,  instead  of  transmitting  light,  that  is 
are  opake,  riot  transparent,  not  for  want  of  pores;  but 
either  because  of  the  unequal  density  of  their  parts  or 
the  magnitude  of  their  pores.  Either  their  pores  are 
empty,  or  they  are  filled  with  matter  of  a  different  kind, 
whereby  the  rays  are  variously  refracted  and  reflected 
till  they  are  quite  absorbed. 

Hence  paper  and  wood  are  opake,  while  glass  is 
transparent ;  for  in  the  confines  of  parts  alike  in  den- 
sity (such  as  those  of  glass  and  water)  there  arises  no 
refraction  or  reflection,  by  reason  of  the  equal  attrac- 
tion every  way  ;  so  that  the  rays  which  enter  the 
first  surface  pass  strait  through  the  body.  But  in  the 
parts  of  wood  and  paper,  which  are  unequal  in  density, 
and  contain  much  air  HI  their  large  pores,  the  refractions 
and  reflections  are  very  great,  so  that  the  rays  cannot 
pass  through  them,  but  are  bandied  about  till  they  are 
extinguished. 

Hence  opake  bodies  become  transparent  when  their 
pores  are  filled  with  a  substance  of  equal  density,  as 
paper  dipt  in  water  or  oil  :  and,  on  the  contrary,  trans- 
parent bodies,  by  emptying  their  pores  or  separating 
their  part?,  become  opuke.  Thus  salts  and  wet  paper 
become  opake  by  drying,  glass  by  pulverizing.  Yea, 
water  itself,  it  beat  into  froth,  loses  its  transparency. 

That  lig'  t  is  corporeal  cannot  now  be  doubted,  having 
been  proved  by  a  thousand  experiments.  By  reflection 
and  refraction  it  may  he  turned  more  or  less  out  of  its 
Hay,  acroiding  to  the  different  densities  of  the  reflecting 
or  retracting  medium.  Its  rays  in  their  progressive 
motion  may  be  intercepted  by  the  interposal  of  any  opake 
object :  and  when  this  is  removed,  they  proceed  again 


13 

in  the  same  strait  course  as  before.  They  may  likewise 
he  contracted  into  a  less, .or  diffused  through  a  larger 
space,  while  the  quantity  of  light  continues  the  same, 
neither  eacreased  nor  diminished.  So  in  the  focus  of 
a  burning  glass,  all  tSie  rays  which  would  otherwise  pass 
directly  through  the  glass,  are  contracted  into  one  bright 
spot,  while  the  circumambient  space  for  the  breadth  of 
the  glass  is  deprived  of  its  light  and  left  shaded  :  and 
the  action  of  light,  thus  condensed,  is  proportional  t*> 
its  quantity,  and  produces  all  the  effects  of  the  most  in- 
tense fire,  yea,  such  as  no  culinary  fire  will  produce. 
Whence  it  is  plain  that  fire  and  light  are  essentially 
the  same,  and  that  fire  is  only  condensed  light* 

The  materiality  of  light  is  farther  confirmed  by  its 
motion;  for  vision  is  propagated  through  this  medium 
successively,  as  sound  is  through  air.  This  has  l>een  de- 
monstrated from  the  eclipses  of  Jupiter's  satellites ;  for 
the  satellite  having  been  hid  behind  the  planet,  it  re- 
quires a  certain  time  after  it  emerges  before  its  light  can 
reach  the  eye ;  namely,  seven  minutes  and  a  half,  which 
is  a  motion  six  hundred  thousand  times  swifter  than  that 
of  sound  through  the  air. 

The  quantity  of  elementary  light  is  c&teris  parilm, 
every  where  the  same  at  the  same  distance  from  the 
sun:  but  it  faction  is  more  er  less  intense,  as  the  rays 
are  more  direct  or  oblique.  These  are  in  a  continual 
vibrating  motion,  going  and  returning  to  and  from  the  re- 
sisting medium,  in  exceeding  short  and  imperceptible  in- 
tervals, which  makes  the  element  seem  to  be  at  perfect 
rest.  All  the  rass  are  refracted  and  reflected  alternately  ; 
so  that  the  same  incident  ray,  which  is  refracted  at  one 
interval,  is  reflected  at  the  next :  this  is  visible  in  trans- 
parent mediums,  where  the  rays  fall  upon  glass,  water, 
and  the  i;kt  ;  but  in  opake  bodies,  though  the  fact  is  the 
same  it  is  noi  so  sensibl  .  When  the  rays  fail  upc*n 
glass,  they  are  reflected  one  moment  and  transmitted 
the  next:  an  1  this  vibrating  motion  seems  to  be  essen- 
tial to  light,  when  Us  rays  are  put  into  motion* 
B  6 


In  talking  of  light  and  sound  we  are  apt  to  confound 
the  sensation  with  the  motion  of  the  medium  that  ex- 
cites it.  Thus  in  a  deep  calm  we  say,  There  is  no  air,— 
because  we  feel  none,  though  there  is  really  the  same 
quantity  of  air  in  equal  space  as  if  it  hlew  a  storm.  And 
so  in  deep  darkness  we  say,  There  is  no  light  in  the 
room,  although  there  is  supposed  to  be  as  much  light 
there  as  there  was  at  noon  day  :  only  its  rays  are  qui- 
escent, and  make  no  impression  upon  the  visive  organs. 

Sound  is  said  to  move  about  fourteen  miles  in  a 
minute,  which  is  performed  thus  :— the  stroke  given  by 
the  sounding  body  to  the  contiguous  air,  is  communi- 
cated to  the  next,  and  so  on  till  it  reaches  the  ear. 

The  oscillations  of  the  air  are  required  to  succeed 
each  other  with  a  certain  velocity;  and  in  order  to 
render  them  audible,  they  must  not  be  fewer  than 
thirty  in  a  second  of  time.  But  the  more  frequent 
these  sonorous  waves  are  in  a  given  time,  the  sharper  is 
the  sound  heard,  and  the  more  strongly  does  it  affect  us, 
till  we  come  to  the  most  acute  of  audible  sounds,  which 
have  7520  tremors  in  a  second. 

Acute  sounds  are,  in  general,  yielded  from  bodies 
that  are  hard,  brittle,  and  violently  shook  or  struck  ; 
grave  sounds  are  from  the  contrary.  Cords  JY  other 
bodies,  that  yield  the  same  number  of  vibrations  in  a 
given  time,  are  said  to  be  tin/son;  as  those  which  make 
double  the  number  of  oscillations  in  that  time,  yield  a 
tone  that  is  an  octave,  or  eight  notes  higher  ;  and  other 
proportions  betwixt  the  number  of  the  vibrations,  have 
^iiilerent  names  assigned  to  them  in  a  musical  scale. 
The  shorter  cords  produce  sharper  tones,  and  the  reverse 
in  a  proportion  directly  as  their  lengths ;  also  lhose> 
which  are  more  stretched  afford  sharper  sounds. 

The  sound,  whether  acute  or  grave,  strong  or  weak, 
is  carried  through  the  air  nbout  1038  Paris  feet  in  a 
second,  and  that  with  an  uniform  velocity,  without 
Abating  in  the  larger  distances.  But  a  contrary  wind, 
causing  the  vibrations  to  extend  more  slo\vly,  retards 


15 

the  progression  of  sound  about  one-twelfth  of  its  velo- 
city. Density  and  dryness  of  the  air  increase  the 
sound,  as  the  rarefaction  and  moisture  of  the  air  lessen 
it :  hence,  in  summer  time  sound  moves  swifter ;  and 
in  Guinea,  it  has  been  observed  to  pass  at  the  rate  of 
10^8  Parisian  feet  in  one  second. 

Plutarch  says,  Deers  and  horses  are,  of  all  irrational 
creatures,  the  most  affected  \vitii  music  :  Mr.  Playford 
says  the  same  thing,  and  adds,  "  Myself,  as  I  travelled 
some  years  since  near  Royston,  met  about  twenty  stags 
upon  the  road,  following  a  bagpipe  and  violin,  which, 
when  the  music  played,  went  forward,  when  it  ceased 
they  all  stood  still;  and  in  this  manner  they  were 
brought  from  Yorkshire  to  Hampton  Court.  Lions 
likewise,  and  elephants  are  susceptible  of  the  powers  of 
music ;  so  are  many  dogs,  and  most,  if  not.  all,  singing 
birds."  A  late  author  gives  a  stranger  account  still. 

Monsieur  de ,  captain  of  the  regiment   of 

Navarre,  was  confined  in  prison  six  months  :  he  begged 
leave  of  the  governor  that  he  might  send  for  his  lute. 
After  four  days  he  was  astonished  to  ^see,  at  the  time 
of  his  playing,  the  mice  come  out  of  their  holes  and  the 
spiders  descend  from  their  webs,  which  came  and  formed 
a  circle  round  him,  to  hear  him  with  attention.  This  at 
first  so  surprised  him  that  he  left  off,  on  which  they  all 
retired  quietly  into  their  lodgings.  It  was  six  days  be- 
fore he  recovered  from  his  astonishment ;  he  then  began 
to  play  again — they  came  again,  and  in  still  increasing 
numbers,  till  after  a  time  he  found  a  hundred  of  them 
about  him. 

I  saw  a  very  large  and  fierce  lion  which  was  then  kept 
at.  the  infirmary  at  Edinburgh,  quite  transported  with 
the  sound  of  a  bagpipe,  and  rolling  upon  its  back  with 
the  utmost  satisfaction.  I  saw  likewise,  the  old  lion  in 
the  Tower  of  London  listen  with  the  utmost  attention  to 
a  German  flute  :  mean  time  a  young  tiger  leaped  up 
4  " 


16 

and   down  incessantly   till   the    music    ceased.     So  it 
may  be  literally  true, 

Sueius  Amphion  lenire  tigres. 

Light  is  propagated  about  two  hundred  thousand 
miles  in  a  second,  after  the  very  same  munner  as  sound. 
The  sun  impresses  the  contigious  part  of  its  visive  at- 
mosphere:  (light  seems  to  be  the  atmosphere  of  the  sun, 
as  air  is  of  all  opake  bodies).  That  part  impress  ebthe 
next,  and  so  on,  till  it  reaches  the  eye. 

All  sensation  is  from  contact  of  feeling  ;  and  when 
the  object  is  not  in  immediate  contact  with  the  organ  it 
affects,  touches,  or  impresses,  by  an  interposed  medium. 
By  this  means  the  soul  perceives  or  feels  the  object  by 
the  proper  organ  :  and  thus,  seeing  is  in  effect,  the  feel- 
ing of  the  eye  -,  hearing,  the  feeling  of  the  ear. 

From  all  our  experiments  it  appears,  that  the  particles 
of  light  are  extremely  minute.  Probably  they  are  the 
very  smallest  and  last  divisions  of  matter  which,  being 
perfectly  solid,  cannot  receive  any  other  form :  sa 
minute  are  they  as  to  pass  freely  even  through  the 
pores  of  glass,  which  no  other  fluid  can  penetrate. 

All  other  bodies  are  immersed  in  this  universal  fluid, 
the  conation  medium  of  all  their  actions  on  each  other. 
But  amidst  all  the  changes  of  compound  bodies,  all  the 
forms  they  successively  put  on,  this  simple  element  re- 
mains for  ever  fixed  and  immutable. 

As  to  fire,  or  condensed  light,  all  bodies  whatever  fly 
or  recede  from  it,  in  proportion  to  its  den-ity:  and  this 
seems  to  be  its  fir^t  and  most  essential  property,  that  no 
other  body  can  exist  with  it,  or  bear  its  immediate 
action.  So  far  as  it  prevails,  it  dissolves  the  closest  and 
strongest  cohesion  of  parts  in  all  other  bodies,  and  re- 
duces them  into  so  extremely  minute  particles,  that  they 
evaporate  in  air.  And  herein  is  an  essential  difference  . 
2 


17 

between  this  and  all  other  dissolvents  in  nature,  that  the 
substance  dissolved  cannot  unite  with  the  dissolvent 
without  destroying  its  action. 

When  salt  dissolves  in  water,  iron  in  aqua-fortis,  or 
gold  in  aqua-regia,  the  substance  dissolved  is  equally 
diffused  through  the  dissolvent,  so  as  to  incorporate 
with  it;  but  non$  of  the  things  dissolved  by  fire  can 
mix  or  incorporate  with  it :  they  all  fly  off  in  vapour, 
otherwise  the  fire  is  presently  extinguished. 

Elementary  light  then,  the  rays  of  which  when  con- 
densed take  the  name  of  fire,  is  an  element  of  a  peculiar 
kind,  not  subject  to  the  mechanical  laws  of  other  bodies. 
Now,  if  we  suppose  a  material  fluid,  void  of  gravity, 
pressure,  or  any  other  mechanical  power,  all  gravitating 
bodies  will  move  through  such  a  fluid,  as  freely  as  in 
vacuo. 

Elementary  light  is  a  material  fluid,  void  of  gravity, 
pressure,  or  any  other  mechanical  power.  When  con- 
deesed,  it  is  pure  elementary  fire,  which  excludes  all 
other  matter  out  of  t lie  same  space :  -yet  it  lies  in  the 
focus  of  a  burning-glass,  perfectly  still  and  quiescent. 
Though  it  is  surrounded  by  the  air,  which  is  a  gravitating 
fluid,  pressing  equally  every  way,  yet  this  im mechanical 
element  is  not  at  all  affected  by  it,  so  as  to  rise  or  fall  in 
it,  or  in  the  least  to  alter  its 'stale  either  of  rest  or  mo- 
tion, which  must  necessarily  happen  were  it  endued 
with  gravity,  or  the  other  mechanical  properties  found 
in  other  bodies. 

And  that  the  rays  of  light,  in  their  progressive  motion, 
do  not  press,  resist,  attract,  or  at  all  disturb  each  other,  is 
evident  from  facts,  though  they  come  from  every  point 
of  space  that  can  be  within  the  optic  angle  of  the  eye. 
Thus  two  men  standing  at  a  distance  and  looking  at 
each  other,  see  one  another  at  the  fame  instant  and 
that  by  means  of  rays,  which  act  in  contrary  directions 
without  the  least  resistance.  And  any  number  of  other 
men,  standing  in  any  position,  may  see  the  same  men  in 


18 

the  same  instant,  by  rays  which  cross  each  other  with- 
out any  interruption,  in  all  possible  angles.  But  in 
sounds  which  move  through  a  gravitating  resisting  me- 
dium, the  case  is  quite  different.  For  a  multitude  of 
sounds,  from  different  sonorous  bodies,  cannot  be  dis- 
tinctly heard  :  particularly,  when  they  come  to  the  ear, 
in  many  different  directions.  For  the  undulations  of  the 
resitting  medium,  mixing  with,  and  disturbing  each 
other,  confuse  the  sensation,  throwing  ail  together,  in- 
discriminately to  the  ear.  Thus  when  a  multitude  of 
people  are  all  talking  together,  the  ear  receives  only  a 
confused  hum  or  murmur;  whereas  the  eye  can  perceive 
all  or  any  one  cf  them  distinctly  and  without  confu- 
sion. 

Indeed  nothing  is  more  sure,  than  that  gravity,  pres- 
sure, resistance,  and  all  those  affections  of  bodies  which 
are  termed  their  mechanical  powers,  are  not  intrinsic  or 
essential  to  them.  For  since  matter  is  purely  passive, 
and  can  only  act  as  it  is  acted  upon,  it  follows,  that  the 
active  force  or  energy,  which  \ve  observe  through  the 
whole  material  system,  must  be  the  effect  of  some  in- 
trinsic, non-essential  cause.  And  such  a  cause  is  light. 
But  then  the  actions  of  this  can  never  be  mechanically 
accounted  for.  How  this  immechauical  fluid  acts  upon* 
other  bodies,  and  determines  their  mechanical  powers, 
we  can  no  more  explain  than  how  the  soul  acts  upon  the 
.body,  or  the  mind  upon  matter.  But  we  are  sure  this  is 
not  done  by  weight,  pressure,  resistance,  or  any  me- 
chanical property  whatever. 

"  But  what  are  the  general  latvs  of  nature  ?'  They 
are  plainly  th«  rules  or  principles,  by  which  the  Go- 
vernor and  Director  of  all  things,  lias  determined  to  act. 
Accordingly  what  we  call  mechanism,  is  indeed  the  free 
agency  and  continued  energy  of  the  author  and  director 
of  nature.  All  the  necessary  motion  of  bodies  there- 
fore, and  all  the  laws  and  forces  whereby  it  is  commu- 
nicated and  preserved,  are  the  continued,  regular  will* 
choice  and  agency  of  the  first  cause,  and  incessant  mover 
and  preserver  of  the  universe. 


By  the  help  of  this  admirable,  this  first  made,  he- 
cause  most  necessary  creature,  light,  all  the  'animal 
world  is  enabled  to  go  here  and  there,  as  their  occasions 
call.  We  can  with  pleasure  behold  the  glorious  works 
of  God  :  we  can  view  the  glories  of  the  Heavens,  the 
beauties  of  the  flowery  fields,  the  gay  attire  and  exqui- 
site garniture  of  many  creatures.  We  can  with  admira- 
tion see  the  great  Creator's  wonderful  art  in  the  parts 
of  animals  and  vegetables.  In  a  word,  we  can  behold 
the  harmony  of  this  lower  world,  and  of  the  globes 
above,  and  survey  his  exquisite  workmanship  in  every 
creature. 

It  is  a  great  instance  of  his  providence,  that  so  neces- 
sary as  light  is,  it  is  not  long  in  passing  from  place  to 
place.  How  inconvenient  would  it  be,  were  the  mo- 
tion of  it  no  swifter,  than  that  of  the  swiftest  bodies  on 
earth,  such  as  of  a  bullet  out  of  a  great  gun,  or  even 
of  sound  itself?  Did  it  move  at  the  rate  of  the  first,  it 
would  be  above  thirty-two  years  in  coming  from  the  sun 
to  us,  (according  to  the  common  computation  of  the 
sun's  distance,)  above  seventeen  years  at  tbe  rate  of  the 
second  motion.  The  inconvenience  of  this  would  be, 
its  energy  would  be  greatly  abated ;  its  rays  would  be 
less  penetrant,  and  darkness  would  be  dissipated,  with 
greater  difficulty,  especially  by  the  fainter  light  of  our 
sublunary  luminous  bodies.  But  passing  with  that  pro- 
digious swiftness,  (from  the  sun  to  us  in  seven  or  eight 
minutes)  we  receive  with  security  and  speed  the  kindly 
effects  of  that  noble  and  useful  creature. 

Another  thing  worthy  of  consideration  is,  the  incon- 
ceivable extension  of  light.  It  is  as  unlimited  as  the 
universe  itself,  as  is  manifest  from  our  seeing  some  of 
the  most  distant  objects,  the  heavenly  bodies,  partly 
with  the  naked  eye,  partly  with  the  help  of  instruments. 
And  had  we  instruments  of  power  equal  to  the  extent  of 
light,  the  luminous  bodies  in  the  utmost  parts  of  the  uni- 
vti>e,  would  doubtless  be  visible  too.  Hereby  we  have 
a  ken  of  those  many  glorious  works  of  the  infinite  Creu- 


20 


tor,   which  we   can  improve  to    some    of  the   noblest 
sciences,  and  most  excellent  uses  of  our  own  globe. 


One  species  of  lucid  bodies  are  termed 
of  which  some  are  natural,  others  artificial.  Natural 
phosphori  emit  light  without  a;iy  art  or  preparation. 
Such  are  glow-worms,  and  several  sorts  of  shining  in- 
sects. Such  are  rotten  wood  :  the  eyes,  blood,  scales* 
flesh,  and  leathers  of  some  animals.  Diamonds  likewise 
when  rubbed  emit  light,  to  one  who  has  stayed  some  time 
in  the  dark.  But  before  the  diamond  is  brought  into 
the  dark  room,  it  should  lie  eight  or  ten  seconds  in  the 
sun-shine.  It  will  then  shine  in  the  dark  twelve  or  thir- 
teen minutes  :  but  its  light  gradually  weakens  all  the  time. 

But  it  is  remarkable,  that  some  diamonds  have  this 
property  of  imbibing  the  sun's  rays,  and  shining  in  the 
dark,  mid  others  not,  though  there  is  no  other  discerni- 
ble difference  between  them.  Nor  is  there  any  rule 
of  judging,  which  diamonds  have  this  property,  and 
which  have  not.  Their  brightness,  their  purity,  their 
size,  their  shape,  contribute  nothing  to  it. 

Sulphur  and  sugar  when  pounded  in  the  dark,  will 
likewise  emit  liglit  ;  as  will  the  backs  of  horses  or  cats, 
when  rubbed  with  the  hand,  and  sea-water,  yea  and  some 
mineral  waters,  briskly  agitated.  But  no  natural  phos- 
phorus shines  always,  or  gives  any  heat. 

Artificial  phosphorus  is  made  chiefly  from  human 
urine.  But  it  may  be  made  from  blood,  or  hair;  or  in- 
deed from  any  part  of  an  animal,  which  yields  an  oily 
distillation.  It  is  at  first  of  the  consistence  of  hard 
wax;  but  dissolves  in  all  kinds  of  distilled  oil.  With 
solid  phosphorus  one  may  write  on  paper  as  with  a  pencil, 
and  the  letters  will  shine  in  the  dark.  A  little  piece  of'  it 
rubbed  between  two  papers,  takes  fire  presently.  It 
burns  vehemently,  and  penetrates  deeper  into  the  flesh 
than  common  fire.  It  neve^r  spoils,  if  kept  in  a  phial 
full  of  water.  Liquid  phosphorus  does  not  keep  long* 


21 

If  the  face  or  hands  be  smeared  with  this,  they  will 
shine  in  the  dark,  yet  without  any  hurt  to  the  skin. 

If  phosphorus  be  put  into  a  long  phial,  of  which  three 
fourths  are  tilled  with  water,  it  will  frequently  send  up 
confiscations,  which  will  pierce  through  the  water,  and 
expand  themselves  with  great  brightness  in  the  upper  part 
of  the  phial. 

If  we  compare  this  with  lightning,  we  may  observe, 
that  as  in  this  the  fire  passes  alternately  through  the  wa- 
ter, so  in  that  the  flashes,  which  come  at  intervals,  pass 
uninterupted  through  the  most  dense  clouds  and  thickest 
rain.  But  this  is  usually  in  warm  weather,  not  in  winter. 
And  it  is  the  same  with  phosphorus.  It  very  frequently 
flashes  in  warm  weather,  but  very  rarely  in  winter. 

Again,  The  flame  of  lightning  is  generally  inoffen- 
sive, and  does  not  set  fire  to  any  thing.  In  like  man- 
ner the  flashes  of  phosphorus  are  harmless,  and  do  not  set 
fire  to  the  most  combustible  matter.  But  when  con- 
densed phosphorus  is  set  on  fire,  it  burns  terribly.  And 
in  the  same  manner  lightning,  when  condensed,  burns 
trees,  houses,  or  whatever  it  comes  near.  Phosphorus 
while  burning,  acts  as  a  corrosive,  and* when  it  goes  out, 
forms  a  menstruum,  which  dissolves  gold,  iron,  and 
other  metals.  Lightning  melts  the  same  substances. 

Another  kind  of  artificial  phosphorus,  is  a  preparation 
of  the  bononian  stone.  This  stone  is  of  no  certain 
figure,  but  is  sometimes  round,  sometimes  oblong,  or 
lenticular.  They  are  usually  as  big  as  an  orange,  but 
very  light,  considering  their  bulk.  They  are  of  various 
colours,  some  ash-coloured,  some  blue,  and  some  almost 
white.  When  this  stone  is  prepared,  it  receives  light, 
but  in  very  different  degrees,  either  from  the  sun,  the 
moon,  common  day-light,  or  a  flame.  After  it  has  been 
exposed  a  few  minutes  to  any  of  these,  it  shines  in  the 
dark  like  a  burning  coal,  with  such  a  light  as  is  suffi- 
cient to  read  by,  if  the  letters  be  held  near  the  stone. 
It  does  not  retain  its  light  long,  but  requires  often  re- 
newing. When  well  prepared,  it  will  retain  this  virtue 


for  five  or  six  years.     It  appears  to   most  advantage,  if 
brought  into  a  dark  room,  after  being  held  in  the  sun. 

3.  When  the  rays  of  light  fall  on  opake  bodies,  they 
are  variously  reflected  to  our  eyes,  according  as  the  sur- 
face of  those  bodies  are  variously  disposed.  And  hence 
arises  our  sensation  of  colours.  These,  as  they  exist  in 
the  coloured  bodies,  are  only  the  dispositions  of  their 
surface,  to  reflect  such  particular  sorls  of  rays.  White 
bodies  reflect  all  rays  every  way,  without  any  separation 
of  them.  On  the  contrary  black  bodies  imbibe  all  the 
rays,  and  reflect  none  or  very  few,  whereas  Hue,  yel- 
low, and  red  bodies,  reflect  only  one  particular  sort  of 
rays.  The  smallest  sort  of  rays  are  supposed  to  be  blue; 
the  next  yellow,  the  largest  red. 

To  be  a  little  more  particular.  There  are  eight  true 
primary  colours,  which  are  red,  yellow,  green,  blue, 
violet,  purple,  orange,  and  indigo.  All  the  rest  are  com- 
pounded of  these,  and  are  termed  secondary  colours. 
But  the  more  compound  any  colour,  the  less  vivid  it  is. 
And  by  too  much  composition  they  may  be  diluted  and 
weakened  till  they  are  destroyed.  The  most  extraordi- 
nary composition  of  all  is  that  of  whiteness.  For  to  this 
five  at  least  of  the  primary  colours  are  required,  as  also, 
that  they  be  mixed  in  a  certain  degree.  And  hence  white 
is  the  ordinary  colour  of  light :  light  being  an  assemblage 
of  all  colours. 

The  transmutation  of  colours  by  mixing  them  toge- 
ther, is  not  real,  but  merely  apparent.  Thus  mix  blue 
and  yellow  powders,  and  they  appear  green.  But  view 
them  with  a  microscope,  and  the  blue  and  yellow  parti- 
cles are  seen  as  distinct  from  each  other  as  before. 

To  produce  Hack,  the  particles  must  be  less  than 
those  which  exhibit  any  other  colour.  Where  they  are 
greater,  there  is  too  much  light  reflected  to  constitute 
this  colour.  But  if  there  be  a  little  less  than  forms  the 
indigo,  the  body  appears  intensely  black. 

And  hence  it  appears,  w  hy  fire  and  putrefaction  turn 
many  substances  black.  Tney  divide  them  into  exceed- 
ing small  particles>  which  then  absorb,  instead  of  reflect- 


23 

ing  the  light.  Hence  also  it  appears,  why  glass  ground 
very  elaborately  with  sand  on  a  eopper-plate,  makes  the 
sand  together  with  what  is  worn  off  from  the  glass  and 
copper,  become  very  black  :  likewise,  why  black  <  sub- 
stances exposed  to  the  sun,  are  hot  sooner  than  any 
other.  This  may  partly  proceed  from  the  multitude  of 
refractions  in  a  little  room,  partly  from  the  easy  commo- 
tion of  so  small  particles,  arid  from  their  imbibing  his 
rays.  Hence  also  we  learn,  why  blacks  are  usually  in- 
clined to  a  bluish  colour.  Black  borders  on  indigo,  and 
therefore  reflects  indigo-rays,  if  any. 

To  try  if  black  bodies  receive  heat  more  than  others, 
Mr.  Boyle  whited  one  half  of  a  tile,  and  blacked  the 
other,  and  then  exposed  it  to  the  summer  sun.  While 
the  white  part  still  remained  cool,  the  black  part  was 
grown  very  hot.  For  farther  satisfaction  he  exposed  to 
the  sun  a  tile,  part  of  which  was  blacked,  part  white, 
and  part  of  its  natural  fed :  and  after  a  while  found  the 
black  part  hot,  the  red  warm,  and  the  white  cool. 

"  I  laid  on  the  snow,  (says  Dr.  Franklin,)  little  pieces  of 
broad  cloath,  of  divers  colours,  black,  deep  blue,  light 
blue,  green,  purple,  red,  yellow,  white,  in  a  bright  sun- 
shiny morning.  In  a  few  hours  the  black  (being  warmed 
most)  was  sunk  lowest,  the  dark  blue  almost  as  low,  the 
light  blue  not  quite  so  much,  the  other  colours  less  as 
they  were  lighter,  and  the  white  not  at  all.  This  was  an 
easy  and  certain  way  of  shewing  which  was  heated  most." 

All  the  secondary  colours  of  natural  bodies  proceed 
from  their  reflecting  two  or  more  sorts  of  rays  together, 
and  absorbing  the  rest. 

Glass,  crystal,  diamond,  and  other  transparent  bodies, 
lose  their  transparency,  and  are  white,  when  reduced  to 
powder:  the  change  of  texture  causing  them  to  reflect 
the  rays  which  before  they  transmit. 

White  loaf-sugar,  melted  over  the  fire,  without  wa- 
ter, iirst  turns  brown,  afterwards  black.  And  a  single 
gram  of  this  tinges  a  quart  of  fair  water  with  a  beauti- 


24 

fal  yellow.  Violets,  roses,  carnations,  and  most  flowers 
lose  their  colour,  by  being  long  in  the  open  air.  And  by 
the  same  means  blue  essential  oil  of  chamomile-flower* 
changes  to  a  dirty  green. 

Many  colours  may  be  produced,  destroyed,  and  re- 
generated, upon  simple  mixture.  Let  dried  rose-leaves 
stay  awhile  in  spirits  of  wine,  and  they  lose  their  colour 
without  tinging  the  liquor.  But  add  a  little  oil  of  vitriol, 
and  it  turns  red  :  put  in  a  little  urinous  spirit,  and  the 
red  changes  to  green,  which  by  adding  a  little  more  oil 
of  vitriol,  turns  to  a  red  again. 

Make  a  slight  infusion  of  bruised  galls  in  water,  so  as 
not  to  discolour  it.  Make  also  a  weak  infusion  of  green 
vitriol  in  water,  which  will  be  still  transparent.  Yet  mix 
them  together,  and  an  inky  blackness  will  immediately 
arose.  But  add  a  little  oil  of  vitriol,  the  blackness  will 
vanish,  and  the  liquor  be  transparent  again.  Yet  the 
blackness  may  be  recalled  by  adding  a  little  salt  of 
tartar. 

If  a  little  bruised  camphire  which  is  very  white,  be 
put  into  transparent  oil  of  vitriol,  the  camphire  will  dis- 
solve, and  tinge  the  liquor  first  brown,  and  at  length  a 
fine  black.  But  upon  the  addition  of  fair  water,  t)ie 
blackness  entirely  vanishes,  and  the  camphire  regains  its 
native  whiteness. 

A  transparent  infusion  of  sugar  of  lead  in  water  being 
wrote  with,  when  dried  becomes  invisible.  But  the  bare 
fumes  of  another  transparent  liquor,  namely,  infusion  of 
quick  lime  and  orpiment  in  water,  will  quickly  make  the 
invisible  writing  black  and  visible. 

And  not  only  secondary,  but  primary  colours  are  pro- 
ducible by  simple  mixture.  If  the  sun's  rays  pass 
through  two  pieces  of  differently  coloured  glass,  sup- 
pose a  blue  and  a  yellow  piece  laid  on  each  other,  and 
these  rays  are  received  upon  white  paper,  they  produce  a 
beautiful  green.  A  mixture  of  seven,  or  even  five,  ori- 
ginal colours,  will  make  a  pure  white.  If  different  co- 
loured flames  be  brought  to  mix,  the  experiment  is 
made  to  perfection. 

flames  from  different  bodies  are  of  different  colours. 


25 

The  flame  of  camphire  is  white  ;  of  sulphur,  blue;  of 
white-wax,  inclining  to  yellow.  For  making  experi- 
ments, oil  may  be  impregnated  with  different  metals,  so 
as  to  exhibit  their  particular  flames. 

4.  Air  is  the  ordinary  vehicle  of  sound,  which  is  the 
fainter,  the  more  remote  the  sounding  body  is.  It  is 
also  lessened,  and  sometimes  quife  interrupted  either  by 
contrary  winds  or  thick  vapours  floating  in  the  air.  It  is 
supposed,  that  the  sounding  body,  excites  a  kind  of  un- 
dulation or  tremulous  motion  in  the  air,  raising  as  it 
were  waves  of  air,  one  of  which  impels  the  other  till 
they  reach  the  ear. 

Sound  moves  but  little  quicker  by  having  the  wind 
vMi  it,  as  it  moves  at  least  thirty  three  times  faster  titan 
the  most  violent  wind  we  know.  But  it  is  heard  much 
farther  thereby. 

That  air  is  the  grand  vehicle  of  sou»d,  appears  from 
various  experiments.  A.  bell  in  an  unexhausted  receiver, 
may  be  heard  at  some  distance;  but  scarce  at  the 
smallest,  when  it  is  exhausted.  But  it  is  not  the  only 
one,  water  too  will  convey  sound.  If  you  strike  a  bell 
under  water,  the  sound  is  heard  plain,  only  not  so  loud, 
and  also  a  fourth  deeper.  And  a  sound  made  in  air,  is 
heard  under  water,  with  just  the  same  difference. 

Sounds  commonly  move  a  mile  in  about  nine  se- 
conds and  a  quarter.  If  a  gun  be  discharged  with  its 
mouth  to  us  or  from  us,  the  report  comes  to  us  in  the 
very  same  time.  It  always  moves  the  nearest  way,  and 
equally  swift  from  the  beginning  to  4lie  end  of  its  mo- 
tion. 

If  the  undulating  air  strikes  against  hard  concave 
bodies,  it  rebounds,  and  occasions  what  we  call  an  echo. 
As  often  as  sound  strikes  perpendicularly  on  a  wall,  be- 
hind which  is  any  vault  or  arch,  or  even  a  parallel  wall, 
so  often  it  will  be  reverberated  in  nearly  the  same  line. 
For  a  multiplied  echo,  there  must  be  a  number  of  walls 
and  cavities,  either  behind,  or  fronting  each. other. 

The  echo  in  Woodstock-park  returns  <Tery  distinctly,  in 


26 

the  day  seventeen,  in  the  night,  twenty  syllables.  There 
is  an  echo  on  the  bank  of  the  river  Nassa,  between  Bin- 
gen  and  Collentz  in  Germany,  which  repeats  what  is  said 
seventeen  times.  And  what  is  still  more  peculiar,  the 
person  who  speaks  is  scarce  heard  at  all,  but  the  repeti- 
tion clearly,  and  with  surprising  variety :  the  echo  seem- 
ing sometimes  to  approach  nearer,  and  sometimes  to  be 
farther  off.  One  person  hears  only  one  voice,  another  se- 
veral: one  hears  it  on  the  right,  another  on  the  left. 

Two  miles  from  Milan  there  is  a  still  more  surprising 
echo.  It  returns  the  sound  of  a  pistol  fifty-six  times. 
The  first  repetitions  follow  one  another  very  quick ;  but 
they  are  more  distinct  in  proportion  as  they  decay. 
There  are  two  parallel  walls,  which  beat  the  sound  back 
upon  each  other. 

5.  The  fine  effluvia  from  odorous  bodies,  when  they 
reach  our  nostrils,  excite  the  sensation  of  smellijig. 
Some  bodies  emit  these  most  when  they  are  moist:  some 
only  when  they  are  warmed  or  heated.  From  all  such 
bodies^  innumerable  particles  flow,  which  according  to 
their  various  size,  figure,  and  motion,  variously  affect  the 
olfactory- nerve.  But  what  particular  motion,  size,  or 
figure,  is  required  in  order  to  any  particular  smell,  who 
is  able  to  explain? 

These  effluvia  indeed  are  inconceivably  small :  so  that 
amber  and  divers  other  odorous  bodies,  emit  them  for 
many  years,  without  any  discernable  loss,  either  as  to 
bulk  or  weight. 

Mr.  Boyle  shews,  1.  That  the  nnmber  of  particles 
thus  emitted,  is  exceeding  great.  2.  That  they  are  of  a 
very  penetrating  nature.  3.  That  they  move  with  vast 
swiftness  and  in  all  directions.  4.  That  there  is  often 
a  wonderful  congruity  between  the  bulk  and  shape  of 
these  effluvia  and  the  pores  of  the  bodies  they  penetrate, 
and  lastly,  that  they  may  excite  great  motions,  and 
thereby  make  great  changes  in  organized  bodies. 

That  effluvia  are  emitted  to  a  very  great  distance  we 
learn  from  hence,  that  wines  grow  turbid  in  the  hogs- 
head, precisely  at  the  time  that  the  grapes  are  ripe  in 


2? 

?tlic  country  •  whence  they  were  imp6rted.  That  they  are 
very  penetrating  even  without  losing  their  virtue  we  have 
a  proof  from  the  loadstone,  whose  effluvia  pass  througli 
the  most  solid  bodies  without  any  change  of  their  force. 
That  they  occasion  great  changes  in  organized  bodies 
we  have  a  remarkable  proof  in  a  case  lately  published 
by  Dr.  Heister :  "  Making  an  afternoon's  visit  to  tl*e 
liev.  Mr.  Sentag,  he  received  me  in  an  apartment  where 
there  were  three  or  four  flower-pots  with  white  lillies, 
I  asked  him  if  he  did  not  find  his  head  affected  when  he 
continued  long  in  the  room  where  they  were,  and  told 
him  physicians  thought  them  dangerous,  and  I  my.seH' 
-could  not  bear  them.  I  therefore  begged  the  window 
might  be  opened  that  the  effluvia  might  be  dispersed. 

"  He  ordered  the  wmcknv  to  be  opened,  and  re- 
;plied,  he  found  no  inconvenience  from  them,  being  a 
tall,  strong,  healthy  man.  But  the  smell  being  still  toe 
.powerful  for  me,  I  was  obliged  to  take  my  leave  of  him 
sooner  than  I  intended, 

"  The  night  following  lie  was  seized  with  an  apo- 
plexy:  Dr.,  Bayer  and  myself  were  sent  for;  we  fo\«nd 
him  with  his  eyes  wide  open,  but  without  speech,  sense, 
or  motion.  I  told  Dr,  Bayer  what  had  passed  the  day 
'before:  we  ordered  bleeding,  blisters,  and  strong  fric- 
tion of  the  soles  of  the  fret,  head,  and  hands,  with  the 
other  remedies  usual  in  these  cases,  but  without  success; 
for  the  next  morning  he  began  to  rattle  in  the  throat., 
and  soon  after  died." 

This  may  admonish  those  to  whom  these  odours  are 
•not  sensibly  prejudicial  not  to  stay  long  within  the 
sphere  of  their  activity. 

In  some  places  -effluvia  from  the  earth  produce  many 
effects  on  the  surface  of  it.  The  bubbling  and  boiling 
fountains  in  England  and  other  countries  are  chiefly  oc- 
casioned by  the  bursting  up  of  their  effluvia.  Our 
burning  well  in  Lancashire  has  no  peculiar  property  in. 
<i!s  water ;  but  an  inflammable  vapour  rising  through  it 
makes  it  boil  and  bubble  on  the  surface.  And  this  va- 
pour, as  soon  as  set  at  liberty  from  the  water,  will  take 
flame  at  a  lighted  candle. 

voj.,  TV.  "  c 


28 

The  famous  boiling  spring  near  Montpelicr  is  likewise 
no  other  than  common  water,  through  which  a  vapour 
of  the  same  kind  makes  its  way;  indeed,  ail  the  springs 
thereabouts  bubble  more  or  less,  the  vapour  making 
its  way  through  the  whole  surface  of  the  earth.  Water 
taken  out  of  that  spring  has  no  such  property  nor  any 
peculiar  taste  or  virtue.  What  is  a  farther  proof  is,  the 
.  cracks  of  the  earth  thereabout*  all  perspire  strongly  a 
vapour  of  this  kind  ;  so  that  if  straws  be  laid  on  the  sur- 
face they  will  be  blown  up;  and  if  a  hole  be  any  where 
Hug  in  the  ground,  and  water  poured  into  it,  it  will 
boil  up  in  the  same  manner  as  the  spring. 

The  like  sort  of  springs  are  common  in  Switzerland, 
and  some  other  places:  these  are  known  to  be  owing  to 
effluvia  from  beneath,  by  tli£  water  of  them  being  cold. 
But  there  are  others  which  actually  boil,  and  are  hot 
enough  to  boil  an  egg :  such  are  the  famous  boiling 
fountains  of  Solfatara,  near  Naples. 

From  these  various  springs  we  find  that  there  is  much 
variety  of  this  kind  of  exhalations :  some  being  cold 
a*xl  dry,  some  of  a  bituminous  nature,  and  not  actually 
cold,  as  our's  in  Lancashire  ;  some  hot,  as  those  in  the 
sweating  vaults  and  caverns,  and  in  the  mountains  of 
Italy.  Others  are  of  a  poisonous  nature,  containing 
particles  of  arsenic,  or  other  poisonous  minerals. 

6.  Many  bodies  are  tasteless ;  but  some  even  of 
these  may  contract  a  very  strong  taste  (as  do  several 
metals)  when  they  are  resolved  into  a  fine  powder. 
Some  bodies  by  several  other  changes,  acquire  tastes, 
which  they  had  not  before,  or  variously  increase,  lessen 
or  alter  their  taste.  Hence  it  has  been  supposed  that 
all  tastes  proceed  from  salts,  which  are  often  so  envelop- 
ed, that  they  cannot  exert  their  power.  But  if  the  con- 
taining bodies  are  dissolved  by  fire  or  liquors,  then  they 
variously  afreet  the  nerves  in'  the  tongue  and  palate  : 
and  hence  arise  all  the  various  sensations  of  taste.  But 
what  particular  size,  shape,  or  motion  of  the  particles  is 
required  to  produce  any  particular  taste,  ail  our  skill 
cannot  determine. 


29 

7.  Of  (lie  properties  which  we  perceke  by  feeling, 
the  chief  are  moist  ness  9  dryjiess,  heat,  and  cold.  There 
is  no  heat  without  fire,  or  at  least  some  disposition  of 
the  heated  body  to  take  fire.  If  the  particles  of  it, 
rapidly  agitated,  strike  against  another  body,  tear  and 
dissolve  it  ;  if  against  the  body  of  a  maji,  the  sensation 
of  heat  arises  in  the  mind.  Some  suppose  cold  consists 
in  the  rest  of  those  particles  which  were  so  agitated  be- 
fore. Others  think  this  would  not  suffice  to  pruduce 
that  accule  pain  which  we  sometimes  feel  from  cold  ; 
and  'therefore  suppose  there  are  positive  frigorific  par- 
ticles, which  move  on  in  strait  lines,  and.  so  not  only  de- 
stroy the  circular  motion  which  is  required  for  heat,  but 
likewise  penetrate  the  body,  and  sharply  affect  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  nerves. 

8.  Gravity  and  levity   have  likewise  been  reckoned 
among  sensible  qualities ;  but  properly,  there  is  no  such 
a  thing  as  levity,  for  all  bodies  tend  to  the  centre  of  the 
earth,  though  some  are  light  in  comparison  of  others, 
The  laws  of  gravity  are,    1.  All  bodies  on  the  earth  tend 
to  a  point  which  is  (nearly  at  least)   the  centre   of  the 
globe.     2.  In  all  places  equidistant  from  the  centre/the 
force  of  gravity   is  nearly   equal.     3.  Gravity  equally 
affects  all  bodies,  without  regard  either  to  their  bulk  or 
figure  :  so  that  were  it  not  for  the  resistance  of  the  me- 
dium, the  greatest  and  smallest   bodies,  the  most  dense- 
arid  the  most  rare,  would  descend  equal  spaces  in  equal 
times.     Thus  gold  and  feathers  descend  alike  in  an  ex- 
hausted receiver.     4.  This  power  increases  as  we   de- 
scend to  the  centre,  and  decreases  as  we  ascend  from 
it,  and  that  as  the  squares  of  the  distances.     Thus,  at  a 
double  distance,  things  have  but  a  quarter  of  the  force, 
5.  Those  things  swim  in  fluids  which   are  specifically 
(that  is  bulk  for  bulk)  lighter  than  those  fluids. 

This  gravitating  power  seems  to  be  congenial  to 
matter:  it  penetrates  even  to  the  centre  of  the  sun  and 
other  heavenly  bodies,  without  any  diminution  of  its 
virtue ;  and  it  acts  not  according  to  the  surface  of 
bodies,  as  mechanical  causes  do,  but  according  to  the 
C  2 


of  matter  they  contain.  That  it  is  an  original 
law  of  nature  immediately  impressed  by  the  Creator, 
without  dependance  on,  any  second  cause  at  all,  may 
appear  from  the  following  considerations :  1.  Gravity 
does  not  require  tlie  presence  of  the  gravitating  or  at- 
tracting Jxxly.  2.  The  distance  being  the  same,  the 
velocity  wherewith  gravitating  bodies  move,  depends 
on  the  quantities  of  matter  in  the  attracting  body  ;  a?*d 
the  velocity  is  not  changed,  let  the  mass  of  the  gravi- 
tating body  bs  what  it  will.  3.  If  gravity  depends  on 
any  known  lav/  of  motion,  it  must  be  some  impulse 
from  an  extraneous  body :  whence^  as  gravity  is  con- 
tinual, a  continual  stroke  must;  also  be  required.  Now, 
if  there  be  any  such  matter  continually  striking  on 
bodies,  it  must  be  subtle  enough  to  penetrate  al{ 
bodies.  But  how  should  matter,  subtle  enough  to 
penetrate  the  hardest  ^bodies,  and  so  rare  as  not  sensibly 
jto  hinder  ihe  motion  of  any,  be  able  to  impel  such  vi»>' 
bodies  toward  each  other  with  such  force?  How  does 
..this  force  increase  according  as  the  mass  of  that  body, 
toward  which  any  body  moves  increases?  Whence  is  it 
that  all  bodies  at  the  same  distance  from  the  body  gra- 
vitated to,  move  with  the  same  velocity  ?  And  how  can 
2iratter,  which  only  acts  on  the  surface  of  the  bodie? 
themselves,  or  of  their  internal  particles,  communicate 
csuch  .motion  as  in  all  bodies  shall  exactly  follow  lire 
proportion  of  the  quantity  of  matter  in  them  ? 

But  after  a}l  comes  Mr...IIutchi»son,  calls  Sir.Issiu: 
and  all  his  followers  senseless,  imphilosophical  block- 
heads,  and  to  solve  all  the  difficulty  in  a  moment,  sup- 
poses the  sun, to  be  the  centre  of  the  whole  universe, 
tand  to  project  light  every  vvay  .through  every  point  of 
space,  to  the  utmost  circumference  of  it.  When  this 
light  arrives  at  the  circumference,  it  is  condensed  into 
.larger  masses  and  returns  in  the  form  of  spirit  or  air, 
through  every  point  of  space  to  the -sun.  There  it  is 
again  comminuted  into  lightby  the  immense  lire,  and  so 
issues  out  again  to.  the  circumference.  And  this  double 
impulse  of  light  moving  outward,  and  spirit  moving  in- 
,  causes  the  motion,  of  all  the  heavenly  bodies,  botli 


rdulid  their  own  axis' and  round  the  soli.  Biit  to  wavf* 
that  gmss "absurdity  of  supposing  every  point  of  space 
to  be  continually  -tilled  with  light,  and  every  point  of  it 
to  be  filled  with  spirit  at  one  and  the' same  tims,  (which 
is  rlatly  impossible,  since  both  are  material,  and  two 
particles  of  nr<tfter  cannot  co-exist  in  the  same  space :); 
how  does  this  remove  the  difficulty  at  nil  ]  How  does 
it  help  us  forward  a  hair's  bread} h  ?  For  \vhut  impels 
li<jlit  outward,  or -spirit  inward '?  It  can  \js  no  mecha- 
nical power  :  it  must  then  be  the  linger  of  God  ;  and 
if  so,  what  have  \\r  gained- 1  May  vve  not  as  well  say 
at  once  (as  go  thus  round  about);  "  Gravitation  can  be 
no  otherwise  accounted  for  tiuui  by  allowing  the  direct, 
immediate  power  of  God,  operating  through  the  whole 
universe!" 

But  beside  the  attraction  of  gravity  there  is  another 
species  of  attraction,  between  the  minute  particles 
whereof  bodies  are  composed.  These  attract  each 
other  at  or  near  the  point  of  contact,  with  a  force  much 
superior  to  that  of -gravity.-  It  is  by  this  attraction  of 
cohesion  that  the  atoms,  or  insensible  particles  of  bodies 
are  united-  into  .sensible  masses.  Hereby  numberless 
phenomena  may  be  accounted  for,  which  are  otherwise 
inexplicable  :  such  as  coa^uiatioa,  crystallization,  and 
and  the  ascent  of  fluids  in  capillary  tubes.  Such  like- 
wise are  fer mentation,  animal  secretion,  and  many 
others.  Thus  nature  will  be  found  very  simple  and 
conformable  to  herself,  performing  all  the  great  motions 
oi  the  heavenly  bodies,  by  the  attraction  of  gravity  be- 
tween those  bodies,  and  almost  all  the  motions  of  their 
several  parts,  by  this  attraction  diffused  through  every 
particle.  Sir  Isaac  thinks,  that  without  these  two  prin- 
ciples there  would  be  no  motion  in  the  world :  and 
without  the  continual  operation  of  them  it  could  not 
long  continue,  considering  the  vast  'and  constant  dimi» 
jiittiou  of  motion  by  various  other  causes. 

Mr.  Hervey's  observations  on  this  head  are  strong 
a»d  beautiful* 

C   3 


32 

'•  The  fundamental  laws  of  GOT  modern  astronomy 
are  projection  and  attraction :  one  the  all-combining 
cement,  the  other  the  ever-operative  spring  of  the  mighty 
iraine.  In  the  beginning  God  impressed  a  proper  degree 
of  motion  on  each  of  the  whirling  orbs.  This,  if  not 
controlled,  would  have  carried  thers  on  in  strait  lines, 
till  they  were  lost  in  ihe  abyss  of  space  ;  but  the  prin- 
ciple of  gravitation  being  added  thereto,  determined 
their  course  to  a  circular  form.  And  how  necessary 
for  the  conservation  of  the  universe,  is  both  the  one 
and  the  other?  Were  the  projectile  power  to  cease,  all 
the  luiUaoniously-moving  spheres  would  fall  into  the 
central  lire.  Were  they  gravitating,  they  would  exor- 
bitate  into  wild  confusion,  or  by  their  rapid  whirl  be 
dissipated  into  atoms.  But  the  impulsive  and  attractive 
energy,  being  nicely  attempered  to  each  other,  the  va- 
rious globes  persevere  in  their  radieut  course,  without 
any  interruption  or  diminitiou.* 

"  How  extensive,  and  how  diversified  is  the  force  of 
tXls  single  principle  of  attraction  ?  (Understanding  by 
the  word,  that  of  cohesion,  as  well  as  of  gravitation !) 
It  penetrates  the  very  essence  of  all  bodies,  and  diffuses 
itself  to  the  utmost  limits  of  the  mundane  system.  By 
this  all  those  vast  worlds  of  matter  hang  self-balanced 
on  their  centres.  And  to  this  is  owing  an  effect  of  a 
very  different  nature,  the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere, 
which,  though  a  yielding  and  expansive  fluid,  yet  by 
virtue  of  an  attracting  energy  surrounds  the  whole 
globe  of  earth,  and  encloses  every  creature  thereon,  as 
it  were  with  a  tight  bandage:  an  expedient  absolutely 
tecessarv  to  preserve  the  texture  of  our  bodies,  and 
indeed  of  every  animal.  Urged  by  this,  the  rivers  cir- 
culate with  a  never-failing  current,  along  the  veins  of 
the  earth.  Impelled  by  the  same  mysterious  force,  the 
nutritious  juices  are  detached  from  the  soil,  and,  as* 
ceding  the  trunks  of  trees,  find  their  way  through 
millions  of  the  finest  meanders,  in  order  to  convey  ve- 
getate life  into  the  smallest  branches.  This  confines 
*  AH  this  is  spoken  on  the  Newtonian  Hypothesis. 


33 

the  ocean  within  its  hounds.  Though  the  waves  thereof 
roar  and  swell,  yet,  checked  by  this  curb,  they  are  un- 
able to  pass  even  the  slightest  barrier  of  sand.  To  this 
the  mountains  owe -that  unshaken  fimiiuss  which  laughs 
at  the  shock  of  careering  winds.  By  virtue  of  this  invi- 
sible mechanism,  without  any  instrument  of  human  de- 
vice, thousands  of  tons  of  water  are  raised  every  mo- 
ment into  the  regions  of  the  firmament.  By  this  they 
continue  suspended  in  the  "  air  without  any  cistern  to 
contain  them.  By  the  same  variously-acting  power 
they  in  due  time  dropdown  again  in  gentle  falls  of  dr.iv, 
or  are  precipitated  in  copious  showers  of  rain:  they 
slide  down  in  fleecy  flights  of  snow,  or  dart  in  clattering 
showers  of  hail :  this  occasions  the  strong  cohesion  of 
solid  bodies,  without  which  our  large  machines  would 
be  utterly  useless,  and  the  nicer  utensils  of  life  elude  our 
expectations  of  service.  In  short,  this  is  the  laliast 
which  composes  the  equilibrium,  and  constitutes  the 
stability  of  things :  this  the  great  chain  which  forms 
the  connexion  of  universal  nature,  and  the  mighty. 
engine,  which  in  good  measure  accomplishes  almost  all 
her  operations.  What  complicated  effects  from  a  single 
cause  !  What  profusion  amidst  frugality  P 

How  extremely  plausible  is  ail  this  !  And  what  pity 
that  it  is  only  plausible  !  but  it  is  really  no  more  :  it  is 
not  capable  of  any  substantial  proof ;  I  mean,  with  re- 
gard to  the  motion  of  the  heavenly  bodies,  and  the 
causes  of  that  motion. 

I  do  not  know  that  any  one  has  yet  given  a  rational 
answer  to  Dr.  Rogers'  observations  on  that  head.  "  The 
action  of  these  two  powers  (gravitation  and  projection) 
is  inadequate  to  such  a  motion ;  because,  in  order  to 
produce  it,  the  gravitating  force  must  exactly  balance 
the  projectile :  but  where  this  done,  one  would  destroy 
the  other:  this  will  appear. plain  if  \ve  consider  the  na- 
ture of  these  two  forces.  Gravitation,  by  which  the 
earth  attracts  all  bodies,  is  at  all  times  uniformly  ex- 
erted in  right  lines,  from  the  earth  to  the  body  attracted, 
C  4 


and  acts  equally,  on  all  bodies  according  to  their  densi- 
ties :  it  is  perpetual,  subject  to  no  decay,  needing  no 
reparation.  But  projection  is  a  motion  "given  tcTt!  .e. 
body  contrary  to  its  nature:  when  given  it  would 
always  continue  in  a  strait  line,  if  nothing  hindered  if, 
but  cannot  remove  any  obstruction  without  losing  part 
of  its  own  force.  Now  the  obstruction  given  by  attrac- 
tion must  have  the  same  effect  as  obstruction  given  by, 
air  or  ether  :  it  must  continually  lessen  any  projectile 
force  till  that  force  is  totally  destroyed. 


f<  A  mortar  elevated  forty-five  degrees,  ejects  a 
at  iirst  in  or  near  a  right  line,  while  the  projectile 
force  is.  vastly  superior  to  the  attractive,  afterwards  in  a, 
curve  :  for  the  moment  the  two.  forces  are  in  equiiibrio3 
in  a  segment  of  a  circle  :  then  in  a  curve  less  and  less.. 
bent,  till  it  falls  in  a  right  line,  to  the  centre  of  gra- 
vitation. 

"This.  is.  the  nature  of  all  projectiles;  nor  ean  any  pro-, 
jectile,  thrown  in  any  direction  by  any  force  of  attrac- 
tion, produce  a  circular  motion  :  much  less  an  elliptical 
one,  such  as  that  of  the  earth.     Besides,  what  physical, 
reason  can  be  assigned  why  the  earth,  being  nearer  the 
sun  in  winter,  the  gravitating  force  does  not  increase; 
and  why  the  projectile  does  not  increase  in  summer, 
when  it  is  farther  from  the  sun,  to  the  entire  destruction 
of  one  or  the  other.  7 

"  A  third  motion  also  is  supposed  to  be  primarily  im- 
pressed on  the  earth,  namely  round  its  own  axis.  But  no- 
thing can  be  more  plain  than  that  a  body  so  strongly  at- 
tracted by  the  sun  as  to  keep  it  from  flying  off  in  a  tangent, 
must  have  its  circular  motion  presently  stopt  ;  as  the 
side  ntxtthe.sun  must  be  attracted  most,  the  attraction 
of  all  the  planets  co-operating  theiejto. 

"  To  make  this  p-a'n,  I  hung  a  loadstone  to  a.  small 
string,  and  gave  it  as  many  turns  as  would  continue  its 
revolving  motion  ten  miuutes  and  a  half,  whew  up  iron, 


Si) 

bufr'on  bringing  a  piece  of  iron  near,  it  stop- 
ed.  The  iron  being  removed,  it  recommenced  its  cir- 
cular motion,  which  lasted  for  a 'minute  more.  Hence 
it  is  evident,  that  did  not  some  force  continually  act 
upon  the  earth  to  keep  up  its  motions,  the  attractive 
power  of  the  sun  would  soon  stop,  at  least  the  diur- 
nal one. 

11  The  friction  likewise  of  the  etKer  must  be  considerable* 
Else  why  might  not  the  earth  revolve  in  twenty-four  mi-'' 
ntites  as  weti  as  twenty-four  hours  ?  Indeed,  this  seems  to 
be  one  great  use  of  the  ether,  to  prevent  the  too  rapid  mo- 
tions of  the  planets.  And  as  the  earth  floats  in  the  air,  so 
does  ihe  sun  in  the  ether,  his  proper  atmosphere,  which 
extends  to  the  utmost  limits  of  his  system,  and  is  the  me- 
dium funtcultor  hami,  by  which  he  attracts  all  the  planets 
and  comets,  and  prevents  their  flying  out  of  the  system.  - 

"  Neither  will  gravitation  at  all  account  for  the  motion 
f>f  comets.  That  in  1680  descending  from  an  immense 
height  perpendicularly  toward  the  sun,  rose  from  hint 
again  with  equal  velocity.  Now  as  its  accesrto,  arrl  re- 
cess from  the  sun,  were  made  in  strait  lines,  while  they 
were  making,  the  projectile  force  must  cease.  But  to 
stop  any  projectile,  is  to  destroy  its  motion.  Hew  came 
it  then  to  be  so  strongly  exerted  in  the  Perihelion!  Was 
there  a  continued  miracle,  a  fresh  projection  given?  Of  l 
tijd  it  rebound  7  What,  front,  the  yielding  ether! 

"Again.  This  comet,  during  half  its  circuit  roimd  the  '• 
sun,  was  distant  from  it  brit  one  third  of  ihe  moon's 
distance  from  the  earth.  _  The  attractive  force  therefore 
was  then  vastly  increased  ;  and  the  projectile  being  de- 
stroyed, it  must  have:  impinged  on  the  sun  long  ago,  had 
tliere  been  no  other  force  to  prevent  it.  It  is  clear  then 
upon  the  \\hole,  ihat  the  motions  of  the  heavenly  bodies, 
catinot  be  accounted  fora  hy  attraction  and  projection. 

"  How  then  can  they  be  accounted  for?  Possibly  thus/ 
The  earth  being  an  oblate  spheroid,  objected  to  the  SUB 
c  5  ^ 


36 

in  an  obliquity  of  66  degrees  30  minutes,  (the  same 
which  given  t@  the  sails  of  a  windmill,  occasions  its  most 
forcihle  conversion)  the  sun's  rays  striking  against  the 
oblique  hemisphere,  as  the  wind  against  ihe  sails  of  a 
windmill,  keep  it  off,  and  at  the  same  time  make  it  turn 
oil  its  own  axis.  The  ether  being  a  resisting  medium, 
and  the  atmosphere  (ike  the  oars  of  a  hoat)  striking, 
therein,  urges  it  into  a  progressive  motion.  Meantime 
its  own  gravity  inclines  it  to  the  sun's  centre,  and  of 
course  keeps  it  in  equilibrio,  with  the  repelling  rays. 

"  It  is  supposed  likewise,  that  the  plane  of  the  earth's 
orbit,  is  in  winter  in  or  near  the  sun's  axis,  whence  the 
rays  are  not  so  forcibly  emitted;  for  which  cause  the 
earth  must  then  come  nearer,  the  repelling  force  being 
weaker.  But  in  summer,  being  objected  to  the  more 
forcibly  repelling  rays,  it  must  be  driven  to  a  farther 
distance;  whence  its  annual  orbit  must  become  ellip- 
tical. 

"  The  earth's  diameter  being  known,  determines  its  dis- 
tance from  the  sun.  For  as  the  diameter  is  7.967,  the 
periphery  25031,  which  multiplied  by  the  number  of  its 
revolutions  36,525,  gives  for  its  orbit  9,142,572:  and 
as  it  moves  through  this  orbit  merely  by  the  impulse  of 
the  solar  rays,  and  as  the  gravitating  force  must  necessa- 
rily be  e-; •.;•*.'  to  that'impelliijg  force ;  so  while  it  rolls 
onward  o/.;  uile,  it  is  attracted  another.  Consequently 
the  preceu  :;  orbit  being  doubled,  by  the  gravitating 
force,  make  in  all  18/285,144.  The  semi-diameter  of 
this  is  the  distance  of  the  earth  from  the  sun:  which 
therefore  is  neither  more  nor  less  than  2,910,364 
miles. 

"  In  the  same  manner  we  find  the  distance  of  Venus 
from  the  sun,  t<>  b"  1,790,684  miles:  that  of  Mars, 
5,473,690  ;  that  of  Jtipiter^  34,520,432  :  that  of  Sa- 
turn,  "85,727,320  :  and  that  of  Mercury,  700,758. 

"  -And  as  these  distances  are  fur  less  than  those  assigned 
2 


37 

by  the  modern  astronomers ;  so  is  the  magnitude  of  the 
heavenly  bodies  proportionally  less  th^n  they  suppose. 
For  instance  ;  the  diameter  of  the  sun,  commonly  sup- 
posed to  be  822, 148  miles,  is  according  to  this  manner  of 
calculating,  23,373  and  no  more.  And  that  this  is  nearly 
the  true  diameter,  and  these  the  true  distances  appears 
from  experiments  on  the  transits  of  the  planets  over  the 
sun." 

The'  comets,  Dr.  Rogers  thinks,  are  chiefly  designed 
to  repair  the  quantities  of  light  continually  emitted  by 
the  sun,  and  which  are  scattered  and  dispersed  over  the 
whole  system.  Their  sweeping  tails,  which  extend  so 
many  thousand  miles,  seem  adapted  to  such  a  purpose. 
And  as  many  of  those  particles  of  light,  are  driven  to  a 
vast  distance,  it  is  necessary  they  should  go  to  the  ut- 
most limits  of  the  system,  to  make  such  a  collection. 

Suppose  a  body  fit  for  this,  detached  from  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  sun,  it  should  be  light,  porous  and 
spongy.  And  such  a  body  would  be  propelled  by  the 
violence  of  the  rays,  with  great  velocity  to  a  great  dis- 
tance. The  farther  it  goes,  the  fewer  rays  strike  upon 
it,  and  their  force  likewise  is  diminished.  The  comet 
then  slowly  sweeps  his  tail  over  the  wide  expanse,  beyond 
the  orbit  of  Saturn.  There  its  cells  are  filled  with  the 
matter  it  was  sent 'to  collect ;  but  becoming  heavier,  the 
other  scale  begins  to  preponderate,  and  he  slowly  re- 
turns toward  his  centre.  His  collection  increases  as  he 
descends,  which  adds  to  his  weight  and  swiftness,  and  he 
comes  down,  if  very  heavy,  almost  in  a  strait  line  ;  if  less 
so,  in  a  larger  curve,  till  he  is  near  the  sun,  where  hav- 
ing emptied  himself,  and  being  evenly  balanced  with  the 
repelling  rays,  he  moves  round  in  the  segment  of  a  circle, 
till  being  continually  lighter,  he  is  no  longer  a  balance 
for  the  repelling  rays,  and  so  is  driven  forward  thereby, 
and  runs  the  same  circle  as  before. 

What  a  violent  blow  is  here  given  to  the  whole  fabric 
cG 


of  modern  astronomy  !  And    how  can  any  reasonable'' 
subscribe  thereto,  till  this  difficulty  is  removed  I 


9.  There  is  no  need  to  speak  particularly  of  those 
other  qualities,    hardness,  softness  ;  firmness,  fluidity  ; 
Irittleness,   toughness',   roughness,    smoothness,  density, 
rarity  -}  -regidity,  flexibility  ;  compressibility,  elasticity. 
What  each  of  tiiese  is,  we  know  well,  without  any  ela- 
borate definition  ;   and  in  general  we  kiiow,  that  they 
all  arise  frotn  the  various  iigure,  situation  and  texture  of 
the  particles  whereof  bodies  consist.     But  farther  than 
this  we  know  not.     What  particular  shape,  texture,   or 
situation,  is  requisite  ill  each  case,  is  a  matter  of  mere' 
conjecture, 

10.  Those  of  which  we'  are  not  able  to  give  any  ra- 
tional account,  have  often  been  termed  occult  'qualities^ 
Among  these  is  usually  ranked  that   smyptithy,  which  is 
observed  in  things  distant  from  each  other.     So   onions; 
in  the  granary  sprout,  while  others  sprout  in  the  garden, 
So  nothing  is  more  common,  than  that  if  yon  throw  a 
mulberry  or  strawberry  at  a   woman    with    child,  the 
child  has  the  mark  of  one  or   the  other,  on  Uie  same' 
part  which  was  struck  witft  it.     Aiid  these  marks  grow 
green,  yellow  and  red  every  year,  just  as  those  fruits  do 
in  the  garden  ;    and  when  the  season   of  them   is   past, 
these  subside,  and  vanish  away.     So  women  startled  by 
a  sudden  sight  of  the  moon,  have  stamped  the  figure  of- 
the  moon  on  their  children  ;   and   this  figure  increased" 
or  decreased  just  as  the  moon  did.     Opposite  to  this,  is' 
that  amazing  antipathy,  Which   somethings  appear  to 
have  naturally  for  each  other,     Instances  of  which  are 
found,  not  only  in  men,  but  in  animals,  if  not  in  plant* 
also. 

Before  we  attempt  to  account  for  any  of  these  things, 
\Y£  should  take  care  to  be  well  asswred  of  the  fact.  For 
many  of  them  are  generally  believed  and  vehemently 
^asserted,,  which  yet  never  had  any  being.  Hence 
others  run  into  the  opposite  extreme,  roundly  denying 
whatever  they  cannot  account  for.  The  middle  way  is 


3* 

oest.'  First,  be  sure  of  the  fact.  Then,  try  if  it  can  b<? 
accounted  for  onallowed'principles.  And  if  it  can,  the' 
qualities  in  question  are  to  be  termed  occult  ne  longer, 
But  there  will  still  remain  many  secrets  in  nature,  which 
we  are  in  nowise  able  to  account  for.  Indeed  to  pene* 
trate  the  inmost  recesses  of  nature,  is  above  th&'condi- 
lion  of  humanity.  We  must  therefore  necessarily  allow, 
that  there  are  in  this  sense  mtuiy  occult  qualities  :  nay, 
we  are  surrounded  witli  them  on  every  side :  insomuch 
that  there  is  scarce  any  thing  in  the  universe,  that  has 
not  some  qualities,  which  the  wisest  man  on  trarth  is  not 
able  to  account  for. 

11.!  have  now  finished  what  I  proposed.  I  have 
given  as  short  and  plain  an  account  as  I  could,  of  all  that 
is  certain  in  Natural  Philosophy  :  in  order  to  direct  ihe 
whole  to  its  proper  end,  I  have  now  only  to  add  a  few 
reflections, 

If  we1  cast  our  eyes  up  to  the  firmament,  let  us  serious- 
ly ask  ourselves,  what  power  built  over  our  heads  that 
vast  and  magnificent  archa  and  spread  out  the  Heaven  s 
like  a  curtain  ?  Who  garnished  these  heavens  with  such 
a  variety  of  resplendent  objects,  all  floating  in  the 
liquid  ether,  and  regular  in  their  motions?  Who 
painted  the  clouds  with  such  variety  of  colours,  and  in. 
such  diversity  of  shades  and  figures,  as  it  is  not  in  the 
power  of  the  finest  pencil  on  earth  to  emulate?  Who 
formed  the  sun  of  such  a  determinate  size,  and  placed  it 
at  su£h  a  convenient  distance,  as  not  to  scorch  or  annoy, 
but  to  cherish  all  things  with  his  genial  heat?  For  a- suc- 
cession of  ages  he  never  failed  to  rise  at  his  appointed 
time^-or  to  send  out  the  dawn  as  his  forerunner,  to  pro- 
claim his  approach.  By  whose  skilful  hand  is  it  directt  \ 
in  its  diurnal  and  annual  course^  to  give  us  the  grateful 
vicissitude  of  night  and  day,  and  the  regular  succession 
of  the  seasons  ]  That  it  should  always  proceed  in  the 
same  path,  and  never  once  step  aside  :  that  it  should  go 
on,  in  a  space  where  there  is  nothing  to  obstruct,  but 


40 

turn  at  a  determinate  point :  that  the  moon  should  supply 
the  absence  of  the  sun,  and  remove  the  horror  of  the  night; 
that  it  should  regulate  the  flux  and  reflux  of  the  sea, 
thereby  preserving  the  waters  from  putrefaction,  and  at 
the  same  time  accommodating  mankind  with  so  manifold 
conveniences:  that  all  the  innumerable  hosts  of  heaven, 
should  perform  their  revolutions  'with  such  exactness,  as 
never  once  to  fail,  in  a  course  of  six  thousand  years, 
but  constantly  to  come  about  in  the  same  round  to  the 
hundredth  part  of  a  minute:  this  is  such  an  incontest- 
able proof  of  a  divine  architect,  and  of  the  care  and  wis- 
dom wherewith  he  governs  the  universe,  as  made  the 
Roman  philosopher  conclude,  "  whoever  imagines,  that 
the  wonderful  order  and  incredible  constancy  or  the 
heavenly  bodies  and  their  motions,  whereon  the  welfare 
and  preservation  of  things  depend,  are  not  governed 
by  an  intelligent  being,  is  himself  destitute  of  under- 
standing. For  shall  we,  when  we  see  an  artfully  con- 
trived engine,  suppose  a  dial  or  sphere,  immediately  ac- 
knowledge that  it  is  the  result  of  reason  and  understand- 
ing: and  yet,  when  we  behold  the  heavens,  so  admira- 
bly contrived,  moved  with  such  incredible  velocity,  and 
finishing  their  anniversary  revolutions,  with  such  un- 
erring constancy,  make  any  doubt  of  their  being  the 
work,  not  only  of  reason,  but  of  an  excellent,  a  divine 
reason  V 

But  if  from  that  very  imperfect  knowledge  of  astro* 
nomy  which  his  time  affortled,  even  the  heathen  could 
be  so  confident,  that  the  he&venly  bodies  were  framed 
and  moved  by  a  wise  and  understanding  mind  :  what 
would  he  have  said,  had  he  been  acquainted  with  our 
modern  discoveries  ]  Had  he  known  the  immense  great- 
ness of  that  part  of  the  world,  which  falls  under  our  ob- 
servation ?  The  exquisite  regulation  of  the  motions  of 
the  planets,  without  any  deviation  or  confusion  :  the  in- 
expressible nicety  of  adjustment,  in  the  velocity  of  the 
earth's  annual  motion  ;  the  wonderful  proportion  of  its 
diurnal  motion  about  its  own  axis;  the  densities  of  the 


41 

planets,  exactly  proportioned  to  their  distances  from  the 
sun:  the  admirable  order  of  the  several  satellites,  which 
move  round  their  respective  planets ;  the  motion  of  the 
comets  equally  regular  and  periodical,  with  tha't  of  the 
other  planetary  bodies  ;  and  lastly,  the  preservation  of 
the  several  planets  and  comets,  from  falling  upon,  or  in- 
terfering with  each  other?  Certainly  could  argument 
avail,  Atheism  would  now  be  utterly  ashamed  to  shew 
its  head,  and  forced  to  acknowledge,  that  it  was  an 
eternal  and  almighty  Being,  it  was  God  alone,  who  gave 
to  each  of  (lie  celestial  bodies,  its  proper  magnitude  and 
measure  of  heat,  its  dueness  of  distance,  and  regula- 
rity of  motion  :  or  in  the  language  of  the  prophet,  who 
established  the  ivorld  by  his  wisdom,  and  stretched  out 
the  Heavens  ly  his  understanding. 

If  from  the  firmament  we  descend  to  the  orb  on  which 
we  dwell,  what  a  glorious  proof  have  we  of  the  divine 
wisdom,  in  this  intermediate  expansion  of  the  air, 
which  is  so  wonderfully  contrived,  to  answer  so  many 
important  ends  at  once  !  It  receives  and  supports  clouds, 
to  water  the  earth.  It  affords  us  winds,  for  health,  for 
pleasure,  for  a  thousand  conveniences :  by  its  spring,  it 
ministers  to  the  respiration  of  animals  ;  by  its  motion  to 
the  conveyance  of  sounds;  and  by  its  transparency,  to 
the  transmission  of  light,  from  one  end  of  Heaven  to  the 
other.  Whose  power  made  so  thin  and  fluid  an  element, 
a  safe  repository  for  thunder  and  lightning]  By  whose 
command,  and  out  of  whose  treasuries,  are  these  dread- 
ful, yet  useful  meteors  sent  forth,  to  purify  the  air,  which 
would  otherwise  stagnate,  and  consume  the  vapours 
that  would  otherwise  breed  various  diseases]  By  what 
skilful  hand  are  those  immense  quantities  of  water, 
\\hich  are  continually  drawn  from  the  sea,  by  a  natural 
distillation  made  fresh,  sent  forth  upon  the  wings  of 
the  wind,  into  the  most  distant  -countries,  and  distri- 
buted in  showers  over  the  face  of  the  earth  ? 

Whose  power  and  wisdom  was  it  that  hanged  the 
earth  upon  nothing,  and  gave  it  a  spherical  figure,  the 
most  commodious  which  could  be  devised,  both  for  the 


consistency  of  it  parts,  and  the  velocity  of  its  motion  ? 
Who  was  it  that  w eigked  the  mountains  in  scales,  and 
the  hills  in  a  balance,  and  disposed  them  in  their  most 
proper  places,  both  for  fruitfulness  and  health  1  Who 
diversified  the  climates  of  the  earth  into  such  an  agree- 
able variety,  that,  remote  as  they  ar-e  from  each  other, 
each  has  its  proper  seasons,  day  and  night,  winter  and 
summer]  Who  was  it  that  clothed  the  face  of  it  witlv 
plants  and  flowers  so  exquisitely  adorned  with  various 
and  inimitable  beauties  ?  That  placed  the  plant  in  the 
seed,  in  such  elegant  complications,  as  afford  at  once 
both  a  pleasing  and  an  astonishing  spectacle  7  That J 
painted  and  perfumed  the  flowers,  that  gave  them  the 
sweet  odours  which  they  diffuse  through  the  air  for  our 
delight,  and  with  one  and  the  same  water  dyed  them 
into  different  colours,  surpassing  the  imitation,  nay,  and  : 
the  comprehension  of  mankind  1  For  can  the  wisest  of'1' 
men  tell, 

"  Why  does  one  climate  and  one  soil  endue 

The  blushing  poppy  with  a  crimson  hue. 

Yet  leave  the  lilly  pale,  and  tinge  the  violet  blue  1" 

Who  replenished  the  earth,  the  water,  -the  air,  with  * 
such  an  infinite  variety  of  living  creatures,  and  so  form- 
ed, that  of  the  innumerable  •  particulars  wherein  each 
creature  (lifters  from  ail  others,  every  one  is  found  upon 
examination  to  have  its  singular  beauty  and  peculiar" 
use.  Some  walk,  some  creep,  some  ily>  some 'swim. 
But  every  one  has  all  its  members  and  its  various  organs 
accurately  fitted  for  its  peculiar  motions.  In  short,  the 
state! iness  of  the  horse  and  the  feathers  of  the  swan, 
the  largeness  of  the  elephant  and  the  smaliness  t>f  the 
mite,  are  to  a  considerate  mind  equal  demonstration  of 
an  infinite  wisdom  and  power.  Nay,  rather  the  smaller 
the  creature  is,  the  more  amazing  is  the  workmanship. 
When  in  the  mite,  for  instance,  we  see  a  head,  a  body, 
legs  and  feet,  all  as  v\ell  proportioned  as  those  of  an 
elephant,  and  consider  vvithal  that  in  every  part  of  this 
living  atom  there  are  muscltes,  -nerves,  Terns,  arteries; 


ajid  blood;  every  particle  of  -which  blood  is  composed 
of  various  other  pai tides:  when  we  consider  all  this, 
can  we  help  being  lost  in  wonder  and  astonishment  1 

0  the  depth, of  the  riches  voik  of  'the- wisdom  aha  Knmv^ 
ledge  of  God !  How  unsearchable  are  his  wurh  and  his 
ways  of' creation  and  providence  past  Jin  ding  out  I . 

Natural-  instinct  is  another  thing  in  animals  no  less 
wonderful  than  their  frame  ;  and  is  indeed  nothing  else 
than  the  direction  of  an  all-wise  and  all-powerful  mind* 
What  else  teaches  birds,  to  build  their  nests,  hard  or  soft, 
according  to  the  constitution  of  their  young?  What 
dlse  makes  them  keep  so  constantly  in  their  nest  during; 
the  time  of  incubation,  as  if  they  knew  the  efficacy  of 
their  own  warmth,  and  its  aptness  for  animation  1 
What  else  causes  the  salmon  every  year  to  come  up  a 
river,  perhaps  hundreds  of  miles,  to  cast  its  spawn,.,  and  .• 
secure  it  in  banks  of  sand  till  the  young  ones  are  ex- 
cluded ?  To  go  no  farther,  can  we  behold  the  spider's 
net,  the  siik-vi  orm's  web,  the  bees  cells,  or  the  ant's 
granaries,  without  being  forced  to  acknowledge  the  in- 
iinite  wisdom  which  directs  their  unerring  steps,  and 
lias  made  them  fit  to  be;  an  emblem  of  art,  industry,  and 
frugality,  to  mankind  ? . 

If,  from  the  earth,  and  t lie  creatures  that  live  up c« 
it,  we  cast  our  eyes  upon  the  water,  we  soon  perceive 
that  had  it  been  more  or  less  rarefied,  it  had  not  been 
so  proper  for  the  use  of  man.  And  who  gave  it  tha^ 
just  configuration  of  parts  and  exact  degree  of  motion, 
which  makes  it  so  fluent,,  and  yet  so  strong  as  to  carry 
and  waft  a  way  .the  most  enormous  burdens  \  Who  has 
instructed  the  rivers  to  rua  in  so  many  winding  streams 
through  vast  tracts  of  land,  in; order  to  water  them  the 
inore  plentifully .'?  Then  to  disembogue  themselves  into 
the  ocean,  so  making  it  the  corn m on  centre  of  COITH 
iijerce  :  and  thence  to.  return,  through  the  earth  and  air, 
to  their  fountain  heads,  in  one  perpetual  circulation  1 
i^hed  these. rjvers  with,  ibiiof  ail  kmd^,  whicb 


44 

glide  through  the  limpid  streams,  and  run  heedlessly 
into  the  fisher's  net,  for  the  entertainment  of  men  I 
The  great  and  wide  sea  is  a  very  avvful  and  stupendous 

work  of  God,  WJio*p  VianH  «-'  ~  .  :*  ^L  _—u.  ^w 
\\iin  sucn  exactness  ?  A  little  more  or  less  motion  in  the 

fluid  mass  would  disorder  all  mature,  and  a  small  in- 
crease of  a  tide,  might  ruin  whole  kingdoms.  Who 
then  was  so  wise  as  to  take  exact  measures  of-tho.se  im- 
mense bodies,  and  who  so  strong  es  to  rule  at  pleasure 
the  rage  of  that  furious  element?  He  who  hath-  placed 
the  sand  for  the  bound  of  these,  ly  a  perpetual  decree 
that  it  cann&t  pass.  So  that  though  the  ivaves.  therc.qf 
toss  themselves,  they  cannot  prevail,  though  they  roar 
they  cannot  pass  over  it. 


If,  from  the  world  ifself,  we  turn  our  eyes  more  par- 
ticularly on  man,  whom  it  hath  pleased  the  Lord  of  all 
to  appoint  for  its  principal  inhabitant,  no  understanding 
surely  can  be  so  low,  no  hear  stupid  and  insensible, 
as  not  plainly  to  see  that  notu^g  but  infinite  wisdom 
could  in  so  wonderful  a  manner  hava  fashioned  his 
<body,  and  breathed  into  it  a  re^sonabh;  soul,  whereby 
he  teachtth  us  more  than  the  beasts  of  the  JIM,  and 
maketh  us  wiser  than  the  fowls  of  heaven. 

Should  any  of  us  see  a  lump  of  clay  rise  immediately 
from  the  ground  into  the  complete  figure  of  a  man,  full 
of  beauty  and  symmetry,  and  endowed  with  all  the 
powrers  and  faculties  which  we  perceive  in  ourselves,  yea, 
and  that  in  a  more  eminent  degree  of  perfection  than 
any  of  the  present  children  of  men  ;  should  we  pre- 
sently after  observe  him  perform  all  the  offices  of  life, 
sense  and  reason  ;  move  as  gracefully,  talk  as  eloquently, 
reason  as  justly,  and  discharge  every  branch  of  duty 
with  as  as  much  accuracy  as  the  most  accomplished 
man  breathing,  how  great  must  be  our  astonishment  ! 
No\v  this  was  the  very  case  in  that  moment  when  God 
created  man  upon  the  earth. 

But  to  impress  this  in  a  more  lively  manner  upon  the 


45 

mind,  let  us  suppose  the  figure  above  mentioned  rises  by 
degrees,  and  is  finished  part  by  part  in  some  succession 
of  lime.  When  the  whole  is  completed,  the  veins  and 
arter.es  bored,  the  sinews  and  tendons  laid,  the  joints 
fitted,  the  blood  and  juices  lodged  in  the  vessels  pre- 
pared for  them,  God  infuses  into  it  a  vital  principle. 
The  image  moves,  it  walks,  it  speaks.  Were  we  to  see 
all  tin's  transacted  before  our  eyes,  we  could  not  but  be 
astonished;  A  consideration  of  this  made  David  break 
out  into  that  rapturous  acknowledgment.  I  -will  give  thee 
thanks,  for  I  am  fearfully  and  wonderfully  made! 
Marvellous  are  thy  works,  and  that  my  soul  kuoweth 
right  well.  Thine  eyes  did  see  my  substance  yet 
being  imperfect,  and  in  tJiy  book  were  all  my  members 
written. 

Thus,  which  way  soever  we  turn  our  eyes,  whether  we 
look  upward  or  downward,  without  us  or  within  us, 
upon  the  animate  or  inanimate  parts  of  the  creation,  we 
find  abundant  reason  to  say,  0  Lord,  how  manifold  are 
thy  works  /  In  wisdom  hast  thou  made  them  all. 

Let  us  observe  a  little  farther  the  terraqueous  globe : 
how  admirably  are  all  things  thereon  chained  together, 
that  they  may  all  aim  at  the  ultimate  end  \\  hich  God 
proposed  in  all  his  works  !  And  how  vast  a  number  of 
intermediate  ends  are  subservient  to  this  !  To  perpe- 
tuate the  established  course  of  nature  in  a  continued 
series,  the  Divine  Wisdom  has  thought  fit  that  all  living 
creatures  should  constantly  be  employed  in  producing 
individuals,  that  all  natural  things  should  lend  a  helping 
baud  toward  preserving  every  species,  and  lastly,  that 
the  destruction  of  one  tiling  should  always  conduce  to 
the  production  of  another. 

This  globe  contains  what  are  called  the  three  king- 
doms of  nature,  the  Jossile,  vegetable,  and  animal. 
The  fossile  constitutes  the  crust  of  the  earth,  lyinj/  be- 
neath the  visible  surface  ;  the  vegetable  adorns  the  face 


46  •• 

of  the  globe,  and  draws  -much  of  its  nourishment  from-- 
the  fossile  kingdom.  The  animal is  almost  wholly  sus- 
stai.ned  by  the  vegetable  kingdom,  If  \ve  go  deeper 
into  the  earth,  the  rule  which  generally  obtains  with  re- 
gard to  the  strata  thereof  is  this  :  The  upper  parts  con- 
sist of  rag -stone,  the  next  of  slate,  the  third  ol  marble 
Itlled  with  petrefactions,  the  ibarth  of  slate  again,  and 
lastly,  the  lowest  \\hich  We  are  able  to  discover,  cf- 
free  stone. 

That  the  sea  once  overspread  a  far  greater  part  of 
the  earth  than  it  does  at  present  we  learn  not  only  from 
geographers,  but  from  its  yearly  decrease,  observable  in 
many  places  ;  partly  occasioned  by  the  vast  quantities 
of  shells,  and  all  kinds  of  rubbish  which  the  tides  con- 
tinually leave  on  the  shores.  Hence  most  shores  "are 
usually  full  of  wreck,  of  dead,  testaceous  animals,  of 
stones,  dirt,  or  sand  of  various  kinds,  and  heaps  of  other 
things.  Rivers  likewise/  especially  those  which  have  a 
rapid  stream,  wear  away  whatever  they  touch,  particu- 
larly soft  and  friable  earth,  which  they  carry  and  deposit 
on  distant  winding  shores:  whence  it  is  certain  the  sea 
coiilinually  subsides^nd  the  land  gains  no  small  increase. 

Water  retained  in  low  grounds  occasions  marshes. 
B«t  what  a  wonderful  provision  has  nature  made,  thai 
inany  of  these,  even  without  the  heip  of  man,  shall 
again  become  firm  ground  !  More  and  more  mossy 
tumps  are  seen  therein:  some  of  these  are  brought 
down  by  the  water,  from  the  higher  grounds  adjoining., 
and  others  are  produced  by  putrilving  plants  :  thus  the 
marsh  is  dried  up  and  new  meadows  arise  ;  and  this  is 
done  in  a  shorter  time  whenever  the  sphagnum,  a  kind 
of  moss,  has  laid  the  foundation:  for  this,  in  process 
of  time,  changes  into  a  porous  kind  of  mold, -till  almost 
all  the  marsh  is  filled  with  it.  After  this  ihe  nish  begins 
to  strike  root,  ami,  together  with  the  cotton-grass,  con- 
stitutes a  tnrf,  wherein  the  roots  get  continually  higher, 
itad  thus  .fay  a  firm  .foundation  for  otJber  plants,  till  the  . 


*7 

m-hole  marsh   is  covered  with  herbs  and  grass,  and  be- 
comes a  pleasant  and  fruitful  meadow. 

I  shall  add  only  one  reflection  more,  with  regard  to 
•the  scale  of  beings.  As  the  microscope  discovers  almost 
every  drop  of  water,  every  blade  of  grass,  every  lea£ 
flower,  and  grain  of  earth,  to  be  swarming  with  inhabi- 
tants :  a  thinking  mind  is  naturally  led  to  consider  that 
-part  of  the  scale  of  beings,  which  descends  lower  and 
lower,  from  himself,  to  the  lowest  of  all  sensitive 
creatures.  Among  these  some  are  so  little  above  dead 
/matter,  that  it  is  hard  to  determine  whether  they  live  or 
no.  Others  that  are  lifted  .  one  step  higher,  have  no 
sense  beside  feeling  and  taste.  Some  again  have  the 
additional  one  of  hearing:  others  of  smell,  and  others 
of  sight. 

It  is  .wonderful  to  observe 3  by  what  a  gradual  pro- 
gression the  world  of  life  advances,  through  an  immense 
-variety  of  .species,  before  a  .  creature  is  found,  that  is 
.--complete  in  all  its  senses.  And  among  these  there  arc 
so  many  different  degrees  of  perfection  in  the  senses 
which  one  animal  enjoys  above  another,  that  though 
.each  sei^e  in  different  animals,  comes  under  the  same 
common  denomination,  yet  it  seems  almost  of  a  dif- 
ferent nature.  If  after  this,  we  attentively  consider 
the  inward  endowments  of  animals,  their  cunning  and 
sagacity,  and  what  we  usually^comprehend  under  the 
general  name  of  instinct,  we  find  them  rising  one  above 
another,  in  the  same  imperceptible  manner,  and  receiving 
•  higher  and  higher  improvements,  according  to  the 
jspecies  in  which  they  are  implanted. 

The  whole  progress  of  nature  is  so  gradual,  that  the 
entire  chasm  from  a  plant  to  man,  is  tilled  up  with 
divers  kinds  of  creatures,  rising  one  above  another,  by 
so  gentle  an  ascent,  that  the  transitions  from  one  species 
to  another,  are  almost  insensible.  And  the  intermediate 
space  is  so  well  husbanded,  that  there  is  scarce  a  degree 
-of  perfection  which  does  not  appear  in  some.  Now 


48 

since  the  scale  of  being  advances  by  such  regular  steps 
as  high  as  man,  is  it  not  probable,  that  it  still  proceeds 
gradually  upwards,  through  beings  of  a  superior  nature  I 
As  there  is  an  infinitely  greater  space  between  the  Su- 
preme Being  and  man,  than  between  man  and  the  lowest 
insect. 

This  thought  is  thus  enlarged  upon  by  Mr.  Lock  : 
"  That  there  should  be  more  species  of  intelligent  crea- 
tures above  us  than  there  are  of  sensible  and  material 
below  us  is  probable  from  hence,  that  in  all  the  visible 
and  corporeal  world  we  see  no  chasm,  no  gaps.  All 
quite  down  from  man,  the  descent  is  by  easy  steps:  there 
is  a  continued  series  of  things  that  in  each  remove  differ 
the  least  that  can  be  conceived  from  each  other*  There 
are  fishes  that  have  wings,  and  are  ,not'  strangers  to  the 
airy  regions  ;  and  there  are  birds  which  are  inhabitants 
of  the  waters,  whose  blood  is  as  cold  as  that  of  fishes. 
There  are  animals  so  near  a-kin  both  to  birds  and  beasts 
that  they  are  in  the  middle  between  both.  Amphibi- 
ous animals  link  the  terrestrial  and  aquatic  together. 
Seals  live  either  on  land  or  in  the  sea.  Porpusses 
have  the  warm  blood  and  entrails  of  a  hog.  There  are 
brutes  that  seem  to  have  as  much  knowledge  and  reason 
as  some  that  are  called  men.  Again ;  the  animal  and 
vegetable  kingdoms  are  so  closely  joined,  that  between 
the  lowest  of  the  one  and  the  highest  of  the  other,  there 
is  scarce  any  perceptible  difference.  And  if  we  go  on 
till  we  come  to  the  lowest  and  most  inorganical  parts  of 
matter,  we  shall  find  every  where  that  the  several 
species  are  linked  together,  and  differ  in  almost  insensi- 
ble degrees. 

"  Now,  when  we  consider,  on  the  other  hand,  the  in- 
finite power  and  wisdom  of  the  Creator,  does  it  not  ap- 
pear highly  suitable  to  the  magnificent  harmony  of  the 
universe,  and  the  infinite  goodness  of  the  architect,  that 
the  species  of  creatures  should  also,  by  gentle  degrees, 
ascend  upwards  from  us  (as  they  gradually  descend  from 
us  downwards),  towards  his  infinite  perfection  1  And  if 


49 

so,  is  it  not  probable  there  are  far  more  species  of  crea- 
•lures    above    than  beneath  us?    since  we  are  infinitely 
more  remote  from  the  all-perfect  Creator   than   from 
the  lowest  of  all  the  works  of  his  hands'? 

"  But  here  our  thoughts  are  lost.  We  may  conjec- 
ture a  iiftle ;  but  we  know  nothing.  However,  it  is 
enough  that  we  know  the^only  true^Godf  and  Jesus 
Christ  whom  he  hath  sent." 

This  reflection  upon  the  scale  of  beings  is  pursued  at 
large  by  one  of  the  finest  writers  of  the  age,  Mr.  Bon- 
net, of  Geneva,  in  that  beautiful  work,  "  The  Contem- 
plation of  Nature/'  When  I  tirst  read  this,  I  designed  to 
make  only  some  extracts  from  it,  to  be  inserted  under 
their  proper  heads ;  but,  upon  farther  consideration,  I 
judged  it  would  be  more  agreeable,  as  well  as  profitable 
to  the  reader,  to  give  an  abridgement  of  the  whole, 
that  the  admirable  chain  of  reasoning  may  be  preserved, 
and  the  adorable  wisdom  and  goodness  of  the  great 
Author  of  nature  placed  in  the  strongest  light. 


INTRODUCTION 

I  RAISE  myself  up  to  the  ETERNAL  REASON  ;  I 
study  his  laws,  and  I  adore  him.  1  contemplate  the 
universe  with  a  philosophic  eye  :  I  search  into  the  re- 
lations which  by  this  immense  chain  constitute  one 
\vhole.  I  stop  a  while  to  examine  some  links  of  it,  and, 
struck  with  those  marks  of  power,  wisdom,  and  good- 
ness which  1  discover  therein,  I  faintly  attempt  their 
description. 


CHAP.  I. 

-Of  the  Jirst  Cameo 


Tv 
O    be     self-existent,     endued    with     Almigh'y 
;power,  and  to  will  with  infinite  wisdom,  are  the  adora- 
ble perfections  of  the  first  cause. 

The  universe  is  undoubtedly  derived  from  this  cause. 
In  vain  do  we  endeavour  by  other  means  to  account  for 
it.  We  may  every  where  observe  order  and  ends, 
the  effects  of  an  ETERNAL  SELF-EXISTENT  REASON. 

2.  What  mind  can  fathom  the  depths  of  this  abyss  1 
"What  thought  can  comprehend  that  Power  which  calls 
filings  that  are  not  as  though  they  were?  God  com- 
mands the  universe  to  be:  the  universe  is  instantly 
jroduced. 

A  single  act  of  his  will  produced  the  universe — the 
4ame  act  preserves  it. 

But  you  ask,  Why  is  not  man  as  perfect  as  an  angel  ? 
"You  mean  to  say,  no  doubt,  Why  is  not  man  an  angel? 
You  may  as  well  enquire,  Why  a  stag  is  not  a  man? 
But  the  existence  of  a  stag  supposes  that  of  herbs  to 
nourish  him:  Would  you  still  further  have  had  these 
herbs  to  have  beep  so  many  men  ?  Their  preservation 
and  increase  would  have  depended  on  the  earth,  the 
water,  the  air,  and  the  tire  :  would  you  presume  to  in- 
sist in  your  enquiry,  Why  the  constituent  parts  of  these 
elements  were  not.  so  many  dwarfs  ? 

Confess  your  error,  and  acknowledge  that  every  being 
is  endued  with  a  perfection  suited  to  the  ends  of  its 

3 


It 

Creation.  It  would  cease  to  answer  that  end  the  very 
moment  it  ceased  to  be  what  it  is.  By  changing  its 
nature  it  would  change  its  place,  and  that  which  it  occu- 
pied in  the  universal  hierarchy  ought  still  to  be  the  re- 
sidence of  a  being  resembling  it,  otherwise  harmony 
would  be  destroyed. 

*Ih  the  assemblage  of  all  the  orders  of  relative  perfec- 
tions consist  the  absolute  perfection  of  this  whole,  con- 
cerning which  God  said,  That  it  was  good. 

This  immense  system  of  co-existent  and  successive 
beings,  is  no  less  one  in  succession  than  in  co-ordination^ 
since  the  first  link  is  connected  with  the  last  by  the  in- 
termediate one.  Present  events  may  make  way  for  the 
most  distant  ones.  The  germ  which  expanded  itself  in 
Sarah's  womb  was  the  preparatory  cause  of  the  existence 
•of  a.  great  people,  and  the  salvation  of  nations. 

3.  The  heavens  declare  the  glory  of  God,  arid  the 
'firmament  sheweth  his  handy-work.  That  sublime  ge- 
nius, who  expressed  himself  with  such  loftiness  of  senti- 
ment, was  nevertheless  unapprized  that  the  stars  which 
he  contemplated  were  in  reality  suns.*  He  anticipated 
the  times,  and  first  sung  that  majestic  hymn  which, 
future  and  more  enlightened  ages  should  chaunt  forth 
io  the  praise  of  the  Founder  of  worlds. 

This  assemblage  of  vast  bodies  is  divided  into  differ- 
ent systems,  the  number  of  which  perhaps  exceeds  the 
grains  of  sand  which  the  sea  casts  on  its  shores. 

Each  system  then  has  its  centre,  either  a  star  or  sun, 
which  shines  with  its  own  light,  and  round  which  revolve 
various  orders  of  opake  globes,  that  reflect  with  greater 
or  less  lustre  the  light  they  borrow  from  it,  which  ren- 
ders them  visible  to  us. 

These  globes,  which  seern  to  wander  among  the 
heavenly  bodies,  are  those  planets^  th6  principal  of 

*  Perhaps  so. 
VOL.  IV.  I) 


52 

which  have  the  sun  for  the  common  centre  of  their 
periodical  revolutions  :  whilst  the  others,  which  are 
called  secondary,  move  round  one  principal  planet, 
which  they  accompany  like  satellites,  m  its  annual  re- 
volution. 

Venus  and  the  earth  have  each  of  them  their  satel- 
lite: one  will  undoubtedly  be  some  time  or  other  dis- 
covered in  Mars.  Jupiter  has  four,  Saturn  five,  and  a 
ring  or  luminous  atmosphere  which  seems  to  perform 
the  office  of  a  number  of  small  moons ;  being  situate  so 
far  from  the  sun,  he  would  have  received  too  faint  a 
light  from  it,  if  his  satellite  and  ring  did  not  augment  it 
by  reflection. 

We  have  discovered  twenty-seven  planets,  which  at 
present  compose  our  solar  system ;  but  we  are  not  cer- 
tain that  there  are  not  more.  Their  number  has  re- 
ceived a  great  increase  by  the  invention  of  telescopes  : 
more  perfect  instruments,  and  more  accurate  observers, 
may  probably  make  farther  additions  to  them.  The 
satellite  of  Venus,  discovered  in  the  last  century,  gives 
room  to  hope  for  still  greater  success. 

4.  The  comets  also  are  now  found  to  be  planetary 
bodies,  whose  long  routes  our  astronomers  calculate, 
foretel  their  distant  returns,  and  determine  their  place, 
appearances,  and  tract.  Upwards  of  thirty  of  these 
bodies  at  present  acknowledge  the  empire  of  our  sun, 
and  the  orbits  which  some  trace  round  are  so  extensive, 
that  they  do  not  complete  their  course  till  the  end  of 
a  long  series  of  years,  and  even  many  ages. 

The  stars  are  innumerable ;  and  the  constellations, 
which  antiquity  reckoned  to  be  but  few  in  number, 
amount  to  thousands. 

If  the  diameter  of  the  great  orbit,  which  our  planet 
describes  round  the  sun,  is  more  than  sixty  millions  of 
leagues,  yet  this  vast  circumference  vanishes  into  no- 

2 


53 

thing,  and  becomes  a  mere  point,  when  made  use  of  to 
measure  the  distance  of  the  fixed  stars. 

How  great  then  must  the  real  bulk  of  these  luminous 
spots  be  that  are  perceivable  by  us  at  such  enormous 
distance !  The  sun  is  supposed  about  a  million  of  times 
greater  than  the  earth,  and  a  hundred  and  ten  times 
greater  than  all  the  planets  put  together. 

5.  Whilst  the  planets  perform  these  revolutions 
round  the  sun,  by  which  the  course  of  their  years  is  re- 
gulated, they  effect  another  amoug  themselves,  which 
determines  the  alternatives  of  their  days  and  nights. 

But  how  do  these  vast  bodies  remain  suspended  in 
space  ?  What  secret  power  retains  them  in  their  orbits3 
and  enables  them  to  circulate  with  so  much  regularity 
and  harmony]  Gravity,  that  powerful  agent,  is  the 
universal  principle  of  this  equilibrium  and  these  mo^ 
tions  :  it  penetrates  into  the  inmost  parts  of  all  bodies . 
By  virtue  of  this  force  they  tend  towards  each  other  in. a 
proportion  relative  to  their  distance  and  bulk.  So  that 
the  planets  tend  towards  the  common  centre  of  the 
system,  and  they  would  be  instantly  precipitated  into  it, 
if  the  Creator,  when  he  formed  them,  had  not  endued 
them  with  a  centrifugal  motion,  by  which  they  are 
continually  kept  at  a  due  distance  from  the  centre. 
Each  planet,  in  constant  subserviency  to  these  two 
forces,  describes  a  curve  in  consequence  thereof.  By 
this  means  the  same  force  which  determines  the  fall  of 
a  stone,  is  the  ruling  principle  of  the  heavenly  motions : 
wonderful  mechanism !  whose  simplicity  and  energy 
give  us  unceasing  tokens  of  the  PROFOUND  WISDOM  of 
its  AUTHOR. 

The  globe  of  earth,  which  is  externally  divided  into 
lands  and  seas,  nearly  level  in  their  surfaces,  is  formed 
within,  at  least  to  a  certain  depth,  of  leds  of  heteroge- 
neous matter,  that  are  almost  parellel,  more  or  less 
dense,  and  of  a  finer  or  coarser  texture. 


The  surface  of  the  earth  abounds  with  great  iii 
lities.  In  one  part  of  it  we  behold  vast  plains  intersect- 
ed by  hills  and  vailies.  Tn  another  long  chains  of  moun- 
tains, which  lift  their  frozen  heads  to  the  clouds,  and 
betwixt  them  deep  valiies.  From  the  bosom  of  these 
mountains  rivers  spring,  -which,  after  having  watered 
divers  countries  a nd  produced  ponds  and  lakes  in  several 
places  by  enlarging  their  beds,  at  length  discharge 
themselves  into  the  sea,  and  restore  to  it  what  it  had 
lost  by  evaporation. 

6.  The  sea  presents  us  with  islands  scattered   round 
its    coasts,    with    sands,    rocks,    currents,     gulphs,  and 
storms,  and  with    that  regular    and  admirable    motion 
whereby  its  \yate-rs   rise    and  fall  twice  in  twenty -four 
hours. 

The; lands  and  seas  are  every  where  replenished  wif)t 
plants  and  animals,  whose  infinitely  varied  species  re- 
sort together  in  every  place.  Men  divided  into  nations, 
peoples  and  families,  cover  the  surface  of  the  globe. 
They  fashion  and  enrich  it  by  their  various  labours,  and 
build  habitations  from  pole  to  pole,  corresponding  with 
their  manners,  genius,  soil,  climate. 

A  rare,  transparent,  elastic  substance  encompasses  all 
parts  of  the  earth  to  a  certain  height :  this  substance 
is  the  atmosphere,  the  repository  for  the  winds,  the  im- 
mense reservoir  of  vapours  and  exhalations,  which  being 
sometimes  collected  into  clouds  of  a  greater  or  lesser 
consistence,  adorn  our  element  by  their  forms  and  co^ 
lours,  or  astonish  us  by  their  flashes  and  vjolent  noise  . 
and  at  other  times  melting  into  dews,  mistss  rain,  snow' 
hail,  yield  back  to  the  earth  what  was  .exhaled  from  it/ 

7.  The  moon,  ;the  nearest  to  the  .earth  of  all   the 
planets,   is  that  we    have  the  best  knowledge  of.     Its 
globe,   which    is  about   tive-and-forty  times  less  than 
ours,  always  appears  to  us  with  the  same  aspect,  be- 


it  performs  its  re  volutiort  precisely  in  the  same 
space  of  time  that  it  revolves  round  the  earth. 

It  has  its  gradual  and  periodical  increase  and  decrease 
of  light,  according  to  its  position  with  respect  to  the  ' 
sun,,  which  enlightens  -it;  and  tt>  the*  earth,  whereon  it 
reflects  tire  Itgiit-cf  that  sun-/- 

The  disk  of  the-  moon  is  externally  divided  info 
luminous  and  obscure  parts  :  the  former  seems  -analo- 
gous to  lands  en  our  globe,  and  the  latter  to  our 


In  the  luminous  parts  there  have  been  observed  some 
places  brighter  than  the  rest,  which  cast  a  shade  from 
their  side,  which  has  been  measured,  and  the  tract  ascer- 
tained. These  parts  are  mountains  much  higher  than 
ours,  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  moon,  and  whose 
tops  the  sun  Iras  been  seen  to  gild  when  that  planet  is 
quartered)  the  light  descending  by  little  and  little  to 
the  foot  of  these  mountains,  they  appear  at  that  time 
entirely  bright  Some  are  by  themselves,  others  form 
very  long  tracts, 

Venus  has,  like  the  moon,  her  spots  and  mountains*: 
so  have  Mars  and  Jupiter.  Those  in  Jupiter  form  large 
belts,  which  make  considerable  motions,  like  the  oceans 
overflowing  the  lands,  and  afterwards  leaving  them  dry 
cm  his  retreat* 

Mercury  and  Saturn  are  little  known  to  us,  the  first 

because  it  is  too  near  the  sun,  the-  second  because  it  is 
at  too  great  a  distance* 

Lastly*  the,  sun  himself  ha?  spats,  which  seem  to  move 
regularly,  and  whose  size  equals,  and  very  oiten  exceeds, 
that  of  such  as  arc  seen  in  the  greatest  planets. 

8.  Pure  spirits,  immaterial  and  intelligent  substances, 
e  and  solid   substances;  mixed  beings,  formed 


56 

by  the  union  of  ftn  immaterial  substance  and  a  corporeal, 
are  the  three  general  classes  of  beings  which  \ve  have  any 
conception  of  in  the  universe. 

In  the  universe  all  is  combination,  affinity,  connexion. 
There  is  nothing  but  what  is  the  immediate  effect  of 
somewhat  preceding  it,  and  determines  the  existence  of 
something  that  should  follow  it. 

The  divine  mind  has  so  closely  connected  every  part  of 
his  work,  that  there  is  not  one  which  has  not  a  relation 
to  the  whole  system.  A  mushroom,  a  mite  are  as  essen- 
tial parts  oi  it  as  the  cedar  or  elephant. 

So  that  those  minute  productions  of  nature,  which  un- 
thinking men  judge  to  be  useless,  are  not  mere  particles 
of  dust  on  the  wheels  of  the  machine  of  the  world  ;  they 
are  small  wheels  intermixed  with  the  greater. 

There  is  nothing  then  by  itself:  every  being  has  an 
activity  peculiar  to  it,  determined  by  the  rank  appointed 
for  it  in  the  universe.  A  mite  is  a  very  small  imoveable 
creature, which  acts  in  conceit  with  others,  whose  activity 
extends  to  much  greater  distances.  The  spheres  thua 
enlarging  themselves  more  and  more,  this  amazing  pro- 
gression rises  by  degrees  from  the  vortex  cf  amber  to 
the  solar  vortex  ;  from  the  sphere  of  a  mite  to  that  of  an 
angel. 

9.  The  elements  act  reciprocally  on  each  other,  ac- 
cording to  certain  laws  which  result  from  their  relations  : 
and  these  relations  unite  them  to  minerals,  plants,  ani- 
mals, and  to  men.  This  last,  as  the  principal  trunk, 
spreads  its  branches  all  over  the  globe. 

These  species  and  individuals  have  relation  to  the 
bigness  and  solidity  of  the  earth :  the  solidity  and  size  of 
the  earth  have  relation  to  the  place  she  occupies  in  the 
planetary  system. 

The  sun,  gravitates  on  the  planets,  the  planets  on 
the  sun,  and  on  each  other;  all  gravitate  on  their 
neighbouring  systems:  these  on  more  distant  cues; 


57 

and  the  balance  of  the  universe  remains  in  equilibrio,  in 
the  hands  of  the  ANTIENT  OF  DAYS. 

The  human  soul,  by  being  united  to  an  organized 
body,  maintains  an  intercourse  with  all  nature. 

From  these  general  principles  proceeds  the  connection 
of  causes  arid  effects,  of  effects  and  causes. 

From  hence  also  arises  that  indissoluble  union  which 
forms,  of  past,  present,  future,  and  eternity,  one  entire 
individual  whole. 

The  beauty  of  the  world  is  founded  in  the  harmoni- 
ous diversity  of  the  beings  that  compose  it,  in  the  num- 
ber, extent,  and  quality  of  their  effects,  and  iu  the  de- 
gree of  goodness  arising  therefrom. 


CHAP   II; 

Of  the  relative  Perfection  of  Beings. 


EPRESTR1AL  beings  may  naturally  be  ranged 
imtkrfour  general  classes: 

I.  Brute  and  inorganized  beings. 

II.  Organized  and  inanimate  beings. 

III.  Organized  and  animate  beings. 

IV.  Organized,  animate.,  and  reasonable  beings. 

All  beings  are  perfect,  considered  in  themselves ;  they, 
all  answer  one  end.  The  determinations  or  qualities, 
proper  for  each  being,  are  the  means  relative  to  this 
end.  If  these  determinations  should  change,  they  would 
no  longer  have  a  reference  to  their  end,  and  there  would-- 
be no  more  wisdom. 

But  those  means  which  are  of  a  more  exalted  nature 
answer  a.  nobler  end.  The  being  appointed  to  fulfil 
this  end,  is  enriched  with  proportionable  faculties. 

Beings  whose  relations  to  the  whole  are  more  varied, 
more  multiplied,  and  more  copious,  possess  a,  higher  de- 
gree of  relative  perfection. 

As  there  are. two  general  classes  of  substances,  bodies 
and  souls,  there  are  likewise  two  general  classes  of  per- 
fection, the  corporeal  perfection,  or  ilia t  which  is  pecu- 
liar to  bodies;  and  the  spiritual  perfection,  or  that 
which  is  peculiar  to  souls. 

These  two  perfections  are  reunited  in  every  organized 
animated  being,  and  they  correspond  with  one  another. 

Froi»  their. reunion  proceeds  that  mixed  perfection 


59 

which  answers  to  the  rank  every   being   holds  in  tire 
system. 

2.  Of  all  the  modifications  of  matter,   the  most  *  ex- 
cellent is  organization* 

The  most  perfect  organization  is  that  which  produces 
most  effects,  with  an  equal  or  smaller  number  of  dissi- 
milar parts.  Such  -amongst  terrestrial  beings  is  the  hu- 
man body, 

An  organ  is  a  system  of  solids   whose  structure,  ar- 
rangement; and  action,  have  "motion    for  their  ultimate  * 
eiidV  either  intestine  or  loco-motive,  or  feeling. 

A  being,  which  is  barely  formed  by  a  repetition  of 
similar  parts,  enjoys  the  lowest  degrees  of  corporeal 
perfection.  Such  probably  is  the-  atom  or  elementary: 
part  tide. 

The  faculty  of  generalizing  ideas,  or  abstracting  from  ! 
bject  what  it  has  in  common  with  others,  and 
expressing  it  by^arbitrary  signs,  constitutes  the  highest 
degree  of  spiritual  perfection;  and  therein  consists 
the  'difference'  between  the  human  soul  and  the  soul  of 
brutes. 

The  soul  which  is  only  endued  with  sense  occupies 
the  lowest  degree  in  the  scale.  This  perhaps  is  the  per- 
fection of  the  soul  of  the  muscle. 

3.  The  reciprocal  action  of  solius  and  fluids   is  the 
foundation  of  the  terrestrial  life. 

To  nourish  ourselves,  to  grow  by  our  food,  to  beget 
individuals  off  our  own  species,  are  the  principal  ends  of 
the  terrestrial  life/ 

If  the  action  of  the  organs  is  not  accompanied  with  a 
sense  of  this  action,  the  organized  being  enjoys  oii 
vegetative  life.     Such  is  the  case  of  the  plant. 

if  the  action  ot  the  organs  is  joined   with  a  sen. 


60 

that  action,  the  organized  being  enjoys  a  vegetative  and 
sensative  life.     This  is  the  condition  of  the  Irute. 

Finally,  if  reflection  is  joined  to  feeling,  the  being  en- 
joys at  the  same  time  a  vegetative,  sensative  and  reflec- 
tive life.  It  is  man  alone,  upon  earth,  that  unites  these 
three  kinds  of  Jife  in  himself, 

The  corporeal  and  intellectual  faculties  may  be  car- 
ried to  so  high  a  pitch  of  perfection,  in  the  most  exalted 
order  of  mixed  beings,  that  we  are  able  to  form  but  faint 
ideas  of  them. 

4.  Between  the  lowest  and  highest  degree  of  corpo- 
real and  spiritual  perfection,   there  is  an  almost  infinite 
number  of  intermediate  degrees.     The   result   of  these 
degrees  composes  the   universal  chain.     This  unites  all 
beings,  connects  all  worlds,  comprehends  all  the  spheres. 
One  SOLE  BEING  is  out  of  this  chain,   and  that  is 
HE  that  made  it. 

A  thick  cloud  conceals  from  our  sight  the  noblest 
parts  of  this  immense  chain,  and  admits  us  only  to  a 
slight  view  of  some  ill-connected  links,  which  are  bro- 
ken, and  greatly  differing  from  the  natural  order. 

We  behold  its  winding  course  on  the  surface  of  our 
globe,  see  it  pierce  into  its  entrails,  penetrate  into.. the 
abyss  of  the  sea,  dart  itself  into  the  atmosphere,  sink 
far  into  the  celestial  spaces,  where  we  are  only  able  to 
descry  it  by  the  flashes  of  fire  it  emits  hither  and  thi- 
ther. 

But  notwithstanding  our  knowledge  of  the  chain  of 
beings  is  so  very  imperfect,  it  is  sufficient  at  jeast  to 
inspire  us  with  the  most  exalted  ideas  of  that  amazing 
and  noble  progression  and  variety  which  reign  iu  the 
universe. 

5.  There   are  no  sudden  changes   in  nature  ;  all  is 
gradual,    and    elegantly  varied.      There    is  no    being 
which  has  not  either  above  or   beneath  it  some  that 
resemble  it  in  certain   characters,  and  differ  from  it  in 
others. 


61 

Amongst  these  characters  which  distinguish  beings, 
we  discover  some  that  are  more  or  less  general.  Whence 
we  derive  our  distributions  into  classes,  genera,  and  spe- 
cies. But  there  are  always  between  two  classes,  atid 
two  like  genera,  mean  productions,  which  seem  not  to 
belong  more  to  one  than  to  the  other,  but  to  connect 
them  both. 

The  polypus  links  the  vegetable  to  the  animal* 
The  flying  squirrel  unites  the  birds  to  the  quadru- 
ped. The  ape  bears  affinity  to  the  quadruped  and 
the  man. 

But  if  there  is  nothing  cut  off  in  nature,  it  is  evident 
that  the  distributions  we  make  are  not  her's.  Those 
we  form  are  purely  nominal,  relative  to  our  necessities 
and  the  bounds  of  our  knowledge.  Those  intelligences 
which  are  superior  to  us,  discover  perhaps  more  varieties 
between  two  individuals  which  we  range  under  the  same 
species,  than  we  do  between  two  individuals  of  distant 
genera. 

So  that  these  intelligences  see  the  scale  of  beings  all 
composing  one  single  consequence,  which  has  for  its  first 
term  an  atom,  and  for  its  last  the  most  exalted  seraph. 

We  may  then  suppose  in  the  scale  of  our  globe  as 
many  steps  as  we  Know  there  are  species.  The  eighteen 
or  twenty  thousand  species  of  plants  which  compose  our 
herbals,  are  therefore  eighteen  or  twenty  thousand  steps 
of  this  celestial  ladder. 

And  there  is  not  a  single  plant  amongst  these,  which 
does  not  perhaps  nourish  one, or  more  species  of  ani- 
mals. These  animals  harbour  or  provide  nourishment 
for  others  in  their  turn.  They  are  so  many  little  worlds 
comprized  in  others  that  are  still  smaller. 

Simple  produces  compound.  The  molecule  forms 
the  fibre,  the  fibre  the  vessel,  the  vessel  the  organ,  the 
organ  the  body. 

The  scale  of  nature  then  is  constructed  by  passing 
D  6 


62 

from  that  which  composes  if,  to  that  which- is  composed 
by  it,  from  the  lessjperfect  to  the  greater. 

But  while  we  view  it  in  this  light,  and  in  a  very 
general  manner,  we  are  not  to  forget  that  our  me- 
thod of  conception  is  not  the  rule  of  things.  We  are 
only  to  take  a  transient  survey  of  the  exterior  parts  of; 
beings, 


CHAP.    Ill, 

A'general  Fiewof  the  gradual  Progression  of  Beings* 


r.  JT  ROM  the  immutability  of  species  amidst  the 
perpetual  motion  that  reigns  in  the  universe,  is  de- 
duced the  indivisibility  of  the  first  principles  of.  bodies: 
and  the  indivisibility  of  these  principles  would  demon- 
strate the  simplicity  of  their  nature,  if  God  had  not 
power  to  render  the  highly  compounded  particles  inca- 
pable of  separation. 

The  nature  of  elementary  atoms,  their  forms,  relative 
proportions,  and  the  manner  whereby  they  effect  the 
formation  of  bodies,  are  branches  of  knowledge  that 
surpass  the  reach  of  the  human  miad. 

So  that  we  cannot  determine  whether  there  are  as 
many  species  of  elements  as  of  bodies  ;  or  whether  the 
same  elementary  particles,  variously  combined,  give 
birth  to  different  compounded  species. 

We  are  likewise  ignorant  what.it  is  that  essentially 
distinguishes  one  body  from  every  other;  those  we  call 
essential  characters)  are  only  the  ultimate  result  of  the 
first  principles. 

O  how  interesting  would  the  sight  be,  were  we  per- 
mitted to  penetrate  into  these  principles !  A  new  world 
would  disclose  itself  to  our  view  ;  nature  then  become 
transparent,  would  no  longer  conceal  her  way  from  us: 
her  laboratories  and  workshops  would  then  be  thrown 
open.  Here  we  should  see  her  collecting  the  principles 
of  metals ;  there  behold  her  preparing  the  colour  or  the 
rose.  Further,  we  might  trace  her  footsteps  into  the 


64 

wonders  of  light  and  electricity.  In  other  places  should 
observe  her  sketching  the  out-lines  of  a  plant  or  animal. 
Astonished  at  the  sight  of  this  admirable  work  \ve  should 
never  be  weary  of  contemplating  the  infinite  diversity  of 
preparations,  combinations,  and  motions,  by  which  it  is 
insensibly  brought  to  its  perfection. 

Ye  celestial  spirits  who  assisted  at  the  creation  of  our 
world,  you  enjoy  these  pleasures!  Being  more  favoured 
than  us  by  the  MASTER  of  nature,  you  penetrate  into 
what  escapes  our  notice,  and  see  with  what  difficulty  we 
creep  from  one  truth  to  another,  as  we  observe  the  ef- 
forts of  an  ape  to  imitate  a  man. 

2.  Observe  three  principal  kinds   of  compositions  in 
terrestrial  bodies.     1    That  of  fluids.     2.  That  of  rude 
or  un-organized  solids.  3.  That  of  organized  solids. 

The  first  genus,  which  is  the  most  simple,  seems  to 
consist  in  a  bare\:ontact  of  homogeneous  particles,  which 
tend  towards  each  other ;  but  the  least  force  divides 
them. 

The  second,  which  is  more  compounded,  is  formed  of 
the  union  of  different  particles  into  a  solid  mass] 

The  third,  still  more  compounded,  is  formed  of  the 
intermixture  of  an  infinite  number  of  parts,  some  fluid, 
and  others  solid. 

3.  The  small   resistance  which  fluids  make   to   the 
force  that  divides  them,  their  inclination  to  a  level,   the 
quickness  and   ease   wherewith   they  move,   penetrate, 
and  separate  solids,  serve  to  indicate  that  they  are  of  all 
bodies  the  most  simple,  subtle  and  active. 

Fire  seems  to  be  a  fluid  which  unites  these  qualities 
in  the  most  eminent  degree.  It  is  evident  from  a  num- 
ber of  experiments,  and  particularly  from  those  made  by 
electricity,  that  fire  is  a  fluid  diffused  into  all  bodies,  in 
various  proportions.  Sometimes  it  barely  nils  their 


65 

pores ;  at  others,  is  intimately  united  to  their  constitu- 
ent parts,  and  composes  inflammatory  matter. 

Air  and  water  are  likewise  contained  in  the  compo- 
sition of  a  prodigious  number  of  matters  of  different 
kinds.  Sometimes  they  seem  to  change  their  nature, 
and  to  undergo  various  transformations ;  but  these  trans- 
formations are  only  imaginary.  They  resume  their 
primitive  state,  as  soon  as  iljte  causes  which  obscured 
them  cease  to  act. 

4.  Pure  earth  is  the  base  or  foundation  in  the  com- 
position of  solids.  The  chymist  meets  with  it  in  every 
body  he  analyses.  Being  fixed  and  unalterable,  rt  will 
resist  the  most  violent  fire;  and  this  immutability  of 
elementary  earth,  by  convincing  us  of  the  simplicity  of 
its  aature,  shews  likewise  that  it  is  the  first  step  of  the 
scale  of  inactive  solids. 

From  a  mixture  of  pure  earth  with  oils,  sulphurs, 
salts,  &c.  proceed  the  various  species  of  more  or  less 
compounded  earths,  which  are  the  proper  nourishment  of 
one  part  of  organized  bodies. 

Bitumens  and  sulphurs,  which  are  chiefly  formed  of 
inflammable  matter  and  earth,  seem  to  lead  us  from 
pure  earth  to  metallic  substances,  in  which  we  discover 
the  same  essential  principles,  only  differently  combined* 

The  inalterability  of  gold  from  the  most  violent  fire, 
its  malleability,  and  prodigious  ductility,  equally  prove 
the  homogeueousness,  extreme  fineness,  and  strict  union 
of  its  parts. 

Other  metals  are  ranged  after  gold,  according  to  the 
order  of  their  composition,  or  the  stronger  or  weaker 
combination  of  their  principles.  Platina  immediately 
follows  gold :  and  silver  that.  Silver  also  resists  the 
action  of  fire ;  but  is  less  malleable  and  ductile  than 
gold,  and  dissoluble  by  a  much  greater  number  of  dis- 
solvents. 


Copper  appears  after  silver,  and  has  a  great  affinity  t& 
that  metal.  It  is  itself  succeded  by  tin,  lead,  and  iron; 

Those  compounds  which  differ  from  rnetals  only  by 
their  not  being  malleable,  bear  a  great  resemblance  to- 
them,  and  are-  called  demi-metals.  Such  are  antimony  9 
Ms?nuth,  spelter. 

Fitriols,  produced  by  the  union"  of  metallic  particles 
with  a  coagulated  acid,  seem  to  be  the  passage  froiii 
metallic  substances  to  salts, 


which  always  affect  deierrniimte  and  '  constant 
figures,  indicate  thereby  the  invariableness  and  simplicity 
of  their  principles,  whose  fundamentals  are  water  and 
earth. 

When  they  are  dissolved  by  water,  or  volatilised  by 
air,  they  become  one  of  the  principal  causes  of  the 
growth  of  vegetables,  as  they  are  of  fermentations, 
whose  effects  are  so  various  and  extensive, 

The  regularity  and  uniformity  of  the  different'  kinds 
6f  crystallization,  sufficiently  prove  that  they  are  to  be 
attributed  t6  salts,  which  -being  dissolved  und  conveyed 
by  a  liquid,  and  united  to  foreign  matters*  compose 
these  pyramidal  masses.- 

Stones,  whose  species  are  so  numerous,  present  us  with 
masses  of  every  form,  colour,  size,  and  consistence,  ac- 
cording to  the  diversity  of  liquids,  earth,  sulphur,  me- 
tallic parts^  salts,  places,  and  other  circumstances 
which  contributed  to  their  formation. 

Some  of  them  are  perfectly  transparent]  and  these 
seem  to  be  the  most  simple,  Others  are  more  or  less 
opake,  as  their  principles-are  -more  or  less  'heterogeneous?, 
or  more  -of  less-  mixed* 

5.  The  apparent  organization  of  leafed  stones,  or 
such  as  are  divided  into  layers,  as  slates  ;  that  of  fibrous 


63" 

stones,  or  those  composed  of  filaments,  as  the  amlan* 
thus;  seem  to  constitute  the  passage  from  rough  .to  oi> 
ganized  solids. 

We  must  however  allow,  that  this  transition  is  not  scr 
happily  effected,  as  those  we  observe  in  divers  othejr 
classes  of  terrestrial  beings.  •: 

Organized  solids  are  divided  into  two  general  classes  ; 
vegetable  and  animal. 

It  is  not  easy  to  determine  precisely  the  distinction 
between  these  two  classes.  We  cannot  «learly  discern 
where  the  vegetable  terminates,  or  the  animal  coin- 
jnencejt 

Neither  the  greater  or  less  degree  of  simplicity  in  or* 
ganization,  nor  the  method  of  production,  nourishing, 
increasing,  and  multiplying,  nor  the  locomotive  faculty, 
sufficiently  enables  us  to  distinguish  between  these  twa 
orders  of  beings* 

There  are  some  animals  whose  structure  appears  as 
aioiple  as  that  of  plants. 

What  the  seed  and  germ  are  to  the  plant,  the  egg  anc£ 
embryo  are  to  the  animal, 

The  plant  and  animal  increase  in  equal  proportion  by 
an  insensible  expansion  occasioned  by  nutrition. 

The  matter  received  in  both  of  them  by  inward  sus- 
ception,  is  there  subject  to  analogous  preparations.. 
One  pail  serves  as  a  clothing  to  the  essence  of  the  plant 
or  animal ;  the  rest  is  evacuated. 

There  is  in  plants  as  well  as  animals  a  distinction  of 
sexes;  and  this  distinction  in  them  is  followed  by  the 
same  essential  effects  that  accompany  the  latter.  Seve- 
ral kinds  of  animals  multiply  by  slips  and  sprigs ;  and 
there  are  some,  that,  like  plants,  pass  their  whole  lives, 
without  changing  their  situation, 


68 

If  there  is  any  one  character  peculiar  to  the  animal, 
it  is  that  of  being  furnished  with  nerves. 

6.  The  plant  which  seems  to  occupy  the  lowest  place 
in  the  scale  of  vegetables,  is  a  small  unformed  mass,  in 
which  the  eye  can  only  perceive  a  kind  of  marbling, 
without  any  distinct  part.     This  plant  is  the  truffle,  the 
seeds  of  which  are  discovered  by  the  microscope. 

At.  a  small  distance  from  these  is  the  numerous  family 
of  mushrooms  and  agarics,  which  would  be  taken  for 
different  kinds  of  excrescenses,  were  it  not  that  the  eye, 
by  the  assistance  of  a  glass,  can  discover  flower  and 
seeds  in  their  folds  or  cavities. 

Liverworts,  equal  in  the  number  of  their  species  to 
nit  Brooms,  noaiiy  resemble  them.  They  cleave  to  the 
surface  of  stones,  dry  wood,  trees,  &c.  sometimes  like 
brown  spots,  at  others  in  pieces  of  a  circular  form,  of  a 
grey  or  yellow  colour,  composed  of  small  shells  or  nobs, 
or  notched  like  fringe,  lace,  &c.  The  seeds  are  contain- 
ed in  small  capsules,  invisible  to  the  naked  eye,  as  are 
likewise  the  flowers. 

Mosses  seem  to  be  a  species  between  the  mush- 
rooms and  liverworts;  they  delight  in  shade  and 
moisture,  arid  cling  to  various  sorts  of  bodies.  The 
filaments  which  issue  from  them  are  often  of  a  cotton- 
like  nature,  and  bear  flower  and  seeds. 

7.  Plants  are  of  three  very  distinct  sorts : 

The  first,  which  are  for  the  most  part  of  a  smalt  size, 
delicate  constitution,  inactive,  and  abounding  in  hu- 
mours, live  but  a  short  time ;  a  year  is  comnioniy  the 
term  of  their  life. 

The  second,  which  are  for  the  most  part  of  a  gigan- 
tic size,  robuui  constitution,  hard,  and  not  so  full  of 
humours,  live  many  years,  and  even  for  several  ages. 

The  third  bear  a  mean  proportion  between  the  first 
and  second. 


69 

Her  Is  are  the  first,  trees  the  second,  and  shrubs 
the  third. 

These  three  kinds,  which  are  spread  over  the  face 
of  the  earth,  live  promiscuously  therein;  but  there  ex- 
ists, in  the  different  classes,  an  almost  infinite  diversity 
of  sizes,  forms,  colours  and  inclinations. 

They  all  in  common  pass  their  lives  in  a  state  of  im- 
moveablenesS.  Fixed  to  the  earth  by  various  sorts  of 
fibres,  they  derive  their  principal  nourishment  from  it; 
and  with  them  to  live  is  to  expand  themselves. 

$.  The  roots,  stalks,  branches,  leaves,  flowers,  and 
fruits,  comprize  all  that  is  most  remarkable  in  the  ex- 
ternal parts  of  plants. 

The  roots,  by  means  of  their  different  kinds  of  hinges, 
tuberosities,  and  ramifications,  keep  the  plant  fixed  to 
the  earth,  while  their  pores  imbibe  an  exceeding  fine 
slime,  which  the  water  liquefies  and  carries  with  it. 

From  the  root  springs  the  stalk,  to  which  the  plant 
partly  owes  its  strength  and  beauty.  Being  sometimes 
shaped  like  a  pipe,  it  is  fortified  with  knots  skilfully 
disposed,  As  it  is  sometimes  too  weak  to  support  it- 
self, it  contrives  means  to  twist  itself  about  a  solid  prop, 
or  to  fasten  to  it  by  means  of  the  little  hands  it  is  fur- 
nished with.  Otherwise  it  appears  a  strong  pillar,  bears  its 
proud  head  aloft  in  the  air,  and  braves  the  efforts  of 
storms  and  tempests. 

The  tranches  shoot  forth,  like  so  many  arms,  from 
the  trunk  and  stalk,  on  which  they  are  distributed  with 
great  regularity.  They  are  divided  and  sub-cljvided 
into  many  small  boughs,  and  the  sub-divisions  observe 
the  same  order  as  the  'principal  divisions. 

The  leaves,  that  charming  ornament  of  plants,  are 
disposed  round  the  stalk  and  branches  with  the  same 
symmetry.  Some  are  simple,  others  compounded,  or 
formed  of  various  foliage.  One  sort  is  plain,  another 


70 

indented.     Some  of  them  are  very  thin,  others 
soft,  plump,  smooth,  rough,  or  hairy. 

The  flowers,  whose  enamel  is  one  of  the  principal 
beauties  o*  nature,  are  not  less  diversified  than  the 
leaves:  some  have  only  a  single  leaf;  others  several; 
Here  it  appears  like  a  large  vessel  opening  itself  grace- 
fully ;  there  it  forms  a  grotesque  figure  in  imifation  of  a 
muzzle,  head-piece,  or  cowl.  Farther  still,  it  is  a  but- 
terfly, a  star,  a  crowny  a  radient  sun.  Some  are  dis* 
persed  on  the  plant  without  any  art ;  others  compose 
nosegays*' globes,  tufts  of  feathers,  garlands,  pyramids. 

The  greater  part  of  them  are  furnished  with  one  or, 
more  cups,  sometimes  simple  and  plain,  at  others  con- 
sisting of  several  pieces. 

„  Ffom  the  centre  of  the  flower  proceeds  erne  or  seve- 
ral little  pillars,  either  smooth  or  channelled,  rounded  at 
top,  or  terminating  in  a  point  called  pistils,  which  com* 
monly  encompass  other  smaller  pillars,  called  stamina. 
These  carry  on  the  upper  part  of  them  a  sort  of  small 
bladders>  full  of  exceeding  fine  powder,  every  grain  of 
which,  viewed  through  a  microscope,  appears  of  a  very 
regular  figure,  but  varied  according  to  his  species.  Ju 
some  they  are  small  smooth  globes,  in  others  they  are 
thick  set  with  prickles,  like  the  covering  of-  a  ohesnut ; 
and  sometimes  they  resemble  small  prisms,  or  some 
other  regular  body. 

But  how  shall  we-  express  their  fineness,  the  lively  ap- 
pearance, delicacy,  and  variety  cfshadowings  which  ao 
company,  in  many  species  of -flowers,  the  sweetness  and 
agreeableness  of  the  perfume/? 

The  flowers  are  succeeded  by  the  fruits  and  seeds  ; 
magnificent  decoration  •!  prescious  riches,  which  repair 
the  losses  occasioned  to  plants  by  the  intemperate** 
jjess  of  seasons,  and  the  necessities  of  men  and  other- 
animal? ! 


'&11  fruiU  and  seeds  have  this  in  common,  fhey  en- 
-close  under  one  or  more  coverings  the  gerra  of  the 
future  plants.  Some  l.ave  only  such  coverings  as  im- 
,  mediately  infold  the  germ,  v.hose  outside  is  of  the 
strongest  contexture;  and  among  these,  there  are 
some  that  are  provided  \vilh  wings,  tufts,  or  plumes  of 
feothers,  by -means  of  which  they  are  conveyed  in  the 
air  or  water,  by  which  ihey  are  transported  and  sown 
hi  different  parts.  Others  are  better  clothed,  being 
lodged  in  sheaths  or  pods,  enclosed  in  a  kind  of  box, 
having  one  or  more  partitions.  A  third  sort,  under  a 
most  delicious  fruit,  which  is  rendered  still  more -agree- 
able  by  its  beautiful  colour,  contain  a  stone  or  kernel. 
others  are  enclosed  in  shells,  which  are  either  armed 
\dth  prickles,  abound  with  a  bitter  juice,  or  adorned 
with  fine  hair. 

The  outside  of  fruits  and  seeds  do  not  afford  less 
variety  than  the  leaves  and  flowers  ;  there  is  hardly  any 
figure  whatever  which  they  do  not  furnish  a  representa- 
tion of. 

9-  The  inside  of  plants' is  composed  of  four  orders  of 
vessels,  viz.  the  Ligneous  fires,  utriculi,  or  little  lags, 
the  proper  vases,  and  the  trachea,  or  air  vessels. 

The  ligneous  fibres  are  very  small  channels  deposited 
according  to  the  length  of  the  plant,  and  consist  of 
little  pipes  placed  near  each  other.  Sometimes  these 
vessels  are  parallel,  and  at  others  are  separated,  leaving 
between  them  intervals,  or  oblong  spaces. 

These  spaces  are  filled  by  the  utruuli,  a  kind  of 
membranous  bladders,  horizontally  disposed,  and  which 
communicate  with  each  other. 

The  proper  vases  "are  a  kind  of  ligneous  fibres  which 
principally  differ  from  the  rest  by  their  juice,  which  is 
of  a  deeper  colour,  or  thicker. 

la  the  middle  of  them,  or  round  a  great  number  >of 


72 

ligneous  fibres,  are  some  vessels  which  are  not  so  nar- 
row, composed  of  a  silvery  elastic  blade,  formed  spire- 
wise,  like  a  spring :  these  are  arteries  ;  they  seldom 
contain  any  thing  but  air. 

These  four  orders  of  vessels,  which  are  dispersed 
through  all  the  parts  of  the  vegetable,  in  proportion  to 
the  functions  of  each,  compose,  at  least  in  trees  and 
shrubs,  three  principal  beds,  the  lark,  the  wood,  and 
the  pith. 

The  bark,  or  rind,  which  is  the  outer  covering  of 
plants,  and  is  smooth,  even,  and  shining  in  some,  and 
rough,  channelled,  and  hairy  in  others,  is  formed  of  the 
widest  fibres,  that  are  the  least  pressed  together,  and 
which  admit  within  them  the  most  air. 

The  wood,  which  is  placed  under  the  rind,  has  nar- 
rower and  more  contracted  pipes,  its  utricles  less  re- 
plenished or  dilated  ;  and  this  only  has  arteries.  , 

The  pith,  which  is  situated  at  the  heart  of  thfe  plant, 
is  little  more  than  a  collection  of  utricles,  which  are 
greater  and  more  capacious  than  those  of  the  bark 
and  wood  :  they  diminish  and  dry  up  as  the  plant  ad- 
vances in  age. 

The  simplicity  of  the  organization  of  vegetables 
is  the  principal  source  of  their  different  methods  of  mul- 
tiplication. 

A  plant  pushes  out  buds  from  all  points  of  ks  sur- 
face ;  these  buds  themselves  are  plants ;  being  cut  and 
laid  in  the  ground  they  take  root  there,  and  become  en- 
tire plants,  like  that  of  which  they  were  before  only 
a  part. 

The  smallest  branch  or  leaf  may  give  birth  to  such  a 
whole  plant. 

Suckers  taken  from  different  plants,  and  ingrafted  in 
the  stalk  or  branches  of  another  plant,  incorporate  them 


75 

selves  with  it,  and  being  united  thereto,  form  one  orga-* 
nical  body. 

10.  The  timorous  sensitive  p'ant  flies  the  hand  that 
approaches  her;  she  closes  hijrselt  again  with  the  ut- 
most speed  ;  and  tn;s  motion,  bearing  so  great  a  resem- 
blance to  that  of  animals,  seems  to  constitute  one  of 
those  connections  whereby  the  vegetable  and  animal 
kingdoms  are  united. 

A  little  above  the  sensative,  in  a  kind  of  calix,  at  the 
bottom  of  the  water,  is  a  small  body,  exactly  resembling 
a  flower.  It  draws  back  and  entirely  disappears  when 
I  offer  to  touch  it.  It  comes  out  of  the  calix,  and 
opens  itself  on  my  retiring  to  a  distance  from  it. 

While  I  was  endeavouring  in  vain  to  account  for  this, 
I  discovered,  by  the  side  of  it,  another  body  of  the 
same  form,  but  larger,  and  not  lodged  in  an  inclo- 
sure.  It  was  supported  by  a  small  stalk,  whose  lower 
extremity  joined  to  a  plant,  whilst  the  other,  in- 
clining towards  the  ground,  was  divided  into  several 
little  branches. 

I  immediately  believed  it  to  be  a  parasite  plant; 
and,  in  order  to  be  more  fully  convinced  of  it,  I  cut  it 
in  half  between  its  two  extremities?. 

It  soon  sprouted  out  again,  and  appeared  the  same  as 
before.  I  stood  awhile  to  consider  it.  I  saw  the  little 
branches  move,  and  extend  themselves  to  several  inches 
in  length.  They  are  extremely,  fin«,  an$  spread  them- 
selves on  all  sides. 

A  little  worm  came  and  touched  one  of  these 
branches ;  it  presently  twisted  itself  about  the  worm, 
and  by  contracting  itself,  brought  it  to  the  upper 
extremity  of  the  stalk:  there  I  perceived  a  small 
aperture,  which  enlarged  itself  in  order  to  receive  the 
worm.  It  was  received  into  a  long  cavity  that  encloses 
the  stalk,  being  there  dissolved  and  digested  before  my 
eyes :  I  afterwards  saw  the  remainder  go  out  again  at 
the  same  opening. 

The  next  moment  this  singular  production  separated 


74 

Itself  from  the  plant,  and  began  to  walk.  The  'Branches, 
after  having  performed  the  office  of  arms,  are  likewise 
employed  by  it  instead  of  legs. 

After  having  made  these  observations,  I  could  not 
help  acknowledging,  that  what  I  took  for  a  parasite 
plant  was  a  real  animal.  I  then  took  a  view  of  the 
piece  I  had  cut  oft  from  it,  and  perceived,  to  my  sur- 
prise, that  it  had  grown,  arid  was  become  a  complete 
one  like  the  other. 

But  my  surprise  was  greatly  increased  when,  at  the 
end  of  some  weeks,  I  found  these  animals  were  trans-- 
formed into  two  small  very  bushy  trees. 

From  the  trunk,  which  I  knew  to  be  the  body  of  the 
animal,  sprung  several  branches  on  all  sides  of  it :  from 
these  brandies  smaller  ones  sprouted  forth,  and  from 
those,  smaller  still :  they  ail  ntove  different  ways,  and 
stretch  out  .their  branches,  while  the  trunk  continues 
fixed  to  a  prop.  This  surprising  assemblage  forms  only 
one  entire  body;  and  the  nourishment  it  receives  by 
one  of  its  parts  is  successively  communicated  to  all  the 
rest.  In  short,  this  collection  of  bodies  divides  itself.; 
each  piece  separates  itself  from 'the  others,  and  lives 
distinctly  from  them. 

Amazed  at  these  wonders,!  part  one  of  these  animals 
length-wise,  about  the  middle  of  the  body,  I  am  pre- 
sently in  possession  of  a  monster  with  two  heads. 

I  repeat  the  operation  a  great  many  times  on  the  same 
subject,  and  by  this  means  I  give  birth  to  a  hydra,  more 
astonishing  than  that  of  Lerna* 

I  part  several  of  these  animals  transversely,  and  lay 
the  separated  pieces  end  to  end;  they  graft  or  unite 
themselves  to  each  other,  and  compose  only  one  entire 
animal. 

To  this  prodigy  I  find  a  new  one  succeed.  I  turn  one 
of  these  insects,  as  we  do  a  glove,  putting  the  outside 
vathin,  and  vice  versa;  he  does  not  surfer  the  least 
alteration  from  that;  he  lives,  grows,  and  mutiplies. 

These  animals,  which  multiply  by  slips  and  shoots, 
that  we  engraft  and  turu  inside  oat,  are  polypus's. 

They  are  of  very  different  species :    many  of  them 


75 

never  shift  their  place :    some  divide  themselves  length- 
.  wise,  and  thus  make  very  pretty  nosegays,  whose  flowers 
are  in  clusters. 

11.  There  is  a  wonderful  variety  in  the  construction 
of  animal  machines.    There  are  some  whose  number  of 
parts  is  very  small ;    others,  on  the  contrary,  are  very 
much  compounded.     In   some  there   are   only  two  or 
three  pieces  alike,  others  exhibit  to  us  a  much  greater 
number.     In  short,  the  same  parts  are  differently  dis- 
posed or  combined  in  different  machines. 

The  perfection  of  the  machines  in  nature  consists,  as 
in  those  of  art,  in  number  of  parts  and  diversity  of 
effects.  That  is  accounted  the  most  perfect  which, 
with  the  smallest  number  of  parts,  produces  the  greatest 
variety  of  effects. 

But  there  is,  with  respect  to  ourselves,  a  considerable 
difference  between  the  natural  and  artificial  machines ; 
for  whereas  we  may  judge  of  these  by  an  exact 
comparison  of  their  strength  and  produce,  we  can 
only  form  our  opinion  of  the  others  by  their  con- 
sequences. 

After  this  manner  we  are  enabled  to  judge  of  the 
perfection  of  the  human  body,  from  the  diversity  and 
extent  of  the  operations  of  man,  rather  than  from  an 
inspection  of  his  organs,  of  which  we  have  only  a  par- 
tial view.  And  if  corporeal  perfection  corresponds  with 
spiritual,  as  there  is  reason  to  believe  it  does,  man,  as 
he  is  superior  to  other  animals  by  understanding,  so  he 
likewise  is  by  organization  :  whence  we  may  infer,  that 
those  animals,  whose  structure  most  nearly  resembles 
that  of  men,  ought  to  be  considered  as  the  most  elevated 
in  the  scale, 

12.  Of  all  animals  that  are  known  to  us,  the  polypus 
is  one  whose  structure  seems  to  be  the  most  simple,  and 
to  come  nearest  that  of  plants.     This  extraordinary  ani- 
mal seems  to  consist  altogether  of  stomach.     His  body 
and  arms  are  composed  of  one  and  the  same  bowel, 

VOL.  IV.  E 


76 

whos,e  composition  is  perfectly  uniform.  The  'best  mi- 
croscopes only  discover  in  them  an  infinite  number  of 
small  grains,  which  are  tinged  vvilh  the  nourishment  the 
animal  feeds  upon. 

Can  these  grains  be  so  many  utricles?  Can  they  re- 
ceive the  aliment  by  immediate  conduits,  prepare  it 
and  transmit  it  to  other  vessels  appointed  to  convey  it 
into  the  channels  of  circulation!  Is  there  a  circulation 
in  the  polypus  ? 

The  different  kinds  of  vessels  which  the  first  conjec- 
ture supposes,  and  which  their  fineness  or  transparency 
may  render  invisible  to  us,  must  be  lodged  in  the  thick 
part  of  the  texture  of  the  polypus.  We  are  induced  to 
think  so  from  the  experiment  of  turning  it  inside  out, 
which  being  effected,  does  not  cause  any  change  in  the 
•vital  functions. 

,But  of  what  service  can  that  property  be  to. the  .poly- 
pus, which  it  cannot  make  use  of  without  the  assistance 
of  man?  I  mean,  the  operation  of  turning, the  inside 
outwards. 

I  answer,  that  this  property  is  one  of  the  conse- 
quences of  an  organization  peculiarly  necessary  to  the 
polypus.  The  Author  of  nature  never  intended  to 
create  an  animal  capable  of  being  turned  as  we  do  a 
glove ;  but  he  designed  to  form  an  animal  whose  ..prin- 
cipal viscera  were  lodged  in  the  thickest  part  of  the 
skin,  and  which  had  power,  jn  a  veilain  degree  to  escape 
various  accidents  to  which  the  nature  of  its  life  unavoid- 
ably exposed  it.  Now,  what  naturally  follows  from 
this  organization  is  the  being  enabled  to  endure  this 
shifting  without  occasioning  its  death. 

13.  Those  animals  whose  structure  appears  less 
simple  than  that  of  the  polypus,  multiply  like  him 
by  sl^js. 

These  worms  have  a  stomach,  intestines,  heart,  ar- 
teries, veins,  lungs,  and  organs  of  generation.  If  we 


77      .       . 

look  narrowly  into  the  circulation  of  their  blood,  we 
shall  perceive  its  continuance  with  the  same  regularity 
in  all  those  parts  which  have  beeu  separated  from  the 
jest  by  cutting. 

These  worms  bring  us  to  treat  of  insects. 

14.  Here  we  are  introduced  into  a  kingdom  of  ani- 
mals, the  most  extensive  and  diversified  of  any  on  the 
surface  of  the  globe.  That  province  of  this  vast  empire 
which  is  seen  on  the  surface  of  vegetables,  is  sufficient  ef 
itself  to  attract  the  curiosity  of  a  traveller,  either  from 
the  prodigious  number  of  its  inhabitants,  or  the  singula- 
rity and  diversity  of  their  forms. 

These  are  pigmies,  the  greatest  part  of  which  are  so 
minute,  as  not  to  be  distinctly  seen  without  the  help  of 
a  microscope  :  they  bear  the  general  name  of  insecfa* 
and  this  name  was  given  to  them  on  account  of  the 
incisions  of  various  depths,  by  which  the  bodies  of  se- 
veral of  them  are  divided. 

i 

The  .  haracter  which  seems  essentially  to  distinguish: 
msects,  from  other  animals  is,  that  they  have  no  bones. 
'The  analogous  parts  with  which  some  species  of  them 
are  provided  are  placed  on  the  outside  of  their  bodies, 
wliereas  in  other  animals  the  bones  are  always  ou 
the  inside. 

Life,  in  insects,  docs  not  result  from  a  mechanism  as 
compounded  as  in  the  animals  of  a  larger  size ;  in 
tht  ai  the  number  of  different  kinds  of  organs  is  smaller  ; 
-but  some  of  these  organs  seem  more  multiplied. 

Considered  in  their  exterior  form,  injects  may  be  di- 
Tided  into  two  classes.  The  first  comprehends  insects 
improperly  so  called,  whose  bocty  is  continued :  these 
bear  the  general  name  of  worms.  The  second  class 
comprelu  .ids  insects  properly  so  tenned,  whose  body  is 
divided  by  certain  incisions  or  contractions. 
E  2 


78 

In  the  greater  part  of  insects  of  this  class,  the  inci- 
sions separate  the  body  into  three  principal  parts ;  the 
head,  the  stomach,  the  lelly :  this  division  has  a  relation 
to  that  observed  in  great  animals.  Some  of  the  insects 
of  the  first  class  are  without  legs ;  others  are  furnished 
with  them.  All  the  insects  of  the  second  class  have 
legs ;  but  some  are  winged,  others  not. 

There  is  such  a  diversity  in  insects,  that  it  may  be 
questioned,  if  there  is  liot  united  in  them  every  variety 
to  be  met  with  throughout  the  animal  world.  And 
what  renders  this  variety  still  more  surprising,  is,  that  it 
does  not  extend  merely  to  the  whole  species,  but  like- 
wise to  individuals.  The  same  insect  has,  at  one  time, 
organs  that  are  not  to  be  found  in  him  at  another.  The 
same  individual  which,  in  his  youth,  belonged  to  the 
first  class,  in  a  more  advanced  age,  takes  up  his  rank  in 
the  second.  From  thence  arise  the  difficulties  attending 
a  proper  distribution  of  these  little  animals. 

15.  The  bodies  of  almost  all  insects  are  formed  of  a 
collection  of  rings,  set  in  each  other ;  which,  by  con- 
tracting or  dilating,  lengthening  or  shortening,  contri- 
bute to  all  the  motions  of  the  animal. 

The  head,  in  many  species,  changes  its  form  in  an  in- 
stant. It  contracts  and  dilates  itself,  lengthens  and 
shortens,  appears  and  disappears,  at  the  pleasure  of  the 
insect.  The  flexibility  of  its  folds  enables  it  to  make 
these  motions.  In  other  species,  the  head  is  in  one 
constant  position,  and  bears  a  greater  resemblance  to 
that  of  the  larger  animals,  by  the  hardness  of  its  cover- 
ing, which  is  scaly. 

The  mouth  is  sometimes  discovered  to  be  a  simple 
circular  aperture :  but  it  is  generally  furnished  with 
hooks,  or  a  kind  of  pick-axe;  with  teeth,  or  two  indent- 
ed shells,  which  they  move  horizontally ;  with  a  trunk, 
a  very  compact  instrument,  which  serves  to  extract  and 
liquify,  and  raise  up  alimentary  juice;  or  with  a  sting, 


79 

which  is  an  organ  analogous  to  the  trunk,  and  endued 
with  the  same  essential  functions. 

Several  species  have  two  of  those  instruments  united 
in  them ;  sometimes  the  teeth  and  the  trunk,  and  some- 
times the  trunk  and  the  sting.  Many  species  of  insects 
are  deprived  of  the  use  of  sight.  With  them  the  feeling, 
or  some  other  sense,  supplies  the  defect  of  eyes. 

The  eyes  of  insects  are  of  two  kinds :  the  smooth 

ones  are  always  few  in  number ;  the  rough  commonly 
amount  to  several  thousands,  and  are  fixed  on  the  sides 
of  the  head,  in  the  form  of  two  semicircular  masses. 
In  both  of  them  they  are  utterly  immoveable ;  and  their 
number  compensates,  in  some  measure,  the  want  of  mo- 
bility :  it  is,  therefore,  less  a  mark  of  perfection  than  of 
imperfection.  Many  species  have,  at  the  same  time, 
two  smooth  eyes,  and  two  rough  ones. 

.  Hearing  seems  to  be  denied  to  insects :  at  least,  the 
existence  of  this  sense  in  them,  is  very  doubtful. 

The  case  is  not  the  same  with  respect  to  smelling. 
Divers  insects  have  it  in  an  exquisite  manner ;  but  the 
seat  of  it  is  not  known.  May  it  not  be  situate  in  those 
two  moveable  horns  called  the  antennae,  whose  use  we 
are  yet  unacquainted  with  ? 

The  legs  of  insects  are  scaly  and  membranous.  Those 
are  moved  by  the  assistance  of  divers  articulations; 
while  these,  which  are  more  pliable,  are  turned  every 
way  without  difficulty.  These  two  sorts  of  legs  are 
often  united  in  the  same  worm.  Some  of  them  have 
several  hundred  legs ;  but  do  not,  on  that  account,  walk 
faster  than  such  as  have  only  six. 

The  wings,  which  are  two  or  four  in  number,  are 
sometimes  formed  of  a  simple,  and  more  or  less  trans- 
parent, gauze,  and  sometimes  covered  with  little  scales, 
differently  figured ;  in  some  they  are  composed  of  fea- 
E  3 


80 

thexs,  as  in  birds;  in  others,  they  are  covered,,  or  en* 
closed  incases.  -In  many  sgecies,  the  male  is  winged^, 
smd  the  femqle  not. 

On  the  sides,  or  extremities  of  the  body,  are  little 
oval  apertures,  shaped  like  the  ball  of  the  eye,  arid  sus- 
ceptible of  the  same  motions.  These  are  so  many 
moutns,  for  the  purpose  of  respiration.. 

l6.  The  interior. part  of  insects  contains  four  princi- 
pal viscera;  the  spinal  marrow,  the  intestinal*  bag,  the 
heart,  and, the  tracheal  arteries. 

A  blackish  thread,  which  is  extended  the  whole, 
length  of  the  belly,  from  the  head  to  the  hinder  part, 
and  knit  together  at  certain  distances,  is  the  spinal  mar- 
row of  inserts,  or  the  principal  trunk  of  the  nerves. 

The  knots  placed  from  one  space  to  another,  seem  so 
many  particular  brains,  appointed  to  distribute  the  ner- 
vous strings  to  the  neighbouring  parts  ;  from  the  action, 
of  which  the  feeling  and  motion  proceed.  The  first  of 
these  knots  constitutes  the  brain,  properly  so  called. 

On  the  medullary  thread  is  placed  the  intestinal  lag, 
which  is  equal  to  it  in  length.  It  is  a  long  gut,  in 
which  are  contained  the  oesophagus,  the  stomach,  and' 
intestines, 

Along  the  bag,  and  parallel  to  the  iotestin.al  bag, 
there  runs  a  long  and  thin  vessel,  in  which  may  be  per- 
ceived, through  j he  skin  of  the  insect,  alternate  contrac- 
tions and,  dilatjons.  This  is  the  heart,  or  that  part 
which  performs  the  functions  of  it. 

The  arterial  vessels  of  insects  perfectly  resemble  those 
of  plants.  There  is  in  every  part  of  them  the  same 
structure,  colour,  elasticity,  destination,  and  dispersion, 
through  the  whole  body. 

37»  Worms,  whose  bodies  are  lodged "irt  a  crusta- 
ceans,  or  stony  pipe,    seem  to  constitute  ti 
fcstween  insects  ahd  shell-fish, 


There  are,  notwithstanding;  some  shell  animals,  whose 
structure,  viih  respect  to  its  simplicity,  seems  to  vie 
ttith  that  of  the  polypus. 

Of  this  -number  is  the  pond  muscle,  wherein  we  can 
discover  neither  spinal  marrow,  arteries,  veins,  nor' 
Rings; 

Does  the  scale  of  nature  branch  out  as  it  advances  ? 
M',\v  5ncoote  ciuU  shell-flsli  be  two  parallel  branches  ^of 
this  great  stem  ]  May  the  frog  arid  the  lizard,  which 
bear. so  near  a  resemblance  to  insects,  be  a  ramification 
of  them  ?  We  are  not  able,  at  present,  to  answer  these 
questions. 

Such -is  the  gradation  between  beings,  that  they  often 
differ  from  each  other  by  slender shadowings ;  and  such 
is  the  narrowness  of  our  capacities,  that  none  but  the 
f»lain,  and  more  striking  marks;  attract  our  notice. 

18.  The  agreeable  diversity  in  the  figures  of  shells, 
helps  us  to  judge  of  the  variety  subsisting  in  the  organi- 
zation of  those  animals  who  are  the  inhabitants  and  ar* 
chitects  of  tli em ;  Some1  consist  of  one  entire  piece  ;• 
others,  of  two,  or  more.  Sorne  are  formed  in  imitation 
of  a  tntmpet.  a  screw,  a  tiara,  a  dial.  Others  resemble 
a  helmet,  a  club,  a  spider,  a  comb.  In  this,  it  is  a  kind 
of  fleshy  case  ;  in  another,  it  is  a  ship,  wherein  the  sailor 
is,  at  the  same  time,  rudder,  mast,  and  sail. 

Animals  that  have  shells,  and  insects  with  scales,  seem 
to  have  an  affinity  to  each  other  by  a  common  charac- 
ter; both  of  them  have  their  bones  placed  on  the  out- 
side. We  may,  in  effect,  consider  the  shell  as  the  bone 
of  the  animal  which  occupies  it;  since  he  bring,  it  into 
the  world-  with  him,  and  adheres  to  it  by  different 
muscles. 

But  it  is  certain,  most  shells  are  formed  of  the  stony 
juice?,  which  transude  from  the  pores  of  the  animal 

The  bones,  as  well  as  the  shells,  of  insects,  grow,  ?nd 
are  nourished,  by  vessels  which  pass  through  their 
substance. 

E  4T 


82 

Shell-fish  form  two  great  families ;  that  of  the  con- 
chce,  or  larger  kind,  whose  shell  is  made  up  of  two,  or 
several  pieces;  and  that  of  snails,  whose  shell  con- 
sists of  one  single  piece,  turned,  for  the  most  part,  spi- 
rally. 

The  structure  of  the  first  seems  much  more  simple 
than  that  of  the  last.  The  conchx  have  neither  head, 
horns,  nor  jaws  ;  one  can  uuly  obcorvp  in  them  air-vents 
a  mouth,  an  anus,  and  sometimes,  a  sort  of  foot.  Tiie 
greatest  part  of  snails ;  on  the  contrary,  have  a  head, 
horns,  eyes,  a  mouth,  an  anus,  and  a  foot.  The  round 
anci  fleshy  head  is  at  the  anterior,  and  upper  part  of  the 
animal.  It  contains  a  brain,  composed  of  two  littlt 
globes,  whose  apparatus  is  of  such  a  rnoveable  nature, 
that  it  is  transferred  from  the  hinder  to  the  fore  part,  at 
the  pleasure  of  the  snail.  -The  horns,  which  are  two,  or 
four,  in  number,  placed  on  the  sides  of  the  head,  are  a 
kind  of  pipes,  susceptible  of  various  motions,  and  which 
the  animal  can  draw  into  his  head  by  the  help  of  a 
muscle ;  which  the  Grand  Observer  has  ordained  to 
perform  the  functions  of  the  optic  nerve.  In  some  spe- 
cies of  snails,  the  eyes  are  placed  at  the  extremity  of 
the  horns,  as  at  the  end  of  the  shank  of  a  pair  of  spec- 
tacles. In  others,  at  the  base,  or  towards  the  middle. 
They  are  black  and  brilliant ;  pretty  much  resembling 
the  term  of  a  very  small  onion.  We  can  only  discover 
their  tunic,  which  is  called  the  uvea ;  but  they  have  the 
three  humours  belonging  to  our  eye.  The  mouth,  which 
is  commonly  a  small  chink,  like  a  furrow,  is  furnished, 
in  many  species  oi  them,  with  tw©  cartilaginous  jaws, 
placed  on  each  other,  whose  inequalities,  or  clefts,  per- 
form the  office  of  teeth:  some  species  have  real  teeth, 
like  those  of  a  sea-clog,  which  are  extremely  small. 

The  shell-fish  that  have  no  jaws,  have  a  fleshy,  or 
muscular  pipe,  which  supplies  the  place  of  a  snout. 

Snails  are  not  provided  with  feet ;  but  they  have  one 
foot,  of  a  particular  make,  which  is  nothing  more  than 
a  collection  of  a  great  number  of  muscles,  whose  mo- 


83 

tions  imitate  those  of  the  waves  of  the  sea,  A  pretty 
thin  membrane  lines _the  inside  cf  the  shell,  and  some- 
times the  outside.  It  is  a  kind  of  mantle,  furnished 
with  trachea,  or  air-vents,  which  separate  the  air  from  . 
the  water ;  at  the  origin  of  which  are  perceived,  little 
gills,  destined  to  the  same  uses.  The  heart,  which  is 
situated  near  the  surface  of  the  body,  has  a  sensible 
motion,  whereby  it  raises  and  falls  alternately.  In  tLe 
conchae,  it  is  underneath  the  stomach. 

ip.  Animals  with  shells  bear  an  affinity  to  iiskes, 
Reptiles  seem  to  take  place  between,  or  next  to  them  j 
being  united  to  shelled  animals  by  the  slug,  and  to  the 
fishes  by  the  water-serpent. 

In  reptiles,  animal  perfection  begins  to  increase  in  a 
sensible  manner.  The  number  of  their  organs,  their 
conformation  and  exercise,  give  them,  on  this  account, 
a  greater  analogy  with  the  mechanism  of  those  animals 
w«  esteem  the  most  perfect.  The  organs  of  vision, 
hearing,  and  circulation,  furnish  examples  sufficient  to 
indicate  this.  This  analogy  is  augmented  in  fishes, 

The  eel,  by  its  formation,  and  creeping  fishes,  by 
their  method  of  moving,  connect  fishes  with  the  water- 
serpent. 

20.  Fish,  like  reptiles,  are  for  the  most  part  covered 
with  scales,  whose  figure,  and  rich  colours,  help  to  make 
a  distinction  between  the  species. 

There  is  a  great  variety  in  the  form  of  fishes.  Some 
are  long  and  slender  ;  others  are  broad  and  short.  We 
see  among  them,  flat,  cylindrical,  triangular,  square, 
and  circular  ones.  Some  are  armed  with  a  great  horn* 
Others  wear  a.  long  sword;  or  a  kind  of  saw.  A  third 
sort  are  furnished  with  pipes,  through  which  they  throw 
out  the  remainder  of  the  water  they  have  swallowed. 
Wings  are  to  birds,  of  the  same  use  as  Jins  to  fishes. 
E  5 


Some  have  iwo,  or  three ;  others  have  a  greater  rmm« 
ber.  The  head  of  fishes,,  like  that  of  reptiles,  is  joined 
close  to  the  body.  The  mouth,  vdiich  is  commonly 
furnished  with  two  or  more  rows  of  teeth,  is  sometimes 
placed  OIL. the  back,  as  are  the  eyes.  The  hnigs^.  which 
are  formed  of  several  blades,  or  vascular  leaves,  are 
eften  placed  at  the  surface  of  the  body.  They  are 
known  by  the  name  of  gills.  But,  let  us  avoid  ana- 
tomical descriptions,  which  would  cany  us  too  far*. 
We  shall  now  confine  ourselves  to  some  of  the  principal: 
varieties,  and  to  the  sources  or  those  relations  that  are: 
more  striking. 

21.  I  see  the  flying-fish  dart  itself  into  the  air  from 
the  bottom  of  the  water,  having  fins  resembling  the 
wings  of  a  bat  Herein  it  has  an  affinity  to  birds^  But 
I  see  a  great  animal  advancing  towards  the  sea-shore, 
having  a  head  and  fore-part  like  a  lion,  and  the  hind  - 
part  resembling  that  of  a  fish.  It  has- no  scales  ;  and  is 
borne  on  two  paws,  that  have  toes  with  fins  to  them. 
Tis  called  the  sea-lion.  He  is  followed  by  the  sea- calf] 
and  the  hippopotamus,  or  sea-horse,  and  by  ali,  in  ge- 
neral, of  the  cetaceous  kind.  The  crocodile  and  tortoise 
present  themselves  to  my  view  in  their  turn  *  and  I  now 
find  myself  among  quadrupeds;  Without  presuming 
to  account  for  the  ways  of  nature,  we  will,  at  present,* 
place  birds  between  fishes,  ami  four-footed  animals.. 
Jn  this  order,,  aquatic  birds  are  ranged  immediately 
under  the  flying-fish.  Amphibious  birds,  or  such  as 
Jiye  both  on  land,  and  in  the  water,  will  occupy  the 
scale  next  in  course;  and,  by  this  means,  open  a  com- 
munication between  the  terrestrial,  aquatic,  and  aerial 
regions. 

To  this  new  mansion  there  is  added  a  new  decora- 
tion. To  scales  succeed  feathers,  which  are  closer 
compacted,  and  ; more  varied:  a  bill  takes  place  of 
teeth  ;  wings  and  feet  are  to  them  instead  of  fins;  lungs 
formed  within,  and  a  different  structure,  cause  the  gills 
Jo  disappear:  a  melodious  song  follows  a  profound  •&!» 

3 


$5 

lence,  Between  the  corme-rant  and  sufallow,  the  par- 
fridge  and  vulture,  tlie  kumming-lird  and  ostrich,  the 
OH;/  and  peacock,  the  raven  arid  nightingale,  what  a 
surprising  variety  is  there  of  structure,  proportion, 
colour,  and  song ! 

22.  Hairy  birds  having  projecting  ears,  a  mouth  fur- 
ui.slu'd  with  teeth,  and  whose  body  is  carried  on  four 
paws,  urined  with  claws,  are  they  birds  in  reality?  Are 
quadrupeds,  that  fly  by  the  assistance  of  crreat  membra- 
neous wings,  really  such?  The  bat  and  flying-squirrel 
are  these  strange  animals,  which  are  so  proper  for  estab- 
lishing the  gradation  that  subsists  between  all  the  pro- 
ductions of  nature.  The  ostrich,  with  the  feet  of  a 
goat,  which  rather  runs  than  flies,  seems  to  be  another 
link  which  unites  birds  to  quadrupeds. 

The  class  of  quadrupeds  is  not  inferior  in  variety  to 
that  of  birds.  Those  are  two  perspectives  of  a  differ- 
ent taste,  but  which  have  some  analogous  points  of 
view.  Carnivorous  quadrupeds  answer  to  birds  of  prey. 
Quadrupeds  that  live  on  herbs, -or  seeds,  answer  to  birds 
that  feed  on  the  same  kind  of  aliment.  The  screech- 
owl  among"-  birds  is  the  same  as  the  cat  among  four- 
footed  animals.  Tire  leaver  seems  answerable  to  the 
(mck.  Quadrupeds  may  be  divided  into  two  principal 
classes.  The  first  comprehends  quadrupeds  with  a  solid' 
foot;  the  second  comprises  quadrupeds  whose  feet  are 
furnished  with  claws,  or  toes.  Amongst  quadrupeds  of 
the  first  class,  from  the  stag  to  the  hog,  and  those  of 
the  second,  from  the  lio?i  to  the  ?nouse,  what  a  diversity 
of  models,  sizes,  and  motions,  do  we  observe ! 

By  what  degrees  does  nature  raise  herself  up  to 
man? 

How  will  she  rectify  this  head,  that  is  always  inclined 
towards  the  earth?  How  change  these  paws  into  flexi- 
ble arms!  What  method  will  she  make  use  of  to  trans- 
form these  crooked  feet  into  suple  and  skilful  hands  1 
E  6 


86 

Or,  how  will  she  tiriden  and  extend  this  contracted  sto- 
mach 1  In  what  manner  will  she  place  the  breasts,  and 
give  them  a  roundness  suitable  to  them! 

The  ape  is  this  rough  draught  of  man ;  this  rude 
sketch ;  an  imperfect  representation;  which,  nevertheless, 
bears  a  resemblance  to  him,  and  is  the  last  creature  that 
serves  to  display  the  admirable  progression  of  the  works 
of  God! 


87 


CHAP.  IV-. 

Continuation  of  the  gradual  Progression  of  Beings. 


1.  X  HE  relations  which  the  plant  bears  to  those 
beings  that  surround  it,  and  from  whence  it  derives  its 
subsistence,  are  purely  corporeal,  or  comprehended  en- 
tirely within  the  sphere  of  the  properties  of  bodies. 
The  animal,  which  is  more  excellent,  is  allied  to  nature 
by  other  connections,  and  by  such  as  are  of  a  more  ex- 
alted kind.  Like  the  plant,  it  vegetates;  like  her,  it 
receives  that  nourishment  from  without,  which  promotes 
the  growth  of  it ;  and,  like  her,  it  multiplies.  But,  to 
those  different  actions,  are  superadded/ee/f«g,  or  the 
perception  of  what  passes  within  him.  This  sense  of 
feeling  is  connected  with  several  others,  which  are  pro- 
duced various  ways;  and  they  are -all  accompanied  either 
with  pleasure  or  pain. 

Agreeable  sensations  inform  the  animal  of  the  rela- 
tions which  certain  bodies  have  to  its  preservation  or 
welfare :  disagreeable,  or  painful  sensations,  advertise 
him  of  qualities  which  are  hurtful.  He  is  then  the  cen- 
tre to  which  divers  objects  are  directed;  he  draws  near 
some,  and  keeps  at  a  distance  from  others.  The  nerves, 
or  that  cluster  of  small  fibres  which  extend  -themselves 
from  the  brain  to  ail  parts,  like  small  cords,  constitute 
the  immediate  organ  of  feeling. 

2.  Does  spiritual  perfection  always  answer  to  corpo- 
real, m  animals  ?V  If  this  be  true,  how  comes  it  to  pass, 


that  the  simple  S&rick  appears  inferior,  in  point  of  urs- 
del-standing,  to  tlte  lion  pismire,  \vlucii  is  placed  SO 
much  beneath  it  in  respect  Ho  structure! 

liet  us  not  mistake.  The  marks  of  understanding 
exhibited  to  us,  in  some  insects,  are  surprising ;  inas- 
much, as  \ve  do  not  expect  to  meet  with  them  iu  those 
animals  we  scarce  think  capable  of  feeling  :  our  imagi- 
nation is  warmed,  and  we  ascribe  to  those  insects  more 
genius  than  they  really  have. 

On  tlie  contrary,  we  form  high  expectations  from 
larger  animals  ;  so  that  we  are  very  apt  to  degrade  them, 
as  soon  as  we  perceive  they  fall  beneath  the  idea  we  en- 
tertained of  them.  There  are  some,  however,  whose 
mind  does  not  display*  itself  by  striking  marks,  but  by 
a  great  number  of  less  sensible  ones;  .which,,  being 
united,  form  a  degree  of  understanding  superior  to  that 
of  the  most  industrious-  insect.  Such,  without  doubt, 
would  appear  to  be  the  case  of  the  ostrich*  were  she 
better  observed  :  we  reproach  her  with  indifference  to- 
wards her  eggs i  It  is  affirmed,  li^at  she  leaves  the  care 
of  hatching  then*  to  the  sun.  This  reproach  is  turned 
into  a  commendation  with  regard  to  t  •  e  ostriches  of 
Senegal ;  since  an  exact  observer  has  bee 'owed  on  them 
the  attention  they  require.  In  these  scorching  climates, 
the  sun  sufficiently  heats,  in  the  day-time,  an. ostrich's 
eggs,,  that'- a  re  iiid--  in  the- sand  5  the  warmth  of  the- mo- 
ther would  be  then  unnecessaiy,  or  even  hurtful  to 
them  :  s..e  would  keep  the  sun  front  them,  whose  rays 
are  more  active  and  efficacious.  But  the  nighrs  in  Se- 
negal are  very  cool,  and  the  eggs  would  be  in  danger  of 
growing  cold  j  then  the  mother  never  fails  to  procure 
them  heat,  by  sitting,  upon  them  during  that  tune. 

At  the  Cape  of  Good-Hope,  where  it  is  not  so  hot  as 
at  Senegal,  the  ostrich  sits  night  and  day,  like  other1 
birds-.  The  young  ones  peck  in  a  itw  hours'  after  they 
are  hatched;*  butlhey  ate  'not  able  to  walk  till  several 


days  afterwards :  llie  clam  takes  care  t^plaee  near  them 
such  food  as  is  proper  for  them. 

Lastly,  it  is  to  be  remarll)^.  tliat  (here  is  a  kind  o? 
society  among  large  animals  ;  tul?r  memory  retains  faith» 
fully  a  certain  number  of  signs  and  sounds-.  Their  soul 
is  affected  by  a  variety  of  perceptions :  sight  and  hear- 
ing alone  furnish  an  abundant  source  to  them.  Insects 
afford  us  but  very  imperfect  images  of  this.  '  The  lion 
pismire  iVignorant  of  every  tiling  but  the  snare  he  has 
laid,  and  the  prey  he  expects  in  consequence  of  it :  his 
eyes,  .uhich  are  motionless  and  unmeaning,  differ  widely 
from  ours;  nor  is  he  affected  by  any  sound- 

3.  Those  are,  undoubtedly,  the  most  perfect  animals* 
whose  sphere  of  understanding  extends  to  the  greatest 
number  of  objects.     These  are  various  in  their  opera- 
tions, can  shift  about,  and  compass  their  ends  by  differ- 
ent ways. 

The  polypus  only  knows  how  to  lengthen  and  contract 
his  arms :  the  spider  spreads  a  net  with  a  geometrical 
regularity:  the  falcon  and  dog  pursue  their  prey  with 
sagacity:  the  ape  presumes  to  imitate  man. 

Has  God  created  as  many  species  of  souls  as  of  ani- 
mals 1  Or,  is  there  onl\  one  species  of  soul  in  animals, 
differently  modified;  according  to  the  diversity  of  or- 
ganization 1  This  question  is  absolutely  impenetrable 
by  us.  All  we  can  say  concerning  it  is  this:  if  GOD, 
who  has  always  acted  by  the  most  simple  means,  has 
thought;  proper  to  vary  the  spiritual  perfection  of  ani- 
mals, merely  by  organization,  his  WISDOM  has^so  or- 
dained it. 

4.  At  the  summit  of  the  scale  of  our  globe  is  placed 
man,  the  master-piece  of  the  earthly  creation. 

Not  to  dwell  on  the  excellent  construction  of  Ms 
bpdy,  let  us  consider  man  as  an ,inle!ii-^tm  b.  ingi  Man 
is  endued  with? rca»ou ;  he  lias  ideas;  he, compares  these 


90 

ideas  together ;  judges  of  their  relations  or  oppositions ; 
and  acts  in  consequence  of  this  judgment.  He  alone, 
of  all  animals,  enjoys  the  gift  of  speech ;  he  clothes  his 
ideas  with  such  signs  as  he  thinks  proper  $  and,  by  this 
admirable  prerogative,  he  forms  a  connection  between 
them,  which  renders  his  imagination  and  memory  an  in- 
estimable fund  of  knowledge.  By  this  means,  man 
communicates  his  thoughts,  and  brings  all  his  faculties 
to  a  state  of  perfection ;  by  this  he  attains  to  all  arts 
and  sciences  ;  and  by  means  of  this,  all  nature  is  subject 
to  him. 

Sometimes,  with  a  strong  and  harmonious  voice,  he 
celebrates,  in  a  poem,  the  virtues  of  a  hero  :  at  others, 
by  a  stroke  of  the  pencil,  he  changes  a  dull  canvass  into 
a  charming  perspective.  Here  we  see  him,  with  the 
chissel  and  graver  in  his  hand,  animating  the  marble, 
and  giving  life  to  brass :  there,  with  the  plummet  and 
square,  erecting  a  magnificent  palace.  Now  we  behold 
him,  by  a  microscope  of  his  own  invention,  discovering 
new  worlds  amidst  invisible  atoms  ;  or  penetrating  the 
secret  exercise  and  motion  of  a  particular  organ  :  at 
other  times,  by  changing  this  microscope  into  a  tele- 
scope, he  pierces  into  the  heavens,  and  contemplates 
Saturn  and  his  moons.  Returning  home,  he  prescribes 
laws  to  the  celestial  bodies ;  describes  their  paths  ;  mea- 
sures the  earth;  and  weighs  the  sun :  afterwards,  he 
dives  into  the  nature  of  beings ;  examines  their  rela- 
tions, and  the  admirable  harmony  resulting  from  them ; 
and,  by  an  attentive  view  of  their  various  perfections, 
he  sees  an  immense  chain  formed,  comprehending  the 
vhole. 

In  another  station,  man  is  occupied  in  such  arts  as 
contribute  to  the  supply  of  his  necessities  or  conveni- 
encies :  his  reason  condescends  to  every  thing.  The 
earth,  cultivated  by  his  care,  teems  every  year  with  new 
productions :  hemp  <«nd  flax  divest  themselves  of  their 
bark  to  furnish  him  with  clothing.  The  sheep  aban- 
dons, for  his  use,  his  rich  fleece;  and  the  silk-worm 


91  ' 

spins,  for  him,  her  precious  wool.  The  yielding  metal 
is  moulded  in  his  hands  :  the  stone  softens  in  his  ringers. 
The  largest  and  strongest  trees  fall  at  his  feet ;  and  re- 
ceive from  him  a  new  being.  All  the  animals  are  sub- 
ject to  his  laws;  even  the  fiercest  of  them  insult  not  his 
crown  with  impunity  :  he  makes  some  serve  for  food  ; 
others  he  harnesses  to  his  chariot ;  and  others  he  con- 
demns to  till  his  land :  many  of  them  he  appoints  to 
uc  iiia  porters,  hunu»re,  guu.rrl«,  tmd  musicians.  In  short, 
man  ploughs  his  adventurous  way  across  the  vast  ocean, 
and,  by  navigation,  unites  the  two  extremities  of  the 
globe. 

5.  The     EXCELLENCE    of   human    reason    shines 
likewise   with   a   new   lustre,   from    the   establishment 
of  societies.     In   them,  virtue,   honour,   fear,    and  in- 
terest,  variously   employed  or    combined,    prove    the 
source  of  peace,  happiness,  and  order.     All  the  indivi- 
duals, being  mutually  interwoven  together,  move  in  a 
regular  and  harmonious  manner.     Under  tire  sanction 
of  the  laws,  the  king,  prince,   and  magistrate,  by   exer- 
cising a  lawful  authority,  promote  virtue,  suppress  vice, 
and  spread  around  them  the  happiest  effects  of  their  ad- 
ministration.    In  society,  as  in  a  pure  and  fertile  climate, 
talents  of  different  kinds  spring  up  and  unfold  them- 
selves.     From   that,   the   mechanical  and    liberal   arts 
flourish.     Lastly,  society  perfects  friendship,  that  faith- 
ful companion  of  life,  which  administers  consolation  in 
our  sufferings,  and  gives  a  relish  to  our  pleasures. 

6.  The  last  mark  of  the  greatness  of  inao,  and  of  his 
high  exaltation  above  other  animals,  is  the  commerce  he 
has  with  his  CREATOR  by  religion. 

Wrapped  in  the  thickest  darkness,  the  rest  of  the  ani- 
mal creation  are  ignorant  of  the  HAND  that  formed 
them.  They  enjoy  an  existence,  but  cannot  trace  the 
AUTHOR  of  life.  Man  alone  soars  to  GOD  the  PRIN- 
CIPLE, and  prostrate  at  the  foot  of  the  throne  of  the 
ALMIGHTY,  adores  with  the  profouudest  veneration, 


and  with  the  most  lively  gratitude,   the   INEFFA2LE 
GOODNESS  that  created  him. 

In  consequence  of  those  eminent  faculties  wherewith 
man  is  enriched,  GOD  condescends  to  reveal  himself  to 
liirn,  and  to  lead  him  as  it  were  by  Hie  hand  in  tiie  paths1 
of  happiness.  The  various  laws  he  has  received  from 
Hie  SUPREME  WISDOM,  are  so  many  lights  placed  at 
proper  distances  on  his  road,  to  guide  him  from  time  to 
eternity. 

Enlightened  by  this  ^ELEsTlAli  GUIDE,  man  ad- 
vances in  the  glorious-  race  that  is  set  before  him,  and: 
seizes  the  crown  of  life,  and  adonis  with  it  his  immortal- 
brow. 

7.  Such  is  man  in  the  highest  degree  of  earthly  per- 
fection. But  mankind  have  their  gradations,  as  well  as 
the  other  productions  of  our  globe.  There  is  a  prodi- 
gious number  of  continued  links  between  the  most  per- 
fect man  and  the  ape. 

If  you  take  a  survey  of  all  nations  of  the  earth;  i£ 
you  consider  the  inhabitants  of  the  same  kingdom,  pro- 
vince, city,  or  town ;  nay,  do  but  examine  with  atten- 
tion the  members  of  the  same  family,  and  you  \vill  ima- 
gine you  see  as  many  specks  of  men  as  you  discern  indi- 
viduals-* 

To  the  Lapland  dwarf,  let  the  giant  of  Madagascar 
succeed.  Let  the  flat-faced  African,  with  his  black  com- 
plexion and  woolly  hair,  give  place  to  the  European,, 
whose  regular  features  are  set  off  by  die  whiteness  of 
his  complexion  and  beauty  of  his  hair.  To  the  filth  i- 
nessofa  Hottentot,  oppose  -the  neatness  of  a  Dutch- 
man. From  the  cruel  Anthropophagite  pass  to  the  hu- 
mane Frenchman.  Place  the  stupid  Hurori  opposite 
the  profound  Englishman.  Ascend  ftom  the  Scotch  pea-r 
sant  to  the  great  NEWTON.  Descend  from  the  harmony 
of  HANDEL  to  the  rustic  songs  of  the  shepherd.  P»it 
la  .the  same  scale  the  locksmith  constructing  a  jack;  ami 


93 

YAUCANSoN  forming  his  automations.  Reckon  up  tlir 
number  of  steps  from  the  smith  that  causes  the  anvil  io 
groan,  to  REAUMUR  anatomizing  iire. 


Do  these  varieties  arise  from  any  real  difference 
is  between  human  souls,  independently  on  tlie  organiza-* 
tion  of  the  body  ? 

We  shall  iif't  think  so,  if  we  pay  a  due  attention  to* 
health,  and  sickness,  to  constitution  and  manner,  of  liv- 
ing, to  climate,  and  education. 

You  may  perceive  what  a  multitude  of  consequences- 
a  mathematician  derives  from  a  very  simple  principle  : 
place  this  same  principle  in  the  hands  of  a  man  of  the 
lower  class,  it  will  remain  barren,  and  not  be  produc- 
tive of  the  smallest  truth. 

May  not  the  number  of  just  consequences  which  dif- 
ferent minds  deduce  from  the  same  principle,  serve  as  a 
foundation  for  constructing  a  psychometer  upon  ;  and; 
may  we  not  presume  that  one  time  or  other  we  shall  be 
enabled  to  measure  spirits  as  we  now  do  bodies  ? 

But  the  scale  of  the  creation  does  not  terminate  at 
man.  Another  universe  commences  there,  whose  extent, 
perhaps,  compared  to  that  of  this-,  is  as  the  space  of  the 
solar  vortex  to  the  capacity  of  a  nut. 

There  shine  the  CELESTIAL  HIERARCHIES,  like 
glittering  STARS; 

There  from  all  .parts  the  angels,  archangels,  seraphim, 
cherubim,  thrones,  virtues,  principalities,  domini&ns^ 
powers,  cast  forth  their  radiant  beams. 

In  tire  centre  of  these  august  spheres,  shines  gloriously 
the  SUN  OF  RIGHTEOUSNESS,  the  EAST  above,  whence 
all  the  other  stars  borrow  their  light  and  splendor. 

Ye  planetary  worlds  !  celestial  hierarchies  !  you  sink 
into  annihilation  hi  the  presence  of  the  LOUD  :  your 
existence  is  by  KIM:  HE  is  THAT  HE  is:  HE  alone 
possesses  the  plenitude  of  being  :  you  enjoy  but  the  re- 
ikction  of  it.  Your  perfections  are  streams;  the  -|#-»- 


94 

FINITELY  PERFECT  BEING  is  an  ocean,  an  abyss,  which 
the  cherubim  presume  not  to  look  into. 

If  we  enjoy  a  very  sensible  pleasure  on  seeing  col- 
lected, in  one  place,  the  principal  productions  of  nature, 
how  great  must  tlie  exstasy  of  celestial  spirits  be,  when 
they  survey  those  worlds  which  God  has  thick  sown  in 
the  vast  expanse,  and  when  they  contemplate  the  im- 
mensity of  his  works ! 

O  !  "the  delightful  employment  those  superior  intelli- 
gences are  exercised  in,  when  they  compare  the  differ- 
ent economies  of  these  worlds,  and  weigh  in  the  balance 
of  reason  each  of  these  globes  ! 

But  all  celestial  intelligence,  doubtless  enjoy  not  these 
advantages  in  the  same  degree.  There  may  be  some 
perhaps  to  whom  is  granted  the  knowledge  of  one 
world  only  :  others  may  know  several ;  others  a  much 
greater  number. 

How  immense  must  that  MIND  be,  which  beholds 
with  a  single  glance  the  sum  of  all  beings,  and  which  by 
fathoming  the  spirits  of  all  orbs,  discerns  in  an  instant, 
and  without  confusion,  the  result  of  all  the  ideas  that 
bave*  do  now,  arid  will  hereafter  occupy  them? 

Ye  inhabitants  of  the  earth,  who  have  received  rea- 
son sufficient  to  convince  you  of  the  existence  of  these 
worlds,  wui  you  for  ever  be  denied  entrance  into  them? 
Will  the  INFINITELY  GOOD  BEING,  who  r.hews  them 
to  you  at  a  distance,  always  refuse  you  a  innttance  into 
them  ?  No  ;  since  you  are  called  to  reside  ere  long 
among  celestial  hierarchies,  you  will  like  them  fly  from 
planet  to  planet :  you  will  eternally  advance  from  per- 
fection to  perfection,  and  ev< .-.  /  ^stant  of  your  dura- 
tion will  be  distinguished  In  kh«  acquisition  of  farther 
degrees  of  knowledge.  Whatever  has  been  with-held 
from  your  terrestrial  perfection,  you  will  obtam  under 
this  economy  of  glory :  you  will  know  even  as  you  are 
known. 

Man  is  sown  corruptible;  he  will  rise  incorruptille  and 
glorious  :  these  are  the  words  oi"  the  apostle  aiid  philo- 


95 

sopher:  the  covering  of  the  seed  perishes;  the   germ 
subsists,  and  assures  man  of  immortality. 

Man  therefore  Fsnot  in  himself  what  he  appears  to  be. 
What  we  discover  of  him  here  below  is  only  the  gross 
foldage  under  which  he  crawls  on  the  earth,  and  which 
he  must  shortly  cast  off. 

The  Irain  is  a  small  organical  machine,  destined  to  re- 
ceive the  impressions  made  on  the  different  parts  of  the 
body,  and  to  transmit  them  to  the  soul.  It  is  by  means 
of  this  that  the  soul  acts  on  various  points  of  the  body, 
and  adheres  to  nature. 

The*  extremities  of  all  the  nerves,  radiate  to  the  seat 
of  the  soul :  it  is  in  some  measure  the  centre  of  this  ad- 
mirable collection,  thtj  threads  of  which  are  so  numer- 
ous, fine,  delicate,  and  full  of  motion. 

But  the  nerves  are  not  stretched  like  the  strings  of  an 
instrument  of  music.  Animals  that  are  entirely  glutin- 
ous, are  notwithstanding  very  sensible. 

We  then  admit  there  is  a  fluid  in  the  nerves,  whose 
subtilty  prevents  our  seeing  it ;  and  which  serves  both 
for  the  propagation  of  sensible  impressions,  and  muscu- 
lar motion. 

The  instantaneousness  of  this  propagation,  and  some 
other  phenomena,  indicate  that  there  is  a  certain  ana- 
logy between  the  nervous  fluid  and  fire  or  light. 

We  know  that  all  bodies  are  impregnated  by  fire.  It 
abounds  in  aliment.  It  is  extracted  from  it  by  the 
brain,  from  whence  it  passes  into  the  nerves. 

The  seat  of  the  soul,  the  immediate  organ  of  feeling 
and  thought,  can  be  no  other  than  a  composition  of  this 
vital  fire.  Tiie  brain  which  we  see  ami  feel,  must 
therefore  only  be  the  case  or  covering  of  the  ethereal 
machine,  which  constitutes  the  real  seat  of  the  soul. 

It  may  indeed  be  the  germ  of  that  spiritual  and  glo- 
rious body,  which  REVELATION  opposes  to  the  animal 
and  vile. 

The  resurrection,  then,  will  only  consist  in  a  prodi- 
giously rapid  unfolding  of  this  germ,  which  lies  hid  in 
the  brain. 


90 

These  senses  are  the  foundation  of  those  relations 
vhich  the  anirnaMjody  bears  to  terrestrial  bodies.  The 
seat  of  (he  sou!,  or  the  little  ethereal  machine  that  con- 
stitutes it,  has  parts  corresponding  with  the  grosser 
senses,  since  it  receives  motions  from  thence,  and  trans- 
mits them  to  the  soul.  These  parts,  by  the  opening  of 
the  germ,  will  acquire  a  degree  or  perfection  incom- 
patible with  the  present  staie  or  man.  But  this  germ 
may  like  wise  contain  vuthin  it  new  senses,  which  will 
disclose  themselves  at  the  same  instant,  and  by  mut'ti- 
plyiwg  in  an  almost  infinite  degree  the  relations  of 
man  to  the  universe,  will  a  ;^raudize  his  sphere,  and 
render  it  equal  to  that  of  -superior  intelligences. 

An  organized  b<.dy,  for^d  of  element?  analogous  to 
those  of  light,  will,  we  may  reasonably  suppose,  stand 
in  need  of  no  repair.  The  spiritual  body  will  preserve 
itself  by  the  mere  energy  of  its  mechanism. 

And  if  light  or  etluer  do  not  gravitate  at  all,  man  in 
a  glorified  state  will  be  enabled  to  transport  himself 
at  pleasure  into  every  point  of  space,  and  viil  fly  from 
planet  to  planet,  with  the  swiftness  of  li^^iug. 

The  senses,  as  they  will  then  be  brought  into  subjec- 
tion to  the  soul,  will  :io  longer  rr,!e  over  her.  Sepa- 
rated for  evei  from  Jit  sh  and  blood,  there  will  remain  in 
her  none  of  those  earthly  affections  which  resulted  from 
them.  Transported  into  the  regions  of  light,  the  hu- 
man understanding  \vill  present  no  ideas  to  the.  will  but 
those  of  the  highest  good.  It  will  then  have  no  other 
than  lawful  desires,  and  God  will  be  their  constant  and 
•ultimate  end.  It  will  love  him  from  gratitude ;  fear 
him  from  a  principle  of  lo^e ;  cind  will  adore  him  as 
the  SUPREMLY  AMIABLE  BgiNG,  and  as  the  eternal 
source  of  life,  perfection,  and  happiness. 


CHAP.  V. 
*Bfthe  various  Relations  of  Terrestrial  Being*. 


1 .  VV  E  have  seen,  that  all  is  relation  in  the  universe* 
but  we  have  only  hitherto  taken  a  distant  view  of  this 
•fruitful  truth.  We  may  now  approach  nearer  to  it,  and 
bestow  our  attention  on  the  most  interesting  particulars. 

The  union  of  souls -to  organized  bodies,  is  the  source 
*>f  the  most  abundant  and  most  wonderful  harmony  that 
exists  in  nature.  A  substance  without  extension,  soli- 
dity, and  form,  is  united  to  an  extended,  solid,  and 
formed  substance/  A  substance  that  thinks,  and  which 
lias  a  principle  of  action  in  it,  is  united  to  a  substance 
void  of  thought  and  purely  passive.  From  this  surpris- 
ing connection  there  springs  a  reciprocal  commerce  be- 
tween the, two  substances  :  a  kind  of  action  and  re-action, 
which  constitutes  the  life  af  organized  animated  beings. 
The  nerves,  being  .variously  agitated  by  objects,  commu- 
nicate their  motions  to  the  brain,  and  to  these  impulses 
the  .perceptions  in  the  soul  correspond,  which  are  totally 
-distinct  from  the  cause  that  occasions  them. 

The  rays  which  proceed  from  an  object  strike  my  op- 
tic nerve,  I  have  a  perception  that  points  out  to  me  the 
presence  of  the  object.  They  affect  this  nerve  in  a  vio- 
lent manner  :  I  have  a  sensation  which  I  express  by  the 
term  of  pain. 

The  diversity  of  senses  by  which  the  soul  receives  the 
.impression  of  objects,  produces  a  diversity  in  her  per- 
ceptions and  sensations.     The  sentiments  occasioned  by 
the  motion  of  the  nerves  of  sight,  differ  absolutely  from  , 
those  that  are  produced  by  that  of  the  nerves  of  hear- 


98 

ing.  The  sense  of  feeling  has  no  likeness  to  that  of 
taste.  These  are  different  modifications  of  the  soul, 
which  correspond  to  different  qualities  of  the  objects. 

But  how  can  the  nerves,  which  do  not  seem  suscepti- 
ble of  a  greater  or  less  degree  of  bulk,  length,  compo- 
sition, or  tension,  or  of  quicker  or  slower  vibrations,  oc- 
casion in  the  soul  such  a  prodigious  variety  of  percep- 
tions as  we  experience  ?  Is  there  such  a  relation  between 
the  soul  and  the  machine  to  which  it  is  united,  as  for 
certain  perceptions  to  correspond  continually  with  the 
nerves  of  a  determinate  size,  sructure,  and  tension  ?  Are 
there  nerves  appropriated  to  different  corpuscles,  to  the 
impression  whereof  various  perceptions  are  attached  ? 
Are  the  pyramidial  form  of  the  papilla  of  the  taste  and 
feeling,  the  winding  cavities  of  the  ear,  the  different 
refrangibilities  of  the  rays  of  light,  so  many  proofs  of  the 
truth  of  this?  Be  that  as  it  may,  we  are  sufficiently  con- 
vinced that  the  same  sensible  fibre  is  not  liable  at 
one,  and  the  same  time  to  a  multitude  of  different  im- 
pressions. But  this  fibre  is  not  only  destined  to 
transmit  to  the  soul  the  impression  of  the  object;  it 
must  also  preserve  the  remembrance  of  it ;  for  a  thou- 
sand instances  prove  that  the  memory  is  connected  with 
the  bram :  how  then  can  it  be  imagined  that  the  same 
fibre  should  at  once  retain  a  multitude  of  different  de- 
terminations 9  Nay,  how  can  two  such  different  sub- 
stances as  the  soul  and  body  act  reciprocally  on  each 
other  ?  At  this  question  let  us  humbly  cast  our  eyes 
downwards,  and  acknowledge  this  is  one  of  the  great 
mysteries  of  the  creation,  which  we  are  not  permitted  to 
be  acquainted  with.  The  various  attempts  that  have 
been  made  by  the  most  profound  philosophers,  to  ex- 
plain it,  are  so  many  monuments  raised  to  convince  us 
both  of  the  extent  and  weakness  of  the  human  mind. 

2.  The  soul,  being  modified  by  impressions  more  or 
less  strong,  re-acts  in  her  turn  on  the  nervous  system, 
maintains  the  motions  there,  and  renders  them  more 
active  or  durable.  From  thence  arise  the  passions, 
those  secret  inclinations,  those  restless  appetites,  which 
destroy  the  equilibrium  of  the  soul,  and  impel  her  to- 


99 

wards  certain  objects.  These  are  admirable  instjni- 
inents  set  to  work  by  the  wise  AUTHOR  of  our  nature, 
which,  like  favourable  winds,  cause  the  animated  ma- 
chines to  float  on  the  ocean  of  sensible  objects  ! 

The  re-action  of  the  soul  on  the  nervous  system,  seems 
also  to  be  the  principal  source  of  divers  sensations  we 
experience,  several  of  which  come  under  the  denomina- 
tion of  instinct  or  moral  sense. 

Objects  do  not  strike  immediately  on  the  soul :  she 
only  receives  impressions  by  interposed  mediums ;  the 
senses  are  the  mediums.  The  action  of  objects  then  is 
modified  by  them  in  a  determinate  relation  to  nature, 
or  to  the  constitution  of  each  medium.  The  aptness, 
either  greater  or  less,  wherewith  sensible  fibres  yield 
to  impressions  from  without,  transmit  them  to  the 
soul,  and  renew  the  remembrance  of  them  there,  to- 
gether with  the  quality  and  abundance  of  the  hu- 
mours constitutes  the  temper.  In  amimals,  temper  go- 
verns all :  in  man,  reason  regulates  the  temper  ,*  and 
the  temper,  when  under  due  regulation,  facilitates,  in 
its  turn,  the  exercise  of  reason. 

The  passions  receive  nourishment,  grow,  and  become 
strong,  like  the  fibres  which  are  the  seat  of  them. 
Learn  then  your  temper ;  if  it  be  vicious  you  are  to  cor- 
rect it,  not  to  destroy  it ;  for  you  would  thereby  de- 
stroy the  machine  itself;  but  skilfully  to  divert  its 
course,  and  carefully  to  avoid  every  thing  that  may  con- 
tribute to  add  new  strength  to  it,  and  swell  the  waters 
of  such  a  dangerous  torrent. 

3.  The  senses  are  not  only  intended  to  raise  in  the 
soul  perceptions  of  every  kind,  they  likewise  revive  me- 
mory in  her.  A  perception  which  is  present  to  the  me- 
mory does  not  essentially  differ  from  that  which  the  ob- 
ject excites.  This  produces  perception  by  means  of 
sensible  fibres  appropriated  to  it,  and  on  which  its 
action  is  displayed.  The  recollection  of  perception  then 
depends  on  a  motion  which  operates  in  these  fibres,  in- 

VOL,  iv.  F 


100 

tkpendently  of  the  object :  for  whether  the  organ  re- 
ceives its  motion  from  intestine  causes,  or  from  tM  ob- 
ject, the  effect  is  the  same  with  regard  to  the  soul,  and 
perception  is  instantly  present  to  her. 

Experience  proves,  that  if  any  series  of  perceptions 
whatever  affects  the  brain  for  a  certain  time,  it  thereby 
contracts  a  habit  of  re-producing  it  in  the  same  order. 
It  is  likewise  certain,  that  this  habit  appertains  to  the 
brain,  and  not  to  the  soul :  a  burning  fever,  a  ray  of 
the  sun,  or  a  violent  commotion  may  destroy  it,  and 
such  causes  influence  only  the  machine. 

All  perceptions  derive  their  origin  from  the  senses, 
and  the  senses  transmit  to  the  seat  of  the  soul  the  im- 
pressions they  receivt  from  objects.  But  objects  act 
on  the  organ  by  impulsion  only :  they  impress  then 
certain  motions  on  the  sensible  fibres*  So  that  a  per- 
ception, or  a  certain  series  of  perceptions,  are  connected 
with  one  or  divers  motions  which  operate  successively 
on  different  fibres. 

And  since  the  reiteration  of  the  same  motions,  on  the 
same  fibres,  effects  in  them  an  habitual  disposition  to 
produce  them  afresh  in  a  constant  order,  we  may  infer 
from  thence  that  the  sensible  fibres  are  so  constructed 
as  to  produce  in  them  changes  or  determinations  more 
or  .ess  durable,  which  constitute  the  precious  ground- 
work of  the  memory  aLd  imagination. 

But  the  sensible  fibres  are  nourished  like  all  the  other 
parts  of  the  body  :  they  assimilate  or  incorporate  with 
themselves  alimentary  matter:  they  grow,  and  whilst 
they  receive  nour>«!irnent,  they  continue  to  perform  their 
proper  functions.  So  that  nutrition  conduces  to  pre- 
serve to  the  fibres  these  determinations,  and  causes  them 
to  take  root  there  ;  for  as  the  fibres  increase,  they  ac- 
quire a  gj  eater  degree  of  consistence.  We  may  hence 
discover  the  crigin  of  custom,  that  powerful  queen  of 
the  s^nsi.;le  an  •  iiiiti-i^cnt  world.  The  memory,  by 
..preM  •  recalling  to  the -soul  the  signs  of  per- 

<:*-.     •      ,  by  assuring    ».er  of  the  identity  ot  the  percep- 
tions recalled;  ta.d  of  those  which  have  already  alfccted 


101 

connecting  present  perceptions  with  the  n.nf.-ce- 
dent  ones,  forms -in  the  brain  a  fund  of  knovyledge, 
which  increases  in  richness  every  clay. 

The  imagination,  being  infinitely  superior  to  a  Mi- 
chael Angelo  or  a  Raphael,  delineates  in  the  soul  a 
faithful  image  of  objects ;  and  from  -divers  representa- 
tions which  it  composes,  forms  in  the  brain  a  cabinet  of 
pictures,  every  part  of  which  moves,  and  is  combined 
with  an  inexpressible  variety  and  swiftness. 

The  brain  of  man,  then,  may  be  considered  as  so 
many  mirrors,  wherein  different  portions  of  the  universe 
are  painted  in  miniature :  some  of  these  mirrors  ex- 
hibit but  a  small  number  of  objects;  while  others  repre-  . 
sent  almost  the  whole  of  nature.  What  is  the  relation 
between  the  mirror  of  the  mole  and  that  of  a  Newton  I 
What  images  were  there  in  the  brain  of  a' Homer,  a 
Virgil,  or  a  Milton  ?  What  mechanism  must  that  have 
been  which  could  execute  such  -wonderful  decorations! 
That  mind  which  could  have  read  the  brain  of  a  Homer 
would  have  there  seen  the  Iliad  represented  by  the  va- 
rious exercise  of  a  million  of  fibres. 

4.  Of  all  the  senses,  the  sight  is  that  which  furnishes 
the  soul  with  the  quickest,  most  extensive,  and  most 
varied  perceptions  :  it  is  the  fertile  source  of  the  richest 
treasures  of  imagination,  and  it  is  to  that  principally  that 
the  soul  owes  the  ideas  of  beauty,  and  that  varied  unity 
which  ravishes  it. 

But  by  what  secret  mechanism  are  -my  eyes  made 
capable  of  communicating  to  me  such  lively,  varied, 
and  abundant  perceptions  1  How  do  I  discover,  with 
so  much  ease  and  quickness,  every  object  that  sur- 
rounds me  1 

Three  humours  of  different  density,  each  lodged  in  a 
transparent  capsule,  divide  the  inside  of  the  globe  of  the 
eye  into  three  parts.  On  the  bottom  is  spread  a  kind 
of  cloth,  or  very  fine  membrane,  which  is  only  the  ex- 
pansion of  a  nerve,  whose  extremity  terminates  i 
F2 


103 

diately  at  the  brain.  A  black  skin  lines  the  whole  in- 
side of  the  globe  :  at  the  fore  part  of  it  is  ?•  round 
orifice,  which  contracts  or  dilates  itself  according  as  the 
light  is  more  or  less  strong.  Six  muscles,  which  are 
placed  on  the  outside  of  the  globe,  move  different  ways, 
and  the  rapidity  of  those  motions  is  excessive. 

What  need  is  there  of  these  humours,  this  cloth, 
this  tapestry,  this  aperture  which  contracts  and  dilates 
itself?  The  light  comes  to  us  from  the  SUD,  in  a  light 
line ;  but  these  rays  become  crooked,  when  the  density 
of  the  mediums  through  which  they  pass  increases  or  di- 
minishes :  this  is  called  the  refraction  of  light. 

To  the  property  of  refracting  light,  joins  that  of  re- 
flecting from  the  body  it  enlightens.  There  issue  then 
luminous  streaks  from  all  points  of  the  objects,  which 
bear  the  image  of  these  points. 

The  humours  of  the  eye  are  the  lens  of  the  camera 
obscura :  the  cloth,  or  retina,  are  the  pasteboard  :  the 
black  skin  which  hangs  within  the  ball  performs  the 
office  of  a  shutter  that  excludes  the  light;  it  extin- 
guishes the  rays  whose  reflection  would  render  the 
image  less  distinct ;  the  loll,  by  contracting  or  dilating 
itself  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of  the  light,  mo- 
derates the  action  of  the  rays  on  the  retina  :  the  nerve, 
placed  behind  this,  communicates  to  the  brain  the 
various  concussions  it  receives,  to  which  divers  percep- 
tions correspond. 

5.  Such  are  the  admirable  relations  which  WISDOM 
has  placed  between  our  eyes  and  the  light;  those  which  it 
has  established  between  light  and  the  surfaces  of  differ- 
ent bodies,  whence  colours  proceed,  are  not  less  worthy 
our  attention. 

A-  ray  which  falls  en  a  glass  prism,  divides  into  seve- 
ral principal  rays,  each  of  which  bear  its  proper  colour. 
The  oblong  image  which  this  refraction  produces, 
affords  several  coloured  stripes,  distributed  in  a  regular 
order :  the  first,  reckoning  from  the  upper  part  of  the 
image,  is  red,  the  second  orange,  the  third  yellow,  the 
fourth  green f  the  fifth  blue,  the  sixth  indigo,  the 


103 

seventh  violet.  These  stripes  do  not  glare ;  but  the 
eye  passes  from  one  to  the  other  by  gradations  or 
shades. 

The  rays  which  bear  the  highest  colours,  as  the  red, 
orange,  and  yellow,  are  those  that  refract  or  curve  the 
least  in  the  prism.  They  are  also  such  as  reflect  the 
first  on  inclining  the  instrument. 

From  thence  it  follows,  that  each  ray  has  its  fixt  de- 
gree of  refrangilillty.  Make  one  of  these  rays  pass 
through  several  prisms  at  the  same  time,  it  will  afford  you 
no  new  colours  ;  but  it  will  constantly  retain  its  primi- 
tive colour,  which  is  ail  invincible  proof  of  its  immuta.- 
lility.  Present  a  lens  to  seven  rays  divided  by  the 
prisrn,  you  will  reunite  them  into  a  single  ray,  which 
will  afford  you  a  round  image  of  a  shining  white.  Take 
only  five  or  six  of  these  rays  with  the  lens,  you  will 
have  but  a  dusky  white.  Only  reunite  two  rays,  you 
will  make  a  colour  that  will  partake  of  both.  A  stream 
of  light  then  is  a  cluster  of  seven  rays,  whose  reunion 
forms  white,  and  the  division  of  which  produces  seven 
principal  and  immoveable  colours ! 

What  is  now  the  source  of  that  infinite  diversity  of 
colours,  which  embellishes  every  part  of  our  abode? 
The  particles  whtclf  compose  the  surface  of  bodies,  are 
so  many  liUle  prisms,  variously  inclined,  which  break 
the  light,  and  reflect  different  colours.  Gold,  divided 
into  very  thin  plates,  appears  blue  when  opposed  to 
broad  day-light.  The  greater  or  less  thickness  of  the 
plates  contributes  then  to  the  diversity  of  colours. 
Whence  proceeds  that  beautiful  azure  which  tinges  the 
canopy  of  heaven  ?  The  ground  of  the  heavens  is  black : 
this  ground  viewed  through  the  body  of  air  which  sur- 
rounds us,  must  appear  blue  to  us.  Whence  proceeds 
this  "smiling  verdure  which  adorns  our  fields?  The 
lamellae  of  <he  surface  of  plants  are  disposed  in  such  a 
manner,  that  they  remit  only  green  rays,  whilst  they 
afford  a  free  passage  to  others.  If  green  pleases  our 
sight,  it  is  bi '  aus  it  hoKls  precisely  a  medium  between 
th;  -'.-ven  principal  colours.  -But  who  can  remain1  in- 
, sensible  of  the  cave  which  NATURE  has  taken  to  depart 


104 

from  uniformity  in  this  case,  by  multiplying  in  so  great 
a  degree1  the  shades  of  green  7  You  admire  this  magni- 
ficent rainbow,  which  delineates  at  large  to  you  the 
colours'of  the  prism:  the  beauty  and  vivacity  of  its 
shades  ravish  you  :  you  suspect  that  nature 'must  have 
been  at  a  vast  expence  to  compose  this  rich  girdle  ; 
some  drops  of  water,  on  v,  inch  the  light  breaks  and 
reflects  in  different  angles,  are  the  sole  cause  of  it. 

You  are  struck  with  the  splendid  gilding  of  some  in- 
sects; the  rich  scales  of  fishes  attract  your  notice;  NA- 
TURE, who  is  always  magnificent  in  design  and  frugal 
in  execution,  produces  these  brilliant  decorations  at  a 
small  charge:  sLe  only  applies  a  brown  thin  skin  on 
a  whitish  substance ;  this  skin  performs  the  office  of 
varnish  to  our  gilded  skins,  it  modifies  the  rays  which 
issue  from  the  substance  it  covers.  The  glossy  green 
of  the  leaves  of  plants  is  owing  to  the  same  art. 
They  owe  their  lustre  and  shades  to  a  fine,  smooth, 
transparent,  glossy,  and  whitish  membrane,  which  clothes 
a  substance  that  is  always  of  a  rough  green,  and  of  a 
stronger  or  fainter  dye.  It  is  this  green,  modified  by 
this  membrane,  which  constitutes  the  colour  peculiar  to 
leaves  of  every  species. 

It  is  apparently  the  same  with  regard  to  the  enam- 
elling of  flowers,  and  perhaps  likewise  to  the  colouring 
of  fruits.  This  is  a  new  branch  of  optics,  which,  were 
it  dived  into  as  it  deserves,  might  be  attended  with 
some  interesting  consequences. 

The  direct  light  of  the  sun,  or  that  of  the  day  only, 
tinges  the  leaves  as  it  colours  that  of  fruits.  Leaves, 
whilst  they  are  inclosed  within  the  bud,  are  whitish  or 
yellowish.  They  preserve  this  colour,  if  obliged  to  grow 
in  a  tube  of  blue  paper,  where  the  air  and  heat  may 
have  free  access.  The  plant  then  stars,  as  the  garden- 
ers term  it,  sending  forth  an  excessively  long  and  slender 
stalk,  and  the  leaves  unfold  themselves  but  very  im- 
perfectly. The  light  is  in  a  continual  and  veiy  rapid 
motion;  it  acts  perpetually  on  the  surface  of  bodies, 
which  it  penetrates  more  or  less.  By  its  small  reiterated 
strokes  on  leaves,  it  modifies  the  surface  of  them  by 


105 

little   and    little,  and   insensibly  disposes  it  to   reflect 
the  green  colour. 

Colours  then  in  objects  are  only  a  certain  disposition 
of  parts  totally  distinct  from  the  perceptions  which  they 
cause  in  the  soul.  It  is  the  same  with  respect  to  all  our 
perceptions  and  sensations.  The  senses,  by  representing 
to  us  bodies  under  different  appearances,  shew  us  the 
various  qualities  ;  and  to  these  qualities  different  ideas 
in  the  soul  correspond.  We  conclude  from  hence,  that 
the  same  objects  do  not  affect  all  sensible  beings  in  an 
equal  manner.  It  i*  even  doubtful  whether  two  indivi- 
duals of  the  same  species  have  precisely  the  same  per- 
ceptions in  presence  of  the  same-  object. 

Were  we  to  contemplate  the  world  by  the  organs  of 
all  those  sensible  beings  which  inhabit  it,  we  should 
perhaps  see  as  many  worlds  as  we  should  employ 
glasses.  What  difference  would  there  appear  in  the 
nuil berry-tree,  examined  through  the  organs  of  a  silk- 
worm, from  our  conception  of  ,it !  What  diversity  be- 
tween the  stamina  viewed  through  the  eyes  of  bees, 
and  those  which  the  botanist  observes  !  How  extern 
sive  would  be  the  knowledge  of  that  being  who  could 
be  acquainted  with  all  these  different  impressions  ! 

6.  Fire,  which  is  dispersed  through  all  nature,  offers 
to  us  an  infinity  of  properties ;  let  us  confine  our- 
selves to  give  an  account  of  the  most  interesting. 
Fire,  being  subtle,  elastic,  and  continually  agitated, 
penetrates  all  bodies;  it  warms,  dilates,  burns,  melts, 
calcines,  vitrifies,  volatilizes,  and  dissipates  them,  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  their  composition  or  princi- 
ples. This  subtle  element  becomes  visible  only  by 
borrowing  a  body  :  it  secretly  unites  itself  to  an  in- 
flammable and  unknown  substance,  and  provided  with 
this  body,  unites  itself  to  other  bodies,  and  enters  into 
their  composition.  It  is  by  means  of  the  same  union 
that  it  becomes  sensible  in  electrical  experiments,  some- 
times in  the  form  of  luminous  tuO,  sometimes  in  that  of 
F4 


106 

crowns,  flashes,   sparks,  and  that  it  fulminates,  bursts, 
strikes,  pierces,  bums,  inflames. 

By  a  gentle  agitation,  fire  enlivens  all  organized 
bodies,  and  conducts  them  by  degrees  to  their  perfect 
growth.  It  foments  the  branch  in  the  bud,  the  plant 
in  the  grain,  the  embryo  in  the  egg :  it  gives  suitable 
preparations  to  our  food ;  it  subdues  metals  t©  our 
use,  over  the  formation  of  which  it  precides.  By 
that  we  are  enabled  to  give  matter  all  those  forms 
which  our  necessities  or  conveniences  require.  To 
that  we  are  indebted,  in  a  particular  manner,  for  that 
transparent  matter,  which  being  stretched  out  into  thin 
leaves,  or  fashioned  like  tubes,  vases,  globes,  lenses, 
furnishes  us  with  various  instruments,  and  enriches  us 
with  new  eyes,  which  help  us  to  discover  the  smallest 
objects,  and  bring  nigh  to  us  the  most  remote. 

From  the  action  of  fire  on.  earth,  sulphur,  oils,  and 
salts,  the  various  species  of  fermentations  and  mixtures 
result,  which  are  the  objects  of  the  researches  of  the 
chymist,  and  the  soul  of  the  three  kingdoms.  Being 
concentered  by  lenses  or  mirrors  of  every  kind,  it  ac- 
quires a  strength  greatly  superior  to  that  of  the  hottest 
of  our  actual  fires,  and  in  an  instant  reduces  green 
wood  to  ashes,  calcines  stones,  melts  and  vitrifies 
metals. 

Being  excited,  collected,  condensed,  modified,  ex- 
tracted, directed,  and  applied  by  electrical  machines,  it 
becomes  the  fruitful  source  of  a  thousand  phenomena, 
which  art  diversifies  every  day.  Sometimes,  when  ex- 
tracted from  a  globe  of  glass,  it  runs  with  an  incon- 
ceivable rapidity  along  an  iron  wire,  and  causes  light 
bodies,  placed  at  a  league  distance  from  the  globe,  to 
feel  the  impression  of  it.  Applied  by  the  same  means 
to  paralytic  limbs,  it  restores  life  and  motion  to  them* 
Being  present  in  all  parts  of  the  atmosphere,  it  co^ 
lects  itself  in  stormy  clouds,  from  whence  it  is  again  ex- 
tracted by  art ;  and  a  Le  Monnier,  equal  to  the  fa- 
bulous Jupiter,  holds  the  thunderbolt,  and  disposes 
of  it  at  his  pleasure-  It  is  likewise  fire  that  commuai^ 


10? 

cates  to  air  and  water,  when  reduced  into  vapours,  that 
prodigious  force  which  renders  them  capable  of  shaking 
the  earth,  and  breaking  the  hardest  bodies. 

Lastly,  it  is  fire,  that  by  penetrating  fluids,  preserves 
to  them  their  fluidity.  As  it  is  exact  itself,  in  putting 
itself  in  equilibria,  it  passes  from  those  bodies  where  it 
is  most  abundant  to  those  where  it  is  least  so,  and  car- 
rying with  it  the  most  volatile  particles,  it  deposits  them 
on  the  surface  of  the  latter,  whei'e  they  appear  in  the 
form  of  vapours,  exhalations  or  mists. 

7-  The  air,  by  its  fluidity,  thinness,  weight,  and  spring, 
is  next  to  fire,  the  most  powerful  agent  in  nature.  It  is 
one  of  the  great  principles  of  the  vegetation  of  plants, 
and  of  the  circulation  of  liquors  in  all  organized  bodies, 
It  is  the  receptacle  of  the  particles  which  exhale  from, 
different  matters :  and  had  we  eyes  sufficiently  piercing, 
we  should  see  it  in  the  abridgement  of  all  the  bodies 
that  exist  on  the  surface  of  our  globe.  From  vapours 
and  exhalations  which  it  carries  in  its  bosom,  and  dis- 
perses into  all  parts,  are  produced  aqueous  and  fiery 
meteors,  which  are  so  useful,  but  sometimes  dreadful. 

The  air  does  not  only  receive  bodies :  it  even  enters 
into  their  composition.  When  divested  of  its  elasticity, 
it  unites  itself  to  the  particles  which  compose  them,  and 
augments  their  bulk.  But  being  more  unalterable  than 
gold,  it  resumes  its  former  nature  when  these  bodies 
change  or  are  dissolved.  Being  disturbed  in  its  equi- 
librium, it  swells  the  sails  of  our  ships,  and  conveys  to 
our  countries  those. rich  fleets  that  cause  plenty.  Be- 
coming impetuous,  it  causes  tempests  and  hurricanes  : 
but  even  this  impetuosity  is  not  without  its  use :  the  air, 
by  this  means,  divest  itself  of  noxious  vapours,  and 
the  waters  being  strongly  agitated,  are  preserved  from  a 
fatal  corruption. 

Lastly,  the  air  is  the  vehicle  of  sounds  and  odours,,, 
and  under  these  new  relations  it  is  essentially  allied  to 
two  of  our  senses.  The  partial  vibration  which  com* 
motion  excites  in  a  sonorous  body,  communicates  itself 


'i08 

to  all  the  globules  of  air  that  immediately  encompass 
this  body.  These  globules  cause  the  like  vibrations  in 
those  contigious  to  them :  and  this  continues  in  the 
same  manner  to  greater  distances  than  we  are  able  to 
determine.  A  fine  and  elastic  membrane  spread  at  the 
bottom  of  the  ear  like  the  parchment  of  a  drum,  re- 
ceives these  concussions,  and  conveys  them  to  three 
small  bones,  placed  end  to  end,  that  communicate 
them,  in  their  turn,  te  certain  bony  and  winding  cavities, 
lined  on  their  inside  with  nervous  filaments,  which  join 
to  the  brain  by  a  common  trunk.  The  greater  or  less 
degree  of  swiftness  of  these  vibrations  produces  seven 
principal  tones,  analogous  to  the  primitive  colours. 
From  the  combined  relation  of  various  tones,  harmony 
proceeds. 

The  infinitely  small  particles  that  are  continually  de- 
tached from  the  surface  of  odoriferous  bodies,  float  hi 
the  air,  which  transports  them  every  where,  and  applies 
them  to  the  nervous  membranes  that  are  distributed  in 
the  inside  of  the  nose.  The  concussions  which  these 
corpuscles  occasion  therein,  pass  afterwards  to  the  brain 
by  the  lengthening  of  the  nervous  filaments. 

S.  All  climates  have  their  productions,  all  parts  of  the 
earth  their  inhabitants :  from  the  frozen  regions  of  the 
bear  to  the  burning  sands  of  the  torrid  zone,  all  is  ani- 
mated :  from  the  top  of  the  mountains  to  the  bottom  of 
the  valhV.s,  every  thing  vegetates  and  respires.  The 
waters  and  the  air  are  peopled  with  an  infinite  number 
of  inhabitants.  Plants  and  animals  are  themselves  little 
worlds  that  nourish' a  multitude  of  people,  as  different 
from  each  other  in  their  figure  and  inclinations  as  the 
great  people  are  which  are  scattered  over  the  surface  of 
oar  glob<j.  What  ami  saying.'  The  smallest  atom,  the 
least  drop  of  Hquor  are  inhabited.  Wonderful  harmo- 
ny !  which,  by  thus  suiting  different  productions  to  dif- 
ferent places,  leaves  none  absolutely  desert ! 

9  A  reciprocal  commerce  connects  all  terrestrial 
beings,  Inorgauized  beings  answer  to  organized  as  fc& 


109 

their  centre  :  the  latter  are  designed  for  each  other. 
Plants  are  allied  to  plants;  animals  to  animals.  ni- 
mals  and  plants  are  linked  together  by  their  mutual  ser- 
vices. Behold  how  closely  this  young  ivy  entwines  itself 
round  this  majestic  oak  !  It  dravf s  its  substance  from  it, 
and  its  life  depends  on  that  of  his  benefactor.  Ye 
great  ones  of  the  earth,  ye  represent  this  oak :  refuse 
not  your  support  to  the  indigent ;  suffer  them  to  ap- 
proach you,  and  to  obtain  from  you  sufficient  to  relieve 
their  necessities. 

Consider  this  caterpillar  thick-set  with  hair ;  the  birds 
dare  riot  touch  it :  notwithstanding  -which,  it  serves 
them  for  food  :  oy  what  means  1  a  fly  pierces  the 
living  caterpillar;  she  lays  her  eggs  in  his  body :  the 
caterpillar  remains  alive  ;  the  eggs  hatch  ;  the  young 
ones^row  at.  the  expence  of  the  caterpillar,  and  are 
afterwards  changed  into  flies  which  serve  for  sustenance 
to  the  birds.  , 

There  are  continual  wars  betwixt  animals ;  but  things 
are  so  wisely  combined,  that  the  destruction  of  some  of 
them  occasions  the  preservation  of  others,  and  the  fecun- 
dity of  the  species  is  always  proportionable  to  the  dan- 
gers that  threaten  individuals. 

10.  All  is  metamorphosis  in  the  physical  world': 
forms  are  continually  changing :  the  quantity  of  matter 
alone  is  invariable :  the  same  substance  passes  succes- 
sively into  the  three  kingdoms :  the  same  composi- 
tion becomes  by  turns  a  mineral,  plant,  insect,  reptile, 
fish,  bird,  quadruped,  man. 

The  organized  machines  are  the  principal  agents  of 
these  transformations :  they  change  or  dissolve  all  mat- 
ters that  enter  within  them,  and  that  are  exposed  to  the 
action  of  their  secret  springs :  they  f^nvert  some  into 
their  own  substance,  others  they  evacuate  under  divers 
forms,  which  render  these  matters  proper  tor  entering 
into  the  composition  of  different  bodies.  Thus,  animals 
that  multiply  prodigiously,  as  some  species  of  insects,  - 
have,  perhaps,  for  their  principal  end  that  uf  metainer- 
F-  0' 


110 

phosing  a  considerable  quantity  of  matter  /or  the  use 
of  different  compounds.  By  that  means,  the  vilest 
matters  give  birth  to  the  richest  productions ;  and  from 
the  bosom  of  putrefaction  there  issues  the  finest  flower 
or  the  most  exquisite  fruit ! 

The  AUTHOR  of  NATURE  has  left  nothing  useless. 
What  is  consumed  of  the  dust  of  the  stamina  in  the  ge- 
neration of  plants,  is  very  trifling  if  compared  with  the 
quantity  each  flower  furnishes.  WISDOM  itself  then 
has  created  the  industrious  bee,  that  makes  use  of  the 
superfluous  part  of  this  dust  with  such  art  and  economy 
as  could  not  be  too  much  admired  in  the  most  skilful 
geometricians. 

The  earth  enriches  us  every  day  with  new  gifts,  where- 
by she  would  at  length  be  exhausted,  if  what  she  sup- 
plies us  with  weue  not  restored  to  her.  By  a  law,  which 
we  do  not  pay  a  proper  attention  to,  all  organized  bodies 
become  uncompouiided  and  insensibly  change  in  the 
earth.  Whilst  they  suffer  this  kind  of  dissolution,  their 
volatile  parts  pass  into  the  air,  which  transports  them 
every  where :  so  that,  animals  are  buried  in  the  atmos- 
phere as  well  as  in  the  earth  and  water ;  we  may  even 
doubt  whether  that  portion  which  the  air  receives  be 
not  the  most  considerable  in  bulk.  All  these  particles 
dispersed  here  and  there,  soon  enter  into  new  organical 
•wholes,  destined  to  the  same  revolutions  as  the  former : 
and  this  circulation,  which  has  subsisted  from  the 
beginning  of  the  world,  will  continue  as  long  as  it 
endures. 


Ill 


CHAP.   VI. 

Of  Vegetable    Economy. 


HERE  is  no  source  of  physical  relations  that  is 
more  abundant  than  the  economy  of  organized  bodies, 
let  us  cast  an  eye  on  what  it  oilers  to  us  on  the  most  in- 
teresting nature.  Our  plan  does  not  lead  us  to  dive 
into  a  subject  that  exhausts  the  sagacity  of  a  philosopher. 

Organical  ECONOMY,  taken  in  the  most  extensive 
sense,  is  that  system  of  laws  according  to  which  the  vital 
functions  operate  in  organized  bodies. 

Considered  in  a  less  view,  organical  economy  pre- 
sents us  with  two  classes  of  objects  :  the  first  compre- 
hends the  structure,  arrangement,  and  exercise  of  the 
different  parts  of  organized  bodies :  the  second  com- 
prises the  various  effects  that  result  from  organization. 

2.  The  plant  vegetates,  is  nourished,  grows,  and  mul- 
tiplies. The  saline,  unctuous,  and  subtle  slin»e,  which 
the  water  separates  from  the  coarse  earth,  and  keeps  in 
a  dissolved  state,  is  the  principal  nutriment  of  plants. 
The  different  species  of  manure  only  contribute  to  the 
fertilizing  of  land,  in  proportion,  as  they  hitrooure  into 
it  a  great  quantity  or  a  spor.gy  powder  or  active  salt. 
If  a  natural  philosopher  succeeds  in  raising  plants,  and 
causing  them  to  bear  iunvt-rs  and  fruits  in  other  matters 
than  earth,  for  instance  in  the  powder  ot  rotitn  wood, 
deal,  saw-dust,  very  tine  sand,  moss,  cotton,  paper, 
sponges ;  the  reason  is,  because  several  of  these  matters 


113 

either  Change  insensibly  in  the  ground,  or  actually  con* 
tain  earthy  parts ;  or  the  water  which  moistens  them  is 
itself  charged  with  these  particles,  which  the  organs  ex- 
tract, prepare,  and  assimilate. 

After  having  been  admitted  into  the  body  of  the  root 
by  the  extremity  of  the  fibres,  the  nutritious  juice  rises 
into  the  ligneous  fibres,  from  the  trunk  or  stalk,  and 
passes  into  the  utricle^  that  adhere  to  them  :  it  is  there 
prepared  and  digested.  It  afterwards  enters  into  the 
proper  vessels,  under  the  form  of  a  coloured  fluid,  more 
or  less  thick,  which  we  may  conjecture  to  be  with  re- 
spect to  the  plant,  what  the  chyle  or  blood  is  to  the 
animal.  Being  filtered  by  finer,  or  more  winding  pipes, 
it  is  at  last  conveyed  to  all  the  parts,  whereto  it  unites 
itself,  and  increases  their  bulk. 

The  extreme  fineness  of  the  canals  for  the  sap,  which 
renders  them,  in  some  measure,  capillary  pipes;  the 
action  of  the  air  on  the  elastic  sheaths  of  the  air-vents, 
and  the  impression  of  these  last  on  the  ligneous  fibres  they 
contain,  or  by  which  they  are  comprised  ;  the  heat  that 
rarefies  the  sap ;  and,  above  all,  that  which,  by  acting  on 
the  surface  of  the  leaves,  draws  thither  the  superfluous 
nutritious  juice,  and  occasions  the  evaporation  of  it, 
seem  to  be  the  principal  causes  of  the  ascent  of  this 
fluid  in  plants.  The  quantity  of  nutriment  which  a  plant 
derives  from  the  earth,  is  in  proportion  to  the  number 
and  size  of  its  leaves ;  the  smaller  or  fewer  in  number 
the  leaves  are,  the  less  it  draws.  The  nutrition  of  ve- 
getables is  likewise  effected  immediately  by  their  leaves. 
Thev  '<o  not  only  serve  for  raising  the  sap,  preparing  it, 
and  discharging  its  superfluity ;  they  are,  moreover,  -a 
kind  of  roots  that  pump  from  the  air  the  juices  they 
transmit  to  the  neighbouring  parts. 

The  dew,  which  rises  from  the  ground,  is  the  princi- 
pal foundation  of  this  aerial  nourishment.  The  leaves 
present  it  to  their  inferior  surface,  which  is  always  fur- 
spshed  with  an  infinite  number  of  small  pipes  that  are 
always  ready  to  observe  it;  and  that  the  leaves  may  re- 
ceive no  prejudice  in  the  exercise  of  this  function,  they 
are  disposed  with  such  art  on  the  stalk  and  branches, 


that  those  that  immediately  precede  do  not  cover  such 
as  succeed  them.  Sometimes  they  are  placed  alternately 
on  two  opposite  and  parallel  lines  ;  sometimes  thjey  are 
distributed  by  pairs,  that  cross  each  other  at  right 
angles;  sometimes  they  are  ranged  on  the  angles  of 
polygons,  circumscribed  on '  the  branches,  and  so  dis- 
posed that  the  angles  of  the  inferior  polygon  correspond 
with  the  sides  of  the  superior :  at  other  times,  they 
ascend  the  whole  length  of  the  stalk  and  branches,  on 
one  or  more  parallel  spiral  lines. 

Ye  sceptics,  can  you  inform  me  why  plants  are  dis- 
posed with  so  much  art  ?  You  will,  perhaps,  deny  that 
plants  imbibe  the  dew  by  their  inferior  surface !  But 
what  would  you  say,  were  one  to  inform  ycu,  that 
among  leaves,  exactly  resembling  each  other,  and  taken 
from  the  same  tree,  such  as  have  been  steeped  by  their 
inferior  surfaces  in  vessels  of  water,  have  continued 
green  for  the  space  of  whole  weeks,  and  even  months ; 
whilst  those  that  have  been  placed,  by  way  of  experi- 
ment, with  their  upper  surface  in  the  water,  perished  in 
a  few  days  ? 

x  Herbs  that  are  always  immersed  in  the  thickest  beds 
of  dew,  and  that  grow  much  faster  than  trees,  have  their 
leaves  formed  in  such  a  manner,  that  they  pump  in  the 
moisture  nearly  alike  by  both  surfaces,  sometimes  more 
copiously  by  the  upper  ones. 

Observe  lastly,  that  die  inferior  surface  of  the  leaves 
of  trees  is  commonly  less  smooth  and  glossy,  and  of  a 
paler  colour,  than  the  opposite  surface.  This  remark- 
able difference  between  the  two  sides  of  the  leaf,  suffi- 
ciently indicated  that  they  have  different  uses. 

3.  By  a  mechanism  which  is  very  simple,  the  root 
forces  itself  into  the  earth  ;  the  brancnes  shoot  out  on 
each  side;  the  leaves  expose  their  superior  surface to 
the  open  air;  and  their  inferior  surface  to  the  earth,  or 
the  iniK-r  part  of  the  plant.  Sow  a  seed  the  contrary 
way,  you  will  observe  the  radicle  and  little  stalk  to  bend 


114 

backwards;  the  former  in  order  to  reach  the  earth,  and 
the  latter  to  gain  the  air.  Keep  a  young  stalk  in- 
clined, its  extremity  will  grow  upwards.  Bend  the 
branches  of  all  sorts  of  plants;  cause  the  inferior  sur- 
face of  their  leaves  to  turn  towards  the  sky ;  you  will 
soon  perceive  that  ail  these  leaves  will  turn  back  again, 
and  resume  their  former  position :  which  motion  will 
be  executed  with  a  quickness  proportionate  to  the  heat 
of  the  sun,  or  supleness  of  the  leaves.  Sow  different 
kinds  of  seeds  in  a  closet  or  cellar ;  carry  thither  some 
small  twigs,  having  their  extremity  steeped  in  vessels 
full  of  water ;  the  leaves  of  the  young  plants,  and  those 
of  the  twigs,  will  incline  their  upper  surface  to  the  win- 
dows or  air-holes. 

Consider  the  leaves  of  divers  species  of  herbaceous 
plants ;  of  the  mallow  for  instance :  you  will  remark 
that  they  follow  the  course  of  the  sun.  In  the  morning 
you  will  see  them  present  their  upper  surface  to  the 
east ;  towards  the  middle  of  the  day  this  surface  will 
face  the  south ;  in  the  evening  it  will  be  turned  to  the 
west.  At  piglit,  or  in  rainy  weather,  these  leaves  will 
be  horizontal,  their  inferior  surface  looking  towards  the 
earth. 

Trace,  likewise,  the  leaves  of  the  acacia;  as  soen  as 
they  are  headed  by  the  sun,  you  will  observe  all  their 
foliages  draw  together  by  their  upper  surface:  they 
will  then  form  a  kind  of  gutter,  turned  towards  the 
sun.  In  the  night,  or  in  moist  weather,  you  will  see 
the  foliage  turned  the  contrary  way,  and  contracting 
themselves  by  treir  inferior  surface :  they  will  then  form 
a  gutter  that  \viii  face  the  earth. 

4.  Do  not  seek  for  circulation  in  plants:  as  they  are 
more  sin;p  e  than  animals,  evtry  thing  in  them  is  per- 
formed with  (ess  apparatus. 

In  the  da>-timc-,  the  acuon  of  the  heat  on  the  leaves, 
draws  to  them  in  abundance  the  nutritious  juice.  The 
small  excretory  vessels  that  appear  in  the  forms  of  glo- 


115 

bules,  pyramids,  filaments,  separate  the  more  aqueous, 
or  gross  parts  of  the  juice,  that  rises  from  the  root. 
The  air  contained  in  the  trachae  of  the  stalk  and  branches, 
by  dilating  itself  more  and  more,  presses  the  ligneous 
fibres,  and  by  that  means  accelerates  the  course  of  the 
sap,  at  the  same  time  that  it  causes  it  to  penetrate  into 
the  neighbouring  parts. 

When  night  approaches,  the  inferior  surface  of  the 
leaves  begins  to  perform  one  of  its  principal  functions  : 
the  little  mouths  it  is  provided  with  open  themselves, 
and  receive  the  vapours  that  float  in  the  atmosphere. 
The  air  of  the  trachae  is  confined  within  them ;  their 
diameter  is  lessened;  the  ligneous  fibres  being  less 
pressed,  enlarge  themselves,  and  admit  the  juices  con- 
veyed to  them  from  the  leaves:  these  juices  join  them- 
selves to  the  residue  of  that  which  had  arisen  in  the 
day-time,  and  the  whole  mass  tends  towards  the  roois. 

This  seems  to  be  exactly  the  mechanism  to  which  the 
motion  of  the  sap  may  be  reduced.  You  now  see, 
more  clearly,  the  design  of  the  direction  of  the  leaves, 
and  of  their  admirable  reverting ;  the  inferior  surface 
being  intended  for  imbibing  the  dew,  should  face  the 
earth,  from  whence  this  vapour  rises  gradually  at  sun- 
set. But  when  I  say  that  the  principal  office  of  this 
surface,  at  least  in  trees  and  shrubs,  is  to  receive  the 
dew,  I  would  not  infer  that  the  opposite  surface  is  inca- 
pable of  it ;  that  may,  perhaps,  absorb  vapours  that  are 
more  rare. 

Experiments  that  are  well  made,  seem  to  prove  that 
the  inferior  surface  of  the  leaves  or  trees  serve  likewise 
for  insensible  perspiration.  Those  leaves,  in  which  this 
surface  was  endued  with  a  matter  impenetrable  by 
water,  drew  in  and  transpired  much  less,  in  an  equal 
time,  and  with  the  same  management,  than  leaves  of  the 
rjame  size  and  likeness,  whose  inferior  surface  had  not 
been  endued  with  such  a  varnish.  It  seems  to  have  re- 
sulted from  the  same  experiments,  that  there  is  but 
little  perspiration  by  the  upper  surface ;»  we  may  thence 
infer,  that  one  of  its  principal  functions  is,  to  serve  for  a 
helter  or  defence  to  the  lower  surface :  and  that,  no 


116 

tloubt,  is  the  use  of  the  glossy  varnish  observable  on  the 
superior  surface*,  ail  which  agrees  with  the  almost  spon- 
taneous motions  and  directions  of  the  leaves,  and  with 
their  symmetrical  distribution  round  the  stalks  and 
branches. 

5.  The  plant  being  inclosed  in  miniature  within  the 
fruit  or  seed,  is  there  encompassed  with  a  quantity  of 
flour,  which,  after  being  diluted  by  the  water  that  has 
penetrated  the  inclosures,  ferments,  and  furnisl  cs  the 
germ  with  its  first  nourishment.  Being  moist  fried  by 
the  delicate  milk,  in  proportion  to  its  weakness,  it  grows 
from  day  to  day:  in  a  short  time  its  coverings  become 
incommodious ;  it  endeavours  to  divest  itself  of  them, 
and  pushes  forth  a  little  root,  which  proceeds  to  seek 
for  more  nourishing  juices  in  the  earth.  The  little 
stalk  appears  in  its  turn  :  as  it  is  destined  to  live  in  Uie 
air,  it  pierces  the  earth,  and  darts  perpendicularly  into 
the  aerial  fluid.  Sometimes  it  carries  along  with  it  the 
remains  of  the  teguments  that  had  enwrapped  it  in  the 
germ  state;  at  other  times,  it  is  accompanied  by  two 
leaves,  which  are  very  different  from  those  of  a  mature 
age :  these  are  the  seminal  leaves,  whose  principal  use 
is,  probably,  to  refine  the  sap. 

Though  it  is  divested  of  its  swaddling-clothes,  if  we 
jnay  so  term  them,  the  young  plant  is  not  at  full  liberty : 
it  is  not  in  a  condition  to  be  exposed  so  early  to  the 
impressions  of  the  air  and  sun.  All  the  parts  remain, 
for  a  short  time,  folded  together,  nearly  as  they  were  in 
the  seed;  but  the  root,  by  extending  and  ramifying  it- 
self more  and  more,  conveys  to  the  vessels  a  consider- 
able quantity  of  sap,  which  soon  opens  all  the  organs. 

At  its  first  appearance  the  plant  is  almost  gelatinous  : 
it  assumes,  by  little  and  little,  a  greater  degree  of  con- 
sistence by  the  incorporation  of  the  juices  which  flow  to 
it  from  all  parts.  That  part  of  the  stalk  next  the  root 
increases  in  bulk,  extends  itself,  and  hardens  first  of  all : 
as  the  hardening  augments,  the  extension  diminishes : 
at  length,  it  entirely  ceases  in  this  part,  and  continues 


117 

in  that  which  immediately  follows.     Such  is  the  nature 
of  the  progression  observed  in  the  whole  plant. 

IFbod,  whose  hardness  is  sometimes  equal  to  that  of 
stone,  is  formed  of  a  succession  of  concentric  layers, 
that  are  detached  every  year  from  the  inside  of  the  rind, 
and  harden  as  they  advance  in  age. 

6.  Vegetables  multiply  by  seeds,  shoots,  and  slips. 
The  -pistil  and  stamina  are,  to  plants,  what  the  organs 
of  generation  are  to  animals ;  the  former  incloses  the 
seed ;  the  fine  powder  of  the  latter  fecundates  it. 
Both  sexes  are  frequently  united  in  the  same  subject ; 
and  these  species  are  real  hermaphrodites:  others  bear 
the  pistil  on  one  branch,  and  the  stamina  on  another. 
A  third  sort  are  like  the  greater  part  of  animals,  distinct 
males  and  females :  the  former  afe  furnished  with  a 
pistil,  and  the  latter  with  a  stamina.  This  is  all  we 
know  with  regard  to  the  generation  of  plants. 

When  the  stamina  are  cut  off,  the  seed  remains  un- 
fruitful. The  same  thing  happens  when  any  one  that 
has  pistils,  has  not,  in  its  neighbourhood,  another  pro- 
vided with  stamina :  the  pistil  is  always  so  disposed  as 
to  be  able  to  receive  the  dust  of  the  stamina.  Its  top 
is  perforated  with  holes,  proportioned  to  the  diameter 
of  the  grains  of  this  dust,  and  its  inside  is  divided  into 
several  canals,  whose  diameter  diminishes  the  nearer  they 
approach  to  the  bottom :  at  the  base  of  the  pistil  the 
seed  is  deposited.  Every  grain  of  the  dust  of  the  sta- 
mina is  a  box,  wherein  floats,  in  a  kind  of  very  thin  va- 
pour, an  infinite  multitude  of  other  very  minute  grains  : 
this  box  opens  itself  to  the  moisture,  and  discharges  a 
small  mist  of  globules  or  grains. 

The  shrinking  of  the  trunks  indicates  that  the  COB- 
taining  globules  do  not  reach  to  the  bottom  of  the 
pistil ;  but  the  contained  globules,  or  grains,  are  set  at 
liberty  by  the  action  of  the  moisture  which  the  trunk 
imbibes,  which,  by  opening  the  little  box  that  incloses 
them,  permits  them,  by  this  means,  to  penetrate  to  the 
ovary, 


118 

7.  Vegetables  multiply  by  shoots.  They  push  forth 
from  the  circumference  of  their  root  several  succours, 
which  become  plants  themselves,  and  propagate  their 
species  in  like  manner :  the  branches  and  young  shoots 
may  likewise  be  considered  as  ingrafted  on  the  principal 
plant,  making  one  body  with  it.  The  germs,  which 'are 
dispersed  within  the  plant,  infold  themselves  (here  with- 
out any  sensible  fecundation,  and  reach  to  the  surface 
of  the  bark ;  they  appear  there  in  the  form  of  a  small 
oblong  and  rounded  body,  composed  of  several  parts, 
ranged  in  a  very  regular  manner,  and  shaped  like  tubes, 
shells,  &c.  This  little  body  is  the  lud,  v  hich,  like  the 
seed,  incloses  the  young  plant  under  several  coverings, 
all  the  parts  of  which  are  completed  with  abundance  of 
art. 

The  little  stalk  shoots  forth  a  similar  bud  at  its  upper 
extremity :  this  bud  opens,  and  produces  a  second 
stalk,  grafted  on  the  first,  which  it  lengthens.  This  new 
stalk  produces  a  third;  the  third  a  fourth,  and  so  on 
successively.  When  the  tree  has  attained  its  full  growth, 
it  is  composed  of  a  series  of  small  trees,  placed  end  to 
end.  It  is  the  same  with  respect  to  branches  and 
boughs,  all  having  one  and  the  same  life,  and  forming 
only  one  organical  whole. 

Bulbous  plants,  instead  of  young  shoots,  send  forth 
suckers.  The  bulb,  which  is  formed  of  several  mem- 
branes, or  coats,  placed  on  each  other,  contains,  in  like 
manner  as  the  seed  and  bud,  a  plant  in  miniature.  The 
sucker  is  a  small  bull)  that  shoots  out  on  the  sides  of 
the  principal  one,  and  .which  is  designed  to  succeed  or 
replace  it :  sometimes  this  replacing  i^  pfiiormed  with 
such  quickness  and  circumstances  as  art  very  surprising. 
Whilst  the  principal  bulb  is  wasting,  the  sucker  thickens 
and  spreads  itself,  and  in  a  short  time  becomes  the 
principal  bulb. 

\Ve  may  compare  this  bulb  to  a  species  of  earth,  that 
exhausts  itself  in  order  to  furnish  suitable  juices  to  the 
young  plant :  it  may  also  be  looked  upon  as  <.-.  placenta, 
that  filtres  and  prepares  the  nutritious  juice.  The  ituves 


119 

of  some  herbaceous  plart*  rical  masses,  that 

are.  pretty  con  d  see  MI  t  nn  t'ie    ffiee  of  a 

bulb.     The  head  of  a  cabbage  \  .^elf, 

in  order  to  contribute  to  the  u»<;oi  -  ><r  t,  Hu  ute 
stalk  it  contains.  Place  orre  of  thei-»-  ••  Hi;  a  >,ei 
full  of  water,  and  it  will  exhibit  to  you  the  sa^.  phei;o- 
mena  as  the  bulb  01  a  flower. 

8.  The  branches  that  bend  down  from  certain  trees 
to  the  earth,  take  root  there,  and  become  themselves 
young  trees.  Human  industry  carries  t-as  kind  of  mul- 
tiplication to  a  much  greater  extent.  By  mean;  thereof, 
a  single  branch  or  root,  divided  into  several  parts,  be- 
comes so  many  individual  plants.  What  do  I  say?  ft 
can  even  cause  a  tree  to  be  produced  from  the  smallest 
shred  of  a  leaf.  Such  is  the  multiplication  from  slips. 

The  organs  essential  to  life  being  dispersed  throughout 
the  whole  body  of  the  subject,  the  slip  that  is  detached 
from  it,  and  planted  in  the  earth,  is  of  itself  capable  of 
forming  new  productions  ;  it  has  every  thing  necessary 
for  the  unfolding  of  the  radicles  and  buds.  Thus  a 
single  leaf  takes  root,  and  vegetates  by  its  own  strength. 

There  is  another  kind  of  multiplication  that  is  very 
remarkable,  which  consists  in  planting  one  or  more  slips, 
not  in  the  earth,  but  iii  the  trunk  or  branches  of  a  living 
tree.  This  is  grafting  -}  the  first  idea  of  which  may 
perhaps  have  been  owing  to  the  accidental  union  of  two 
branches  or  two  fruits. 

The  next  cause  of  the  union  of  the  graft  with  its 
subject,  is  in  the  intercourse  of  the  sap-vessels  with  each 
other ;  and  this  intercourse  depends  ultimately  on  the 
relation  of  their  parts,  and  particularly  on  that  of  their 
consistence,  and  the  liquors  contained  in  them.  By  the 
assistance  of  a  graft  the  gardener  causes  the  wild  stock 
to  produce  the  finest  fruits;  he  gives  youth  to  trees,  and  ga- 
thers plums  from  the  almond  tree,  and  pears  from  the  ash. 
Filtrating,  and  the  preparation  of  the  juices  of  the  subject 
by  the  vessels  of  the  graft,  occasion  these  productions. 
The  roll  which  is  always  formed  at  the  insertion,  and  is 
2 


120 

composed  by  the  interweaving  of  a  prodigious  number 
of  fibres,  is  one  of  the  principal  instruments  of  these 
preparations.  The  more  or  less  perfect  analogy  of  the 
juices  proper  to  the  subject  with  those  that  are  peculiar 
to  the  graft,  favours  hi  a  greater  or  less  degree  the  un- 
folding ol  the  latter.  The  nearer  or  more  distant  rela- 
tion between  the  time  in  which  the  sap  in  the  subject 
continues,  and  that  in  which  the  graft  has  been  accus- 
tomed so  to  do,  contributes  likewise  more  or  less  to  the 
success  of  the  operation. 

9.  The  body  of  the  plant  is  in  a  continual  state  of  mo- 
tion. It  always  tends  to  produce,  either  the  bark,  a 
bud,  or  a  root.  Make  an  incision  in  a  tree  :  the  wound 
will  cicatrise.  A  greenish  roll  will  in  a  short  time  be 
seen  at  the  top  of  the  wound,  afterwards  on  the  sides, 
and  at  length  towards  the  bottom.  This  roll  is  a  new 
rind,  which  i&  about  to  cover  the  wood  again,  without 
uniting  to  it.  Observe  what  passes  with  respect  to  this  ; 
you  will  perceive  in  it  certain  distinct  and  glutinous  nip- 
ples, and  small  reddish  spots  dispersed  here  and  there, 
which  you  will  find  to  be  a  growing  bark.  A  matter 
that  is  parti)  transparent,  whitish,  and  mucilaginous,  will 
seem  to  raise  up  this  bark.  All  these  glutinous  sub- 
stances will  thicken,  increase  in  length,  and  become 
stronger,  and  in  a  little  time  what  was  at  first  of  a  gluey 
nature  will  be  herbaceous,  cortical,  and  ligneous.  The 
cicatrice  will  at  length  entirely  close  itself,  and  restore 
the  communication  between  all  the  vessels. 

The  w.Qod  does  not  only  differ  from  the  lark  by  its 
density,  but  it  has  likewise  organs  that  are  not  to  be 
met  with  in  the  latter.  It  seems  to  be  peculiarly  pos- 
sessed of  air-vessels.  When  a  new  rind  seems  to  con- 
vert itself  into  wood,  this  conversion  is  only  in  appear- 
ance. Nature  does  not  create  more  air-vessels  than  are 
suited  to  one  entire  plant.  f  But  a  multitude  of  fibres, 
that  are  destined  to  become  wood,  pre-exist  under  the 
new  rind,  and  unfold  themselves  with  it  and  by  it,  as  we 
see  the  butterfly  unfold  itself  in  and  by  the  caterpillar. 
Whilst  wood  is  nothing  more  than  a  mucilaginous  drop, 


121 

it  is  not  on  that  account  the  less  wood,  than  when,  be- 
ing transformed  into  a  pillar,  it  is  made  to  support  the 
enormous  weight  of  an  edifice. 

In  the  union  of  the  groff  with  its  subject,  we  likewise 
perceive  a  glutinous  substance  to.  spring  from  each  of 
them,  which  spreads,  ramifies,  and  is  formed  into  a  ball 
in  both,  becoming  by  degrees  herbaceous,  cortical,  lig- 
neous, and  composes  above  the  insertion  a  roll  which 
entirely  covers  it  So  that  the  whole  body  of  the  plant 
is  furnished  with  small  fibres  on  the  inside,  which  only 
wait  for  favourable  circumstances  to  display  themselves. 
These  circumstances  are  a  wound,  a«i  incision,  or  a  simple 
ligature.  These  fibres  are  the  elements  of  cortical  or 
ligneous  beds,  which  by  spreading  themselves  on  all 
sides,  furnish  the  necessary  repairs.  The  wound,  inci- 
sion, and  ligature,  occasioning  the  nutricious  juices  to 
flow  towards  these  invisible  fibres,  expand  them,  and 
render  them  perceptible  to  us. 

What  these  fibres  perform  in  the  regeneration  of  the 
bark  or  wood,  the  germs  effect  in  the  reproduction  of  a 
branch  or  young  shoot.  The  fibres  of  the  bark  or  wood 
do  not  unite  themselves  into  bunches,  in  order  to  com- 
pose a  lud  or  branch  in  miniature.  This  branch  is  al- 
ready completely  formed  in  its  germ  :  it  there  possesses 
the  elements  of  all  the  beds,  whether  cortical  or  ligne- 
ous, which  it  will  hereafter  exhibit  under  different  pro- 
portions. 


122 

CHAP.  VII. 

Of  Animal  Economy, 


HE  nerves,  which  extend  themselves  into  all 
parts  from  the  brain,  are  distinguished  into  several  prin- 
cipal divisions,  that  are  more  or  less  numerous,  or  more 
or  less  extended.  Each  division  reaches  to  the  part  for 
which  it  is  destined,  and  whose  structure  corresponds 
with  the  functions  appointed  for  it  to  exercise. 

Feeling,  sight,  hearing,  taste,  and  smell,  are  five 
kinds  of  senses,  which  contain  under  them  an  almost  in- 
finite number  of  species.  The  shaking  which  the  me- 
diate or  immediate  impression  of  objects  produces  on 
the  nerves,  give  birth  to  those  different  kinds  of  sensa- 
tions, which  may  all  be  reduced  to  feeling,  of  which 
they  are  properly  only  modifications.  The  organs  of 
the  senses  are  the  instruments  of  these  modifications. 
The  number,  extent,  and  delicacy  of  the  senses,  consti- 
tute the  degree  of  animal  perfection. 

The  nerves,  which  seem  to  resemble  the  strings  of  a 
musical  instrument,  are  not  stretched  like  them.  Some 
animals  are  endued  with  an  exquisite  sensation,  that  are 
themselves  little  otherwise  than  a  thick  jelly  ?  How  then 
can  we  admit  of  elastic  strings  in  this  jelly  ]  While  the 
fetus  is  altogether  gelatinous,  it  regulates  at  that  time 
its  members.  With  what  amazing  swiftness  then  must 
the  impressions  of  objects  communicate  themselves  to 
the  soul !  and  with  what  wonderful  celerity  must  the 
members  obey  the  will !  Thus  we  are  led  to  suppose  in 
the  nerves  a  very  subtle  and  elastic  fluid,  whose  mo- 
tions, being  analogous  to  those  of  light  or  electrical 


123 

fluid,  produce  all  the  phenomena  of  sight.  The  eni'm&i 
spirits  are  this  fluid,  which  the  brain  extracts  and  pre- 
pares, and  continually  conveys  into  the  nerves,  and  by 
the  nerves  into  all  parts,  which  it  nourishes,  moves,  and 
animates. 

2.  An  animal  had  in   vain  received  senses,  by  means 
of  which  it  can  distinguish    between  what  is  useful  or 
hurtful,  if  it  were  not  able  to  give  itself  any  motion  for 
the  attaining    the  one,  and   avoiding   the  other.     It    is 
therefore  furnished  with  organs  that  procure  to  it.  this 
faculty.     These  organs  are  the  musclesy  which  by  the  di- 
latation   and   contraction,  and  by  the  lengthening  and 
shortening  of  the  iibres  that  compose  them,    communi- 
cate to  all  parts  the  motions,  which  are   suited  to   the 
wants  of  the  animal. 

It  is  evident  from  experiments,  that  the  nerves  contri- 
bute to  the  exercise  of  the  muscles.  The  spirits  which 
they  disperse  therein,  insinuate  themselves  into  all  the 
vesicles,  dilate  them,  and  by  that  means  put  the  organ 
into  action. 

One  property  of  the  muscular  fibre  (whose  effects  ar£ 
diversified  a  thousand  ways,  the  cause  of  which  is  con- 
cealed from  us)  is  that,  by  virtue  whereof  it  contracts  it- 
self on  the  touch  of  any  body  either  solid  or  liquid* 
This  is  called  irratabifity.  By  means  of  this,  different 
parts  of  the  animal  continue  to  move,  after  they  have 
been  separated  from  the  entire  body  ;  and  the  heart 
when  detached  from  the  breast,  performs  a  number  of 
pulsations,  which  cease  as  soon  as  the  blood  in  the  cavity 
is  evacuated. 

3.  From  that  part  which  gives  admittance  to  the  food 
to  that  from  whence    issue  the  remains  of  the  grosser 
aliment,  there  is  one  continued  canal,  which  is  fonned, 
differently  in  different  parts  of  its  extent.     There  are 
three  principal  parts  distinguished  in  it,  the  tesopkagus, 
the  stomach,  and  the  intestines.     All  these  are  formed 
of  various  membranes    laid  on  each  other,    and  which 
are  themselves  composed    of  fibres  differently  interwo- 
ven.    The  muscles,  wherewith   one  or  several  of  these 

vol..  iv.  G 


es  ore  furnished,  impress  divers  motions  on  f!^ 
.organ,  the  principal  of  which,  called  the  peristaltic  mo 
tion,  braises  the  aliment,  and  forces  it    from    place  to 
rplace. 

The  cesophagus  receives  the  grosser  nourishnsent,  ;md 
transmits  it  to  ihe  stomach,  that  prepares  it:  it  after- 
wards passes  into  the  intestines,  where  it  undergoes  new 
preparations.  FPORI  thence  it  enters  into  some  very 
small  vessels,  that  convey  it  to  those  of  .circulatiorj, 
.where  it  assumes  the  name,  of  llond. 

Whilst  the  most  delicate  par!  of  the  aliment  is  subject 
to  all  these  preparations,  the  grosser  part  is  evacuated 
by  different  ways.  Sometimes  the  animal  discharges  it 
'.as  a  sediment',  sometimes,  being  transformed  into  a. 
•subtle  liquor,  it  is  carried  to  the  surface  of  the  skin  by 
an  infinite  number  of  very  fine  vessels,  whose  exterior 
apertures  are  sometimes  so  small,  that  a  grain  of  sand  is 
capable  of  covering  several  thousands  of  them. 

Other  vessels,  which,  like  them,  communicate  with 
the  surface  of  the  skin,  pump  in  the  vapours  that  float 
in. the  air,  and  convey  them  into  the  blood. 

4.  Circulation  is  that  perpetual  motion  by  which  the 
blood  is  conveyed  from  a  point  internally  to  the  extre- 
mities, and  flows  back  again  from  the  extremities  to  the 
same  point.  The  point  from  whence  the  blood  springs, 
is  called  the  heart.  It.  has  two  motions,  one  of  contrac- 
tion, or.  systole,  by  raeaus  of  ..which  it  forces  out  the 
blood  contained  in  its  cavity .;  -the  .other  of  dilatation, 
or  diastole,  by  which  it  receives  the  blood  again. 

Two  kinds  of  vessels  join  to  the  heart:  the  arteries, 
which  convey  the  blood  to  the  extremities:  and  th« 
veins,  which  carrj  it  back  from  the  extremities  io  the 
heart. 

The -arteries,  have,  like  the  heart,  .their  systole  and 
diastole,- aud  divide  and  subdivide  themselves,  as  do  the 
veins,  into  an  infinite  number  of  branches,  which  dimi- 
nish in  diameter  in  proportion  to  their  distance  from  their 
origin.  The  perpetual  motion  of  circulation  prevents 
the  corruption  and  extravasation,  of  the  nutritious  'fluid, 


rcct-if]  s  it  more  and  more,  ar.cl  disposes  it  insensibly  to 
renew  the  nature  of  the  aniniaL 

,5.  Respiration  comprehends  two  alternate  motions; 
one  of  inspiration,  \vhich  gives  admittance  to  the  air 
within  ;  the  oilier,  oi- expiration,  which,  expels  it,  tilled 
with  the  vupours  of  the  animal. 

The  lungs  are  the  principal  instrument  of  respiration. 
They  are  principally  formed  of  a  collection  of  cartila- 
ginous and  elastic  vessels,  which  after  being  divided  and 
sjibdi\ided  into  a  prodigious  number  of  branches?,  meet 
in  different  parts,  and  terminate  at  one  or  more  common 
trunks,  called  trachff?,  or  air-vessels,  whose  aperture  is 
on  the  reside  of  Hie  body.  The  ramification.;  of  the 
air-vessels  "are  connected  with  the-  vessels  of  circulation, 
•.and  accompany  them  in  their  pussage  through  the 
lungs. 

6.  The  blood  is  that  rich  fund  from  whence  nature 
derives  that  diversity  of  materials  she  employs  with  so 
much  art  in  the  const  ruetiOBsof  her  wonderful  edili<  e, 
T.h is,  as  it  goes  from  the  heart,  meet?,  here  and  there 
-on  its  passage,  with  certain  organical,  and  as  it  were 
knotted  ma>ses,  in  which  it  is  deprived  of  part  <v 
principles. 

We  f-:i:uiot  yet  penetrate  the  true  merli;imsro  of 
ereiivns  :  we  can  only  faintly  perceive-,  that  tlicv  ir.uy 
operate  by  a  gradual  diuiinurion  of  the  vessels  w'siefi 
j*roportiv.'ns  them  to  (he  sinailness  of  the  .parlirlcs  that 
•«re  to  be  separated.  They  may  likewise  bear  some 
ittiiiiity  to  the  configuration  of  these  particles,  and  favour 
-the  extraction  of  them  by  means  of  the  slackening  which 
their  folds  and  various  circumvolutions  occasion  to  the 
circulation.  Thus  it  is,  that  by  causing  the  aliment  to 
JHI^S  through  an  infinite  number  of  strainers,  nature  is 
enabled  to  assimilate  it  to  the  animal,  and  incorporate 
it  ii;to  his  ilesh.  This  is  then  neither  chyle  nor  blood; 
it  is  a  much  more  refined  liquor,  and  known  by  the 
va^ue  name  of  lymph. 

G  2 


126 

We  cannot  sufficiently  admire  the  prodigious  apparatus 
of  vessels  which  perform  the  secretions  of  different  kinds. 
The  kidneys,  the  liver,  the  pancreas,  &c.  are  labyrinths 
in  \vhich  the  most  consummate  anatomist  is  bewildered. 
We  can  only  discover  an  inconceivable  mass  of  white  tubes, 
of  an  extreme  minuteness,  folded  together  in  thousands 
of  different  ways,  which  do  not  admit  of  any  injection, 
through  adhering  to  the  blood-vessels,  and  being  placed 
end  to  end  by  imagination,  would  have  formed  a  chain 
of  several  leagues  in  length.  This  is  all  that:  art  has  dis- 
covered in  the  secretory  organs.  But  what  a  number  of 
interesting  particulars  do  these  minute,  hollow  eviinders 
contain,  which  have  escaped  our  notice  and  instruments  ! 
What  varieties  should  we  not  discover  in  their  ttruchire, 
functions,  and  exercise,  were  ue  permitted  to  descend  to 
the  bottom  of  this  abyss,  which  conceals  from  us  one  of 
the  greatest  mysteries  of  nature  !  All  the  animal  liquors 
are  more  or  less  mixed,  and  these  smn.ll  tubes  no  doubt 
sufficiently  diversify  themselves  to  separate  the  various 
mofecules  that  must  necessarily  enter  into  the  composi- 
tion of  every  liquor.  What  then  must  be  the  structure 
and  fineness  of  those  that  filtre  this  so  subtle  fluid,  coin- 
pared  to  ether  or  light,  whose  operations  are  diversi- 
fied almost  to  infinity  ! 

7.  If  we  knew  how  a  single  fibre  grows,  we  could 
tell  how  the  animal  grows  ;  for  his  whole  body  is  only 
an  assemblage  of  fibres  differently  formed  and  combined. 
Growth  always  operates  by-mitrition.  This  incorporates 
into  the  fibre  molecules  of  an  heterogeneous  nature, 
which  extend  in  every  part.  The  fibre  incorporates 
into  itself  the  heterogeneous  molecules,  according  to  its 
own  nature.  A  fibre  is  not  itself  composed  of  other 
fibres  :  these  of  still  other  fibres :  of  which  there  would  be 
no  end.  Br.t  the  fibres  is  formed  of  molecules  or  elements, 
M'liose  nature,  proportions,  and  arrangement,  respec- 
tively determine  the  species  of  the  frbre,  and  adapt  it  to 
such  or  such  a  function.  Thus  the  elements  of  the  fibre 
ultimately  effect  assimilation,  which,  by  uniting  with  the 
.nutritious  molecules,  that  have  an  affinity  with  then), 

e  them  at  the  same  time  an  arrangement  like  that 


127     , 

which  they  have  in  the  fibre.  The  extension  of  the  fibre 
supposes  that  its  elements  may  separate  more  or  less 
from  each  other;  hut  this  separation  hath  its  bound, 
and  these  bounds  are  those  of  the  growth.  In  propor- 
tion as  the  fibre  grows,  it  acquires  more  solidity;  for 
the  i] umber  of  incorporated  molecules  increase  every 
day,  since  it  only  grows  by  the  successive  incorporation 
of  molecules  of  a  foreign  nature.  The  more  the  solidity 
augments,  the  more  the  suppleness  diminishes.  There 
are  more  molecules,  more  coherence,  and  more  attrac- 
tion under  the  same  foldage.  The  fibre  then  tends  to 
a  state  of  hardness,  and  tiie  last  term  of  its  harden- 
ing is  the  last  term  of  its  growth.  When  therefore  the 
fibre  has  acquired  its  full  growth,  it  is  a  little  organized 
whole,  composed  of  its  elementary  molecules,  and  of  ail 
such  as  nutrition  has  incorporated  with  them  during  the 
time  of  their  growth.  If  then  we  could  separate  from 
the  fibre  all  those  molecules  which  it  has  assimulated, 
we  should  restore  it  to  its  primitive  state.  This  may 
be  applied  to  ail  organized  bodies.  They  are,  if  we  cliuse 
to  term  them  so,  net  work.  A  secret  force  .impels  the 
aliment  into  the  meshes.  It  increases  them  in  bulk, 
and  supplies  Inem  by  little  and  little.  It  likewise  insi- 
nuates itself  into  the  elements  of  the  solid  mass  itself.  The 
net-work  stretches,  thickens,  and  at  length  becomes  hard. 

8.  We  may  easily  comprehend,  that  all  the  parts  of 
an  animal  have  such  strict  and  indissoluble  connexions 
between  them,  that  they  must  necessarily  have  always 
co-existed  together.  The  arteries  imply  veins;  both  of 
the  e  imply  nerves;  the  latter  the  brain;  this  the  heart; 
and  all  of  them  suppose  a  multitude  of  other  organs. 

In  the  germ  of  a  chick  there  is  at  first  perceived  a 
vital  pointy  vthose  constant  motion  attracts  the  attention 
of  the  observer.  The  alternate  and  quick  contractions 
and  dilatation  of  the  living  point,  sufficiently  indicate- 
that  iris  the  heart.  Bat  this  heart  seems  to  be  without 
any  covering,  and  to  be  placed  on  the  outside  of  the 
body.  Instead  of  appearing  in.  the  form  of  a  minute- 
pyramidical  mass,  it  bears  the  resemblance  of  a.  serai-- 
G  3 


128 

t?rc?e.       The    other    viscera  appear  sncoessiveiyj    HUG 
'  rar.ge    themselves  after  eacli  other,    round  the  living* 

speck.     We  cannot  as  yet  discover. "any  ^eutnii  folding  ;, 

alils  tnu:s*<aunt  ov  3i«u*Jy  so;    and  we  aiilv  perceive  by. 

little  and  lit  tie  those  teguments  vv-hich  are   appointed  to, 

ccver  all  the  parts. 

In   its    first  beginnings  the,  ai^ma!  is  almost   entirely-,-- 

fluid.     It  assumes  by  degrees  the- consistence  of  a  je41y,-. 

-Ail  the  parts  have   at  that  time  situations,    forms,    and 

proper*  ions,  that  ilifter  gi\vi»tly  from  those,  they  will   at-. 

terwards ..  axqui;.e.       Their    minuteness/    softness,    and 

Iraii.spsn-iK'y,  Mive  to  strengthen  the  illusion.     We  per-. 

suade    ohisil\es  that  a    bowel   is   naked,    Inrcaiise  the- 

transparer«cy  of  its  coverings  prevents  our  seeing  them. 
"Would  you  have  a.   short  and  easy  demonstration  of 

this?  When  the  lungs  of  the  chick  are  first  pereeivable, 
their  size  is  but  the  thousandth  part  of  an  inch.  It 
\vouh  have  been  visible  at  the  fourth  part  of  these  di- 
mensions, were  it  not  endued  with  the  most  perfect 
transparency.  The  liver  is  much  greater  at  its  first  ap- 
pearance ;  iv  transparency  alone- renders  it  invisible.  It 
is  the  same  with  respect  to  the  kklme»;  whilst  they  do 
not  even  appear  to  exist,  they  separate  the.  urine.  The 
heart .-forces  the  blood  into  the  arteries  sooner  than  we 
could  imagine,  and  it  can  only  be  perceived  by  the 
growth  of  the  embryo,  which  is.  never  more  accelerated 
than  at  the  very  beginning. 

Many  other  facts  concur  with  these  to  establish  the- 
pre-existence  of  organical  wholes.  We  are-  now  sensi- 
ble thai  many  insects"  multiply,  like  plants,  by  slips.  We 
cut.  them  into  pieces,  and  eaeh  piece  regenerates, .and  be- 
comes a  perfect  animal.  Earth  worms  ara  ranked  ia 
the  number  of  those  insects  that  are  reproduced  from 
their  disjoined  parts  ;  and  being  very  large,  the  pheno- 
mena of  their  regeneration  is  very  perceptible.  The 
piece  thai  is  cut  off  never  acquires  any  growth;  it  al- 
ways remains  as  the  section  left  it;  only  it  mils  away  in  , 
a- greater  or  lesser  degree.  But  after  some  time  there 
appears. a. very  sroall  whitish  pimple  at  its  extremity, 
wlircii  increases  by  degrees  ia  bulk  and  length^  There:, 


are  soon  discovered  ring*,  which  are  at  'first  very'  5; 
and  very  close.  They  spread  themselves  insensibly  every  ' 
*.vay.  New  kings,  a  new  heart,  a  new  stomach,  disci  o  e 
themselves,  a:rd  \vilh  them  a  number  of  o;her  organs.' 
Tliis  piece,  winch  is  newly  produced,  is  extremely  slender, 
alid  altogether  disproportion^]  to  the  part  on  which  it 
grew.  We.  may  imagine  that  we  see  a  worm  gtowitfg, 
that  is'  ti  raited  at  the  end  of  this  stump,  endeaVonrisiij 
to  lengthen  it.  This  little  vermiform  appendage  fiflflMds 
itself  slowly.  At  length  it  equals  in  thick-ness  ilie  piece 
from  which  it  was  cut,  and  exceeds  it  in  length.  It  can 
no  longer  be  distinguished  from  it  but  by  its  colour, 
Which  is  somewhat  ilsujter. 

Mere  then  i.s  a  new  orpawcal  whole,  which  gr^'.v/.  ffotat 
an  ancient  one,  an'J  constitutes  the  same  body  ;  there  u 
an  animal  slip  that  grows,  and  expands  itself  on  the 
stump  of  an  animal,  as  a  vegetable-  slip  does  on  the 
trunk  of  a  tree.  Remark  -that  the  flesh  of  the  pifccfc  cut 
off  does  not  in  the  least  contribute  to  the  formation  of 
the  part  regenerated;  the  stump  only  nourishes  the' 
bud  ;  it  beinr  the  soil  in  which  the  latter  "vegetates, 
The  part  then  t;>  t  is  reproduced  passes  through  'all  the 
.degrees  of  growth,  by  which  the  \ent»re  animal  itself 
Irad  before  passed.  It  is  a  real  animal,  which  pre-ex- 
feted  in  a  very  minute  form  in  the  great  animal  that 
served  it  for  a  matrix. 

Vegetable  productions  exhibit  to  us-  the  same  con- 
sequences.  If  a  tree  be  topped,  that  does-not  lengthen 
the  Hunk  of  it  :  but  it  sends  forth  a*  multitude  of  buds, 
in  e  »ch  o!  which  a  little  tree  is  comprised;  for  the  bud 
or  branch  that  springs-  from  it  is  a  tree  that  is  grafted 
on  the  t'link  that  nourishes  it, 

Every  seed  in  like  manner  comprizes  a  plant  in  mina- 
ture,  On  every  sli«b*  inspection,  we  may  \  ry  easily  dis- 
cover the  siaJk,  \\  >M»d  root  of  this  littlfe-pl'anf  ;  bat 
the  curiosis  rr  -r,  and  distinguish,  in  a  bul- 

lions   r  ',  those  Cowers  that  do  not 


n    an    ov^ 

r  iiojii  that  wuicii* 


130 

it  will  afterwards  assume,  that  we  should  be  apt  to  mis- 
take it,  were  it  not  to  accompany  it  in  all  its  progress. 
Observehovv  tJie  parts  of  a  plant  are  folded  together, 
eutwined7  and  concentred  in  the  seed  or  bud.  Is  this 
that  majestic  tree  which  will  ere  long  overshadow  a 
large  space  of  ground  1  This  the  flower  that  will  so 
gracefully  display  itself?  This  the  fruit  that  will  as- 
sume such  a  regular  figure  ?  You  can  now  only  per- 
ceive an  unformed  mass  of  knotted  filaments  :  yet  this 
little  chaos  may  already  contain  in  it  a  world,  where  all 
is  organized  and  symmetrical. 

You  have  seen  frogs  in  their  first  state ;  they  appear 
afrtliat  time  to  consist  only  of  a  large  head  and  a  long 
tail :  such  is  the  chick  when  it  begins  to  expand  itself. 
A  very  slender  tail,  stretched  in  a  strait  line,  is  joined  to 
a  large  head  ;  and  the  tail  contains  all  the  rudiments  of 
the  composition  ;  nay,  is  the  very  composition  itself; 
and  the  transparent  fluid  in  which  it  floats,  constitutes 
the  whole  of  those  soft  parts  with  which  it  is  afterwards 
covered. 

The  same  revolutions,  therefore,  which  occasion  the 
heart  of  the  chick  to  be  transformed  from  its  semicircu- 
lar shape  of  that  of  a  pyramid,  bring  the  chick  itself  to 
a  state  of  perfection.  If  we  were  permitted  to  pene- 
tnitx-'  to  the  foundation  of  the  mechanism  whereby  these 
successive  changes  are  effected,  what  a  degree  of  cer- 
tainty would  our  knowledge  of  animal  economy  ac- 
quire? We  should  contemplate  in  an  egg,  the  mys- 
teries of  the  two  kingdoms,.  And  how  greatly  would 
our  admiration  of  that  ADORABLE  WISDOM  be  in- 
creasedi  which,  by  the  simplest  means,  ever  attains  the 
most  noble  ends  ? 

f).  Thus,  the  more  we  ascend  to  the  origin  of  or- 
ganized beings,  the  mere  we  "are  persuaded  (if  their 
having  pre-existed  before  their  first  appearance ;  not 
Such  as  they  first  appear  to  us,  but  disguised ;  and 
where  it  possible  for  us  to  trace  them  still  higher, 
we  should  undoubtedly  find  them  still  more  disguised, 
and  should  be  at  a- loss  to  conceive  how  they  could 


131 

afterwards  acquire  that  form  under    which    they  pre- 
sent themselves  to  our  view. 

We  can  then  form  no  idea  of  the  primitive  state 
of  organized  beings :  that  state  which  I  conceive  to 
be  given  them  by  the  hand  of  HIM  who  has  ordained 
all  things  from  the  begin niog. 

The  forms  of  vegetables  and  animals,  which  are  so 
elegantly  varied,  are  in  the  system  of  this  admirable 
preordination,  only  the  last  results  of  that  multitude  of 
successive  revolutions  they  have  been  liable  to,  and 
which  perhaps  commenced  at  their  first  creation.  How 
great  would  be  our  astonishment,  could  we  penetrate 
iii  to -these  depths  and  pry  into  the  abyss!  We  should 
there  discover  a  world  very  different  from  our's,  whose 
sirange  decorations  wanki  in?in;t  ly  embarrass  us.  The 
state  in  which  we  conceive  all  organized  bodies  to  have 
been  at  first  is  the  germ  state ;  and  the  germ  con- 
tains, in  minature,  all  the  parts  of  the  future  animal 
or  vegetable;  it  does  not  then  acquire  organs  which  it 
had  not  before ;  but  those  organs  which  did  not 
hitherto  appear,  begin  now  to  be  visible.  We  do  not 
know  the  utmost  limits  of  the  division  of  matter,  but 
we  see  that  it  has  been  divided  in  a  prodigious  de- 
gree :  from  the  elephant  to  the  mite,  from  the  globe 
of  the  sun  to  a  globule  of  light,  what  an  incon- 
ceivable multitude  of  intermediate  degrees  are  there!' 
This  animalcule  enjoys  the  light,  it  penetrates  into  its 
eye,  it  there  tracts  the  image  of  objects:  how  ex- 
tremely minute  must  this  image  be!  and  how  muclt 
more  minute  must  that  of  a  globule  of  light  be,  when: 
several  thousands,  and  perhaps  millions,  enter  at  the- 
same  time  into  this  eye  !  But  great  and  small  are  no- 
thing in  themselves,  and  have  no  reality  but  in  our  ima- 
gination. It  is  possible  that  ail  the  germs  of  the  same-* 
kind  were  originally  joined  or  linked  into  eadi  other,, 
and  that,  they  are  only  unfolded  from  generation  to- 
generation,  according  to  that  progression  which  geonie-- 
try  endeavours  to  assign  them. 

10.  A  barren  fgg  has  a  yolk  as  well  as  a- fruitful  egg.;. 


and  a  ray  of  light  has  lately  sprung  which  has  grealrV 
brightened  the  shades  in  which  the  mystery  of  genera- 
tion is  yet  involved. 

Bestow  your  whole  attention  on  ~this,   you  will  tliea 
discover  an  important  truth-.     A'  membrane  clothes  the  " 
inside  of  the  yoik  of  an  egg  ;  and  this  membrane,  which  " 
is  only  a  continuation  of  that  which  clothes  the   slender 
intestine    of  tne    chick,   is   coinwoir  to   the    stomach, 
pharynx,    mouth,  skin,  and  epidermis/    Another   mem- 
brane enfolds  the  yolk  externally,   and   this  -membrane  ' 
is  only  a  continuation  of  that  which  covers  the  intestine, 
it  unites  wil*Vthe' mesentery  and  peritoneum.     The  ar- 
teries and -veins  that    gently    move  in   the.  eg<r,    derive 
their  origin  from   the  mesenteric  arteries   and    veins  of 
the    embryo.      The     bldod     which-    circulates   in     the 
yolk  receives    the    principle    of    its  motion  from    the 
heart, 

The.  yoik  then   is  essentially  a  dependance  of  the   in- 
testines of  the  embryo,  and  together  with  that  composes  < 
one  and  the  same  organized  whole  ;    so   that  at  its  pri-  - 
mary  period,  it  is  in  some  measure  an   animal  with  two 
bodies  :     the  head,   trunk;  and  extremities  compose  one 
of  these  bodies;  the  intestines  and  yolk -the  other.     At 
the  end  of  the  incubation  the   second    body    connects  - 
\vjth  the  first,  .and  both  toge4her  form  only  one. 

But  since  the  yolk  .exists  in  eggs  that   have  not  been 
fecundated,  it  necessarily  follows  that  the  germ  existed 
before  fecundation.     This  consequence  is  self-evident  : 
you  have  lately  seen  thai  the  yolk  is  an  -essential  part  of 
the  chick  ;    you  have  observed  the  strict  communication  * 
between  them.     The  chick  then  has  never  existed  with-  - 
cut  it.     The  membranes  and  vessels  of  the  former  are 
only    a  continuation   of  the   membranes  and  vessels  of 
the  latter.     And    what  a  number  of  other  things  are 
there  which  are  common  to  both,  and  which  prove  tlmt 
they  have  never  existed  separately  !  The  chick  was  then  > 
entire  in  the  egg  before  fecundation.   It  does  not,  there- 
fore, owe  its  origin  to  the  liquor  furnished  by  the  cock, 
but  was  stretched  in  minature  in  the  egg  previous  to  it. 
Coastquently,  the   germ   belongs  solely  to  the  female. 


m 

S-VIi  is  the  grand  conclusion  which  immediately  flows 
from  facts. 

11.  The  yolk  has  its  liquors,  which  are  conveyed  to  it  I 
by  tlie  arteries  belonging  to  it :  they  circulate,  and 
without  veins  there  -is  no  circulation.  But  the  arteries 
and  veins  of  the  yoik  take • -their  origin  from  the  mesen- 
teric  arteries  and  veins  of  the  fetus  :  the  heart  .of  this 
latter,  therefore,  is'  the  principle  of  thai  circulation 
which  is  performed  in  the  yolk.  At  the  time  of  fecun- 
dation the  feius  does  not  weigh  the  hundredth  part  of 
a  grain  :  the  vorkyat  that  time,  weighs  a  dram  ;  it  has 
vessels  proportioned  to  its  size.  Now  if  the  germ  ex- 
isted entire  before  fecundation,  that  which  we  stile  ge- 
neration is  not  the  same  thing  with  it,  but  is  only  the 
beginning  of  an  evolutim,  which  will,  by  degrees,  bring 
to  open  day  such  parts  as  were  before  hid  in  impenetra- 
ble darkness. 

But  the  germ  cannot  be-  u».) folded  in  an  egg  which 
has  not  been  fecundated,  and  incubation  would  only 
accellerafc  its  eruption.  What  does  it  then  want  to 
enable  it  to  continue  to  grow  1  It  has  all*  the  organs 
necessary  for  evolution.  It  has-  even  already  attained  • 
to  a  certain  degree  of  growth,  for  eggs  grow  in  young 
pulk-ts ;  their  ovaries  contain  them  of  all  sizes:  the 
germ  grows  there  likewise.  Why  cannot  it  .enfold  itself 
more  than  it  does  1  What  secret  force  retains  it  within 
the  limits  of  invisibility  ? 

Growth  depends  on  the  impulsion  of  the  heart:  a 
greater  degree  of  growth  depends  on  a  greater  impul- 
sion. This  degree  of  impulsion,  consequently,  is  want- 
ing in  the  'heart'  of  the  germ  that  has  not  be e^  fe- 
cundated. 

This   demonstrates  a  certain  resistance  'in  the  parts 
of  the  germ :     as    it    grows    this    resistance  augments ' 
in  proportion.     Some    resist    more    than  others;    th& 
berry  parts,  or  such  as  will  hereafter  become  so,  more" 
than  the  membranous,  or  those  that  always  must .  ive- 
m&iii  so. 

The  heart  of  the  germ  then  liaifo  need  of  a  deter- 
ft  6- 


134 

tmnate  strength  to  surmount  this  resistance :  its  strength 
is  in  its  irritability,  or  in  the  power  it  has  of  contracting 
itself  on  the  touch  of  some  liquid.  Wherefore  to  aug- 
ment the  irritability  of  the  heart,  is  to  augment  its  im- 
putaive  force. 

Fecundation,  without  doubt,  increases  this  force,  and 
that  can  alone  increase  it,  since  it  is  only  by  the  inter- 
vention of  it  that  the  germ  passes  over  the  narrow  limits 
that  it  retained  in  its  first  state. 

19.  The  fecundating  liquor  then  is  a  true  stimulus, 
•which  being  conveyed  to  the  heart  of  the  i*erm,  excites 
it  in  a  powerful  manner,  and  communicates  to  it  a  new 
activity.  Herein  consists  what  we  may  call  conception. 
Motion  being  once  impressed  on  the  little  moving  body, 
is  there  preserved  solely  by  the  energy  of  its  admirable 
mechanism. 

But  it  is  not  sufficient  that  the  heart  should  acquire  a 
force  sufficient  to  surmount  the  resistance  of  solids  y 
it  is  like  wise  necessary  that  the  fluid  which  it  conveys 
to  them,  and  winch  should  nourish  them,  be  propor- 
tionable to  the  exceeding  fineness  of  the  vessels.  Such 
a  blood  as  ours  would  not  circulate  in  them.  The  blood 
of  the  embryo  is  at  tirst  a  w'rtish  liquor,  it  grows  yellow 
by  degrees,  and  afterwards  red.  The  more  the  impul- 
sion of  the  heart  dilates,  the  vessels,  the  more  gross,  he- 
terogeneous, and  colouring  particles  they  admit, 

The  proliiic  liquor  then  is  not  a  mere  stimulus  but  is 
likewise  a  nutricious  fluid,  appropriated  to  the  extreme 
delicacy  of  the  germ  :  it  has  already  discharged  the 
functions  of  a  nutritious  fluid  in  the  fecundating  indivi- 
dual*^ has  caused  its  comb,  spurs,  &c.  to  grow  and  give 
strength  to  all  his  parts. 

Being  conveyed  by  the  arteries  to  all  the  parts,  it 
unites  itself  to  'he  nature  of  each.  From  i hence  pro- 
ceeds growth)  which  we  do  riot  pay  a  sufficient  at- 
tention to. 

It  is  not  lotig  before  the  chick  loses  the  first  foritu 
Wings,  thighs,  legs,  and  feet,  spring  out  from  its  long 
tail:  every  thing  is  formed  and  disposed  oa  u  new 


135 

model.  The  little  animal,  which  before  was  stretched 
out  in  a  strait  line,  becomes  more  and  more  curved. 
If  is  successively  clothed  with  muscles,  tendons,  flesh, 
and  feathers,  and  in  eighteen  or  twenty  days  is  a 
perfect  chick, 

13.  If  the  chick  pre-existed  in  the  hen,  it  is  probable 
the  horse  pit-existed  in  the  mare.  This  would  be 
more  than  probable,  if  it  could  be  demonstrated  that 
the  young  of  viviparous  animals  are  enclosed  in  eggs, 
and  that  ail  the  difference  between  viviparous  and  ovi- 
parous may  be  reduced  to  this,  that  the  former  are 
hatched  in  the  belly  of  their  mother,  and  the  latter 
alter  their  issuing  i'rom  it. 

On  the  two  sides  of  viviparous  females  there  is  a 
body  resembling  a  bunch  of  grapes,  whose  berries  are 
bladders  full  of  a  limpid  liquor  :  these  are  the  ovaries  ; 
they  comnmn  cate  with  the  matrix  by  two  canals,  which 
they  call  tubes.  The  prolific  "liquor  penetrates  into  the 
matrix,  and  passes  through  the  tubes  into  the  ovaries, 
Thus  fecundation  is  yerfonned.  Fetus's  have  more 
than  once  been  found  iii  (he  ovaries  i  I  self.  Nay  more, 
there  has  IK  en  found  in  a  vesicle  of  the  ovary  a  com- 
plete fetus  sketched  iti  miniature. 

The  vesicles  of  the  ovary  are  real  eggs,  which,  after 
fecundation,  descend  through  the  tubes  into  the  matrix, 
and  are.  there  in  some  measure  brooded  on.  In  a- short 
time  they  send  forth  small  roots,  which-  convey  the  nour- 
ishment to  the  embryo.  The  suppleness  of  their  mem- 
branes admits  of  their  extending  and  making  way  for 
the  growth  of  the  little  animal.  It  is  true,  the  growing 
of  eggs  is  not  familiar  to  us;  but  the  history  of  insecfs 
furnishes  us  with  many  examples  of  it.  It  even  ex- 
hibits to  us  insects  that  are  at  one  time  viviparous,  nil 
another  oviparous.  The  young  were  in  that  case  at 
first  lodged  in  e*r?s  ;  sometimes  the  mother  lays  her 
eggs,,  and  at  another  brings  forth  living  young  ones, 
which  were  hatched  from  these  eggs  whilst  they  were 
yet  in  the  matrix. 

It  is  therefore  the  same  with  respect  to  the  vesicles  of 


130- 

.&e  ovary,  as  the  eggs  of  the  hen,  a  0erm  pre-exists  in* 
them,  but  its  transparency  conceal^  ii  iiom  us,  fecunda- 
lion  renders  it  visible, 

14,  But  if  an  ass  cover  a  mare,    there  will  be  pro-  - 
cFiiced  from  this  commerce  an  animal  that  will  not  pro- 
perly be  a  horse,  but*  a   mule.      Nevertheless,  a   horse 
was  delineated  in  miniature-in  the  egg  of  a  mare  :    how 
then  was  it  transformed  into  a  mule?'"  Whence  did  it 
acquire    these  long    ears  and  slender  tail,    so  different* 
ircm  those  of  the  horse?     Dissection  increases  the  dif- 
ficulty: tiiat  informs  us  that  this  kind  of  transformation 
doe.s  riot  only  afrct  the  exterior  part  of  the  animal,  but 
the   interior    li-  evvise.     The    voice  of  the  mule  is  very 
l]ke  that  of  the  a-s,  and   does  not  at   ail   resen>bie  the 
weighing  of  a  horse.     The  org;  n  of  the  ass's  voice  is  an  • 
instrument   that  is  very  much  compounded.     A  drum,  , 
of  a  singular  structure,    lodged  \\ivhin  the  larynx,  is  the 
principal  part   of  this  instrument:    this  drum  does  not 
exist  in  the  horse,  but  is  found  in  the  mule. 

The  liquor  furnished   by  the  male  consequently  pene- 
trates the    germ,    since    it -there*  produces  such    great 
changes :  but  these  relations  of  the  prolific  liquor  to4  the 
male  that  furnishes  it,  must  necessarily  depend   on  the  - 
organs  that  prepare  it. 

There   are  then  in -these  organs  vessels  that  separate  * 
the  nu)  It-cities  relative    to    different  parts   of  the   great 
\vhole  :  these  molecules  are  carried  to  the  correspond- 
ing  parts  of  the  germ,  since  these  parts  are  modified  by 
the  action  of  the  prolific   liquor.     Therefore,   it  incor- 
porates itself  with  the  germ,  and  is  the  first  aliment  of  ••» 
it,  as  I  said  above. 

The  organs  of  generation  in  the  ass  have  then  a  re- 
lation to  liis  ears  a?*d  larynx  ;  for  they  prepare  a  liquor 
which  .modifies  the  ears  and  larynx  of  the  little  horse  - 
enclosed  in  the  egg.  The  prolific  liquor  creates  lio- 
thing,  l>ut  it  may  change  what  already  exists :  it  does 
not  engender  the  chick,-  which  existed  before  fe- 
cundation. 


137' 

Grrmth  depends  on  nutrition,  the  latter  on  incor- 
poration:  at  the  same  time  that  a  part  grows  it  acquires 
solidity.  An  excess  of  growth  in  a  part,  then,  supposes 
a  super-abundance  of  mitricious  juices,  or  such  as  are 
more  active.  The  excessive  growth  which  the  ears  of 
the  horse  acquire  by  the  influence  of  the  liquor  of  the  s 
ass,  indicates  that  this  liquor  contains  more  mole- 
cules, appropriated  to  the  unfolding  of  the.  ears,,  than* 
that  of  the  horse,  or  that  the  molecules  of  the- firsUare 
more  active  than  those  of  the  second. 

The  extreme  softness",  I  should  rather  soy  fluidity,  of 
the  germ,  renders  every  part  of  it  extremely  modifiable. 
Those  changes  which  you  cannot  conceive  in  an  adult, 
depend  here  on  the  slightest  causes. 

Bu  if  the  fecundating  liquor  modifies  the  gernv  this 
latter,  in  its  turn,  modifies  the  action  of  that  liquor. 
By  virtue  of  its  organization  it  tends  to  preserve  its  pri- 
mitive slate,  resists  more  or  less  every  new  arrangement, 
and  never  gives -way  \\ithout  always  retaining  something., 
of  its  primitive  form. 

15*  Every  crganical  production,  which  has  more  or* 
less  parts  than  the  species  requires,  or  constructed  other- 
wise, is  a  monster.     The  mule,  which  doth  not  engender, 
is  tiierefore  a  monster. 

The  object  of  enquiry  in  a  celebrated  dispute  was, 
whether  certain  moriilers  were- siu>h  originally  or  by 
accident  9 

It  is  evident,   that  the  mule  is  not  a  monster/?  em  its  • 
origin.     Monster*  do   not  exhibit   so  much    constancy 
and  uniformity.     Does   an  egg   ef  uhich   the   mule  is 
formed  oiler  itself  in  the  ovary  of  the  mare,  just  at  the^ 
instant  in  which  the  ass  fecundates  it? 

Two  branches,  fruits  or  leaves,  graft  themselves  acci- 
dentally, and  afterwards  compose  but  one  and  the  same 
\vhole.  Art  performs  other  more  extraordinary  engrart- 
iugs,  in  all  of  which  there  is  nothing  originally  monstrous. 

That  which  happens  between  two  fruits  that  ingraft 
themselves,  or  are  ingrafted  by  foree>  may  happen  in  the 
matrix  between  two  eggs,  or  ia  an  egg  between  two 

3 


138 

germs.  Two  fetus's  that  are  united  only  by  the  spin?, 
perfectly  resemble  two  fruits  that  are  grafted  ly  con- 
tact. An  egg  sometimes  contains  two  solks,  conse- 
quently it  then  contains  two  germs.  How  easy  a  matter 
is  it  for  tiiem  to  engraft  themselves  together  as- they 
unfold  !  We  have  seen  a  chicken  with  four  feet,  which 
undoubtedly  proceeded  from  a  like  union.  The  germs, 
which  are  first  fiuid,  and  for  a  considerable  time  gela- 
tinous, are  very  penetrable.  If  they  come  in  contact 
they  will  mix  together  in  part.  Similar  organ?,  which 
at  least  half  penetrate  each  other,  will  subsist  in  tlie 
other  moiety.  We  see  clearly  this  reciprocal  penetra- 
tion in  a  human  fetus  having  two  heads  on  a  single 
body.  This  monster  was  evidently  formed  of  two  moie* 
ties  of  the  fetus  connected  together. 

If  their  gelatinous  state  renders  germs  very  penetrable, 
it  favours  with  much  greater  reasoii  their  union  by  .graft- 
ing, or  that  of  some  parts  to  each  other,  either  of  the 
same  germ,  or  two  or  more  germs.  The  graft  is  united 
to-  its  subject  only  by  gelatinous,  or  at  least  by  herba- 
ceous fibres  :  such  fibres  are  proper  for  forming  new 
productions,  and  for  connecting  and  intermingling  to- 
gether. Two  polypus's  unite  together  much  more 
easily  than  two  rinds :  they  are  abundantly  softer. 

Ifj-.  Accidental  grafts  may  give  birth  to  monsters, 
which  we  should  term  inexplicable,  by  this  principle ; 
but  you  have  not  forgot  that  all  organical  parts  have 
forms  and  situations  in  the  germ  which  differ  prodigi- 
ously from  those  they  will  Lave  in  the  unfolded  fetus, 
Recall  to  mind  the  e/iick  in  its  first  form,  its  heait 
in  that  of  a  simi-circie,  and  you  will  comprehend  that 
those  conjunctions,  which  appear  impossible  to  you  in 
the  fetus,  may  be  easily  effected  in  the  germ. 

The  analogy  of  parts  likewise  favors  their  union: 
this  analogy  results  from  that  of  the  elements.  Two 
membranes  are  more- disposed  to  unite  than  a  mem- 
brane and  a  bone,  and  similar  parts  of  the  same  organ 
than,  parts  of  different  orgaua. 


139 

Lastly,  evolution  is  not  uniform  in  all  parts  of  the 
genii,  they  grow  unequally,  and  this  inequality  of 
growth  may  influence  the  effects  of  contact,  pressure, 
adhesion,  &c.  Thus,  a  monster  that  is  produced  with 
superfluous  members,  may  derive  them  from  a  germ 
that  has  perisli-ed,  and  of  which  only  these  members  re- 
mained. We  plainly  see  how  many  causes  may  destroy 
such,  or  such  a  part,  and  produce  a  monster  ly  defect. 

But  all  monsters,  ly  excess,  might  not  owe  their 
origin  to  the  union  of  two  germs.  Certain  parts  may 
grow  excessively  by  the  concurrence  of  particular  cir- 
cumstances, and  augment  the  number  of  similar  parts  in 
the  same  individual.  A  subject  with  twenty-six  ribs  is 
really  a  monster  by  excess.  It  has  been  proved  that 
supernumerary  ribs  are  entirely  owing  to  the  unnatural 
developement  of  a  bony  appendage  of  the  transverse 
apothysis  of  one  of  the  vertebrae.  The  causes  which 
operate  in  the  like  unfoldings,  act  nearly  as  the  liquor 
of  the  ass  on  the  ears  and  larynx  of  the  horse. 

As  supernumerary  ribs  unfold  themselves,  so  two  or 
three  ribs  unite  themselves  into  a  single  one,  and  these 
kind  of  cases  are  not  rare,  either  in  the  vegetable  or 
animal  kingdom.  Such  parts  as  almost  touch  each 
other,  are  very  apt  to  unite  :  two  drops  of  jelly,  and  of 
the  same  jelly,  unite  very  easily. 

17.  The  principles  I  have  laid  down  concerning  the 
generation  of  animals,  are  likewise  applicable  to  that 
of  plants.  What  the  prolific  liquor  is  to  the  former,  the 
dust  of  the  stamina  is  to  the  latter.  There  is  a  wonder- 
ful analogy  betwixt  these  two  classes  of  organized 
bodies.  The  seed,  which  so  nearly  resembles  the  egg, 
does  therefore,  in  all  probability,  contain  a  gerra,  which 
existed  in  an  invisible  manner  before  fecundation,  which 
makes  it  sensible  to  us.  It  appears  first  of  all  like  a 
greenish  or  yellowish  speck.  It  has  been  thought  that 
a  grain  of  the  stamina  dust  has  been  perceived  in  this 
speck  :  the  germs  have  on  this  account  bees  placed  in 
this  dust,  and  introduced  themselves  into  the  seeds, 
which  were  destined  to  receive  and  nourish  them.  But 


«tm  we  di  cover  the  germ  in  the  egg  before  fecitn<ia- 
tio  n  ?  Notwithstanding  v,  Inch,  it  pre-exists  there:  it  is 
highly  probable  that  it  likewise  pre-erdsts  in  the  seed, 
and  that  its  minuteness,  together  with  the  transparency- 
i>f  its  part;-,  conceals  it  from  our  sight.  Will  a  philoso- 
pher argue,  that  because  a  tiling  is  invisible  tons,  it.  does- 
not  therefore  exibtr I 

18.  An  exact  observer  lias  taken  a  good  method  to 
clear  up  the  mystery  of  the  generation  of  plants ;  he-* 
considered  what  has  resulted  from  tlie  fecundation  of' 
divers  species  by  the  dust  of  different  specie* ;  lie  has 
seen  -mules  that  huve  been  \vell  described  proceed  front 
it :  these  uiuk'ia,  when  coi^tiiifd  wkh  other  ^n-des,  have 
produced  new  ones  j.  the  resemblances  have  always 
been  in  a  direct  proportion  to  \becktsti  the  changes 
and  alterations  have  always  been  sensible:  tlu  ft  male 
has  had  some  superiority,  The  privilege  of  fecundity 
has  adhered  mor^  exactly  to  what  came  from  her  than  to> 
that  which  proceeded  from  the  mule,  Do  not  these 
curious  observations  themselves  indicate,  that  m  vegeta- 
bles, as  well  as  in  animals,  the  genu  origioallj  belongs 
the 


I'll 


CHAP.  VI11 

animal  Economy,  considered,  in 


1^ 
HE  sketch  I  have  lately  drawn  of  animal  ece* 
nomy,  affords  a  slight  idea  of  what  constitutes  the  es- 
sence  of  life  in  most  animals.  We  shall  now  treat  of 
the  principal  varieties  which  the  organization  of  different 
species  presents  us  with.  Insects,  hitherto  little  known, 
exhibit  some  singularities  in  this  very  respect,  to  which 
we  shall  confine  ourselves  byway  of  preference,  in  order 
to  avoid  such,  details  as  might  carry  us  to  too  great  a, 
length. 

We  have  already  seen,  in  some  measure,  the  different 
parts  contained  in  the  composition  of  these  little  ma* 
chines  :  we  will  now  contemplate  their  exercise  aad  va~ 
rious  effect*. 

2.  The  mechanism  of  respiration  is  very  obscure  in 
ifisects :  we  only  know,  that  in  them  it  differs  greatly 
from  that  in  those  animals  which  are  nu>st  known  to  us. 
But  we  judge  with  greater  certainty  concerning  this  di£- 
ference  by  the  comparison  of  the  organs,  than  by  that 
of  their  exercise.  When  a  drop  of  greasy  liquor  is  up- 
plied  to  one,  or  several  stigmata  of  ar*  insect,  tiie  cor- 
responding parts  become  paralytic  :  the  interception  of 
tiic  air  in  one  part  is  followed  by  that  of  liquors,  or 
spirits.  When  we  stop  up  all  the  stigmata,  the  insect 
dres  immediately  :  if  we  afterwards  open  them,  we  sljaH 
I  arc ei Ye  the  inside  to  xevive.  The  air  which  then 


142 

trates   the  open  orifices  of  the  trachse,  evidently  pro- 
duces this  kind  of  resurrection. 

The  trachae,  or  air-vessels,  are  divided  and  sub-di- 
vided in  a  prodigious  degree.  May  they  not  resemble 
'so  many  sieves,  which,  by  separations  suitably  contrived, 
are  capable  of  furnishing  to1  each  part  an  air  of  a  more 
or  less  subtle  nature,  as  occasion  requires  ]  There  are 
commonly  reckoned  to  be  nine  stigmata  on  each  side  t>f 
the  body;  but  sometimes  they  ave  more  in  number,  at 
others,  fewer.  The  same  insect  has  some  that  are  of 
greater  or  less 'importance  to  it,  or  whose  functions  are 
more  or  less  necessary.  In  several  species,  the  principal 
stigmata  are  placed  behind ;  i»  others,  at  the  head  :  in- 
stead of  stigmata,  they  are  pretty  frequently  observed 
to  have  little  tubes  of  different  lengths. 

3.  The  circulation  of  the  blood  is  performed  in  insects 
with  great  regularity.  We  trace  it  Iry  our  sight :  in  some 
species  of  loi'g  and  transparent  worm>,  we- may  see  the 
heart,  or  principal  artery,  contract  and  dilate  itself  suc- 
cessively in  every  part  of  its  extent.  H  seems  to  be 
composed  of  a  great  number  of  little  hear-,  placed  end 
to  end,  that  transmit  the  blood  to  each  other. 

We  are  yet  ignorant  in  what  manner  the  blood  is  con- 
veyed into  the  grand  aitery  :  its  principal  ramifications, 
and  the  canals  analogous  to  veins,  a; e.  equally  unknown. 
We  are  only  certain,  that  in  many  species,  for  the  most 
part  of  the  creeping  sort,  the  principle  of  circulation  is 
towards  the  hinder  part ;  whereas,  in  others,  it  is  to- 
wards the  head.  It  is  very  probable,  that  the  grand 
artery  shoots  forth  from  both  sides  of  it,  several  branches 
that  are  invisible,  by  reason  of  their  extreme  fineness  or 
transparency,  and  that  distribute  the  b!<;od  to  every 
part :  other  branches  are,  without  doubt,  connected  w  itk 
them,  and  conduct  the  residue  of  the  blood  to  the  prin- 
cipal trunk  <  f  veins,  which  is  imagined  to  be  perceived, 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Least.  The  blood  of  insects 
is  a  subtle  liquor,  transparent,  commonly  without  co'- 
lour;  and  though  it  be  not  hi  the  least  inflammable* 


143 

resists,  in  some  species,  a  degree  of  cold  superior  lo  that 
of  our  severest  winters. 

4.  The  organs  of  generation,  in  most  insects,  are 
placed  at  the  extremity  of  the  belly:  that  which  cha- 
racterizes the  male,  consists  principally  of  one  or  t\ve 
species  offleshy  horns,  which  are  turned  different  ways, 
and  are  generally  drawn  within  the  body,  but  emitted 
from  thence  at  the  pleasure  of  the  insect.  The  hind 
part  of  divers  males  is  also  furnished  with  hooks,  by 
means  of  which  they  fasten  on  that  of  the  females: 
in  the  interior  part  are  lodged  different  vessels,  which 
are  connected  with  the  principal  organ  of  generation, 
and  separate  the  fecundating  liquor  from  the  mass  of 
blood  :  at  the  oiid  of  the  aperture  formed  in  t\\efem,ale, 
there  is  joined  a  kind  of  canal,  which,  in  many  insects, 
sends  forth  several  branches,  called  tubes  or  ovaries. 
These  are  species  of  very  fine  intestines,  in  which  the 
eggs  are  ranged  in  a  row,  almost  like  the  beads  of  a 
chaplet. 

The  eggs  nearest  the  aperture  are  the  largest,  or  in 
a  more  advanced  state.  They  gradually  diminish  ac- 
cording to  their  dislance :  at  length  they  become  alto- 
gether invisible. 

In  the  common  passage,  where  the  ovaries  terminate, 
there  is  inserted,  in  some  species,  a  very  short  canal, 
which  commimicates  with  an  oblong  cavity,  that  is  con- 
sidered as  analogous  to  the  matrix  :  in  this  cavity  the 
liquor  of  the  male  is  deposited. 

Amongst  viviparous  animals  the  economy  of  the 
tubes  changes.  Sometimes  the  young  are  ranged  in 
bunches;  at  others,  they  form  a  kind  of  cord,  twisted 
spirally,  whose  length,  width,  and  thickness,  exactly 
correspond  in  number  to  the  length  and  thickness  of 
the  young  that  compose  it.  The  young  of  some  vivi- 
parous insects,  before  they  are  brought  forth,  tear  the 
membrane  or  ovary  that  incloses  them  ;  they  are,  to  use 
the  expression,  on  this  account  subject  to  a  two-fold 
birth. 

The  eggs  of  insects  are  of  two  kinds :  some  are 


trrtw<''o&'s,  like  those  of  tortoises  and  rrpfil^s.-;  other*  ni$ 
u'uiiaceous,  as  are  those  of  birds.  But  whereas,  in  large 
animals,  the  species  comprised  under  these  genera  differ 
only  from  each  other  by  ja  sjender  variety  ;  among?!"  in- 
sects these  varieties  are  so  great,  that  or.e  animal  does 
not  di$er  more  from  another,  than  one  of  their  eggs 
•does  from  another;  some  of  them  are  round,  elliptical, 
lenticular,  cylindrical,  pyranudieal,  flat:  some  are  quite 
smnolh,  others  grooved  or  channelled.  In  short,  what 
is  more  extraordinary,  there  are  some  eggs  that  grow 
after  they  are  laid:  we  easily  judge  that  they  are  en- 
tirely  membraneous.  The  suppleness  of  their  membranes 
admits  of  their  extension  ;  they  have  pores  that  imbibe 
the  juices  of  the  plant  where  they  are  deposited  :  these 
are  minute  placcntlcc  that  transmit  the  nourishment  t* 
the-eijibtyo. 

5.  The  distinction  of  insect?  into  viitipaf0Q3  and  ovi- 
farous  does  not  only  take  place  in  species  of  different 
classesj  but  likewise  in  species  of  the  same  g*.  rms:  there 
are  some  "two-winged  flies  that  arc  viviparous,  and  others 
that  are  wiparcits. 

Add  to  this,  that  some  species  are  viviparous  at  one 
time,  and  oviparous  st  another:  the  vine-fretter  fur- 
nishes an  example  of  this. 

AH  great  animals  that  are  known  to  us,  are  distin- 
guished into  males  and  females,  and  -propagate  the  spe- 
cies by  copulation.  The  same  order  ]>revails  amongst 
insects,  but  all  the  species  are  not  subject  to  it ;  and* 
of  those  that  are,  several  afford  us  some  verv  relnark- 
able  singularities.  In  divers  species,  the  male  ft  winged^ 
and  the  female  not:  the  glow-worm,  which  is  sentenced 
to  crawl  during  its  whole  life-tune,  is  fecundated  by  an 
insect  having  four  wings. 

Sometimes,  this  striking  singularity  is  joined  \vith 
others  that  are  still  more  surprising  :  every  where  els« 
we  observe  a  certain  proportion  betwixt  the  male  and 
female  ;  hero  this  proportion  vanishes  entirely:  the  fe- 
male is  a  colossus,  on  which  the  male  walks  as  on  a 
spacious  s|M)t,  The  ardour  aad  agility  of  the  male  are 


'145 

ve  ;   lie   is  almost  in   continual  ir.otion  :  the  F<N 
-inale,   on   the   contrary,   moves   but  seldom,    and   that 
J;eavilv:  she  sometimes  span-Is  the-greatest  part  of  her 
life  in  the  most  perfect  inactivity,     inline,  The  male  is 
-an  insect  prnperly  so  caRed\  his  whole  .body  is  intersect- 
•ed  by  iucis'ums  that  are  very  conspicuous:  the  female 
,is  a  spherical  mass,    fixed  to   a  branch,   that  one  would 
-be  apt   to -take  for  an   excrescence  or  gall-nut  of  this 
.branch.     Yon  v/iil  imagine  that  I  am  speaking  of  gall- 
insects,  whose  name -so  well  explains  their  deceitful  ap- 
pearances;  they  are  found  in  great   numbers   on  the 
-branches  of  many  trees   and   shrubs.;  they  are  greatly 
diversified  ;    but  always   affect:  the  -form   of  gall-nuts, 
re   or  less  round  :  they   imbibe  the  jnice  of  the  tree 
by  the  assistance  of  a.  little  pump,  which  they  keep  fixed 
to  the  bark.     They  jay  some  thousands  of  eggs,  which 
are  piled   up  under   the   inotli^r^  belly,    as  they  issue 
-from  it:  when  the  whole  number  is  laid,  the  gall-insect 
dies,  and   its  carcase   remains   fastened  to  the  branch: 
this   is   only  a  coil  full   of  eggs,   which  one  might  still 
fake  for  a  living  gall-insect,   so  small  an  appearance'of 
•  life   is  there  ia  tin's  strange   animal.     The  young  are 
-hatched  in  a  short  time,  wheij  there,  immediately  appears 
a  multitude  of  very  small  animated  membranes,   either 
x>val  or  circular,  -which  are  borne   on  MX  legs,    and  dis- 
perse themselves  on  all   sides  with  a  wonderful  celerity. 

6.  Several  of  the  species  that  live  in  society,  present 
us  with  three  sorts  of  individuals  ;  to  wit,  males,  fern  a  /.-•-, 

.-and -neuters,  or  individuals  that  remain  uhv.avs  deprived 
of  sex:  this  we  observe  in  the  republics  of  bses,  W(*sps9 
and  ants,  We  know  that  each  swarm  of  bees  has  but 
one  female,  which  bears  the  name  of  -queen;  the  males, 
which  are  called  drorws,  pretty  often  amount  to  four  or 
five  hundred  ;  the  neuters,  which  are  much  more  nu- 
merous,  are  sometimes  forty  or  fifty  thousand  in  number. 

"These  are  the  Holes  of  the  little  Sparta ;  they  are  charged 
with  ail  ,the  labour.  The  queen  and  drone  are  wholly 
taken  up  in  furnishing  the  state  with  citizens ;  she  is,  in 


146 

a  literal  sens£,  the  mother  of  all  her  people ;  she  lays 
in  one  year  upwards  of  fifty  thousand  eggs :  she  pro- 
duces three  sorts  of  them,  from  whence  are  hatched 
three  kinds  of  individuals  of  different  shape.  The  neu- 
ters then  construct  three  sorts  of  cells,  to  receive  the 
eggs,  and  lodge  the  young  to  he  hatched  from  them. 

Divers  species  of  insects  are  real  hermaphrodites ;  in 
each  individual  both  sexes  are  united,  but  he  cannot  fe- 
cundate himself;  and  generation  depends  in  this  case, 
as  elsewhere,  on  the  concurrence  of  two  individuals. 

7-  Other  insects  are  hermaphrodites  of  a  more  sin- 
gular nature  ;  each  individual  propagates  without  any 
commerce  with  another.  We  have  the  first  example  of 
this  in  the  vine-fretter,  that  deserves  some  attention. 

You  have  very  frequently  seen  little  flies  fastened  in 
n  gj;eat  number  to  the  extremities  and  leaves  of  plants, 
and  twisting  them  round  in  various  forms :  these  are 
vine-fretters,  whose  species  are  almost  as  numerous  as 
those  of  vegetables,  and  whose  remarkable  properties 
are  multiplied  in  proportion  to  the  attention  we  pay 
them. 

They  bring  forth  living  young  ones :  their  births  are 
easy  to  trace,  there  needs  only  good  eyes  and  a  little 
patience.  Take  up  a  little  one  as  soon  as  it  is  pro- 
duced, inclose  it  immediately  in  the  most  perfect  soli- 
tude, and  in  order  to  be  the  better  assured,  carry  your 
precautions  to  a  degree  of  scrupulousness ;  be,  with  re- 
spect to  it,  a  more  vigilant  Argus  than  the  fabulous  one. 
When  the  little  recluse  has  acquired  a  certain  growth, 
it  will  begin  to  have  young ;  and,  after  some  days,  you 
will  find  it  in  the  midst  of  a  numerous  family. 

Make  the  same  experiment  on  one  of  the  individuals 
of  this  family  that  you  have  tried  on  its  chief;  the  new 
hermit  will  multiply  like  its  father,  and  this  second  ge- 
neration, brought  up  in  solitude,  will  not  prove  less 
fruitful  than  the  first. 

Repeat  the  experiment  from  one  generation  to  ano- 
ther ;  abate  nothing  of  your  cares,  your  precautions,  and 


147 

suspicious ;  proceed,  if  your  patience  will  permit  you, 
to  the  nil  th  generation,  ami  they  will  all  present  you 
with  fecund  virgins. 

After  tiiese  experiments,  so  decisive  and  reiterated, 
you  are  eas-ily  persuaded  that  theie  is  nq  distinction  of 
sex  in  vine-fre;ters.  What,  indeed,  would  he  the  use 
of  such  a  difference  amongst  a  people,  where  all  the  in- 
dividuals are  constantly  sufficient  for  themselves  7  Na- 
tural history  is  the  best  logic,  because  it  best  teaches  us 
to  suspend  our  judgment.  Vine-fretters  are  really  dis- 
tinguished by  sexes;  there  are  males  .and  females 
amongst  them,  and  their  amours  are  the  least  equivocal 
of  any  in  the  world.  I  do  not  know  whether  there  are 
in  nature  any  mules  more  amorous  than  they. 

What  then  is  the  use  of  coupling  between  insects  that 
"multiply  without" its  assistance?  Of  what  service  can 
an  actual  distinction  of  sex  be  to  real  androgynes  ?  The 
clearing  up  of  this  point  depends  on  another  great  sin- 
gularity. During  she  summer  season  they  are  vivipa- 
rous; ihey  all  bring  forth  living  young:  towards  Hie 
middle  of  autumn  they  become  oviparous  ;  they  all  then 
lay  real  eggs,  which  are  hatched  at  the  return  of  the 
spring.  The  males  begin  to  appear  exactly  at  trie  time 
the  females  begin  to  lay ;  there  is,  therefore,  a  secret 
relation  betwixt  the  appearance  of  the  males,  and  the 
laying  of  the  females.  There  are  always  found  in  the 
bodies  of  the  females,  eggs  and  young,  ready  to  be  pro* 
duced  :  the  young  then  were  originally  inclosed  in  eggs. 
During  the  line  season,  they  are  hatched -in  the  belly  of 
their  mother,  and  are  brought  inte  the  world  alive; 
plants,  at  that  time,  furnish  them  with  a  proper  nourish- 
ment, which  they  fail  not  instantly  to  imbibe,  by  the 
help  of  a  very  slender  trunk.  At  the  approach  of  'jcold 
•weather,  the  young  cannot  unfold  themselves  in  the 
dam's  belly,  in  order  to  their  being  produced  alive  ; 
they  remain  shut  up  in  their  eggs,  where  they  are  pre- 
served the  whole  winter :  were  they  to  be  hatched  at 
the  beginning  of  that  season,  they  would  soon  perish 
for  want  of  food:  the  developement  depends  ultimately 
on  nutrition.  Vine-fretters  that  are  produced  alive, 

VOL,  iv.  H 


•143 

**c  more  unfolded  in  the  matrix  than  those  v^Tiich  sr-e 
brought  forth  inclosed  in  egu-s  :  the  former  ti;<  11  have 
received  a  nourishment  in  the  matrix,  which  the  others 
were  not  able  to  obtain  tln're.  ..This  aourisjjraeiit  was 
sufficient  to  effectuate  the -entire  opening  of  the  g.rms. 
Had  not  coupling  then,  for  its  primary  end,  .the  supply- 
ing the  defect  of  this  nourishment  in  such  germs  as 
•ttere  not  to  he  hatched  till  after  the.)''  had  issued  from 
the  belly  of  tiicir  mother? 

I  have  treated  of  some  species  of  insects, -iLe  males  of 
which  are  winged,  and  the  females  not ;  this  singularity 
is  also  to  he  met.  with  amongst  vine-fret ters:  but  they 
offer  still  more  to  us  \vitji  respect  to  this  :  some  of  the 
males  are  winged,  and  others  remain  their  whole  life- 
time without  wings.  There  are  likewise  winged,  fe- 
males, and  other  fenfales  that  are  not  ,But  this  is  not 
all :  the  males,  and  particularly  those  that  are  destitute 
of  wings,  are  so  small  in  comparison  of  the  female^ 
that  they  are  seen  to  walk  upon  them  as  a  mite  upon 
fruit:  to  so  great  a  degree  has  nature  thought  fit  to 
abound,  with  regard-  to  these  insects,  in  singularities  of 
.different  kinds. 

8.  Animals  that  multiply  by  .slips  and  shnots,  and  that 
may  be  grafted,  appear  to  be  real  zoophytes,  or  plant" 
animals. 

Of  these  some  have  .feet,.  QIC  members,  others  not. 
We  will  first  treat  of  the  latter  sort. 

The.  slime  which  covers  the  bottom  of  ponds  and 
marshes,  may  almost  be  deemed  a  respectable  thing:  there 
the  GREAT  .BEING  has  not  disdained  to  assemble  the 
traces  of  his  power  and  wisdom.  lie  has  connected 
the  existence  of  this  vile  matter  with  that  of  different 
species  of  worms  that  are  destined  to  live  in  and  feed 
.upon  it;  and  that  will,  one  time  or  other,  present  us 
,\vith  the  interesting  sight  of  a  new  re-production,  which 
we  shall  never  think  we  can  sufficiently  admire,  and 
shall  therefore  wonder  at  it  in  proportion  as  our  under* 
standing  is  enlightened. 

All  these  worms  are  long  and  slender,    They  are  not 


i:  like  the  trelle  string  of  a  violin  :  their  bocly  Is  formed 
of  the  succession  of  a  great  number  of  little  rings,  which 
decrease   gradually  as   they  approach   ihe  extremities. 
They  are   very  soft :  their  head,  which  terminates  in  a 
blunt  point,  is  susceptible  of  various  motions ;  it  con- 
tracts, dilates,  lengthens,  and  shortens  itself,  at  the  plea- 
sure of  the  insect.      The  mouth  is  furnished   with  a 
muscle  that  directs  the  functions  of  it,  and  whose  exer- 
cise is  pretty  perceivable :  tiie  anus,  which  is  placed  at 
the  opposite  extremity,  is  a  little  oblong  aperture,  bor- 
dered v,  ith  an  analogous  muscle.     The  whole  skia  is  so 
transparent,   as  to  admit  of  its  being  inspected  within, 
and  we  may  congratulate  ourselves  on  this  circumstance, 
since  it  affords  us  a  great  spectacle.     The  polypus  ex- 
hibits nothing  that  has  the  appearance  of  the  viscera  : 
all  its  substance  seems  to  be  composed   of  a  mass  of 
small   similar    seeds.      Our  fiddle-strings   are    minute 
beings,  quite  differently  organized ;  and  the  apparatus  of 
the  viscera,  which  the  microscope  discovers  to  us,  seems 
to  advance  them  far  above  the  polypus.     A  long  vessel 
:    m>es  -winding  from  the  head   to  the  tail,  is  what 
.r-kes  the  eye  of  the  observer:  by  its  regular 
•alternate  motions,  he  will  soon  know  it  to  be^tlie  heart, 
or  grand   artery.     The  liquor  that,  circulates  in  these 
winding  passages  is  limpid  :  it  is  perceived,  from  the 
pulsations  it  excites  in  every  part  of  the  artery,  coin- 
prized  betwixt  two  of  the  rings.     One  would  be  apt  to 
imagine  each  of  these  portions  to  be  a  real  heart,  and 
that  every  artery  was  a  chain  of  little  hearts,  placed  end 
to  end,  and  that  forced  the  blood  from  one  part  to  ano- 
ther: it  is  seen  to  run  with  an  uniform  motion  through 
all  these  little  hearts,  and  rises  in  this  manner,   as  by  so 
many  Madders  from  the  tail  to  the  head,  near  which  it 
finally  disappears.     In  different  parts  of  the  artery  are 
discovered  delicate  ramifications  of  vessels,  which  may 
be  taken  for  veins,  there  being  perceived  no  pulsation  in 
them :  beneath,  and  along  the  artery,  there  is  a  canal, 
whose  diameter  varies  at  different  points  of  its  extent. 
It  is  the  intestinal  duct  which  comprehends  the  cesopha- 
H  2 


150 

v 

gus,  stomach,  and  intestines.  The  aliment  is  there  seen 
to  digest  before  the  eyes  of  the  observer ;  he  follows  it 
in  its  passage  ;  sees  it  descend  from  the  mouth  towards 
the  anus,  and  pass  through  every  part  of  the  canal  be- 
tween these  two  extremities.  But  can  machines,  so 
compounded  as  these,  be  taken  to  pieces  without  injur- 
ing their  economy  thereby  ? 

That  suffers  not  in  any  respect  on  that  account. 
Strictly  speaking,  it  affects  these  insects  no  more  than 
being  divided  in  the  midst  of  the  body  ;  each  half  not 
-only  continues  to  live  and  move,  but  that  which  had  no 
head  presently  forms  another,  and  \ve  may  clearly  per- 
ceive a  new  tail  spring  forth  in  that  part  which  was  des- 
titute of  one.  In  less  than  three  days  the  two  moieties 
become  two  complete  worn.. 

It  is  more  extraordinary  for  fourths,  eighths,  and  six- 
teenth parts  of  our  worms,  to  assume  a  head  and  tail : 
this  is  so  speedily  effected,  that  in  a  few  days,  ail  these 
fragments  are  so  many  perfect  insects,  and  after  a  few 
weeks,  attain  to  the  same  length  as  the  entire  worm. 
New  rings  and  new  viscera  unfold  themselves :  the  pv.rls 
re-produced  differ  in  no  respect  from  the  ancient  ones. 
Tii us  the  machine  is  formed  anew  by  its  own  strength  ; 
and  the  section,  which  might  be  a  means  of  destroy- 
ing them,  serves  only  to  make  them  conspicuous. 

I  have  not  yet  sufficiently  treated  of  this  particular. 
The  six  and  twentieth  part  of  worms,  to  wit,  perfect 
atoms,  are  able  to  re-integrate  themselves  extremely 
well;  and  in  the  space  of  some  months,  are  found  to  be 
worms  of  several  inches  in  length.  In  these  living  atoms, 
as  well  as  in  the  most  considerable  fragments,  the  circu- 
lation seems  to  be  performed  with  the  same  regularity 
as  in  the  whole  worm  :  each  atom  has  its  little  heart, 
and  we  may  clearly  perceive  that  this  little  heart  is  no 
other  than  a  very  small  portion  of  the  grand  artery  of 
the  worm,  whereof  the  atom  was  before  a  part 

\Ve  may  weary  ourselves  in  cutting  the  head  off  the 
same  individual ;  we  shall  have  the  same  task  to  repeat 
continually,  because  there  always  shoots  forth  a  new 


151 

one :  we  may  even  cause  several  to  issue  at  the  same 
time,  each  of  which    hall  have  their  proper  functions. 

There  is  another  species  of  these  worms,  amongst 
which  the  property  of  becoming  again  entire  is  confined 
in  verv  remarkable  Jjounds.  It  forms  a  head  or  tail  in 
the  middle;  hut  if  it  be  cut  into  three  or  four  parts, 
the  intermediate  ones  push  forth  a  tail  where  a  iiead 
should  have  been  produced  :  this  supernumerary  tail, 
which  is  in  no  respect  deficient,  cannot  perform  the  office 
of  a  head,  and  the  unhappy  insect  is  condemned  to  pe- 
rish with  hunger. 

9.  Look  into  this  rivulet,  whose  bottom  is  covered 
with  broken  pieces  of  plants :  What  do  you  perceive 
upon  them  ?  spots  of  inouldiness.  Do  not  mistake ; 
this  mouldiness  is  not  what  it  appears  to  be;  and  you 
already  begin  to  suspect  so :  you  think  that  you  greatly 
ennoble  them  by  advancing  them  to  the  rank  of  vegeta- 
bles ;  you  conjecture  they  are  plants  in  miniature,  that 
have  their  flowers  and  seeds,  and  plume  yourself  on 
being  able  to  judge  of  these  mouldinesses  in  a  different 
manner  from  the  vulgar.  Take  a  magnifying  glass : 
what  do  you  discover  1  some  very  pretty  nosegays,  all 
the  flowers  of  which  are  in  lells.  Each  bell  is  support- 
ed by  a  small  stalk,  which  is  implanted  in  a  common 
one ;  you  now  no  longer  doubt  of  the  truth  of  your 
conjecture,  and  cannot  be  persuaded  to  quit  this  mi- 
croscopic parterre:  you  have  not,  however,  sufficiently 
observed  it.  Look  stedfasliy  on  the  aperture  of  one  of 
these  bells ;  you  will  there  perceive  a  very  rapid  mo- 
tion, which  you  cannot  be  weary  of  contemplating,  and 
which  you  compare  to  that  of  a  mill :  this  motion  ex- 
cites little  currents  in  the  water,  that  convey  towards  the 
bell  a  multitude  of  corpuscles,  which  it  swallows  up. 
You  begin  to  doubt  whether  these  bells  are  real  flow- 
ers;  and  the  motions  of  ttie  stalks,  which  appear  to  be 
spontaneous,  increase  your  suspicions.  Continue  your 
observations:  nature  herself  will  teach  you  what  you 
ougiit  to  think  of  this  singular  production,  and  will  fur- 
H  3 


•!! 

fcisft  you  witlt  fresh  motives  for.  adii?-:  •  :!;"!y 

of  her  ways.     That  is  a  b_'ij  \viiicii  <:,  df  from 

the  cluster,  and  that  tloa'ts  aloi  to  tix  itself  to 

soiTie  S5«p\;<  rt  :  lollow.it.     A  -  -vies  from 

its  evtreiijiy ;  and  the  bell 

this  pedicle :  k  lengthens,  and  1  a  little  si 

It  is  iio  longer  a  nosegay  >ou  are  behold 
gle  flower.  ,  Redouble  your  ;\ttf  j 

T  cJ  at  the  most  interesting  moment  oi  bisection :  the 
ll^vveris  closed,  h;isviobt  its  form  of  a  bell,  and  assumed 
that  of  a  bud.  You,  perhaps,  suspect  that  this  bud  b 
some  fruit,  or  a  seed  that  has  succeeded  to  the  fiower : 
lor  you  ure  loth  to  give  up  }oui  jr:st  coijeclure.  Do 
not  lose  sight  of  t!j;s  bud:  it  is  ir.  :  >i^t 

£  ia  at  present  sup-. 

j.  :i  \*  .'.!»  Wo  i>u.ds,  less  UiHii  the  first.  Kxamme  what 
j  s  in  both  of  them :  they  widen  themselves  insen- 
s  ly,  and  you.  perceive  a  motion  at  the  edge  of  tije 
which  increases  in  suiftuess  in  proportion  as 
tiie •  i/u<i  unfolds  itself.  The  niil  appears  a^ain;  and 
the  two  tuds  have  assumed  the  form  of  a  bell.  Can  a 
fruit,  which  changes  into  iiowers,  be  a  real  fruit?  Can 
such  flowers  be  real  flowers]  that  swallow  little  insects.? 
Sn?p<  ml  >our  observations,  and  lepeat  them  a  few  hours-- 
hence:  yrui  flowers  are  closed  up  as  the  first  was.;  yovu 
easily  guess  that  they  will .sepai ate  themselves  as  before, 
aftenvaids  open,  and  present. ^ou  with, four  bells.  That. 
is  already  effected,  and  >ou  have  a  little  nosegay,  com-,- 
posed  of  lour  flowers:  if  you  continue  year  inspection^, 
\o-ti  will  see  them  augment  in  bnik  by  new  divisions 
into  two's,  arid  soon  after  you  will  count  sixteen,  thirty- 
two,  sixty-four  flowers.  Such  is  the  origin  of  this  mi- 
croscopical parterre,  which  at  first  drew  your  attention  : 
Low  much  inoi^e  admirable  does  it  now  appear  than  you 
then  conceived  it  to  be  !  Wjiat  a  group  of  wopders 
does  a  single  spot  of  mouldiness  afior.d  !  What  unfore- 
seen, varied,  and  interesting  scenes,  are .tran-acted -on  a 
scrap  of  rotten  wood!  What  a  theatre  does  it  exhibit. 
to  a  thinking  being!  But  onr  abode. is  so  rechibe,  that 
we  have  but  a  glimmering  vitw  of  it;  how  great  would 


citf  ravishment  .bo,  if,  the  whole  spectacle  disclosing  if~ 
tfelf  at  once  to  us,  we  should  be  enabled  to  penetrate 
into  the  interior  structure  of  this  wonderful  assemblage 
of  living  atoms !  Oivr  blunted  eyes  discover  only  .the 
most  hti'ikmg  parts  of  them  5  they  only  apprehend  the 
gross  parts*  of  the  decorations,  whilst  the  machines  that 
execute  them  remain  concealed  in  impenetrable  cjark- 
ness!  Who  shall  enlighten  ibis  profound  obscurity? 
Who  shall  dive  into  this  abyss-,  where  reason  itself  is 
lost?  Who  draw  from  thence  the  treasures  of  wisdom 
and  knowledge  coac'ealed  within  if?  Let  us  learn  to  be 
content  with  the  small  portion  '-communicated  to  us,  and 
contemplate  with  gratitude  those  first  traces  of  human 
understanding  impaired  to  us,  towards  a  world,  placed" 
at  such  a  great  distance  from  its. 

10.  You  cannot  quit  this  spring,  from  whence  you 
have  derived  so  many  truths,  that  are  so  astonishing : 
you  discover  in  it  other  microscopical  animals,  whose 
form  resembles  that  of  a  funnel.  These  a-e  likewise 
polypuses.  They  do  not  compose  a  cluster  ;  but  cleave 
to  some  body  by  their  inferior  extremity;  you  are  cu- 
rious to  know  their  method  of  multiplying.  In  order 
to  this,  place  your  microscope  on  one  of  these  funnels. 
Of  a  single  funnel,  thi?re  are  formed  two  by  a  natural 
division  ;  Jjbut  very  different  from  that  of  bell-polypuses ; 
so  far  has  nature  thought  fit  to  vary  her  proceedings 
with  respect  to  these  animals.  Examine  wh?t  passes  iu 
the  middle  of  the  funnel'.  A  transverse  and  oblique 
stripe  indicates  to  you  the  part  where  the  polypus  is* 
•about  to  divide  itself.  The  division  then  is  made  slop^- 
jogiy.  The  stripe  points  out  the  edges  of  the  new  iun-v 
Del,  and' these  are  only  the  lips  of  the  freish  polypus. 
You  discover  in  them  a  pretty  slow  motion,  which  helps 
you  to  discern  them.  They  approach  each  other  iijsen- 
sibly,  the  body  collects  itself  by  degrees  ;  a  little  swell- 
jug  forms  itself  on  the  sHe,  which  is  a  new  head.  You 
already  clearly  distinguish  two  polypuses  placed  above 
each  other.  The  upper  polypus  has  the  ronyier  i;tsad 
and  a  new  tail;  the  inferior  one  a  new  head  and  the 
H  4 


151 

former  tail.  The  upper  polypus  is  connected  with  the 
other  only  by  its  lower  extremity.  By  a  motion  it  gives 
itself,  it  is  at  last  detached  from  the  other ;  and  floats 
aw«y  in  order  to  fix  elsewhere.  The  inferior  polypus  re- 
rnauis  fastened  to  the  place  where  the  funnel  was  before 
the  division. 

11.  Net-polypuses  likewise  derive  their  name   from 
tine  exterior  form  of  their  bodies ;   they   pretty  nearly 
resemble  that  of  a  fishing-net.   They  assemble  in  groups, 
m-d    fasten  on  all  the    bodies  they  meet  with  in    fresh 
\vuter.     They  are  very  transparent.     In  the  inside  of  the 
polypus  there  is  formed  an  oblong  and  whitish  body, 
as  soon  as  it  is  formed,  it  descends  by  degrees,  shews  it- 
self on  the  outside,  and  remains   fixed   perpendicularly 
on  the  polypus.     It  produces  new  ones  every  day  ;    and 
the  group  they  compose  on  the  exterior  part  of  the  po- 
lypus, increases  in  growth.     If  these  minute    bodies   he 
eggs,  they  are  of  a  singular  species;  they  are  absolutely 
without  any  covering,  and  are  neither  membraneous  or 

.crustaceous.  We  cannot  a&irm  of  these  eggs,  that 
young  are  hatched  from  them,  but  are  under  a  necessity 
of  acknowledging,  that  these  little  oviform  bodies  un- 
fold themselves.  This  developement  is  accomplished  in 
a  fevt  minutes,  and  the  polypus  becomes  the  same  as  its 
mother :  imagine  to  yourself  a  bird  that  should  issue 
from  its  mother's  belly,  entirely  naked,  rolled  together 
like  a  ball,  whose  members  should  afterwards  display 
themselves,  and  you  will  have  a  representation  of  the 
production  of  net-polypuses. 

12.  Cluster-polypuses  propagate   by  dividing  in  the 
middle  :  arm  polypuses  do  not  multiply  in  this  manner. 
They  bring  forth  their  yo:mg  almost  as  a  tree    shoots 
forth  its  branches.     A  little  bud  appears  on  the  side  of 
the  polypus.     Do  not  suppose  that  this  bud  contains    a 
polypus,  as  the  vegetable  bud  comprizes  a  branch :   it  is 
itself  the  polypus  in  its  growth.     It   increases  in  size 
and   length,    and    at   last   separates    from   its    mother. 
\Vhilst  it  is  united  to  her,  they  both  compose  one  body* 


155 

as  the  branch  with  the  tree.  You  are  to  understand 
this  in  the  strictest  sense.  The  prey  which  the  mother 
swallows,  passes  immediately  into  her  young,  and  im- 
parts the  same  colour  to  it.  So  that  the  whole  consists 
of  one  little  bowel  in  a  great  extent.  The  prey  which 
the  young  one  seizes  (for  it  fishes  for  it  as  soon  as  it  has 
arms)  passes  in  like  manner  into  the  mother.  They 
nourish  each  other  reciprocally. 

There  is  scarcely  any  polypus  without  buds.  All  of 
them  therefore  are  so  many  polypuses,  or  so  many  shoots 
that  grow  on  a  common  trunk.  Whilst  they  are  un- 
folding, they  themselves  send  forth  smaller  shoots,  and 
these  smaller  still.  They  all  extend  their  arms  on  both 
sides.  You  think  you  are  beholding  a  very  bushy  tree. 
The  nourishment  received  by  one  of  these  shoots,  is 
soon  communicated  to  all  the  rest,  and  to  their  common 
mother;  the  chief  of  the  society  and  the  members  are 
one.  The  society  is  dissolved  by  little  and  little,  the 
,  members  separate  themselves,  are  dispersed,  and  each, 
shoot  becomes  in  its  turn  a  little  genealogical  tree. 

Such  is  the  natural  method  by  which  the  arm-poly  pus- 
multiplies.  It  may  also  be  multiplied  by  slips-.  There 
is  no  need  to  mention,  that  when  it  is  cut  in  pieces, 
each  piece  in  a  short  "time  becomes  a  perfect  polypus, 
it  were  better  to  say  at  once,  that  the  polypus,  after  be- 
ing cut  into  small  pieces,  rises  again  from  it$  ruins,  and 
the  little  fragments  yield  as  many  polypuses.  Being 
cut  either  in  length  or  width,  this  extraordinary  animal 
is  reproduced  in  the  same  manner,  and  the  sources  of 
life  are  equally  inexhaustible. 

13.  But  the  following  is  what  fable  itself  has  not  pre- 
sumed to  invent :  bring  to  their  trunk  the  heads  that 
have  been  struck  off,  they  will  reunite  to  it,  and  you* 
will  restore  to  the  polypus  its  head.  You  may  also,  if 
you  think  proper  alh'x  to  it  the  head  of  another  polypus. 
The  mutilated  parts  of  the  same  or  different  polypuses, 
when  placed  end  to  end,,  will  unite  in  like  manner, 
and  form  only  a  single  polypus. 

What  have  I  hitherto  said?  There  is  scarce  any  mi- 
U  5 


156 

raele  tliat  may  not  b'e  performed  by  means  of  the  poly- 
pus ;  but  miracles,  when  multiplied  to  so  great  a  degree, 
hardly  appear  to  be  such.  A  polypus  may  be  introduced, 
by  its  hind  part  into  the  body  of  another  polypus.  The 
two  individuals  unite,  their  heads  become  ingrafted  into 
each  other  r  and  the  polypus,  which  at  first  was  double 
is  converted  into  a  single  polypus,  that  eats,  grows  and 
multiplies. 

I  have  compared  the  polypus  to  the  finger  of  a  glove: 
this  finger  may  Ue  turned  inside  out  :.  so  may  the  poly- 
pus likewise,  and  being  so  shifted,  can  fish^  swallow,  and 
multiply  by  slips  and  shoots. 

It  will  be  easily  believed  that  the  polypus  does  not  like 
to  remain  thus  shifted.  It  makes  an  effort  to  regain  its 
former  position,  and  frequently  succeeds  either  in  part, 
or  altogether.  The  polypus,  which  is  partly  turned  back, 
again  as  at  £rst  is  a  real  Proteus,  that  assumes  all  kinds- 
of  forms;  which  are  all  equally  strange.  Endeavour  to  re- 
present to  yourself  the  polypus  thus  turned  again.  You 
remember  that  the  insect  is  made  in  the  form  of  a  boweL 
One  part  of  rhe  bowel  then  is  turned  backwards  on  ti  e 
other;  it  there  fastens  and  engrafts  itself.  In  ihat  case 
the  polypus  is  as  it  were  doubled.  The  mouth  encom- 
passes the  body  like  a  fringed  girdle;  thi?  arms  are  the 
fringe.  They  then  point  towards  the  tail.  The  fore- 
part continues  open ;  the  other  is  usually  shut  up. 
You  expeet  no  doubt  to  see  a  new  head  and  new  arm* 
to  grow  out  of  the  fore-part ;  which  you  have  observed 
in  all  the  polypuses  that  have  been  divided  transversely. 
But  the  polypus  combines  itself  a  thousand  different-' 
ways,  and  each  combination  has  its  consequences,, 
which  experience  alone  can  discover  to  you.  The  fore- 
part closes  itself;  it  becomes  a  su  pern  nine  vary  tail. 
The  polypus,  which  at  first  extended  in  the  right  line,  is- 
curved  more  and  more.  The  supernumerary  tail 
lengthens  every  day.  The  two  tails  resemble  the  feet 
of  a  pair  of  compasses.  The  compasses,  are  partly  open. 
The  ancient  mouth  is  at  the  head  of  the  tampasses. 
This  moiii  h  which  is  fastened  to  the  body,  and  em- 
braces it  like  a  ring,  cannot  discharge  its  Functions. 
What  then  must  become  of  the  unfortunate  poljpus. 


15? 

with  two  tails  and  without  a  head?  Ilrvw  will  it  be  able 
to  live?  Do  you  think  that  you  have  htkcn  nature  at  un- 
awares? You  are  mistaken.  Towards  the  upper  part  of ' 
the  polypus,  near  the  ancient  lip,  there  are  forming  not 
only  a  single  mouth,  but  several ;  and  this  polypus, 
concerning  \vhich  you  enquired  a  minute  ago  how  it 
could  exist,  is  now  a  species  of  hydra  with  several  heads 
and  mouths,  and  devours  with  all  these  mouths. 

14.  What  a  multitude  of  physiological  truths,  that 
were  unknown  to  us  iu  the  vegetable  kingdom,  has  the 
crw2-polypus  alone  unveiled  to  us?  How  do  -these  truths 
appear  as  paradoxes,  aad  yet  how  evidently  are  they 
demonstrated  ]  Who  can  doubt  now  that  there  exists  an 
animal,  a  very  animal,  since  it  is  extremely  voracious, 
whose  young  grows  like  branches,  and  which  being  cut 
to  pieces  and  actually  minced,  regenerates  anew  in  all 
its  parts,  and  evert  in  the  smallest  fragments,  that  may 
be  grafted  by  approximation  or  itioculation,  turned  in- 
side outwards  like  a  glove,  afterwards  cut,  turned  back 
and  cut  again,  without  ceasing  to  live,  devour,  grow,, 
stud  multiply. 

It  was  not  a  fit  season  therefore  to  m&ke. general  rule?,, 
to  arrange  nature,  establish  distributions,  form  systema- 
tical orders,  and  to  raise  an  edifice,  which  future  ages,,, 
better  instructed,  will  even  dread  to  project,  We  have 
scarce  any  knowledge  of  the  animal,  when  we  would 
undertake  to  define  it.  Because  our  knowledge  is  at 
present  in  some  measure  improved,  shall  we  presume  to 
think  we  thoroughly  know  it?  Polypuses  have  asto- 
nished us,  because  on  their  first  appearance  there  was 
uo  idea  in  pur  brain  analogous  to  them,  and  we  had •• 
taken  great  pains  to  discard  from  it  the  very  possibility 
©f  their  existence.  How  many  animals  are  there  *  that 
are  even  more  strange  than  polypuses,  and  that  would 
confound  all  our  reasonings,  could  we  discover  them? 
t  would-  be  necessary  on  that  occasion  to  invent  a  new 
anguage,  in  order  to  describe  our  observations.  Poly- 
puses are  placed  on  the  frontiers  of  another  universe*, 
that  will  one  time  or  other  have  its  COLUMBUS'S  aod- 
ft  6 


158 

VESPUTTUSES.  Shall  we  imagine  that  we  have  pene- 
trated into  the  inferior  parts  of  the  continents,  because 
\ve  have  taken  a  slight  view  of  some  coasts-at  a  distance  ? 
We  will  form  to  ourselves  more  exalted  ideas  of  nature; 
we  will  consider  her  as  one  immense  whole,  and  will  firmly 
persuade  ourselves  that  what  we  discover  of  her  is  but 
the  smallest  jjart  of  what  she  contains.  Having  been 
heretofore  astonished,  we  will  forbear  being  so  for  the 
time  to  come,  but  will  continue  our  observations  ;  we 
will  amass  fresh  truths,  connect  them  it' we  are  able,  and 
be  in  expectation  of  evt'ry  discovery,  because  we  will 
continually  say,  that  the  known  cannot  serve  as  a  model 
for  the  unknown,  and  that  models  have  been  varied  ad 
infinitum.  Cluster-poly  puses  multiply  by  dividing  them- 
selves ;  who  can  tell  but  that  there  may  one  time  or 
other  be  discovered  animals,  that  instead  of  dividing 
themselves,  may  unite  together,  and  join  themselves  to 
one  another,  in  order  to  compose  one  single  animal  1  Or 
who  knows  whether  the  multiplication  of  such  an  animal 
may  not  have  as, an  essential  condition,  the  consolidation  of 
several  animalcules  in  a  single  one]  We  say  that  an  ani- 
>nal  must  have  a  brain,  a  heart,  arteries,  veins,  nerves,  a 
stomach,  &c.  These  are  the  ideas  we  have  deduced 
from  large  animals,  and  we  carry  them  every  where 
with  confidence.  We  act  herein  like  a  French  tra- 
veller, who  should  expect. to  find  in  the  Terrce  Aus- 
trales  the  modes  of  his  own  comitry,  and  that  would 
be  greatly  chagrined  on  being  disappointed.  The 
sminral  kingdom  has  also  its  Terra*  Austrates>  in  which 
probably  it  is  not  customary  to  meet  with  a  braki,  a 
heart,  a  stomach,  &c.  Why  do  we  desire  that  nature 
•should  always  condescend  to  form  one  animal  with  the 
elements  of  another?  She  might  indeed  be  constrained 
so  to  do,  did  not  her  fecundity  surpass  that  of  our  poor 
conceptions?  But  the  HANI>,  which  has  formed  the  po- 
lypus, has  demonstrated  to  us,  that  IT  can,  when  ne- 
cessity requires,  animali%e  matter  at  a  much  less  expence. 
IT  has  descended  by  almost  insensible  degrees  from  those 
great  organized  masses  we  call  quadrupeds,  to  those  mi- 
nute organized  bodies  we  stile  insect ;  and  by  gradual 
and  skilfully  contrived  subtractions,  it  has  at  length  re* 


159 

duced  animality  to  her  smallest  terms.  We  are  unac- 
quainted with  these  smallest  terms.  The  polypus, 
simple  as  it  appears  to  be,  is  without  doubt  very  much 
compounded,  in  comparison  of  such  animals  as  are 
placed  beneath  it  in  the  scale.  It  is,  if  we  may  be  al- 
lowed the  expression,  too  much  an  animal,  to  be  the 
last  term  of  animality.  We  know  that  the  brain  is  the 
principle  of  the  nerves,  that  it  filtres  the  spirits  ;  that  the 
nerves  are  the  organ  of  feeling ;  that  the  heart  is  the 
primum  mobile  of  circulation  ;  that  the  veins  and  ar- 
teries are  the  dependencies,  all  this  we  have  seen  in 
great  animals,  we  have  again  to  our  surprise  found  it  in 
insects:  though  under  different  forms:  we  were  thus  ac- 
customed to  regard  these  various  organs,  and  some 
others,  as  essential  to  the  animal.  The  polypus,  how- 
ever, exhibits  to  us  nothing  similar  ;  the  best  miscro- 
scopes  only  discover  to  us  an  infinite  number  of  small 
disseminated  seeds  in  its  whole  substance ;  and  the  un- 
foreseen experiment  of  its  shifting,  sufficiently  proves 
that  there  is  nothing  in  its  structure  common  to  that  of 
animals  before  known  to  us.  Were  we  not  capable  of 
imagining,  that  an  animal  had  been  endued  with  the  pro- 
perty of  being  propagated  and  grafted  like  a  plant,  it 
would  have  been  much  less  possible  for  us  to  suspect  that 
there  had  been  granted  to  it  tire  power  of  being  turned 
inside-out  like  a  glove.  The  arm-polypus,  is  neverthe- 
less a  perfect  animal ;  its  voracity  is  excessive  ;  it  devours 
all  the  little  insects  that  liappen  to  touch  if,  and  seizes 
them  with  such  skill,  as  seems  to  give  it  an  affinity  to 
hunting  animals.  The  cluster-polypus,  quite  differently 
constructed,  has  not  the  saiue  advantages,  but  has  rela- 
tive ones:  it  can  excite  a  rapid  motion  in  the  water 
which  brings  towards  it  those  living  corpuscles  it  feeds 
upon.  There  are  undoubtedly  many  animals  that  are 
still  much  more  disguised  than  the  cluster -polypus,  and 
by  not  affording  us  any  exterior  sign  of  animality,  leave 
us  fora  long  time  uncertain  of  their  true  nature.  When 
a  lull  of  such  a  polypus  is  detached  from  it  and  fixes 
it  b\  its  short  pedicle  to  any  support,  should  we  be  apt 
to  consider  it  as  an  animal  production  :  has  not  the  gall- 
insect  been  takeu  for  a  real  vegetable  gall-nut  by  suck 


160    .. 

observers,  as  had  not  seen  it  in  its  primitive  state  ?  fs 
not  the  pond  muscle  deficient  in  many  things  viejfrdge 
to  be  necessary  for  the  ai  imal  ?  How  many  shell-fish  are 
still  farther  degraded  ?  Kay  more,  there  may  probably 
exist  some  animals,  which  it  would  be  impossible  for  us 
to  acknowledge  as  such,  even  though  (heir  whole  struc- 
ture, as  well  internal  as  external,  should  be  laid  open 
to  us;  the  reason  is,  that  judging  only  according  to  our 
present  notions,  we  cannot  deduce  from- this  structure  the 
opinion  of  life, 

15.  t  cannot  yet  quit  this  subject,     We  are  not  able 
to  conceive  all  the  methods    by  which  the  AUTHOR    of 
nature  has  given  life  and  sensation  to  a  prodigious  num- 
ber of  different  beings.     Let  as  jud«e   of  them  at.  least 
by  a  comparison  of  a  small  number  of  animated  beings 
ive  are  acqamted  with.     How  greatly  does  life  differ  in 
the  ape  and  bell  polypus  7   What    intermediate   degree* 
are  there  betwixt  these  two  terms?  Perhaps   there  ar« 
still  more  from,  this  polypus  to    the   last  of  animals.     I 
do  not  examine  if  souls  have    been   varied    like   bodies; 
but  I  conceive  thht  organized  matter  has  been  modified 
infinite  wa\s,  to  which  have  corresponded    as  many  dif- 
ferent methods  of  participating   life   and   sensation.     I 
likewise  conceive  that  the  same   soul,   if  placed   succes- 
sively in  all  the  organized  bodies  that  exist,   would  suc- 
cessively experience  all  the  possible  modifications  of  life 
and  sensibility*     This  soul  would  pass   through  all  the 
degrees  of  animality  ;  and  if  she  could  remember  them 
all,  and  compare  them,  she  would  equal  the  superior  in- 
telligences in  knowledge.     She  would  contemplate  our 
world  through  all  those  glasses  that  have  been  given  to 
the  various  beings  that  inhabit  it. 

16.  Let  r.s  draw  a  general  consequence  from  all  this : 
that  analogy,  which  is  one  of  the  great  lights  of  physics, 
is  not  caj  iiyle  of  dissipating  the  shades  of  it.    This  light 
is  freoti  er:tly  .extinguished  on  the  approach   of  certain 
l*od:es  which  we.  bring  to  the  touch  of  experiment.     To 
what  purpose  does  analogy  serve  in  the  examination  of 
ihe  £&/£-polypus]   \Ve  cannot  even  define  these  lulbs; 


161 

3'ul  does  the  name  we  give  them  express  any  thins  more 
than  mere  appearances]  How  can  analogy  enlighten  us 
concerning  the  nature  of  these  minute  bodies,  ami  the 
m  inner  by  which  they  are  engendered  and,  ingender, 
whilst  she  offers  nothing  to  us 'either  in  the  vegetable  or 
animal  kingdom,,  which  bears  the  least  relation  to  these 
productions,  so  different  from  all  those  that  were  known 
to  us?  I  affirm  as  much  with  regard  Jo  the  natural  divi- 
sion cf  the  bells,  and  of  the  shifting  of  the  arm-poly- 
puses. Thi>  is  an  entire  new  order  of  things*  which  has 
its  particular  laws,  w*iich  we  should  in  all  probality  he 
able  to  discover,  could  we  find  some  means  of  penetrat- 
ing into  the  secret  mechanism  of  these  little  beings.  We 
should  then  discern  all  the  sides  by  which  they  are  con- 
nected with  other  parts  of  the  orgariical  world. 

17.  When  we  consider  in  a  general  view  the  compo- 
sition of  men  and  quadrupeds,  we  shall  presently  dis- 
cern that  there  is  with  respect  to  all  of  them  the  same 
foundation  of  structure,  differently  modified  in  different 
species.  In  order  to  be  convinced  of  this,  we  need  only 
east  our  eyes  on  those  anatomical  plates,  in  which  are 
represented  the  skeletons  of  divers  animals  that  have 
been  dissected.  From  man,  the  ape,  and  horse,  to  the 
squirrel,  weasel,  and  mouse,  we  shall  see  throughout  the 
same  design,,  the  same  arrangement,  the  same  essential 
relations,  except  iii  a  few  particulars.  The  spine,  which  is 
formed  of  a  series  of  parts,  joined  to  each  other  as  by  so- 
many  hinges,  bears  to  its  upper  extremity  a  sort  of  bony 
box,  of  greater  or  less  extent.  Some  bony  arches, 
which  on  one  side  are  connected  with  the  spine,  and  on- 
the  other  with  a  part  opposite  to  it,  form  another  more 
spacious  box.  The  upper  and  lower  extremities  are 
joined  likewise  to  the  spine  by  different  interposed  bands; 
and  maintain  the  body  in  those  various  attitudes  its  exi- 
gencies require.  This  economy  is  so  general iy  ob- 
served, that  it  has  even  been  remarked  that  the  verte- 
brae of  the  neck  are  seven  in  number  in  all  the  species. 
Almost  the  same  order  is  to  be  met  with  in  birds  and- 
fishes*  It  varies  more  and  more  in  reptiles,  shell  fish, 
and  insects.  The  latter  however  have  their  bones,  se- 


162 

veral  parts  of  which  seem  to  imitate  the  corresponding 
ones  in  great  animals;  but  whereas  among  the  latter 
the  flesh  covers  the  bones ;  on  the  contrary,  among  in- 
sects the  bone  covers  the  flesh.  In  this  numerous  class 
of  little  animals,  nature  has  in  an  especial  manner 
diversified  her  models  the  most,  and  displayed  the 
wonderful  fecundity  of  her  inventions.  In  the  large 
parts  of  the  animal  kingdom  she  pretty  nearly  pursues 
the  same  plan  o(  architecture,  and  hardly  diversifies  any 
thing  but  the  orders.  In  one  we  beheld  the  strength 
and  majesty  of  the  Tuscan',  in  ethers  the  elegance  and 
delicacy  of  the  Corinthian.  But  when  she  descends  to 
insects,  she  seems  entirely  to  change  her  plan,  and  to 
retain  as  little  as  possible  of  her  first  models.  She 
seems  at  length  to  abandon  them  altogether  in  her 
formation  of  an  arm  or  ^//-polypus.  She  constructs 
plants  on  still  different  models;  but  these  models  retain 
in  them  something  of  the  organization  of  animals,  and 
particularly  that  of  insects.  The  organs  of  respira- 
tion are  almost  _the  same  in  the  plant  and  insect. 
Those  parts  which  are  essential  to  life  are  dispersed 
throughout  the  whole  body  of  the  plant,  as  they 
are  in  insects,  that  are  reproduced  by  slips.  Those 
plants  which  appear  to  be  most  elevated  in  the  scale,  ex- 
hibit to  us  a  stalk,  branches,  roots,  leaves,  flowers,  ami 
fruit.  A  swine-bread,  ai>  agaric,  a  liver-wort,  OB  the  con- 
trary, are  so  extremely  disguised,  and  have  in  them  so 
small  a  resemblance  to  plants,  that  it  is  necessary  to  have 
the  eye  of  a  strict  observer,  in  order  to  know  and  charac- 
terize them.  These  half  vegetable  productions,  if  I  may 
be  allowed  the  phrase,  seem,  in  the  vegetable  kingdom 
to  be  what  the  gall-insect,  polypus,  and  the  muscles  are 
in  the  animal.  They  do  not  appear  to  be  more  organized 
than  an  amianthus,  a  talc,  or  a  crystal. 

IS.  The  distance  however  is  much  greater  from 
the  most  regular  fossil,  or  that  most  resembling  a  vege- 
table, to  the  plant  in  the  least  degree  so,  or  that  is  the 
least  organized.  The  fossil  does  not  grow,  properly 
speaking  :  it  does  not  receive  nourishment,  nor  engender. 

4 


163 

It  is  formed  of  the  successive  apposition  of  different 
molecules,  which,  by  uniting  together  under  certain  re- 
lations, determine  its  figure.  The  plant  is  a  body  truly 
organized,  which  of  itself  works  the  molecules,  destined 
to  incorporate  themselves  with  its  substance,  and  to  ex- 
tend it  every  way,  and  contains  little  bodies  resembling 
it,  which  it  nourishes,  causes  to  expand  themselves, 
and  by  means  of  which  it  multiplies  its  being  :  nature 
then  seems  to  make  a  great  chasm  in  passing  from  the 
vegetable  to  the  fossil,  &c.  There  are  no  bands, 
no  links,  hitherto  known  to  us,  which  unite  the  vegeta- 
ble to  the  mineral  kingdom.  But  shall  we  form  our 
judgment  of  the  chain  of  beings  by  our  present  degrees 
of  knowledge?  Because  we  here  and  there  discover  in  it 
some  interruptions,  some  void  spaces,  shall  we  conclude 
from  thence  that  they  are  real  7  Shall  we  imagine  that  a 
comet  has  split  the  scale  of  our  world,  and  destroyed  the 
harmony  of  it  7  We  are  only  beginning  to  survey  the 
vast  cabinets  of  nature ;  and  amongst  that  innumerable 
multitude  of  various  productions  which  she  has  as- 
sembled, how  many  are  there  which  we  have  not  so 
much  as  seen,  and  can  frame  no  idea  of  their  existence] 
Shall  we  hasten  to  decide  concerning  the  result  of  these 
productions  before  we  have  examined  them  all,  or 
formed  an  exact  list  of  them  7  The  vacancy  we  suppose 
left  between  the  vegetable  and  mineral,  will  in  all  pro- 
bability be  one  day  supplied.  There  was  a  similar  void 
betwixt  the  animal  and  vegetable  :  the  polypus  now  fills 
it  up,  and  sets  in  a  conspicuous  light  the  admirable  gra- 
dation there  is  among  all  beings.  It  is  true  we  cannot 
form  any  mean  idea  betwixt  the  plant  and  the  fossil ; 
we  do  not  imagine  there  is  any  shadowing  between 
growth  and  apposition ;  but  had  we  formed  any  con- 
ception of  the  properties  of  the  polypus  ?  If  those 
marine  productions,  which  have  been  called  stony 
plants,  were  real  plants,  they  were  in  some  measure  one 
of  the  links  requisite  for  uniting  the  vegetable  to  the 
mineral  kingdom  ;  but  late  discoveries  have  informed 
us,  that  these  pretended  plants  are  oisly  works  of  certain 
polypuses,  that  have  the  art  of  cou&iructiug  cases  for 


16* 

themselves.     Those  coral  flowers,  so  irmdi  celebrate, f5 

were     real  polyuusses,  •  and    this    is     Another     truth- 

wherewith  tiie    polypus    Iras    enriched    tire-  physical 
world, 

15).  Organized  bodies  a  re' tissues  Avfricii  are"  more  or 
less  fine  pieces  of  net-work,  or*  pieces  of  stuff,  whose 
iv&rp  itself  forms  the  woofi  b\  an  art  which  we  should 
think  v.t:  could  .never  enough  admire,  were  we  acquaint- 
ed "with  it.  Fossils  are  'A  kind  of  iulaid  work:  we  do 
not  know-  where  the  orpani/atioil  ends',,  nor  which  is 
its- smallest  term:  but  by  ceasiv.g  to  organize,  nature 
i^es  not  cexise  to  dispose  or  arrange  :  she  even  seems 
to  organize  when  she  has  made  an  end  of'doinjj  so.  One 
would  be  ready  torhnagiot*  thafj^&nH/j^nd  leawd  stones 
svere  vegetables  in  pasjt  disguised.  The  constant  re- 
gularity of  salts  and  crystals ; -strikes  us  in  an  equal  de^ 
grce.  We  may  be -assured  that  the  crystal  is  formed  of 
the  repetition  of  an  infinite  number  of  small,  regular, 
and  pyramidal  bodies,  properly  laid  on  each  other, 
which  represent,  in  some  measure,  the  whole  exactly  in 
miniature.  We  should,  notwithstanding;  be  very  much 
mistaken  were  we  to  consider  these  little  pyramids  as 
the  germ  of  the  crystal;,  it  is,  strictly  speaking,  no 
more  than  an  element;  or  constituent  particle  of  it :  it- 
does  not  unfold  hself,  it  remains, as  it  was;  but  it 
serves  as  a  support  tp  other  similar  'pyramids  which  are 
to  be  joined  to  it,  and  'thus  to  augment  the  crystaiine 
mass  by  successive  aggregates.  The  crystaiine  juice  Is 
Hot  received,  wrought,  and  assiiHfi&ted  by  strainers  or 
vessels  tlytt  are  snore  or  less  fir.e,  or  more  or  less 
folded  together,  within  the  pyramid;,  it  is  a Irea/lj  en- 
tirely prepared  when  it  procures  the  union  of  different 
iijolecules.  into  one  pyraniulal  vnas^,  Ly  virtue  oF  the 
laws  of  motion  and  attrartion.  This  is-  the  primary 
character  which  d 

bodies,   a  character  wkich  we  oughi  never  to  ; 
t> t  w hen  we  co n t|>are  tc^e  1 1 1 € r  be  s^  stf 

£0,  Tb'js  the  bodies  of  giants  and  animals  are 


165 

«f  looms,  machines  more  or  le*s  compounded, 
convert  into  the  proper  subsjfancif  of  the  plant  or  animal* 
the  various  matters  subjected  to  the  action  of  their  springs 
and  liquors.  These  machines,  which  are  so  superior  iir 
structure  to  those  of  art,  seem  still  more  so  when  com- 
pared, iu  their  essential  effects,  Those  matters  which 
organical  machines  work,  they  likewise  assimilate  and 
incorporate  with  themselves;  they  grow  by  this  incor- 
poration, augment  in  their  dimensions  every  way,  and 
during  their  growth,  all  their  parts  preserve  among 
themselves  the  same;  relations,  the  same  proportions,  the 
same  exercise ;  all  continue  to  discharge  their  proper 
functions:  the  machine  remains,  in  its  extended  state, 
what  it  was  in  miniature.  It  is  a  system,  a  wonder- 
ful assemblage  of  at*  almost  mrmiie  number  of  tubes,, 
differently  formed;  calibered,  and  interwoven,  that  like 
so  many  fiitres,  purge,  fashion,  and  refine  the  nutri- 
tious matters.  Each  Ebre, — what  am  I  saying?  each 
fibrilla  is  itself  a  machine  in  miniature,  which,  by 
performing  analogous  preparations,  appropriates  to  it- 
self the  alimentary  juices  and  gives  them  the  arrange- 
ment suitable  to  its  form  and  their  functions.  The 
whole  machine  is  in  some  measure  only  the  repetition 
of  all  these  lesser  machines,  whose  united  strength  con- 
spires  to  the  same  general  end.  The  excellence  of 
orgaiiical  machines  appears,  in  a  conspicuous  light, 
-from  other  still  more  striking  instances:  they  not 
only  produce,  from  their  own  foundation,  machines- 
similar  to  them,  but  a  great  number  of  them  repro- 
duce of  themselves  those  parts  they  had  been  deprived 
of,  which  various  parts  become  afterwards  as  many 
machines,  equally  perfect  with.. those  whereof  they  be- 
fore only  made  a  part. 

21.  To  conclude:  the  same  general  design  comprizes 
all  parts  of  the  terrestrial  creation.  A  globule  ot  light, 
a  molecule  of  earth,  a  grain  of  salt,  a  particle  of  moul- 
<jiness,  a  polypus,  a  shell-lish,  a  bird,  and  a  quadruped, 
man,  are  only  different  strokes  of  this  design,  and  re- 
present  all  possible  moditicatiotts  of  the  mutter  of  QUJ.V 


166 

globe.  My  expression  falls  greatly  beneath  reality: 
these  various  productions  are  not  different  strokes  of 
the  same  designs,  they  are  only  so  many  various  points 
of  a  single  stroke,  that  by  its  infinitely  varied  ciicu invo- 
lutions, traces  out,  to  the  astonished  eyes  of  the  che- 
rubim, the  forms,  proportions,  and  concatenation  of  all 
earthly  beings.  This  single  stroke  delineates  all  worlds, 
the  cherub  himself  is  a  point  of  it :  and  that  ADORA- 
BLE HAND  which  drew  this  stroke,  alone  possesses 
the  method  of  describing  it. 


167 


CHAP.   IX. 


Continuation  of  Animal  Economy   considered 
Insects. 


1.  AN  the  seventh  chapter  you  have  seen  the  earlh+ 
worm  regenerate  ;  you  have  contemplated  the  progress 
of  this  regeneration  ;  you  have  remarked  a  little  b  id 
that  grew  at  the  fore-part  of  the  stump,  which,  unfold- 
ing itself  by  degrees,  became  a  vermiform  appendage,  a 
kind  of  little  worm,  that  seemed  to  be  engrafted  on  the 
stump. 

This  animal  bud  has  discovered  to  you  the  first 
origin  of  the  part  that  is  reproduced.  You  have  per- 
ceived that  it  was  lodged  in  miniature  under  the  fleshy 
parts  of  the  stump,  and  that  the  latter  does  not  con- 
tribute more  towards  this  production  than  the  earth 
does  to  the  plants  that  have  taken  root  in  it.. 

Thus  «he  earth-worm  contains,  like  the  polypus,  a 
multitude  of  germs,  which  begin  to  unfold  themselves 
as  soon  as  certain  accidents  convey  towards  them  the 
nutricious  juices.  The  sources  ot  reparation  are  here 
in  proportion  to  the  accidents  that  may  threaten  the 
animal.  But  the  reproduction  of  the  earth-worm  is  much 
more  astonishing  than  that  of  the  polypus  :  it  is  not 
only  au  enormous  colossus  in  comparison  of  the  poly-, 
pus,  byt  its  structure  is  also  much  more  compounded. 
It  affords  a  more  numerous  aparat us  of  visceia,  vessels, 
trachac,  muscles,  &c.  It  has  real  blood,  and  tnis  blood 
circulates.  But  it  is  besides  an  Jiermaphi  odite ;  it 
unites  at  once  all  the  organs  peculiar  to  the  two  sexes. 
This  insect,  which  in  appearance  is  the  most  contempt]- 


blc,  would  alone  be  sufficient  to  exhaust  f'je  saga c  fry 
of  the  ablest  observer,  though  applying  himself  solely 
to  the  contemplation  of  Jt,  Vviiat  a  gainer  would 
physiology  be  from  such  an  enquiry  !  What  a  number 
or  {ruths,  concerning  which  we  should  have  no  doubt, 
\vouid  then  augment  the  treasures  of  our  physical 
knowledge ! 

5?.  The  regeneration  of  fresh  wafer  'worms  presents 
«s  wiih  the  same  phenomena  as  that  of  the  earth-worm, 
and  liicir  structure  is  likewise  very  much  compounded* 
Se\eral  species  of  them  are  principally  distinguished  by 
their  colour:  all  of  them  do  not  possess,  in  the  saifte 
degree,  the  property  of  multiplying  by  slips.  In  gene- 
ral, the  }  •••^atly  surpasses  them  in  this  respect ; 
^perhaps,  becfcUne  its  structure  is, more  simple;  and  it 
may  also  be  owing  to  its  having  a  more  ample  provi- 
sion of  germs.  Be  that  as  it  may,  when  we  cut  off  the 
head  or  tail  from  the  worms  we  are  treating  of,  they 
•do  not  themselves  become  worms,  but  all,  or  the  great- 
est part  of  the  intermediate  pieces,  how  small  soever 
they  be,  very  easily  regenerate  themselves,  and  in  a- 
ghort  time  produce  an  equal  number  of  complete' 
worms. 

Regeneration  begins  by  a  little  puffing  up  of  the  an- 
terior extremity ;  this  purling  seems  analogous  to  the 
vegetable  roll :  the  wound  closes,  and  quickly  conso- 
lidates: a  little  bud  appears  in  the  cent  re  of  the  roll : 
this  bud  increases  in  size  and  length  by  degrees.  New 
/ings  and  new  viscera  begin  to  appear.  You  see  from 
the  rest  what  is  to  follow. 

You  also  very  easily  comprehend  after  what  manner 
each  piece  vegetates  of  itself :  it  has  in  miniature  the 
same  viscera  as  the  whole  exhibited  at  large.  You  have 
not  forgot  that  the  parts  essential  to  life  are  here  dispers- 
ed throughout  the  whole  body,  and  that  circulation  is 
performed  in  the  smallest  pieces  as  in  the  whole  worm 

Little    buds,    or  tubercles,    sometimes   rise    on    the 

<  bodies  of  these  worms,  and  give  room  to  think   that 

they  are  young  ones   growing  irom  them ;    slips,  re* 


1GD 

";.Iir.£  tho.se  of  tk,  ':ie  same  origija 

..and  end. 

This  sjwcies  of  \vonn,  from  ceriai  >.  pieces  of  which 
;i  tail  shoots  forili  hi  iJ)o  pat*  .where  a  head  should 
have  been  pr>  I,  Is  a  very  singular  pheno- 

menon, ..which  thi1  frequency  of  it  .does  not  permit  us  to 
..consider  .ts  die    im-ie  cilect  .of  chaace.     !t  also    pro- 
ceeds  less  from    chance  than    the    production  of  this 
i  nu  ,  er.  ry  tail.     It    is  .  too   well  organized   not  to 
have  the  same  origin- as  that  which  shoots  forth  at  the 
.?rior  extremity :     but    we   cannot   pretend  to   say 
what  are  tbe  causes  which  here  determine  a  tail  to  take 
the  place  of  a  head:    we  only  know,  that  this  kind  of 
-V/orm    is  very  much  exposed  to  the  loss  of  its  hind 
part;    it    is.  therefore,    in    ail    probability,    furnished 
,  \vith  more  means  for  repairing  this  loss,  than  that  of 
.  Jhe'fore  part. 

3.  It  would  seem  as  I:    ,  '  (re  'hatl  proposed  to  her- 
self a  kind  of  diversion  in  the  formation   of  insects: 
she  has  lavishly  bestowed   on   them  members  and  or- 
gans,  v.lrich  she  has  distributed    but  spa ringly  to  other 
ajiimals ;  to  one  she  gives  two  bimdred  hjgs,  to  another 
-twenty  thousand  eyes,  to  a  third  several  hundred  lungfe, 
&c.     The  production   of  new  tegs,  new   rings,    a  new 
head,  and  a  .new  viscera,   seem  in  these  instances  to  be 
attended  with  no  greater  labour  or  ditticulty  than  the 
production  of  new  hairs  or  uew' feathers. 

xShe  often  likewise  disguises  the  same  insect,  and  pre- 
sents it  to  us  successively  under  such  opposite  forms, 
that  they  seem  to  compose  so  many  distinct  beings : 
this  leads  us  to  the  metamorphosis  of  insects. 

4.  We  have  had  frequent  occasion  to  acknowledge, 
•  that  the  proceedings  of  nature  are  not  always  uniform, 

and  that  she  can  accomplish  the  same  end  by  very  dif- 
ferent ways.  Look  at  this  little  oblong,  black,  smooth, 
and  shining  cone  :  it  most  resembles  those  coues  which 
many  insects  construct  to-metaniorphose  themselves  in : 
however,  it  differs  from  them  in  some  essential  parti- 


170 

eulars.  View  it  through  a  microscope,  you  will  then 
perceive  in  it  some  annular  incisions,  but  not  very  deep, 
which  discover  to  you  its  true  nature,  and  at  the  same 
time  informs  you,  that  it  is  nothing  but  the  skin  of  a 
worm  which  has  become  round,  and  has  contracted  a 
hardness.  Open  it  gently  with  the  point  of  a  needle, 
you  find  nothing  in  it  but  a  kind  of  pap,  in  which  you 
are  able  to  discover  nothing.  The  insect  has  but  lately- 
lost  its  form  of  a  worm  ;  how  has  it  been  reduced  into 
that  soft  substance  1  How  will  that  become  an  insect? 
Suspend  your  questions,  and  open  a  cone  that  is  less 
recent  than  this.  What  do  you  discover  in  it?  A  little 
mass  of  oblong,  whitish  flesh,  in  which  you  cannot  per- 
ceive, even  through  a  magnifying  glass,  the  least  signs  of 
members  or  organs.  In  a.  word,  you  have  before  you 
an  oblong  bail.  Do  not  imagine  that  this  ball  is  a 
case  that  contains  a  nymph,  it  is  itself  a  nymph  that  is 
much  disguised.  Press  the  hall  a  little :  the  legs  begin 
now  to  shew  themselves  ;  they  come  out  of  a  little 
socket,  that  is  at  one  of  the  extremities  of  the  ball. 
Augment  the  pressure  by  degrees,  you  will  force  all  the 
parts  of  the  nymph  to  appear  :  they  therefore  exist 
already,  but  they  were  sunk  and  infolded  within  the  ball, 
almost  as  the  fingers  of  a  glove  might  be  in  the  hand  of 
a  glove. 

If  you  could  make  the  same  experiment  on  the  ovi- 
form bodies  of  wef-polypuses,  and  on  the  huds  of  arm- 
polypuses,  that  you  have  lately  made  on  the  oblong  ball, 
you  would  probably  oblige  the  little  polypus  to  produce 
itself,  and  by  that  means  accelerate  the  time  of  its  birth. 

5.  Insects  that  pass  through  the  state  of  an  o b long 
bail  can  therefore  form  themselves  a  cone  of  their  own 
skin.  All  the  parts  of  the  nymph  separate  themselves 
by  little  and  little  from  this  skin ;  it  grows  round  and 
hard  about  them :  and  under  this  singular  arch  they 
make  an  end  of  perfecting*  themselves :  they  are  at 
first  only  of  the  consistence  of  a  pap :  this  thickens  by 
degrees;  it  assumes  the  form  of  an  oblong  ball,  and 
when  all  the  members  of  the  nymph  have  acquired  a 


1-M 

*orrTaiti  consistence,  they  issue  one  after  another  from 
the  inside  of  the  b<ni,  and  arrange  themselves  like  tliose 
•of  other  nymphs. 

By  becoming  a  kind  of  cmie,  the  skin  of  the  insect 
does  not  lose  in  all  the  species,  the  form  that  was  pro- 
per to  the  worm  ;  some  of  them  preserve  it  so  Well, 
that  the  metamorphosed  worm  scarcely  differs  at  alt 
from  the  worm  that  has  not  been  yet  transformed. 

6.  A  lien  that  should  lay  an  egg  as  large  as  herself, 
iron;  whuh  a  cork  or  a  hen  would  be  hatched,  may 
offer  to  us  such  a  prodigy,  as  we  should  find  some  dim- 
tulty  in  believing.  A  fly  that  is  troublesome  to  horses, 
and  whose  form  has  caused  it  to  be  named  the  spider- 
jiif,  affords  us  such  a  prodigy  ;  and  it  should  not  seem 
the  lehs  strange  because  it  takes  place  only  in  an  insect; 
\Yere  there  a  law  in  the  organical  kingdom,  to  which 
we  knew  no  exception,  it  would  assuredly  be  that 
which  ordained  every  organized  body  to  grow  after  its 
birth.  Nevertheless,  here  Is  a  fly  that  lays  a  species  of 
egg,  from  which  is  produced  another  fly  as  large  and  as 
perfect  as  the  mother.  This  egg  is  almost  round,  white 
at  first,  and  afterwards  of  a  black  or  ebony  colotir.  The 
shell  is  tirm  and  polished — but  1  rausl  undeceive  my 
reader :  this  is  not  a  real  egg,  but  has  only  the  ap- 
pearance of  one  ;  it  is  the  insect  itself  that  has  assumed 
the  form  -of  an  oblong  bail  in  a  cone  made  of  its  own 
skin.  The  thing  s  not  the  less  wonderful  on  that 
account.  All  insects  that  metamorphose  themselves  go 
through  their  various  transformations,  out  of  the  belly 
of  their  motl-er.  They  are,  indeed,  to  grow  considera- 
bly before  they  undergo  their  ikst  transformation,  but 
do  not  grow  at  all  afterwards.  We  have  thtn  an  insect 
ti  at  trans  for  ms  itself  in  the  very  belly  of  its  mother, 
and  acquires  no  farther  growth  after  it  has  issued 
from  it. 

These  cones  of  the  spider-fly,  these  pretender]  eggs 
h-'ve  beesi  opened  at  different  limes,  and  in  them  have 
been  found  the  same  things  that  are  discerned  in  the 
MoTtg  £a //-nymphs,  when  observed  at  their  $ftereiit 

VOL.  IV.  I 


172 

ages.  Moreover,  there  have  been  discerned  stigmata  in 
this  species  of  cone  that  might  be  taken  for  a  real  egg, 
which  is  an  evident  proof  that  it  was  the  skin  of  a 
worm  that  has  transformed  itself  under  this  very  skin. 
An  egg  is  without  motion  :  our  cone  has  some  that  are 
very  visible,  and,  in  certain  circumstances,  the  inside  ad- 
mits of  their  being  seen,  which  attracts  the  attention  of 
the  observer.  He  seems  to  discern  little  clouds  that 
succeed  each  other  without  interruption,  and  that  pass 
with  a  progressive  and  uniform  motion,  from  one  end  of 
the  cone  to  the  opposite  one.  In  the  cones  that  are 
laid  before  the  time,  these  shadowy  layers  have  a  con- 
trary direction  from  that  which  they  have  in  the  cones 
at  the  full  time.  You  have  seen  that  the  circulation 
varies  its  course  in  the  nymph :  since  our  shadowy 
layers  change  their's  likewise,  they  pretty  clearly  indi- 
cate to  us,  that  the  abortive  cone  is  the  worm  itself, 
that  has  not  yet  gone  through  its  metamorphosis  :  this 
worm  is,  in  truth,  a  .yery  singular  being;  it  has  neither 
head,  mouth,  nor  any  member :  it  is,  in  appearance, 
nourished  like  the  eg£s  of  birds,  in  the  trunks  that  en- 
close them.  A  nice  dissection  demonstrates  the  ovary 
of  the  fly,  and  the  worm  lodged  in  the  middle. 

7.  When  animals  were  divided  into  viviparous  and 
oviparous,  it  was  thought  that  all  the  species  were  com- 
prehended. The  vine  fretter  came  first  to  clash  with 
this  famous  division,  and  convinced  us  that  an  animal 
was  at  the  same  time  viviparous  and  oviparous.  The 
<zr?H-polypus  next  appeared,  and  presented  us  with  an 
animal,  that,  multiplying  by  slips,  might  with  good  rea- 
son be  called  ramiparous.  There  have  even  been  ob- 
servations made  which  seem  to  prove  that  it  is  likewise 
oviparous.  Another  species  of  polypus,  that  multiplies 
also  by  slips,  and  is  extremely  well  characterised  by  a 
sort  of  plume,  lays  real  eggs.  These  eggs  may  be  pre- 
served in  a  dry  place  for  the  space  of  whole  months  like 
seed  of  silk-worms;  and  if  afterwards  sown  in  water, 
there  will  be  produced  from  them  as  many  polypuses. 
The  bulb-polypus  may  be  depicted  by  the  epithet  of 
4 


173 

lulliparous.  But  how  shall  we  describe  the  multiplication 
of  other  cluster-poly  puses,  that  of  the7u^-polypuses,and 
of  the  milJipes  1  Lastly,  the  spider-Jly  presents  us  with 
another  method  of  multiplying,  in  which  there  is  no- 
thing that  is  common  with  any  of  those  above-men- 
tioned, and  Which  is  attempted  to  be  expressed  by  the 
term  of  nymphiparous.  How  many  other  methods  of 
propagating  will  there  be  discovered  every  day  for 
which  it  will  be  necessary  to  create  new  terms  ? 

8.  One  animal  does  not  differ  more  from  another 
than  a  worm  from  a  nymph.  And  what  renders  this 
metamorphosis  still  more  surprising  is>  that  it  seems  to 
be  performed  instantaneously. 

What  then  is  the  procedure  of  nature  in  this  respect  1 
She,  in  other  instances,  advances  by  degrees.  An  in- 
sensible developemerit  brings  all  organized  bodies  to  a 
state  of  perfection.  Can  this  law,  which  is  so  universal, 
suffer  any  exception  ?  A  fact  which  I  am  going  to  relate 
will  help  us  to  penetrate  this  mystery. 

Let  us  confine  ourselves  to  caterpillars ;  they  ar6 
sufficiently  known  to  us,  since  the  silk-worm  is  a  real 
caterpillar.  The  caterpillar  from  time  to  time  changes 
Iris  skin,  and  that  is  common  to  him  and  most  oilier  in- 
sects. These  moultings  are  termed  maladies  in  the  silk- 
worm, and  they  are  so  in  effect.  But  it  is  very  material 
to  observe,  that  the  skin  which  the  caterpillar  casts  oft" 
at  each  moulting  is  so  complete,  that  it  seems  to  be  of 
itself  a  real  caterpillar.  There  is  found  in  it  a  head, 
eyes,  a  mouth,  jaws,  legs,  armed  with  hooks,  stigmata, 
and  generally  ail  the,  external  parts  proper  to  the 
insect. 

How  is  the  caterpillar  enabled  to  divest  itself  of  so 
many  organs,  and  clothe  itself  with  new  ones  resembling 
the  first  1  Nothing  can  be  more  simple  than  this  :  new 
organs  were  lodged  in  the  old  ones,  as  in  so  many  cases 
or  sheaths.  In  changing  its  skin,  the  caterpillar  had 
occasion  only  to  draw  them  away>  and  drew  them  away 
accordingly,  because  the  cases  proved  too  strait. 

This  jointing  is  so  real,  that  it  may  be  perceived  by 
I  2 


17* 

2he  naked  eye.  „  It  may  even  be  demonstrated  by  ..a 
very  easy  experiment.  If  on  the  approach  of  the 
moulting,  we  cut  off  I  lie  former  legs  of  the  caterpillar, 
she  will  issue  from  her  spoils  without  any  legs  at  ail. 
Tims  this  caterpillar,  which  we  considered  as  a  simple 
and  singular  bein.sr,  was  in  some  measure  a  multiplied 
being,  or  composed  of  several  similar  beings  jointed  into 
each  other,  and  that  successively  unfold  themselves. 

£).  Hence  arrises  a  very  probable  conjecture  :  may 
not  the  chrysalis  be  lodged  under  the  last  skin  the  cater- 
pillar is  to  cast  off?  May  not  this  skin  be  a  mask  that 
conceals  it  from  our  sight  ? 

A  celebrated  observer  has,  by  a  decisive  experiment, 
assured  himself  of  the  truth  of  this  conjecture :  he  has 
removed  the  mask,  and  lias,  by  tii&  means,  discovered 
the  chrysalis  in  a  manner  very  easy  to  be  distinguished, 
He  has  seen  the  six  legs  of  this  chrysalis* to  grow  out  of 
the  six  former  legs  of  the  caterpillar,  and  ail  the  other 
members  of  the  latter  to  be  wrapped  together  under  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  former. 

The  metamorphoses  of  insects,  then,  enter  anew  into 
the  order  of  developements,  and  confirm  it.  The 
.chrysalis,  or  rather  the  butterfly,  for  it  is  in  the  strictest 
sense  but  a  swaddled  butterfly ;  the  chrysalis,  I  say, 
pre-existed  in  the  caterpillar.  It  does  no  more  than  un- 
fold itself  in  it,  and  the  caterpillar  is  a  kind  of  machine 
prepared  for  ptfriorjulng  afar  oft' this  developement.  It 
is  in  some  icspects/Co  the  chrysalis,  what  the  egg  is  to 
the  chick. 

10.  In  truth,  an  insect  that  must  moult  five  times  be- 
fore it  is  invested  with  the  form  of  a  chrysalis,  is  a 
compound  of  five  organized  bodies,  enclosed  within 
each  other,  and  nourished  by  common  viscera,  placed 
in  the  centre. 

As  the  bud  of  a  tree  is  to  the  invisible  buds  it  en- 
closes, so  is  the  exterior  part  of  the  caterpillar  newly 
hatched  to  the  interior  bodies  it  conceals  in  its  bosom* 
four  of  these  bodies  have  the  same  essential  structure* 


175* 

and  this  structure  is  that  which  is  peculiar  to  the  insect 
in' the  state  of  a  caterpillar.  The  fifth  body,  which  is 
very  different,  is  that  of  the  chrysalis.  The  respective 
stak-  of  tlu'se  bodies  are  in  proportion  to  their  distance 
from  the  centre  of  the  animal.  Those  that  are  the  far- 
thest oil  have  more  consistence,  or  unfold  themselves 
soonest. 

WiK-ji  the  -exterior  body  has  attained  its  full  growth, 
the  interior,  which  immediately  follows,  is  considerably 
unfolded.  It  soon  finds  itself  lodged  in  too  narrow  a 
compass  :  it  stretches  on  all  sides  the  sheaths  that  en- 
compass it.  The  vessels  which  convey  the  nourishment  to 
these  coverings  being  broken  or  stifled  by  this  violent 
distension,  cease  to  act.  Ti«c  skin  wrinkles  and  n:!es 
up  :  at  length  it  opens,  and  the  insect  appears  clothed 
with  a  new  skin  and  new  organs. 

A  fast  of  "a  day  or  two  precedes  each  moulting.  It 
is  probably  occasioned  by  tiie  violent  state  in  winch  all 
the  organs  then  are.  Perhaps  it  might  be  also  neces- 
sary, in  order  to  promote  the  success  of  the  operation, 
and  prevent  obstructions:  be  this  as  it  may,  the  insect  is 
Weak  after  every  moulding:  all  its  organs  a^e  yet  af- 
fected by 'the  state  they  were  in  under  the  covering  they 
are  just  disengaged  from.  The  scaly  parts,  as  the  head 
and  legs  are  almost  entirely  membraneous,  and  are  all 
imbued  with  a  liquor  that  insinuates  itself  betwixt  the 
two  skin*,  and  facilitates  their  separation.  But  this 
moisture  evaporates  by  degrees :  all  the  parts  acquire  a 
consistence,  and  the  insect  is  in  a  condition  to  act.  The 
first  use  that  some  species  of  caterpillars,  which  live 
only  on  leaves,  make  of  their  new  teeth,  is  to  devour 
greedily  their  spoils ;  sometimes  they  will  not  even 
wait  for  doing  it  till  their  jaws  have  received  their  full1 
degree  of  .strength.  Can  these  spoils  be  a  proper  ali- 
ment to  renew  and  increase  their  strength?  Some 
caterpillars  have  likewise  been  seen  to  gnaw  the  shells 
of  their  eggs  after  they  have  issued  from  then),  and' 
even  that  of  the  eggs  of  such  caterpillars  as.  have  not 
been  hatched. 


176 

II.  When  we  have  once  conceived  that  all  the  exte- 
rior parts  of  the  same  kind  are  jointed  into  each  other, 
or  laid  one  on  another,  the  production  of  new  organs 
has  nothing  embarrassing  in  it ;  and  with  regard  to  this, 
there  is  not  any  essential  difference  betwixt  the  five 
jfnoultings  that^  precede  the  transformation  :  nothing 
more  is  requisite  in  all  that  but  a  simple  developement. 

But  it  is  not  absolutely  the  same,  with  respect  to 
changes  that  happen  in  the  viscera  before,  during,  and 
after  the  metamorphosis.  Here  the  light  that  should 
guide  us  is  almost  extinguished,  and  we  are  constrained 
to  grope  in  the  dark. 

It  does  not  appear  that  the  insect  changes  its  viscera 
as  it  does  its  skin.  Those  which  existed  in  the  cater- 
pillar, exist  likewise  in  the  chrysalis :  but  they  are  mo- 
dified, and  it  is  the  nature  of  these  modifications,  and 
the  manner  by  which  they  are  performed,  which  elude 
our  researches. 

A  little  before  the  metamorphosis,  the  caterpillar  re- 
jects the  membrane  that  lines  the  inside  of  the  intesti- 
nal bag.  This  bowel,  which  has  hitherto  digested  gross 
food,  must  hereafter  digest  that  which  is  extremely  de- 
licate :  the  blood  that  circulates  in  the  caterpillar,  from 
the  hind  part  towards  the  head,  circulates  a  contrary 
way  after  transformation.  If  this  inversion  be  as  real 
as  observations  indicate,  what  idea  does  it  not  give  us 
of  the  changes  the  inside  of  the  animal  experiences] 
Those,  which  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  a  new-born 
infant  undergoes,  are  in  a  manner  nothing  in  comparison 
of  them. 

12.  Whilst  nature  is  labouring  to  change  the  viscera, 
and  to  give  them  a  new  life,  she  is  employed,  at  the 
same  time,  in  the  developement  of  divers  organs,  which 
were  useless  to  the  insect  while  it  lived  under  the  form 
of  a  caterpillar,  and  which  the  new  state  whereunto  it  is 
called  renders  necessary  for  it.  The  better  to  insure 
the  success  of  her  different  operations,  she  causes  the 
insect  to  fall  into  a  deep  sleep,  during  which  she  carries 
on  her  work  at  leisure,  and  by  insensible  degrees, 


177 

The  little  wounds,  which  the  rupture  of  several  ves- 
sels has  occasioned  in  divers  parts  of  the  inside,  consoli- 
date insensibly :  those  parts  which  had  been  put  into  a. 
violent  exercise,  or  whose  forms  and  proportions  had 
been  modified  to  a  certain  degree,  conform  themselves 
gradually  to  these  changes.  The  liquors,  which  are 
obliged  to  pass  through  new  channels,  take  that  direc- 
tion by  little  anil  little.  Lastly,  the  vessels  which  were 
proper  to  the  caterpillar,  some  of' which  occupied  a  con- 
siderable place  within  it,  are  effaced,  or  converted  into 
a  liquid  sediment,  which  the  butterfly  rejects  afier  hav- 
ing l;vid  aside  the  sheath  of  the  chrysalis. 

13-  When  we  consider  the  metamorphosis  of  insects, 
we  are  surprised  at  the  singularity  of  the  means  which 
the  AUTHOR  of  nature  has  thought  proper  to  make 
choice  of,  in  order  to  bring  the  different  species  of  ani- 
mals to  perfection. 

Wherefore  is  the  lutterfty  not  bred  a  butterfly? 
Why  does  it  pass  through  the  state  of  a  caterpillar,  and 
that  of  a  chrysalis]  Why  do  not  all  the  insects  that 
metamorphose  themselves  undergo  the  same  changes  ? 
Whence  does  it  happen,  that  amongst  the  species  that 
assume  the  form  of  a  nymph,  some  shed  the  skin  of  the 
worm,  whilst  others  retain  it?  How  does  it  also  come 
to  pass,  that  among  such  insects  as  pass  through  the 
state  of  tTre  worm-skin  nymph,,  some  take  that  form  hi 
the  very  belly  of  their  mother  ] 

These  questions,  like  all  those  which  may  be  started 
concerning  Essences,  derive  their  solution  from  the  gene- 
ral system  which  is  unknown  to  us. 

Without  endeavouring  then  to  penetrate  into  the 
cause  of  metamorphoses,,  let  us  observe  attentively  the 
fact,  and  its  immediate  consequences. 

Let  us  consider  the  variety  which  those  metamor- 
phoses disperse  throughout  nature:  a  single  individual 
unites  within  itself  two  or  three  diffe rent  species.  The 
same  insect  successively  inhabits  two  or  three  worlds  : 
fend  how  great  is  the  diversity  of  its  operations  in  these 
various  abodes ! 

14 


Iff, 

Let  us  also  roimik  to  what  dearee  the  relations 
which  the  fly  or  butterfly  maintains  viith  the  beings  that 
surround  UtcJTi,  arc  multiplied  by  their  metamorphosis. 
Let  us  fix  our  attention  on  the  cone  of  the  siik-vvorin  ; 
and  admire  what  a  uwiiher  of  hands  and  njachir.es  this 
little  ball  sets  to  woik.  What  prodigious  riches  should. 
ve  have  been  deprived  of,  had  the  butterfly  of  the 
s;lk-\\orm  been  originally  produced  in  that  form  ! 

Insects  that  undergo  transit rnustions,  have  not  ye 
afforded  us  any  species  that  multiplies  by  slips  and- 
shoots.  This  will  not  surprise  us,  when  \ve  reiiect  on 
the  great  composition  of  the  bodies  of  these  insects* 
But  let  us  not  be  too  hasty  in  our  judgment,  nor  con- 
clude that  the  properly  of  multiplying  by  slips  and 
shoots  is  incompatible  with  metamorphoses.  Nature  is 
too  little  known  to  us,  to  give  us  a  right  to  form  such 
conclusions.  Vine-frettersand  polypuses  have  furnished 
us  with  good  preservatives  against  too  general  con- 
clusions , 


179 

CHAP.  X. 

Parallel  between  Plants  and  Animals, 


1.  JLN  our  researches  into  the  gradual  progression  of 
beings,  and  orgauical  economy,  we  had  frequent  occa- 
sion to  compare  vegetables  and  animals  with  each 
other.  Let  us  here  collect,  in  one  view,  those  various 
marks  of  analogy  which  are  scattered  hither  and  thither; 
let  us  represent  them-  as  in  a  picture,  wherein,  by  a> 
nearer  description  of  them,  they  will  agreeably  attract 
our  attention.  We  will  afterwards  enquire,  if  there  be 
any  character  which  essentially  distinguishes  the  vegeta- 
ble from  tne  animal. 

2.  A  seed  is  an  organized  body,  which,  under  various 
coverings,  thicker  or  thinner,  and  more  or  less  numer- 
ous, contains  within  it  a  plant  in  miniature.  A  whitish 
substance,  of  a  spongy  nature,  fills  the  capacity  of  the 
seed  :  small  vessels,  which  proceed  from  the  germ,  are 
in  every  part  of  this  substance,  dividing  and  sub-dividing 
it.  After  being  laid  in  the  earth,  moistened  ami  warm- 
ed to  a  certain  degree,  the  seed  begins  to  shoot  up : 
the  moi  ture,  which  has  penetrated  its  outward  folds, 
dissolves  thy  spongy  substance,  and  mixes  with  it.  Of 
this  mixture  is  formed  a  kind  of  milk,  which  being  car- 
ried to  the  embryo  by  the  little  vessels,  furnis  es  it 
with  a  nourishment  adapted  to  its  extreme  delicacv. 
The  radicle,  or  little  root,  begins,,  by  this  means,  to  un- 
fold itself;  it  increases  in  bulk  and  extent  every  day. 
In  a  short  time  it  becomes  sensible  of  too-- close  a  con- 
finement:  it  makes  an  effort  to  come  forth.  A  small 
orifice,  made  in  the  exterior  surface  of  the  seed,  facili- 
1  5 


istf 

'fates  its  egress:  the  root  insensibly  sinks  into  the  earth, 
and  derives  from  thence  more  substantial  and  copious 
nourishment.  The  small  stalk,  which,  till  this  time,  lay 
hid  under  the  coverings  of  the  seed,  now  begins  to  shew 
itself;  the  teguments  unfold  themselves,  in  order  to  ad- 
mit a  free  passage  for  it:  strengthened  by  an  accession 
of  fresh  juices,  it  pierces  through  the  earth,  and  ud- 
Tances  into  the  air. 

3.  An  egg  is  an  organized  body,  which,  under  divers 
teguments,  of  various  strength  and  number,  incloses  an 
animal  in  miniature.     A  fluid  matter,  of  a  glutinous  na- 
ture, fills  the  inside  of  the  egg:  a  number  of  infinitely 
small  vessels  spread  themselves  out  in  this  matter,  and 

,  are  connected  with  the  germ  by  different  branches. 
Being  warmed  in  a  sufficient  degree,  either  by  nature  or 
art,  the  inside  of  the  egg  begins  to  receive  life :  by  means 
of  a  gentle  heat,  the  matter  surrounding  the  germ  insi- 
nuates itself  into  the  small  ramifications,  from  whence  it 
passes  into  the  heart,  whose  motion  it  augments;  thus 
the  animal  becomes  a  living  creature.  It  increases  in 
.size  and  strength  every  day,  by  receiving  fresh  supplies 
of  more  nourishing  and  perfect  juices:  after  these  juices 
are  exhausted,  the  animal  has  acquired  all  the  growth  it 
was  capable  of  in  the  egg.  It  finds  the  apartment  as- 
signed it  to  be  too  narrow  :  it  endeavours  to  set  itself  at 
liberty.  T^atnre  1ms  provided  it  with  an  easy  method 
of  affecting  this,  either  by  arming  it  with  instruments 
proper  for  piercing  or  tearing  the  coverings  which  in- 
close it,  or  by  giving  to  the  egg  such  a  structure  as  fa-* 
Yours  its  efforts :  the  animal  is  produced,  and  enjoys  a 
new  life* 

4.  The  seed  then  is  to  the  plant  what  the  egg  is  to 
the  animal.     But  the  plant  is  not  only  oviparous,  but 
likewise  viviparous;  and  the  fetus  is  the  same  with  re- 
spect _  to  the  animal,  as  the  bud  is  to  the  vegetable. 

Being  concealed  under  the  rinfl,  the  bud  there  re- 
ceives its  first  growth.  It  is  minutely  inclosed  in  mem- 
braneous teguments,  analogous  to  those  c>f  the  seed ;  it 


181" 

adheres  to  Ilie  bark  by  small  fibres,  which  transmit  a 
nourishment  to  it,  adapted  to  its  state.  When  it  has 
arrived  to  a  certain  bulk,  it  penetrates  the  rind  in  order 
to  come  forth :  at  its  first  appearance,  it  bears  the  in- 
folding coverings  along  with  it,  from  which  it  is  soon 
released.  However,  being  as  yet  too  feeble  to  subsist 
without  the  aliment  provided  by  the  mother,  it  conti- 
nues to  cleave  to  her ;  and  cannot,  for  a  long  time,  be 
separated  without  endangering  it. 

Being  lodged  in  the  matrix,  the  fetus  there  receives 
its  first  growth.  It  is  there  contained  at  first  in  minia- 
ture, in  the  membraneous  inclosures  resembling  those  of 
the  egg :  it  shoots  forth  small  vessels  in  the  matrix, 
which  convey  thither  the  nourishment  necessary  to  pro- 
mote its  growth.  When  it  has  arrived  to  a  certain  size, 
it  bursts  these  inclosures,  and  comes  into  the  world  :. 
sometimes  these  inclosiures  accompany  it  at  its  issuing 
forth.  After  it  is  produced,  the  little  animal  is  not  al- 
ways able  to  provide  for  itself  without  the  assistance  of 
the  da.m :  she  must  still  furnish  it  with  sustenance, 
which  it  cannot  dispense  with  the  want  of  for  a  certain 
time  without  danger. 

5.  The  plant  is  nourished  by  the  incorporation  of 
substances  received  from  without:  these  matters  are 
very  heterogeneous..  Being  pumped  by  the  pores  of  the 
roots,  or  by  those  of  the  leaves,  they  are  conveyed  into 
the  utricuLi,  where  they  ferment  and  digest ;  they  pass 
into  the  ligneous  fibres,  which  transmit  them  to  the 
proper  vases,  where  they  appear  under  the  form  of  a 
juice,  which  is  more  or  less  coloured.  The  ramifica- 
tions of  the  proper  vases  afterwards  distribute  them  into 
all  the  parts,  to  which,  they  are  united  by  new  filtra- 
tions. 

Tubes  made  of  a  silvered  blade,  which  are  elastic*  , 
and   turned  spirally  like  a  spring,  accompany  the  ves- 
sels which  contain  the  sap,  in  their  course.     Being  ap- 
pointed for  the  purpose  of  respiration,  these  tubes  in- 
1  6 


182 

fe  a  fresh  elastic  air  into  the  plant,  .\vlrirh" prepares 
and  subtilizes  the  sap,  and  probably  colours  it,  besides 
contributing  to  its  motion  :  the  superfluous  matter,  or 
that  part  which  is  not  so  proper  to  be  mixed  with  the 
plant,  is  conveyed  to  the  surface  of  the  leaves,  whence 
,it  evaporates  by  an  insensible,  but  very  copious  transpi- 
ration. Globules,  vesicles,  or  other  excretory  organs, 
which  are  distributed  among  the  young  shoots  or' leaves, 
procure  an  evacuation  of  the  grosser  matter,  and  such 
as  is  of  a  stronger  consistence. 

The  animal  is  nourished  by  the  incorporation  of  ID  at- 
ter  which  proceeds  from  without:  this  matter  is  very 
heterogeneous.  Being  received  by  the  mouth,  it  is  con- 
veyed into  the  stomach.--  and  intestines,  where  it  under- 
goes different  preparations:  it  passes  into  the  lacteal 
veiris,  and  their  dependencies,  or  in  other  like  vessels*, 
whereby  it  is  transmitted  into  the  blood-vessels,  where 
it  appears  under  the  form  of  a  fluid,  more  or  less  co- 
loured, or  flowing.  The  ramifications  of  the  blood- 
vessels afterwards  disperse  it  into  all  parts,  with  \vhich 
it  incorporates  iiself  by  new  preparations. 

Pipes  composed  of  cartiilaginous  rings,  or  of  a  silvered 
and  elastic  blade,  turned  spiral-wise,  communicate  wit  ft 
the  blood-vessels,  or  follow  them  in  their  course.  As 
they  are  appropriated  to  respiration,  they  introduce 
to  the  animal  a  fresh  and  elastic  air,  which  prepares,  at- 
tenuates, and  probably  colours  tiie  blood,  contributing 
likewise  to  its  motion.  The  superfluous  matter,  or 
such  part  of  it  as  is  improper  to  be  united  with  the  ani- 
mal, is  carried  to  the  surface  of  the  shin,  from  whence  it 
evaporates  by  an  insensible,  but  very  copious  transpira- 
tion. Glands,  or  other  emunctory  organs,  placed  in 
different  parts  of  the  body,  procure  the  evacuation  of 
the  grosser  matter. 

6.  The  plant  grows  by  unfolding,  or  the  gradual  ex- 
tension of  its  parts  in  length  and  width :  this  extension 
is  followed  by  a  certain  degree  of  hardness,  contracted 
l>y  the  fibres.  It  diminishes  as  the  hardness  increases: 

3 


183 

it  entirely  ceases  when  the  fibres  are  so  far  hardened  as 
not  to  yield  to  ilie  force  which  tends  to  enlarge  their 
surface* 

The  plants  which  become  hardened  the  latest,  are 
those  which  are  the  longest  time  in  growing.  Her /is 
'grow  and  harden  faster  than  trees:  some  of  them  cease 
lo  grow  at  the  end  of  a  few  weeks,  or  even  a  few  days. 
Among  the  last,  some  continue  to  grow  fon  a  great 
number  of  years,  and  even  for  ages. 

We  observe  analogous  differences  between  individuals 
of  the  same  species  :  some  harden  sooner,  grow  in  a 
less  degree,  or  continue  smaller ;  others  harden  later, 
and  become  larger. 

The  bud  has  nothing  ligneou$  or  woody  in  it :  being 
hvrlaceoitf  in  every  part  of  its  substance,  it  becomes 
ligneous  by  degrees.  Its  stalk  is  formed  of  a  prodigi- 
ous number  of  concentric  blades  one  in  another,  which 
are  disposed  according  to  its  length,,  and  compose  dif- 
ferent bundles  of  fibres,  which  are  themselves  formed 
of  a  prodigious  number -of  lesser  fibres. 

At  the  centre  of  the  stalk  is  placed  the  pith ;  and  the 
spaces  which  aie  left  between  the  blades,  are  likewise 
filled  with  a  pithy  substance. 

From  the  thickness  of  the  blades  results  its  growtli  in 
width  ;  from  the  lengthening  of  the  blades  its  growth  ia 
Jen<,- Lii  proceeds:  all  the  blades  grow  and  harden  one 
after  another:  every  blade  grows  and  hardens  alike  suc- 
cessively throughout  its  whole  length.  That  part  of 
every  blade  which  grows  and  hardens  first  of  all,  is 
that  which  composes  the  base  of  the  stalk:  the  blade, 
which  grows  and  hardens  first  is  the  Innermost,  or  that 
which  immediately  encompasses  the  pith.  This  blade  is 
again  covered  with  another,  which  being  more  ductile, 
extends  itself  the  more  :  a  third  blade  incloses  this  last, 
which,  as  it  hardens  still  later,  is  a  longer  time  iii  its 
growth :  the  case  is  the  same  with  regard  to  a  fourth, 
fifth,  or  sixth.  All  these,  thus  diminishing  ia  thickness, 
and  inclining  towards  the  axis  of  the  stalk  as  they  ap- 
proach its  upper  extremity,  form  so  many  little  eoues 


engrafted  into  each  other,  from  whence  proceeds  the 
conic  figure  of  the  stalk  and  branches. 

From  the  assemblage  of  little  cones  which  become 
hardened  during  the  first  year,  is  formed  a  cone  of  a 
woody  nature,  which  determines  the  growth  of  that 
year.  This  cone  is  inclosed  in  another  herbaceous  cone, 
which  is  only  the  rind,  and  which,  the  following  year, 
will  produce  a  second  ligneous  cone,  <tc. :  when  the 
wood  is  once  formed,  it  does  not  extend  itself  any  far- 
ther; so  that  in  cicatrices,  grafts,  and  different  kinds  of 
tumours,  the  rind  is  the  only  part  that  is  employed.  By 
stretching,  thickening,  or  swelling  itself  the  rind  insen- 
sibly forms  a  roll,  and  produces  excrescenses  which  are 
more  or  less  considerable,  in  proportion  to  the  ease  with 
which  it  is  distended,  or  according  to  the  quantity  of 
juices  it  receives. 

7.  The  animal  grows  by  expansion,  or  by  the  gra- 
dual extension  of  its  parts  in  every  sense :  to  this  exten-' 
sion  there  succeeds  a  hardness  in  the  fibres*  The  ex- 
tension diminishes  as  the  hardness  increases.  It  ceases 
when  the  hardness  has  arrived  to  such  a  pitch,  as  not  to 
admit  of  the  fibres  giving  way  to  the  force  which  con- 
tributes to  enlarge  their  couts. 

Those  animals  in  which  this  hardness  is  formed  latest, 
are  longest  in  their  growth.  Insects  grow  and  harden  in 
a  much  less  time  than  great  animals.  Some  of  them 
cease  growing  at  the  end  Of  some  weeks,  and  sometimes 
in  a  few  days  :  of  the  latter  some  continue  growing  for 
a  great  number  of  years,  and  even  some  ages. 

One  may  observe  analogous  differences  in  the  growth 
of  individuals  of  the  same  species;  some  of  which,  that 
harden  later  than  others,  acquire  a  greater  bulk. 

The  fetus,  in  its  original  state,  contains  nothing  of  a 
bony  nature.  As  it  is  membraneous  throughout,  it  only 
becomes  lony  by  degrees.  The  bones  are  composed  of 
a  prodigious  number  of  blades,  folded  in  each  other, 
lying  according  to  the  length  of  the  bone,  and  forming 
various  collections  of  fibres,  which  are  themselves  com- 


185 

posed  of  the  re-union  of  a  great  number  of  little 
fibres. 

In  the  centre  of  the  bone  is  placed  the  marrow. 
The  spaces  left  between  the  blades  are  filled  with  a  me- 
dullary substance. 

From  the  thickening  of  the  blades  the  growth  of  the 
bone  proceeds,  from  the  lengthening  of  them,  their 
extending  in  length  :  all  these  blades  grow  and  harden 
after  one  another :  each  blade  grows  and  becomes  hard  in 
a  like  successive  manner  throughout  its  whole  length. 
That  part  of  the  blade  which  grows  and  hardens  first,  com- 
poses the  body  of  the  bone,  which  immediately  encloses 
the  marrow.  This  blade  is  again  covered  with  a  second, 
which,  being  more  ductile,  stretches  itself  in  a  greater 
degree.  A  third  blade  again  infolds  this,  which,  as  it 
hardens  later  than  the  others,  is  a  longer  time  in  its 
growth.  It  is  the  same  with  respect  to  a  fourth,  fifth, 
or  sixth.  As  they  all  thus  diminish  in  thickness,  and 
detach  themselves  from  the  axis  of  the  bone,  the  nearer 
they  approach  to  its  extremities,  they  form  so  many 
little  columns,  infolded  within  each  other,  which  in- 
crease in  diameter  at  their  extremities,  From  hence 
we  deduce  the  figure  peculiar  to  long  bones. 

The  growth  of  the  bone  during  the  first  year  is  at- 
tributed to  the  number  of  blades  which  become  harden- 
ed in  that  year.  This  bone  is  covered  over  again  with 
a  great  number  of  membraneous  blades,  that  bear  the 
name  of  periosteum,  which,  as  they  gradually  extend 
and  harden,  conduce  to  the  increase  of  the  bone  in  every 
part  of  it.  The  bone,  when  it  is  once  formed,  extends 
itself  no  farther. 

Thus,  in  fracturest  anchyloses,  and  the  different 
species  of  excrescences,  whether  natural  or  accidental, 
the  periosteum  is  the  only  part  of  the  bone  thajt  labours. 
By  stretching,  thickening,  and  swelling  itself,  the  peri- 
osteum restores  the  bone,  insensibly,  produces  a  callo- 
sity, and  forms  greater  or  less  tumors,  in  proportion  to 
the  facility  wherewith  it  extends  itself,  or  as  it  is  more 
or  less  supplied  with  juices,  or  with  such  as  are  more  or 
less  viscous. 


186 

8.  The  dust  or  fine  powder  of  the  s lamina  is  the  prin*- 
ciple  which  fertilizes  the  seed.  The  pistil  is  the  place 
where  this  fecundation  is  performed. 

Being,  contained  in  certain  vesicles,  the  fecundating 
dust  is  discovered  in  them  by  a  microscope,  under  the 
appearance  of  a  group  of  urinate,  regular  bodies,  for 
the  most  part  of  a  spherical  or  elliptic  form,  which1, 
being  moistened,  open  themselves,. and  emit  a  thin  va- 
pour, in  which  there  floats  a  great  number  of  exceeding 
small  seeds,  which  stem  to  move  on  all  sides.  The 
dust  itself,  when,  put  into  a  drop  of  water,  moves  several 
ways  with  great  rapidity. 

The  pistil  is  composed  of  three  principal  parts,  the 
lose,  the  cups,  and  the  top.  The  base  contains  one  or 
more  cavities,  where  the  grain  is  lodged.  The  cups  are 
long  tunnels,  whose  base  or  aperture  i*  turned  towards 
the  top  :  This  is  generally  furnished  with  several  nipples, 
each  of  which  isperforatedj  having  their  diameter  cor- 
responding witJi  that  of  a  small  gram  of  the  dust. 

Being  in  the  lower  part  of  the  cup,  the  minute 
grains  are  pressed  in  them  more  and  more  by  the 
straituess  of  these  pipes:  they  are  therein  moistened 
with  a  juice  that  lilies  their  sides  :  they  open  them- 
selves and  eject  the  seminal  vapour,  which  penetrates 
to  the  seed,  and  promotes  fecundation. 

Several  species  of  plants  have  two  sorts  of  indivi- 
duals :  viz.  1,  Such  individuals  as  only  bear  stamina, 
and  these  are  males ;  and  two  individuals  that  have 
only  thepw/7/j  which  are  females. 

In  a  great  number  of  species  every  individual  is-  an- 
hei^apkrbdite+vvbidn  unites  both  sexes,  the  stamina-anil 
the  pistil.  Sometimes  this  union  happens  in  the  sj'me 
flower,  tften  the  stamina  surround  the  pistil :  at  other 
times  it  is  only  effected  on  the  same  lianch ;  so  that 
the  stamina  are  placed-  oh  one  part,  and  the  pistil,  on 
another. 

£).  The  seminal  liquor  is  the  principle  of  fecundation 


187 

in  the  r-^  :  the  matrix,  or  ovaries,  arc  the  places  where 
it  is  performed. 

Being  enclosed  in  the  seminal  vessels^  the  fecundating 
li<]iior  appears  in  them,  through  a  microscope,  like  a 
mass  of  small  regular  bodies,  of  different  lengths,  which 
seem  to  separaie  themselves  hito  a  great  number  of 
extremely  minute  grains,  moving  different  ways.  Some- 
limes  these  corpuscles  resemble  cases  \vith  springs, 
whichj  \vhen  moistened,  open  themselves  and  dart 
forth  a  limpid  matter,  abounding  with  a  great  number 
of  very  small  grains.  ^t 

The  matrix  consists  of  three  principal  parts,,  or  de- 
pendencies; the  Jundus,  or  bottom,  the  fallopian  tubes, 
and  the  ovaries.  The  Jundus  contains  one  or  more 
cavities,  in  which  the  embryos  receive  nourishment  and 
expand  themselves  :  it  has  an  orifice  in  the  fore  part. 
The  iallopian  tubes  are  a  kind  of  long  funnels,  whose 
aperture  is  directed  towards  the  ovaries,  where  it- 
ends.  The  ovaries  are  a  mass  of  vesicles  that  are 
real  eggs. 

When  the  most  subtle  part  of  the  seminal  liquor  has 
arrived  through  the  iallopian  tubes  to  the  ovaries,, 
it  there  fecundates  one  or  mote  eggs.  These  after- 
wards descend  by  these  tubes  into  ihe  matrix,  wh  re 
they  are  fixed  and  unfold  themselves.  In  oviparous  fe- 
males the  eggs  are  contained  in  a  kind  of  bowel,  where- 
in they  receive  their  growth  ;.  the  seminal  liquor  makes- 
them  fruitful. 

Most  animals  consist  of  two  sorts  of  individuals,  male 
*\\1\  female ;  but  there  are  other  species,  of  which  every 
individual  is  an  heiwaphrodile.,  which  unites  the  two, 
although  it  cannot  fecundate  itself.  In  some  species, 
where  a  distinction  of  sexes  is  observed,  there  is  no 
coupling,  properly  so  called  :  the  male  oni>  communi- 
cates his  liquor  to  the  eggs  which  the  female  has  depo- 
sited. Finally,  some  species  are  propagated  without 
any  apparent  or  external  fecundation, 


188 

10.  A  plant  does  not  only  multiply  by  seeds  and 
buds  ;  it  is  likewise  propagated  by  suckers  and  sprigs. 
It  may  also  be  multiplied  by  slips  and  by  engrafting. 

A  tree  sends  forth  small  buds  from  various  parts  of 
its  surface  :  these  buds  increase  in  bulk,  they  open  and 
disclose  the  shoat,  which  extends  itself  every  day. 
While  it  is  expanding  itself,  other  still  smaller  sprigs 
shoot  from  it :  these,  in  their  turn,  are  succeeded  by 
lesser  ones,  all  of  which  are  so  many  trees  in  miniature; 
and  tlr*  nourishment  received  by  one  of  these  sprigs  is 
communicated  to  the  whole  plant. 

When  it  has  attained  to  a  certain  size,  and  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  trunk  either  by  nature  or  otherwise, 
these  shoots  sustain  themselves  and  become  so  many- 
distinct  trees.  Being  cut  into  pieces  according  to  their 
width,  or  even  their  length,  these  shoots  will  grow 
again  of  themselves  and  will  become  as  many  trees  as 
they  were  made  slips  of.  The  leaves  themselves,  when 
separated  from  their  shoots,  may  afford  so  many  com- 
plete plants.  Being  fastened  closely  to  each  other,  or. 
inserted  in  one  another,  several  of  these  shoots,  whe- 
ther taken  from  the  same  or  from  different  individuals, 
will  unite  together  in  so  intimate  a  manner,  that  they 
wii!  receive  reciprocal  nourishment,  and  form  one  indi- 
vidual whole. 

The  animal  is  not  only  propagated  by  eggs  and 
living  young,  but  likewise  by  shoots.  It  may  also  be 
multiplied  by  slips  and  ingraftings.  A  polypus  send* 
forth  little  luds  from  different  parts  of  his  body.  These 
buds  grow  big  and  lengthen  insensibly :  every  one  of 
them  is  a  young  shoot :  while  it  is  unfolding  itself, 
there  springs  from  it  other  smaller  shoots :  these,  in 
their  turn,  produce  smaller  still.  AH  these  shoots  are 
so  many  little  polypuses,  and  the  nourishment  one  of 
these  polypuses  receives,  is  communicated  to  their 
whole  number,  When  they  have  arrived  to  a  certain 
size, -they  separate  themselves  from  the  trunk,  and  be- 
come so  many  individuals. 


189 

Being  cut  into  little  bits,  either  transversely  or  lengt  h- 
wise,  the  polypuses  grow  up  again  from  the  ruins,  and 
become  as  many  complete  ones  as  they  were  pieces. 
The  very  skin,  or  even  the  least  fragment  of  them  is  ca- 
pable of  affording  one  or  several  polypuses. 

11.  The  generation  of  vegetables  is  not  constantly  re- 
gular :  the  laws  by  which  ttjey  operate  are  sometimes 
infringed  :  from  them  arise  various  species  of  monsters  : 
sometimes  they  are  compounded  leaves,  whose  smaller 
ones  are  more  or  less  numerous,  or  more  irregularly 
shaped,  or  distributed  with  less  symmetry  than  usual. 
Sometimes  there  are  flowers  which  have  neither  stamina 
nor  pistils*  and  whose  petals  being  greatly  multiplied, 
seem  to  have  absorbed  these  essential  parts.  Sometimes 
two  fruits  cleave  together  by  a  natural  graft,  or  are  en- 
closed in  each  other.  Sometimes  there  are  flowers  or 
fruits  whose  form  differs  widely  from  that  which  is  pe- 
culiar to  the  species.  Lastly,  There  are  productions 
which  do  not  properly  belong  to  any  particular  species, 
because  they  derive  their  original  from  seeds  that  have 
been  fecundated  by  dust  of  a  different  species. 

The  generation  of  animals  is  not  constantly  regular  t 
the  laws  by  which  it  is  governed  are  sometiities  disturb- 
ed ;  whence  are  produced  the  different  species  of  mon- 
sters. Sometimes  there  are  hands  and  feet,  whose 
fingers  or  toes  are  fewer  or  more  in  number,  or  formed 
in  an  irregular  manner,  or  otherwise  disposed  than  usual. 
Sometimes  there  are  fetuses,  in  which  the  parts  of  genera- 
ti&n  are  obliterated.  Sometimes  there  are  two  eggs  or 
two  fetuses  that  cleave  to  each  other  by  a  natural  co- 
hesion, or  that  are  contained  in  one  another.  Some- 
times there  are  eggs  or  fetuses  whose  form  is  greatly 
different  from  that  which  is  peculiar  to  the  species. 
Lastly,  there  are  productions  that  partake  of  two  species, 
because  they  are  produced  from  such  females  as  are  fe- 
cundated by  males  of  different  species. 

12.  The  laws  respecting  the  nutrition  and  growth  of 
vegetables  are  liable  to  greater  disorders  than  those  of 


190 

generation.  From  hence  are  derived  the  different1' Sincls 
«>;  wviS^dies  the  plant  is  subject  to.  Some  of  these 
w<J  adits  only  attack  the  leaves,'  and  produce  on  them 
sfots  of  different  colours,  wrinkles  t  pustules,  scabs : 
others  attack  tbe  principal  viscera,  uii']  occasion  c/ioak- 
ings,  obstructions,  stdgnttf  forts,  tumours,  cancers,  effusion  $ 
o« hers  lake  5 heir  sc/ 1  in  the  jlmver  or  Jju-il  ;  others 
afreet  the  H.gnevus  bodirs,  wJiicli  tiiey  ciuise  to  moulder 
away,  \vliitt  the  bark  remains  Whole  ;  others  come 
lYo;n  III  tie  plants  or  divers-  insects,  which  being  on  the 
outside  or  inside- of  vegetables-,  convert  their  noiii.- 
ine-ijt  to  their  own  bdvanttfge^  or  change  the  organiza- 
tion of  it.  O i hers  derive  \heir  origin  from  a  change  of 
eLiuctte,  ai.ment,  or  culture. 

The  laws  of  the  nutrition  and  the  '<rrowtli  of  animals 
are  more  freqnentiy  disturbed  than  those  of" generation. 
From  hence  proceed  the  various  species  of  disorders  to 
which  an  animal  is  exposed  :  among  these  maladies, 
there  are  some  which  attack  only  the  skin,  and  produce 
spots  of  various  colours,  wrvikles^  pustules,  pimplts  '• 
ofhefs  attack  the  principal  bowels,  and  occasion  oppres- 
sions, obstructions,  stagnations,  tumours,  alscesses,  over- 
ft(ywings\  others  are  sealed  in  the  organs  of  generation: 
others'seize  the  bones,  and  beget  rottenness-  in  them, 
whilst  the  periosteum  continues  sound:  others  have 
their  source  -from  different  injects  which,  being  lodg- 
ed cither  without  or  within  the  animals,  divert  the 
nourishment  of  them  to  their  own  benefit,  or  alter  the 
constitution  of  them  :  others  are  caused  by  the  change 
ot  climate,  nourishment,  or  breeding, 

13.  Finally,  the  plant,  after  having  escaped  a  variety 
©f  maladies  which  threatened  its  lite,  cannot  elude  the 
effects  of  old  age,  that  creeps  into  itj  nor  the  stroke  of 
deaik,  the  inevitable  consequence  of  ifc  Being  harden- 
ed by.  time,  the  vessels  .lose  their  exercise,  and  are 
stuffed  up :  the  liquors  contained  in  them  no  longer 
move  with  the  same  facility,  nor  continue  to  be  filtrated 
and  pumped  out  with  the  same  precision:  they  stagnate 
and  corrupt,  and  this  con  nptkm,  behig  s6on  conm* 


Ifl 

LJ  to  Ike  vessels  that  enclose  them,   the  vital  func- 
«i:>ns  ceiite,  the  plant  dies,  and  crmuUles  into  dust. 

Liictly,  the  animal,  after  having  been  preserved 
from  those  diseases  which  conspired  against-  him, 
.cannot  escape  old  age,  nor  death  that  follows  in  his 
train. 

When  the  vessels  ur.e  grown  hard  through  time  they 
lose  their  action,  and  are  stopped  up.  The  liquors  do 
cot.  circulate  in  them  with  the  j^rue.  degree  of  quickness, 
and  they  are  'filtered  and  pumped  up  but  in  a  very  im- 
.perfect  manner.  They  stand  still  and  are  altered,  and 
.this  alteration  soon  communicating  itself  to  the  vessels 
that  contain  them,  circulation  ceases,  the  animal  dies, 
.and  is  reduced  to  dust. 

11.  We  .have  carried  the  parallel  between  plants  and 
animals  from  their  birth  to  their  death.  The  parts  of 
Otthich  they,  consist  very  evidently  establish  the  great 
antilogy  there  is  betwixt  these  two  classes  of  organized 
.bodies. 

But  there  are  other  sources  of  comparisons  we  have 
either  avoided  to  dwell  upon,  that  we  might  not  render 
our  description  coi;fused,  or  have  only  slightly  touched 
upon  ;  under  certain  ,points  of  view.  Such  are  those 
presented  to  us,  by  plat-a,  number,  fecundity,  form, 
structure,  circulation  of  liquors,  loco-motive,  f acuity, 
feeling,  and  nutrition. 

We  will  take  a  transient  survey  of  these  sources,    and  , 
M'ithoul  endeavouring   to  exhaust    them,   content   our- 
selves with  barely  pointing  out  their   most    remarkable 
and  characteristical  contents. 

Vegetables  and  animals  reside  in  tl>e  same  dwelling- 
place.  Being  appointed  to  people  and  adorn  our  globe, 
they  are  dispersed  over  i\<  whole  surface,  and  are  placed 
•lieareach  other,  in  order  ?o  enable  them  to  afford  a  re- 
ciprocal assistance.  Like  two  great  trees  growing  in  the  < 
same  soil,  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms  eutvvine 


192 

their  branches  together  and  extend  tkeir  boughs  and 
roots  to  the  extremity  of  the  world. 

The  outside  and  inside  of  the  earth,  mountains  and 
rallies,  barren  and  fertile  places,  countries  undiscovered 
and  hid  in  dark  obscurity,  the  regions  of  the  north  and 
south,  rivulets,  rivers,  ponds,  lakes,  and  seas,  have  their 
vegetables  and  animals. 

Many  species  of  plants  and  animals  seem  to  thrive 
alike  in  different  climates.  Other  species  are  amphibious, 
and  live  as  well  out  of  the  water  as  in  it.  The  bulrush 
midfrog  flourish  in  meadows,  and  at  the  bottom  of 
ponds.  Others  are  parasites,  and  are  nourished  by  the 
juices  they  extract  from  different  species.  Such  are  the 
misletoe  and  the  louse. 

Lastly,  Some  parasite  species  supply  their  necessities, 
in  their  turn,  from  other  parasites.  The  misletoe  lias 
his  liverworts,  and  certain  lice  have  their  lice. 

15.  There  are  upwards  of  twenty  thousand  species  of 
plants  known  to  us,  and  new  discoveries  of  them  are 
made  every  day.  A  microscopical  botany  has  extended 
the  dominions  of  the  ancient.  Mosses,  mushrooms,  liver- 
worts, whose  families  are  innumerable,  now  take  place 
amongst  vegetables,  and  present  the  curious  with  flowers 
and  seeds  which  before  they  were  unacquainted  with. 
The  microscope  discovers  plants  to  our  view,  where  we 
never  suspected  them.  Free-stone  is  often  covered  with 
spots  of  different  colours,  commonly  brown  or  blackish. 
Glass,  notwithstanding  its  fine  polish,  is  not  exempt 
from  such  spots.  We  observe  hoariness  on  almost  all 
bodies.  These  spots  and  this  hoariness  are  found  to  be 
gardens,  meadows,  and  forests,  in  miniature,  whose 
plants  that  are  infinitely  small,  afford  us  nevertheless 
some  prospect  of  their  flowers  and  seeds. 

But  although  vegetables  are  very  numerous  in  their 
species,  yet  they  are  much  less  so  than  animals.  Every 
species  of  plant  has  not  only  its  particular  species  of 
animals,  but  there  are  many  species  of  plants  which 
nourish  several  species  of  animals.  The  oak  alone 


193 

finds  nourishment  for  above  200  species  of  them, 
Some  attack  the  roots  of  this 'tree,  which  they  dig 
into,  and  produce  therein  various  tuberosities.  Others 
fix  themselves  in  the  trunk t  where  they  make  crook- 
ed furrows.  Some  insinuate  themselves  into  the  bark 
and  wood ;  whilst  others  penetrate  the  interior 
parts,  whence  they  extract  the  juice.  Some  feed  only 
on  the  leaves.  Others  fold  or  roll  them  up  with  a  great 
deal  of  art.  Some  form  them  into  nuts.  Others  iind 
both  lodging  and  nourishment  in  the  fruit.  Nay,  ga- 
ther but  a  flower  by  chance  either  a  daisy,  poppy,  or 
rose,  and  you  will  observe  on  it  a  multitude  of  insects. 
In  short,  where  can  we  turn  our  eyes  without  behold- 
ing animals  ?  Nature  has  strewed  them  every  where 
with  a  bountiful  hand.  They  were  her  most  excellent 
productions ;  she  has  been  liberal  of  them.  She  has  en- 
closed animals  within  animals  $  she  has  ordained  one 
animal  to  be  a  world  for  others,  which  should  find 
therein  nourishment  in  proportion  to  their  wants.  The 
air,  vegetable  and  animal  liquors,  corrupt  matter,  dirt, 
dung,  dry  wood,  shells,  and  even  stones,  are  all  ani- 
mated, all  swarm  with  inhabitants.  What  do  I  say? 
The  sea  itself  sometimes  appears  to  be  one  entire  col- 
lection of  animals.  The  light,  which  glitteringly  reflects 
on  it  in  the  night-time,  during  hot  weather,  is  prodaced 
by  an  infinite  number  of  very  minute  glow-worms  of  a 
yellowish  brown  colour,  and  soft  substance,  not  unlike 
caterpillars,  every  part  of  which,  after  being  divided, 
and  even  putrified,  shines  with  the  same  brightness  as 
when  the  worm  was  whole  and  living.  A  species  of 
sea-Jlies  are  also  luminous,  and  communicate  their  lustre 
to  the  waters.  There  issues  from  within  them  a  globu- 
lar matter,  which  is  likewise  phosphorous. 

Herls  are  more  numerous  in  their  species  and  indivi- 
duals than  shrubs  and  trees.  Insects  are  more  numer- 
ous, in  respect  to  their  species  and  individuals,  than 
lirds  and  quadrupeds.  There  are  more  ranunculuses 
than  rose-lushes,  and  more  blades  of  grass  than  oaks, 


19* 

There  are  mure  butterflies  than  fowls,    and  more  vint* 
fit  tiers  'han  dogs. 

16.  The  magnificence  of  the  creation  slrines  in  no 
part  of  it  wiili  greater  lustre,  .than  in  the  prodigious  fe- 
cundity ot  a  great  number  of  plants  and  animate.'  One 
single  individual  may  give  birih  to  thousands,  or  even 
Uiiliiung  of  individuate  like  itself.  Being  formed  agree- 
able to  those  oioportions  which  are  only  known  to  tha«t 
ADORABLE  WISDOM  that  has  established  them,  this 
.great  people  ua»  at  first  enclosed  within  the  narrow 
compast  oi  a  rind  or  ovary.  In  ti-is  dark  abode  they 
receive  l heir  first;  life,  begin  to  grow,  and  a,  e  deposed 
to  appear  on  the  vast  theatre  of  the  visible  world. 

If  we  consider   things   in  a  general    view,  vegetables 
will  be    fc-uj'd  to    be   more  fruitful  than  animals.     We 
v-r  conviuced  of  this,    by   comparing    trees 
\vnh  quadrupeds. 

Trees  produce  annual!  v,  sometimes  for  many  ages, 
<5nu'j  their  ^reductions  are  always  very  numerous.  Large 
quadrupeds,  as  the  elephant,  the  mare,  the  hind,  tlie 
*&c.  huve  seldoiii  jftore  tjiau  Ok-e  at  a  time,  rarely 
tu<:,  aiiii  the  nursiber  tluy  breed  is  always  very  mode- 
rate. Leaser  quadrupeds,  such  as  the  dog,  the  hare,  the 
cat,  tlit  rat,  i •  crease  in  a  much  gitater  degree;  but 
their  v  is  but  inconsiderable,  when  compared  to 

tiiat  of  ligneous  plants.  The  elm  produces  ye;.ily  up- 
wards o.  ;hre«'  hundred  thousand  seeds;  and  tins  asto- 
nishing multiplication  may  continue  above  a  century. 

Fix  has  and  insects  nearly  resemble  vegetables  in  fe- 
cundity. A  tench,  lay  I  aboUl  ien  thousand  eui»,s :  <,  carp, 
twenty  thousand  :  i-ud  a  cot/,  a  million.  An  insect  .•-•eh 
produces  ti  e  itch,  i:  ys  fi/ui  or  fixe  thousand  e^ga,  ,  ic- 
inale  iw,  tort y-n've  er  rifty  thousand. 

To  this  amazing  fecundity  is  opposed  that  of  the  wild 


195 

poppy,  mustard,  Jern.  And  we  must  not  forget,  that 
most  vegetables  are  propagated  different  ways;  \\ hereas 
animals  are  for  tl}e  n>o:-t  j>art  propagated  only  by  one. 

.1 

A  tree  may  be  made  to  form  as  many  trees  as  it  has 
branches,  boughs,  and  even  leaves.  Plants,  which  are 
principally  designed  to  supply  the  necessities  of  <  limals, 
cannot  be  endued  with  too  great  a  degree  of  fecundity J 

I/.  There  is  hardly  any  sight  more  interesting,  than 
that  which  the  infinitely  varied  forms  of  plants  Lnd  ani- 
mals afford.  If  one  compares  the  less  perfect  species 
with  more  perfect,  or  the  species  of  the  same  class  with 
each  other,  he  is  equally  strurk  with  the  diversity  of  mo- 
dels, by  which  nature  has  performed  her  woiks  in  the 
vegetable  and  animal  kingdom1'.  He  passes  with  asto- 
nishment from  the  swinslrcad  to  the  sensitive  plant, 
from  the  mushroom  to  the  carnation,  from  the  night- 
shade to  the  oak,  from  the  ivy  to  t\icjir~tr;:c.  He  con- 
siders with  surprise  the  prodigious  multitude  of  mi^h- 
rooms  and  liverworts,  and  can  never  enough  admire  the 
fecundity  of  nature  in  the  production  of  these  plants. 

As  he  goes  on  to  plants  that  are  more  elevated  in  the 
scale,  he  stops  with  pleasure  to  examine  those  plants  that 
have  stalks,  from  the  grass  which  grows  between  the 
stones  to  that  precious  plant,  whose  ear  furnishes  us 
with  the  most  wholesome  food.  He  considers  the  vari- 
ous plants  that  creep,  from  the  tender  bind-weed  to  the 
vine  branch  which  crowns  our  hills.  He  likewise  takes 
a  survey  of  those  trees  which  bear  fruit  with  stones, 
from  the  wild  plumb-tree  to  the  peach,  whose  fruit  does 
not  excite  our  admiration  more  by  the  softness  of  its 
velvet  covering  and  beautiful  colour,  than  by  the  abund- 
ance and  exquisite  taste  of  the  liquor  it  yields. 

If  from  the  vegetable,  he  transports  himself  into  the 
animal  kingdom,  the  prospect  becomes  still  more  in- 
teresting. He  sees  opposed  to  each  other  in  the  same 
portrait,  the  polypus  and  tea-dog,  the  day -fly 

VOL,  iv.  K. 


196 

Jish,  the  dancing-bird  and  eagle,  the  grasshopper  and 
flying-squirrel,  the  ar/£  and  .r/Qg,  the  cricket  and  rhino- 
ceros, the  wood  louse  and  crocodile,  the  scorpion  and  the 


Another  picture  presents  him  with  a  view  of  the  pro- 
digious number  of  lu  tier/lies  and  JZfes  5  in  considering 
which,  he  is  astonished  at  NATURE'S  complaisance  in 
thus  diversifying  these  little  animals,  so  different  from 
the  great  ones  by  their  forms,  and  which  have  been 
treated  as  defective  or  imperfect  beings. 

Transferring  next  his  survey  to  those  species  of  aui- 
inals  immediately  higher,  he  contemplates  shell- 
Jish,  from  that  whose  precious  liquor  dyes  the  garments 
of  kings,  to  the  sailor  that  rous  with  so  much  grace  and 
skill  on  the  inconstant  wave.  He  observes  the  different 
species  of  fish,  from  tiie  dangerous  cramp-Jish  to  the 
powerful  nerval,  and  from  the  pretty  golden-jish  of 
China  to  the  dolphin,  that  cleaves  the  billow  with  the 
swiftness  of  a  dart 

He  likewise  takes  a  review  of  those  lirds  that  live  on 
herls  or  seeds,  from  the  linnet,  that  delights  us  with  his 
melody,  to  the  peacock  that  pompously  displays  in  our 
court-yards  the  gold  and  azure  with  which  he  is  en- 
riched". He  also  observes  the  birds  of  prey,  from  the 
fierce  merlin  to  the  eagle,  whose  strength  and  courage 
have  raised  him  to  the  sovereignty  over  the  birds.  He 
next  reviews  the  quadrupeds,  from  the  iiglit  and  timo- 
rous hare  to  the  elephant,  whoje  enormous  corpulency 
attracts  every  eve  ;  and  from  the  wily  fox  to  that  noble 
and  generous  quadruped  which  seems  formed  to  have 
dominion  over  the  animal  creation. 

Plants,  though  prodigiously  various  in  their  forms, 
yet  are  less  so  than  animals.  There  are  fewer  grada- 
tions from  the  truffle  to  the  sensitive  plant,  or  from  the 
nightshade  to  the  oak,  than  there  are  from  the  oyster  to 


197 

the  ostrich,  or  from  the  sea  nettle  to  the  ouran-outang. 
Plants,  being  essentially  more  simple  than  amuml %  have 
not  given  birth  to  so  many  combinations. 

The  forms  of  animals  afford  us  a* singularity  winch  is 
extremely  remarkable,  and  sufficient  to  distinguish 
them  from  vegetables ;  I  mean,  those  admirable  meta- 
morphoses which  tho  same  insects  exhibit  to  us,  which 
are  sometimes  so  opposite,  that  it  does  not  appear  to  be 
the  same  animal. 

But  may  we  not  compare  the  bud  in  which  a  plant  or 
flower  is  infolded,  to  the  covering  of  a  chrysalis  which 
conceals  the  butterfly  from  our  si^ht  ?  And  as  the  plant 
cannot  produce  seeds  till  th«?  t1«>wer  has  issued  from  the 
bud,  so  neither  can  the  butterfly  propagate  till  it  has  cast 
off  the  sheath  of  \\\&  chrysalis. 

18.  It  is  not  so  easy  to  ecrnpr,^  pianfs  and  animal's 
in  their  interior  forms  or  structure,  as  it  is  in  their  ex- 
terior. We  may  judge  of  the  one  by  a  single  glance  of 
the  eye  :  we  must  bestow  a  particular  attention,  to  judge 
of  the  other.  We  penetrate  with  greater  difficulty,  into 
the  inside  of  a  plant,  than  into  that  of  an  animal.  The 
microscope,  scalpel,  and  injections,  which  are  so  ser- 
viceable to  us  in  the  anatomy  of  animals,  assist  us  very 
imperfectly  in  that  of  plants.  It  is  likewise  true,  that 
this  part  of  organical  economy  has  been  less  studied. 

But  how  imperfect  soever  the  anatomy  of  plants  may 
1>e,  we  are  able  to  discover  some  of  their  principal  vessels. 
These  may  be  ranged  under  two  general  classes ;  the 
longitudinal  that  extend  the  whole  length  of  the  plant, 
and  the  transverse  vessels,  or  such  as  are  placed  across 
it.  The  sappy  vessels  and  tr achaean  belong  to  the  first 
class ;  the  utriculi,  or  insertions,  to  the"  second.  The 
vessels  containing  the  sap  seem  designed  to  convey  the 
juice.  The  utriculi,  or  little  bags,  appear  intended  for 
digesting  it. 

Some  plants  seem  to  be  entirely  composed  of  utri~ 
K  2 


198 

culi :  such  are  certain  species  of  roots  find  sea-plants, 
whose  texture  is  almost  together  vesicular.  It  is  the 
same  with  those  animals  which  seem  to  consist  of 
stomach  only,  as  the  polypus  and  type-worm. 

One  of  the  principal  characters  by  which  we  may  dis- 
tinguish insects  from  large  animals,  is,  that  the  former 
have  no  hone  within  them.  What  they  have  of  a  bony 
or  scaly  nature  is  placed  on  their  outside  for  a  support 
or  defence  to  the  more  delicate  parts  underneath,  or  to 
sustain  the  body  with  greater  advantage.  Thus  we  see 
that  in  almost  all  insects,  properly  so  called,  the  head, 
corslet,  legs,  rings',  &c.  are  either  wholly,  or  for  the 
most  part  doubly  covered  with  scales. 

Her  Is  differ  from  trees  as  insects  from  large  animals. 
They  have  no  ligneous  body  in  their  centre.  What  they 
have  of  a  ligneous  nature,  appears  on  the  outside,  and 
serves  to  protect  the  weaker  parts  of  the  plant.  Thus 
we  find  plants  with  tubes  are  strengthened  by  knots 
placed  at  regular  distances;  so  that  tlie  lowernff&t  knoU 
which  are  designed  for  the  base,  are  stronger  and  nearer 
each  other  than  the  upper  ones.  It  is  on  the  same  ac- 
count that  the  roots  of  many  herbaceous  plants,  as  well 
as  the  calixes  of  flowers,  and  the  capsules  or  coverings 
of  the  seeds,  are  made  almost  ligneous. 

Her  Is  grow  and  become  hard  sooner  than  trees.  In- 
sects  than  great  animals.  Herbs  and  insects,  being  of  a 
softer  consistence  than  trees  and  large  animals,  extend 
themselves  with  greater  case,  and  sooner  arrive  at  the 
peiod  of  their  extension.  Besides,  the  concentric  beds 
of  the  bark  of  trees,  and  those  of  the  periosteum  of 
animals,  being  far  more  numerous  than  the  relative  beds 
of  herbs  and  insects,  must  needs  require  a  longer  time 
for  their  growth. 

We  may  distinguish  two  kinds  of  parts  in  organized 
bodies  ;  to  wit,  similar  and  dissimilar.  The  former 
arc  composed  of  libres  of  the  same  kind;  the  latter,  of 


199 

fibres  of  various  sorts.  The  nerves,  arteries,  veins, 
lymphatic  vessels  are  the  similar  parts  of  our  bodies; 
the  brain,  heart,  lungs,  stomach,  the  dissimilar.  Plants 
are  almost  entirely  composed  of  similar  parts.  The 
vessels  containing  the  sap,  the  trachcea,  and  utriculi,  are 
of  this  kind.  These  different  vessels  are  pretty  mii- 
ibnnly  dispersed  throughout  the  whole  body  of  tiie 
plant:  they  enter  into  the  composition  of  all  its  parts. 
They  are  to  be  met  with  in  the  root,  stalk,  branches, 
leaves,  flowers  and  fruits.  The  least  fragment,  the 
smallest  leaf,  is  a  representation  of  the  whole,  an  abridge- 
ment of  the  plant. 

There  are  likewise  animals  which  are  nearly  composed 
of  similar  parts.  Of  this  number  are  many  species  of 
long  worm:-.,  ;ind  some  acquaiic  millepedes,  nettles^  and 
sea-stars,  polypuses,  moths,  earth-worms.  Ail  these 
animals  are  i<>»  uied  in  such  a  manner,  that  each  part  of 
them,  even  the  smallest,  corresponds  in  miniature  lo  the 
whole  iri  all  parts. 

In  the  long  worms  I  just  mentioned,  we  observe  very 
distinctly  a  s  ..i;iach,  a  heart,  and  some  very  small  ves- 
sels which  seem  dependent  on  the  latter.  There  is  like- 
wise no  room  to  doubt  that  there  is  beneath  the 
stomach,  a  medullary  string,  like  that  observed  in  other 
species  of  \  ;nus  and  caterpillars.  Their  viscera  are 
not  distribu(<;vl  into  certain  regions  of  the  body ;  they 
are  univei  sally  dispersed  throughout  its,  whole  length ; 
so  that  we  may  truly  aiiirm  that  these  insects  are  all 
brain,  all  stovuach,  all  heart.  But  this  brain,  stomach, 
and  heart,  appear  extremely  simple  :  the  first  is  scarce 
any  thing  .norc  thau  a  nervous  piece  of  net-work,  the 
second  a  membraneous  bag,  and  the  third  a  grand 
artery. 

Polypuses,  which  are  more  simple  iu  their  structure, 
are  only  a  kind  of  bowel, 'sown  with  an  infinite  number 
of  small  seeds,  which  are  tinged  with  the  colour  01  the 
aliment. 

K  3 


, :  soo 

Tape-wwms  partake,  of  the  structure  of  polypuses, 
but  seem  to  be  more  compounded,  They  are  formed 
of  a  chain  of  flat,  membraneous,  and  whitish  rings,  jointed 
logetlu-r  like  the  divisions  of  a  reed.  Each  ring  has  on 
iis  upper  part,  or  on  one  of  its  sides,  a  more  or  less  sen- 
S'ble  eminence,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  small  round 
aperture.  The  middle  of  the  ring  is  full  of  vessels  of  a 
purple  or  whitish  colour,  which  perform  a  labour  that 
attracts  the  attention  of  the  observer.  The  rest  of  the 
ring  is  filled  with  an  infinite  number  of  small  white 
seeds.  Such  is  essentially  the  structure  of  the  tape- 
worm in  its  whole  extent ;  there  is  no  perfect  variety  or 
resemblance  between  all  the  rings,  the  assemblage  of 
i\h*ch  composes  a  kind  of  ribband  or  lace,  which  ex- 
tends sometimes  several  hundred  feet  in  length. 

Earth-worms  are,  of  all  the  insects  I  have  mentioned, 
those  \\  hose  inside  seems  to  be  the  most  compounded, 
chiefly  because-in  them,  the  two  sexes  are  united  :  but 
the  most  essential  organs  of  life  are  distributed  in  them 
likewise  through  the  whole  length  of  the  animal. 

Organised  bodies,  whose  structure  is  so  simple  and 
uniform*  that  each  part  of  them  has  in  a  small  compass 
an  organization  resembling  that  of  the  whole  in  a  greater 
extent,  enjoy  divers  prerogatives  that  have  been  denied 
to  organized  bodies  of  ^a  more  complicated  structure. 
The  first  of  these  are  not  destroyed  when  divided 
asunder.  Their  different  portions  continue  to  live,  and 
the  wounds  which  have  been  given  to  them  easily  con- 
solidate. These  parts  vegetate,  receive  nourishment, 
produce  new  organs,  and  multiply.  Such  wonders  as 
these  the  vegetables  and  insects  we  have  lately  treated 
of  exhibit  every  day :  wonders  which  we  have  not  suf- 
ficiently admired  in  the  former,  and  which  perhaps  we 
too  much  admire  in  the  latter. 

Large  animals  do  not  furnish  us  with  the  same  pheno- 
mena. The  consolidation  of  their  wounds,  and  the  re- 
union of  their  fractures,  although  oftentimes  attended 


201 

with  circumstances  which  render  them  very  remarkable, 
strike  us  but  slightly  when  compared  with  what  we  ob- 
serve analogous  in  polypuses,  and  other  insects  that  mul- 
tiply by  slips.  The  motions  we  perceive  in  certain  parts 
of  great  animals,  when  separated  from  the  body,  or  after 
the  death  of  the  animal,  affect  us  only  with  a  slender 
degree  of  surprise,  when  we  consider  the  motions  of 
different  parts  of  worms,  or  those  of  some  millepedes. 

But  may  there  not  be  some  misconception  in  these 
different  judgments?  We  judge  of  the  effect  produced, 
as  considered  in  itself,  and  separate  from  the  circum- 
stances accompanying  it ;  whereas  we  should  judge  of  it 
with  relation  to  the  greater  or  less  degree  of  composi- 
tion whereof  the  body,  in  which  this  effect  is  produced, 
consists.  There  is  as  much,  and  indeed  more  to  be  ad- 
mired in  the  consolidation  of  certain  wounds,  or  in  the 
reunion  of  certain  fractures  of  our  body,  than  there  is 
in  the  consolidation  of  the  wounds  of  polypuses,  or  in 
the  reunion  of  parts  which  have  been  separated  from 
them.  A  very  simple  machine  is  easily  repaired;  a 
machine  that  is  extremely  compounded,  cannot  be  re- 
paired with  the  same  facility.  When  we  reflect  on  the 
prodigious  number  of  similar  and  dissimilar  parts  con- 
tained in  the  composition  of  the  bodies  of  great  animals, 
and  particularly  in  that  of  the  human  body ;  when  we 
attend  to  the  strict  connexion  of  all  these  parts,  and  to  the 
degrees  of  composition  in  each  of  them,  we  cannot  suf- 
ficiently wonder  that  the  various  accidents  which  happen 
to  these  bodies  are  not  attended  with  greater  conse- 
quences; we  shall  at  the  same  time  perceive  the  reason 
why  they  are  not  enabled  to  propagate  like  bodies  whose 
organization  is  more  simple. 

But  independently  of  the  greater  or  less  degree  of  the 
composition  of  parts  necessary  to  life,  as  soon  as  these 
parts  are  found  placed  in  different  regions  of  a  body, 
and  are  not  dispersed  throughout  its  whole  length,  such  a 
body  cannot  be  multiplied  by  slips.  The  AUTHOR  OF 
NATURE,  by  denying,  in  his  wisdom,  this  property  to 
K  4 


SOS 

large  animals,  by  confining  the  sources  of  life  in  them 
within  a  narrow  circle,  has  secured  them  from  harm  by 
many  advantages.  Compare  the  result  of  the  motions 
or  actions  oi  a  sea-worm  with  thai  of  the  motions  or 
actions  of  an  ape,  and  you  will  soon  perceive  which  of 
these  animals  has  been  most  favoured. 

Finally,  organized  bodies,  to  which  a  power  has  been 
granted  of  multiplying  by  a  method  which  seems  to 
tend  to  their  destruction,  are  such  as  are  exposed  to  tlie 
greatest  dangers,  ancf  whose  life  is  necessarily  threatened 
every  moment  with  a  thousand  various  accidents. 

19.  Amongst  the  motions  we  observe  in  the  animal 
machines,  that  of  the  circulation  holds  the  first  rank, 
either  by  its  importance,  or  its  nature,  duration,  and 
the  number  of  organs  by  me-an^  whereof  it  is  performed. 
There  i»  in  $  his  juotion  »an  ail  of  grandeur  that  seizes 
fornU)  i;u  thi:rna.d,  <i; -d  which,  by  making  it  sensible 
&  the  narrow  11s., .is  *•;  i.nman  understanding,  penetrates 
it  with  the  laosi  ^n-buiid  respect,  and  fills  it  with  the 
highest  admiration  of  the  INFINITE  MIND  which, 
illustriously  shi'nes  in  the  DIVINE  AUTHOR  of  it, 

In  the  centre  of  the  breast,  between  two  spongy 
masses  known  by  the  name  of  lungs,  is  deposited  a 
fleshy  pyramid,  whose  base  bears  two  small  funnels  like 
ear-rings,  which  communicate  with  iv.o  cavities  con- 
tained iu  the  inside  of  the  pyiamid,  and  which  divide  it 
according  to  Us  k-ngth  into  two  chambers  or  vejitricks, 
the  right  ventricle  a -<d  the  left.  This  pyramid  is  the 
heart)  the  main  spring  of  the  machine.  It  has  two 
principal  orders  of  muscular  Jilre^  some  of  which  pass 
obliquely  from  the  base  to  the  point,  others  cut  the  lat* 
ter  transversely,  From  the  exercise  of  these  fibres  two 
opposite  motions  result ;  one  of  dilatation,  the  other  of 
contraction,  The  heart  seems  to  execute  these  motions 
by  turning  on  itself  like  a  screw.  Its  point  moves  to- 
wards or  from  the  base,  by  rising  or  falling  obliquely. 

Two  great  vessels,  viz.  an  artery  and  a  vein,  communi- 


203 

cafe  with  each  ventricle.  The  artery,*  which  commu- 
nicates with  the  right  ventricle,  conveys  the  blood  to  the 
lungs.  The  vein/t  which  communicates  wit'i -the  same 
ventiicle,  forms  the  principal  trunk  of  the  veins,  and 
carries  back  the  blood  from  all  parts  to  the  heart.  The 
artery,  J  which  goes  intft  the  left  ventricle,  is  the  chief 
trunk  of  the  arteries,  and  that  which  conveys  the  blood 
to  all  parts.  The  vein,||  which  ends  at  the  same  ven- 
tricle, transmits  to  it  the  blood  tkat  has  been  conveyed 
from  the  lungs. 

The  principle  trunks  of  veins  and  arteries,  are  divided 
into  several  branches  at  a  small  distance  from  the  heart. 
Some  tend  towards  the  upper  extremities,  others  to- 
wards tl>e  inferior. 

The  arteries  and  veins  decrease  in  diameter,  and  are 
ramified  more  or  less  according  to  their  distance  from 
their  origin.  There  is  no  part  to  which  these  do  not 
distribute  one  or  more  ramifications. 

When  they  have  arrived  at  the  most  remote  parts,  the 
arteries  have  au  intercourse  with  the  veins. 

The  arteries  are  composed  of  several  membranes, 
placed  ou  each  other.  The  veins  have  similar  mem- 
branes, but  more  slender,  and  weaker.  The  veins  were 
j;.r«t  designed  to  exercise  the  same  power  as  the  arteries. 
These  latter  must  necessarily,  like  the  heart,  and  for  the 
same  end,  dilate  and  contract  themselves :  they  have 
therefore  been  provided  with  a  very  elastic  membrane. 
Tiie  exercise  of  the  veins  should  not  be  violent. 

At  the  root  of  the  arteries,  and  in  the  inner  part  of 
the  veins,  are  placed  little  sluices  or  valves,  which  by 
sinking  and  rising  again  open  and  shut  the  caned.  These 
valves  are  deposited  in  the  veins,  in  a  contrary  sense 
from  that  for  which  they  are  in  the  arteries.  We  shall 
presently  account  for  the  cause  of  this  difference. 

20.  After  having  been  masticated  and  dissolved  in  the 

*  The  pulmonary  artery,     f  The  vena  cava.     J  The  grand    rtrry, 
or  the  aorta,     H  The  pulmonary  vein. 


mouth  and  stomach,  the  aliment  descends  into  the  in- 
testines, where  it  receives  a  new  preparation  by  the  mix- 
ture of  two  liquors,  one  of  which  is  furnished  by  the 
liver,  and  is  called  the  bile  ;  and  the  other  by  a  species 
of*  gland  situated  under  the  stomach. 

The  aliment  is  thus  converted  into  a  kind  of  greyish 
pulp,  which  has  received  the  Dame  of  chyle.  ^  Being 
shifted  from  place  to  place  by  the  vermicular  or  peris- 
taltic motion  of  the  intestines,  and  strongly  pressed 
against  tiieir  sides  at  the  instant  of  their  contraction, 
the  chyle  penetrates  into  extreme  small  vessels,^  which 
open  themselves  in  the  internal  membrane  of  the  intesti- 
nal canal.  These  vessels  transmit  the  chyle  to  very 
small  glands  which  are  covered  with  a  kind  of  mem- 
brane |  situated  in  the  midst  of  the  intestines,  and  round 
which  they  are  in  a  manner  rolled.  After  being  filtrated 
in  these  glands,  the  chyle  is  received  by  other  vessels,  |[ 
which  convey  it  into  a  concavity  §  placed  along  the  spine, 
and  which  pours  it  into  a  vein  situated  under  the  left 
clevieie.-  There  it  enters  into  the  blood,  and  loses  the 
name  of  chyle.  From  this  vein  the  new  blood  passes 
into  the  upper  branch  of  the  principal  trunk  of  veins, 
which  carries  it  towards  the  heart.  It  passes  into  the 
right  lobe,  which  opens  at  its  approach,  and  by  closing 
immediately,  forces  it  into  the  right  ventricle  which 
is  dilated  in  order  to  receive  it.  The  heart  instantly 
contracts  itself;  the  valves  with  which  the  ventricle  is 
furnished,  raising  themselves  to  oppose  the  reflux  of 
the  blood  into  the  lobe,  it  is  compelled  to  pass  the  ar- 
tery, which  is  appointed  to  carry  it  to  the  lungs.  The 
valves,  which  are  placed  at  the  entrance  of  this  artery, 
sink  down;  the  artery  dilates,  and  the  blood  advances 
into  the  cavity.  The  valves  rise  again,  and  prevent  its 
return  towards  the  heart.  The  artery  contracting  itself, 
the  blood  is  impelled  farther,  and  by  these  alternate  di- 


The  pancreas  and  pancreatic  juice,    t  The  primary  lacteal  veins* 

\  The  mesentery  and  mesenteric  glands. 
H  The  secondary  lacteal  veins.     §  The  thoracic  duct. 


205 

latations  and  contractions  of  the  vessel,  it  is  combed 
to  the  lungs,  where  it  runs  through  every  part  of  them. 
The  ramifications  of  the  trachce*  which  are  dispersed 
in  the  viscera,  carry  thither  a  fresh  and  elastic  air,  which, 
by  acting  on  the  lungs,  dilates,  winds  them  about,  ex- 
tends and  opens  them,  and  by  that  means  facilitates  the 
course  of  the  blood  into  the  smallest  ramifications  of  the 
artery.  Besides,  being  impregnated  with  this  air,  the 
blood  becomes  thereby  attenuated,  is  cooled,  and  re- 
ceives a  more  lively  co-lour.  After  its  arrival  at  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  artery,  it  passes  into  that  of  the  pulmo- 
nary vein,  which  conducts  it  to  the  left  ventricle  of  the 
he-art.  This  latter,  by  contracting  itself,  pushes  it  into 
the  aorta,  f  which  by  continually  dividing  and  subdivid- 
ing itself,  distributes  this  balsamic  liquor  to  all  the  purts, 
in  order  to  promote  their  growth,  or  support,  and  oc* 
casioti  different  secretions. 

2 1 .  Such  is  the  admirable  mechanism  of  the  circula- 
tion of  the  blood  in  men,  and  in  those  animals  which  \ve 
are  best  acquainted  with.  But  how  greatly  does  this 
imperfect  sketch  fall  short  of  the  reality  !  How  incapa- 
ble are  these  outlines  of  expressing  the  beauties  of  this 
noble  subject !  And  who  can  account  for  the  manner  by 
which  the  strength  of  life  is  repaired  and  recruited  1 
Who  can  conceive  the  cause  of  that  perpetual  motion  of 
the  heart,  which  continues  without  intermission  for  the 
space  of  seventy,  eighty,  or  a  hundred  years,  which  has 
lasted  for  ages  in  the  first  race  of  men,  and  which  re- 
mains almost  as  long  iti  some  species  of  animals  1  Havs 
we  discovered  the  exact  part  where  the  artery  is  changed 
into  a  vein?  Have  we  disclosed  the  mystery  of  the  se- 
cretion of  those  spirits,  whose  prodigious  subtilty  and 
activity  give  them  a  near  resemblance  to  light  ?  Can  we 
even  determine  in  what  manner  the  grosser  secretions 
arc  performed  ?  Do  we  understand  the  true  mechanism 

*  The  bronchia,    t  The  principal  trunk,  of  arteries. 
fc'fi 


206 

of  muscular  motion?  Have  we  been  able  to  find  out  the 
source  of  that  great  strength  which  often  so  far  exceeds 
that  of  the  heart  ?  All  these  dependencies  on  circulation 
are  yet  unrevealed  to  us.  The  gloom  of  night  still 
wraps  these  regions  in  dark  obscurity,  and  you  are  ear- 
nestly desirous  of  chasing  it  away  from  before  that  sun 
which  alone  can  dispel  these  shades.  Will  the  dawn  of 
that  day  ere  long  gild  the  horizon  of  the  learned  world  ? 
Or  is  the  time  of  its  breaking  forth  upon  us  yet  afar 
off? 

But  if  we  are  not  able  to  discover  the  whole,  we  may 
at  least  see  enough  of  it  to  excite  our  admiration  ;  and 
the  sketch  which  I  have  just  drawn  of  the  circulation,  is 
sufficient  to  enable  us  to  conceive  the  highest  ideas  of 
the  SOVEREIGN  MIND,  which  has  appointed  the  man- 
ner, duration,  and  end  of  it. 

Far  less  magnificent  in  its  plans,  less  slulful  in  the 
execution  of  them,  hydraulics  offer  to  us  but  faint  images 
of  this  miracle,  in  those  machines  by  means  of  which 
water  is  raised  above  the  mountains,  in  order  to  its  be- 
ing distributed  into  every  quarter  of  a  great  city,  and 
made  to  circulate  and  issue  forth,  under  a  hundred  va- 
rious forms,  into  those  gardens  which  art  and  nature  vie 
with  each  other  in  adorning  and  embellishing. 

The  works  of  the  CREATOT?  must  be  compared  with 
the  works  of  the  CREATOR.  Ever  like  HIMSELF,  KE 
lias  impressed  on  all  HIS  productions  a  character  of 
nobleness  and  excellence,  which  demonstrates  the  gran- 
deur of  their  origin.  From  that  immense  mass  of  water 
which  encompasses  the  great  continents,  there  incessantly 
arises  an  ocean  of  vapours,  which,  being  rarefied  by  the 
combined  action  of  the  sun  and  air,  spread  themselves 
in  the  upper  region  of  the  atmosphere,  where  they  re- 
main suspended  in  equilibria,  being  intermixed  with  the 
fluid  in  which  they  iloat,  and  gravitate  wit!)  it.  Col- 
lected  afterwards  into  clouds  more  or  less  dense,  and 


207 

borne  on  the  wings  of  the  winds,  they  fly  acrose  the  ce- 
lestial plains,  which  they  adorn  with  their  rich  colours, 
and  coniiuually  variegated  forms.  Fixed  at  length  on 
the  mountain  tops,  they  pour  upon  them  abundant  rains, 
which  being  collected  in  the  vast  reservoirs,  embosomed 
within  them,  furnish,  by  a  happy  circulation,  a  supply 
to  fountains,  rivers,  lakes  and  seas.  Like  veins  and  ar- 
teries, the  rivers  flow  meandering,  and  branching  on 
the  surface  of  the  earth,  they  run  through  immense 
dffmitries;  water,  fertilize,  and  unite  them  by  a  recipro- 
cal commerce,  and  majestically  rolling  their  waves  to- 
ward the  sea,  plunge  themselves  into  it,  in  order  to  be 
again  exhaled  in  vapours,  and  re-enter  afresh  into  the 
channels  of  this  magnificent  circulation. 

22.  Does  the  sap  circulate  in  plants  as  the  blood  cir- 
culates in  animals  ?  Is  this  new  mark  of  analogy  between 
these  two  classes  of  organized  bodies  as  real  as  it  has 
appeared  to  be?  Small  bladders  full  of  air  which  have 
been  thought  to  be  discovered  within  the  leaves, 
have  convinced  us  that  they  were  the  lungs  of  the 
plant. 

But  there  have  not  been  discovered  in  plants  vessels 
analogous  to  veins  and  arteries.  No  organ  has  been 
seen  in  them  capable  of  performing  the  functions  of  the 
heart.  A  tree  which  is  planted  a  contrary  way,  with  the 
roots  a  top  and  the  branches  in  the  ground,  lives,  grows, 
bears  fruit ;  from  its  roots,  branches  shoot  forth  ;  from 
its  branches,  roots.  The  same  is  observed  with  respect 
to  slips  and  layers.  A  young  branch,  or  young  fruit, 
after  being  grafted  on  a  subject  foreign  to  itself,  incor- 
porates with  it,  and  derive'  from  thence  the  same  de- 
gree of  growth  it  would  have  received  from  the  plant 
whence  it  was  detached.  Experiments  demonstrate, 
lhat  the  motion  of  the  sap  depends  entirely  on  the  alter- 
natives of  heat  and  cold,  and  the  vicissitudes  of  day  and 
night.  It  is  evident  that  the  sap  rists  in  the  day  from 
the  roots  to  the  leaves,  and  falls  in  the  night  from  the 
leaves  to  the  roots.  In  a  word,  the  course  of  the  sap 
nearly  resembles  that  of  the  liquor  contained  in  the  tube 


208 

of  a  thermometer.    All  is  reduced  to  a  simple  counter- 
poise. 

23.  The  nourish nj eut  of  the  more  perfect  animals  re- 
quires to  be  more  wrought  than  that  of  plants.     Hence 
the  necessity  of  the  circulation  of  the  Hood.  The  prepara- 
tions of  the  sap  do  not  require  such  a  punctual,  regular, 
and  constant  motion  ;  bare  poisings  suffice.     Large  ani- 
mals eat   but   at  particular  times:  a  pressing   sensation 
which  induces  them  to  take  nourishment,  does  not  con- 
tinually act    upon  them.     The   different   preparations 
their  aliment  should  undergo,  would  be  disturbed  or  in- 
terrupted, were    a    fresh   supply  to  be  received    within 
them  before  the  former  was  sufficiently  digested, 

Plants,  on  the  contrary,  are  in  a  slate  of  perpetual 
suction  ;  they  draw  in  nourishment  continually,  and  in 
a  very  great  quantity,  in  the  day-time  by  their  roots,  in 
the  night  by  their  leaves.  There  is  a  plant  which  re- 
ceives and  transpires,  in  the  space  of  twenty-four  hours, 
twenty  times  more  than  a  man. 

But  if  plants  differ  so  much  fi\**n  large  animals  by 
circulation,  on  the  other  hand  same  species  of  animals 
seem  nearly  to  resemble  plants  by  their  want  of  this  cir- 
culation. Not  the  least  appearance  of  this  motion  is  to 
be  perceived  in  the  polypus,  the  tape-worm,  ihr  pond- 
muscle,  and  divers  other  shell-fish. 

24.  One  of  the  ancients  defined  a  plant  to  be  a  roofed 
animal.     He  would  undoubtedly   have  defined  an   ani- 
mal to  have  been  a  wandering  plant.     The  loco-motive 
faculty  is  one  of  those  characters  which    present,  them- 
selves first,  when  we  compare  the  vegetable  Kingdom 
with  the  animal.     We  see  plants   that,   are    constantly 
fixed  on  the  earth.     Being  incapable  of  seeking   their 
nourishment,  it  is  ordained   that  this  nourishment  shall 
seek  them.     The,  greatest  part  of  animals  on   the  con- 
trary, are  subjected  to  the  care  of  providing  their  own 
subsistence.       Nature   has   not   always  deposited   Lear 
them  such  nourishment  as  was  necessary  for   their  sup* 


209 

port.  She  lias  thought  proper  to  oblige  them  to  pro- 
cure it  for  themselves,  often  with  much  labour.  And 
the  different  methods  by  which  she  has  instructed  each 
species  to  obtain  this  end,  much  diversify  tiie  scene  of 
our  world. 

Whilst  the  ploughman  opens  the  earth,  to  entrust  with 
it  the  seeds  necessary  to  support  him,  the  ntole  and  the 
mole  cricket,  are  cleaving  for  themselves  different  routs, 
in  the  same,  to  search  for  the  food  allotted  to  them. 
The  huntsman  pursues  his  prey  with  an  obstinate  reso- 
lution :  triumphing  in  his  swiftness  and  strength.  At 
other  times  preferring  craft  he  becomes  master  of  it  by 
laying  snares  for  it.  The  tyger  rushes  on  the  fawn 
sporting  in  the  meadow.  The  cat  watches  motionless 
and  silent,  till  the  young  mouse  issues  forth  from  its  re- 
treat, that  she  may  dart  upon  it  in  a  moment.  Some 
species  of  animals,  resembling  mankind  by  their  pru- 
dence, lay  up  provisions  against  a  time  of  scarcity ; 
build  themselves  magazines,  in  which  are  observed  such 
just  proportions,  as  to  give  us  cause  to  doubt  whether 
it  was  the  workmanship  of  a  brute,  were  we  not  con- 
vinced that  this  brute  itself  is  the  work  of  SOVEREIGN 
REASON. 

25.  How  great  is  the  distance  in  this  respect  from  the 
beaver  and  bee,  to  the  gall  or  cochineal  insect,  the 
oyster,  the  sea  nettle,  and  several  other  kinds  of  insects 
and  shell-fish?  The  gall  insect,*  being  confounded,  by 
liis  immobility  and  form,  with  the  tree  on  which  he 
Jives,  contents  himself  with  extracting  its  juice.  Carried 
by  the  wave  to  the  sea-shore,  the  oyster  remains  fixed 
there,  and  all  its  motions  consist  in  opening  and  closing 
its  shell.  The  sea-nettle,  and  all  the  different  polypuses 
with  pipes,  being  continually  fixed  to  the  same  place, 
open  and  shut  like  a  flower  ;  extend  and  contract  them- 
selves like  a  sensitive  plant;  stretch  out  arms,  by  means 
of  which  they  seize  insects.  This  is  their  principal 

*  See  chap,  viii. 


210 

character,  and  the  least  equivocal  character   of  their 
tinimplity. 

Thus  it  appears  that  the  loco-mo  tivt  faculty  is  not 
more  proper  for  distinguishing  the  vegetable  from  the 
animal,  than  those  other  characters  which  we  have  be- 
fore treated  of.  Iii  the  mean  time,  what  can  be  more 
distinct  in  appearance  than  a  plant  is  from  an  animal  ] 
Or  what  more  easy  to  characterise  in  the  sight  of  the 
major  part  of  mankind  ?  But  when  once  we  are  con- 
vinced that  every  thing  in  nature  is  shadowed  over,  we 
are  not  surprised  at  the  difficulties  we  meet  with  in  our 
attempts  to  distinguish  beings.  We  expect  to  see  the 
species  enter  again  into  each  other ;  and  confine  our- 
selves to  the  smallest  latitude,  or  to  that  which  is  attended 
with  the  Least  uncertainty.  In  this  principle  we  will  con- 
clude the  parallel :  Jet  us  see  whether  feeling,  and  the 
manner  by  which  animals  and  vegetables  are  nourished, 
will  furnish  us  with  any  thing  more  characteristical. 

26.  If  there  be  any  faculty  which  seems  peculiar  to  the 
animal,  it  is  certainly  that  of  feeling.  Being  united  to 
an  organized  substance  by  ties  which  perhaps  are  known 
to  GOD  only,  this  soul  composes  with  this  substance  a 
mixed  being,  a  being  which  partakes  of  the  nature  of 
bodies,  and  of  that  of  spirits.  As  a  portion  of  matter, 
it  is  a  machine  which  is  admirable  in  its  structure,  and 
on  which  corporeal  objects  afct  mechanically.  As  a  spi- 
ritual substance,  it  is  affected  at  the  presence  of  spiritual 
objects  in  a  manner  which  does  not  seem  to  have  tiny  re- 
lation with  that  by  which  material  substances  act  on  each 
other.  From  the  expression  of  external  objects  on  the 
machine,  there  results  a  certain  motion  in  the  machine 
Fiom  this  motion  there  follows  a  certain  sensation  in  the 
soul,  which  is  succeeded  by  the  reaction  of  the  spiritual 
substance  on  the  corporeal ;  a  reaction  which  manifests 
feeling  from  without,  and  which  is  the  expression  or 
sign  of  it. 

The  various  sensations  in  the  animal  may  be  reduced 


211 

to  these  two  general  classes,  pleasure  and  pain,  separated 
from  each  other  by  degree*  which  are  frequently  insen- 
sible, and  issuing  from  the  same  origin.  The  expression 
of  pleasure  and  pain  is  not  alike  in  all  animals;  because 
the  organs,  by  means  whereof  the  soul  manifests  her 
sentiments,  are  not  the  same  in  all. 

There  are  species  in  which  feeling  is  manifested  by  a 
greater  number  of  signs,  more  varied,  more  expressive. 
What  expression,  for  instance,  is  there  in  the  air,  the 
motions;  and  the  various  attitudes  of  an  ape,  a  horse,  a 
dog,  a  cat  ?  There  is  not  much  les$  expression  in  birds 
than  in  quadrupeds.  Fishes  do  not  express  tlremselves 
with  the  same  clearness  and  energy;  they  form  a  dumb 
people,  amongst  whom  the  language  by  signs  is  little 
practised  :  but  the  extreme  vivacity  of  their  motions 
Mjems,  in  part,  to  compensate  for  their  sterility  of  ex- 
pression. Reptiles,  shell-fish,  and  injects,  which  are  still 
at  a  greater  distance  from  us  than  fishes,  express  to  us 
their  feelings  in  a  more  obscure  manner  5 'but  which, 
notwithstanding,  we  can  conceive  to  a  certain  degree, 
and  often  acknowledge  to  be  very  expressive. 

On  the  contrary,  we  do  not  discover  in  the  plant  any 
sign  of  feeling.  All  in  that  seems  to  be  purely  mecha- 
nical :  its  life  appears  to  be  less  a  life  than  a  simple  du- 
ration. We  cultivate  a  plant,  or  we  destroy  it,  without 
experiencing  any  thing  similar  to  what  we  meet  with 
when  we  cherish  an  animal,  or  put  it  to  death.  We 
see  the  plant  shoot  forth,  grow,  flourish,  and  bud,  as 
we  perceive  the  hand  of  a  clock  to  have  passed  over  the 
points  of  the  dial. 

These  considerations  lead  us  to  consider  Jee ling  as  a 
character  proper  for  distinguishing  the  vegetable  frdm 
the  animal. 

27.  Since,  then,   the  faculty  of  feeling  furnishes  us 
-  but  with  a  doubtful  character  for  distinguishing  the  ve- 
getable from  the  animal,  which  is  that  we  should  have 
recourse  to  with  this  view]    I  think  we  have  exhausted 


212 

them  all :  we  have  at  least  treated  of  them  all  in  a  cur- 
sory manner.  But  we  have  not  examined  them  all 
under  their  various  aspects.  There  is  one  of  them, 
which  being  considered  in  a  certain  point,  of  view,  ma^ 
perhaps,  procure  us  what  we  have  in  vain  searched  for 
in  the  others. 

We  may  now  consider  the  position  of  those  organs  by 
\vliich  plants  and  animals  receive  their  nourishment. 
These  organs  in  plants  are  the  roots  and  leaves  :  both 
of  them  are  furnished  with  pores,  by  means  of  which 
they  pump  in  the  nutritious  juice.  These  pores  termi- 
nate at  small  vessels,  which  transmit  the  juice  into  the 
inner  part ;  or,  rather,  these  pores  are  only  the  extre- 
mity of  these  vessels. 

Animals  have  organs  which  are  entirely  analogous  to 
roots  and  leaves ;  I  mean  lacteal  veins,  or  vessels  which 
answer  the  same  purpose :  these  veins  open  themselves 
in  the  intestines,  and  pump  the  chyle  into  them,  which 
they  convey  into  the  channel  of  circulation.  An  animal 
is  then  an  organized  body,  which  is  nourished  by  roots 
placed  within  him :  a  plant  is  an  organized  body, 
which  receives  its  nourishment  by  means  of  roots  placed 
en  its  outside. 

Yet  an  animal  which  is  nourished  by  pores  distri- 
buted on  its  outside,  renders  this  character  ambiguous. 
The  tape-worm  seems  such  an  animal.  It  forms  in  the 
intestines  a  great  number  of  plaits  ;  and  sometimes  en- 
tirely fills  the  capacity  of  this  canal.  Each  of  the  rings 
that  compose  it,  and  whose  length  is  rarely  more  than 
one  or  two  lines,  is  pierced  with  a  small  round  aperture, 
by  which  one  may  see  the  chyle  issue,  which  the  worm 
is  full  of,  and  which  constitutes  its  principal  nourish- 
ment :  if  this  aperture  is  a  kind  of  sucker,  by  the  help 
of  which  the  insect  pumps  the  chyle  that  surrounds  it, 
this  method  of  nourishing  itself  varies  but  little  from 
that  of  plants. 

But,  without  seeking  very  far  for  examples  of  animals 


21 


o 


lhat  are  nourished  like  plants,  this  is  the  case  of  all  ani- 
mals, whether  oviparous  or  viviparous,  whilst  they  are 
inclosed  in  the  egg,  or  in  the  belly  of  their  mother :  the 
umbilical  vessels  may  be  considered  in  the  egg,  or  fn  the 
matrix,  as  roots  which  imbibe  the  nourishment.  It  is 
the  same  with  respect  to  insects  that  multiply  "by  shoots  \ 
whilst  the  young  one  still  adheres  to  its  mother,  it  is 
nourished  in  a  manner  little  different  from  that  which  is 
peculiar  to  branches.  Animal  grafts  nearly  resemble 
vegetable  in  this  particular. 

Lastly :  The  skin  of  the  human  body  imbibes,  like 
the  leaves  of  plants,  the  vapours  with  which  the  air 
abounds ;  and  although  men  draw  in  much  less  nourish- 
ment by  this  means  than  vegetables,  it  is,  nevertheless, 
true,  that  their  skin  and  leaves  have,  in  regard  to  this 
circumstance,  a  great  affinity  to  each  other.  Perhaps 
>ve  may  be  able,  some  time  or  other,  to  discover  ani- 
mals which  are  nourished  by  their  skin  only,  as  certain 
plants  are  by  their  leaves. 

28.  Do  we  then  in  vain  seek  for  a  peculiar  character 
whereby  we  may  distinguish  the  vegetable  from  the  ani- 
mal 1  I  perceive  a  new  property,  which  will,  perhaps^ 
furnish  us  with  what  we  seek  for. 

A  muscular  fibre  contracts  of  itself  on  the  touch  of  all 
bodies,  whether  solid  or  liquid  :  this  property  is  known 
by  the  name  of  irritability.  It  has  nothing  in  it  com- 
iiiuii  to  sensibility  :  the  parts  which  are  most  sensible 
are  not  irritable,  and  the  parts  which  are  most  irritable 
are  not  sensible.  Neither  ought  we  to  confound  irrita- 
bility with  elasticity  :  a  dry  fibre  is  very  elastic,  and  not 
at  all  irritable.  Animals  purely  gelatinous  are  not 
elastic,  and  are,  notwithstanding,  very  irritable.  In 
short,  the  fibres  of  old  men,  though  much  more  elastic 
than  tliose'of  infants,  are  much  less  irritable. 

We  have  seen  that  the  heart  is  a  real  muscle.  If  we 
extract  it  from  the  breast,  it  will  continue  to  move  till 


214 

it  has  lost  its  natural  heat.  The  heart  of  a  viper,  or 
tortoise,  beats  strongly  for  the  space  of  twenty  or  thirty 
hours  after  the  death  of  th~  animal.  Wate»',  or  air, 
when  introduced  into  the  ventricle,  are  sufficient  to  re- 
store to  the  heart  the  motion  it  has  lost. 

The  peristaltic  motion  of  the  intestines  is  likewise 
owing  to  their  irritability.  But  the  following  is  what  \ve 
should  not  have  guessed  at.  If  they  are  plucked  hastily 
from  the  lower  belly,  and  cut  into  pieces,  all  these  pieces 
will  crawl  like  worms,  and  contract  themselves  on  the 
slightest  touch. 

80  tiiat  not  only  every  muscle,  but  also  every  frag- 
ment of  a  muscle,  and  even  every  muscular  fibr^,  con- 
tract themselves  more  or  less  on  being  touched  by  any 
body  whatsoever,  especially  if  that  body  be  of  a  stimu- 
lating nature ;  and  as  the  fibre  contracts,  so  it  likewise 
recovers  of  itself,  and  this  alternate  exercise  lasts  for  a 
time  proportionable  to  the  degree  or'  irritability. 

It  is  evident,  from  ail  the  experiments,  that  the  vital 
parts  are  the  most  irritable.  The  heart  is  the  most  ir- 
ritable of  all,  and  next  to  that,  the  intestines  and  dia- 
phragm. 

The  nature  of  irritability  is  unknown:  we  only  judge 
of  it  by  its  effects.  It  probably  resides  in  the  elastic 
fluid  which  is  interspersed  between  the  lamelles  of  the 
fibre.  The  nerves  are  not  irritable ;  but  if  a  nerve  be 
pricked,  the  muscle  at  which  it  terminates  will  contract 
itself.  The  nerves  may  then  give  motion  to  the  mus- 
cles; but  they  do  not  communicate  an  irritability  to 
them  which  they  are  not  possessed  of  themselves,  they 
only  put  it  into  action  -y  and  thus  they  are  the  ministers 
of  the  affections  of  the  soul. 

Irritability  then  seems  to  be  what  constitutes  the 
vital  power  in  the  animal ;  arid  this  property  has  not 
been  perceived  in  the  vegetable.  Is  it  not  then  the  dis- 
tinguishing character  we  seek  for! 


215 


CHAP.  XI. 

Of  the  Industry  of  Animals. 


-ITHERTO  we  have  scarcely  considered  animals 
in  any  other  light  than  with  respect  to  the  organization, 
and  the  immediate  and  general  consequences  or'  it.  We 
will  now  contemplate  their  industry,  which  is  still  more 
interesting  to  us. 

Some  animals  seem  reducible  to  feeling  only :  others 
have  all  our  senses,  and  rise  almost  to  understanding. 
The  distance  from  the  polypus  to  the  ape  appears 
enormous. 

Imagination  and  memory  are  observable  in  divers 
species:  imagination,  in  their  dreams;  memory,  in  the 
recollection  of  such  things  as  have  atiected  them.  Places, 
persons,  animate  and  inanimate  objects,  are  traced  out 
in  their  brain,  and  they  act  agreeably  to  these  represen- 
tations. 

The  degree  of  knowledge  in  each  species  answers  to 
the  place  it  occupies  in  the  general  plan.  The  sphere 
of  this  knowledge  extends  to  all  cases  which  the  animal 
may  naturally  meet ;  and  if  the  animal  happens  to  be 
drawn  from  his  natural  circle,  and  nevertheless  is  not 
entirely  removed  out  of  it,  we  may  conclude  that  this 
new  situation  has  a  relation  to  one  of  the  cases  to  which/ 
the  sphere  of  his  knowledge  extends. 


216 

Hie  way  whereby  animals  vary  their  proceedings  as 
necessity  requires,  furnishes  one  of  the  strongest  argu- 
ments against  the  opinion  which  transforms  them  into 
mere  machines.  The  philosopher  who  attributes  to 
them  a  soul,  founds  his  judgment  on  the  analogy  of 
their  organs  with  ours,  and  of  their  actions  with  several 
of  ours :  those  who  make  the  soul  material,  forget  that 
even  feeling  is  incompatible  with  the  properties  of 
matter. 

The  greater  the  number  of  cases  is  to  which  the 
knowledge  of  an  animal  extends,  the  higher  is  this  ani- 
mal elevated  iu  the  scale. 


The  preservation  of  life,  the  propagation  of  the  spe- 
cies, and  the  care  of  their  young,  are  the  three  principal 
branches  of  the  knowledge  of  animals ;  but  ail  are  not 
alike  to  be  admired  in  these  respects. 

The  oyster  knows  only  how  fo  open  and  close  its 
shell. 

The  spider  spreads  a  net  for  his  prey;  waits,  like  a 
huntsman,,  till  sonic  insect,  falls  into  the  snare ;  hardly 
has  he  touched  it,  before  he  darts  upon  it.  Is  he  armed, 
or  too  nimble?  He  fastens  the  lines  to  him  with  won- 
derful skill,  and  thus  disables  it  tither  from  flying  or 
defending  itself. 

Divers  species  of  animals  live  from  day  to  day,  with- 
out taking  any  thought  for  the  succeeding  day  ;  others 
seem  endued  with  a  kind  of  foresight,  construct  maga- 
zines with  abundance  of  art,  which  they  rill  with  various 
kinds  of  provisions  :  such  are  the  lee  and  the  leaver. 

Among  animals  that  live  by  prey,  some,  like  the  eagle 
and  the  lion,  attack  with  open  force ;  others,  as  the  hawk 
and  the  fox,  join  craft  to  strength..  Some  save  their 
lives  by  flight;  others,  by  hiding  themselves  under  the 
earth  or  water;  while  others  still  have  recourse  to  divers 
stratagems  to  facilitate  their  flight,  and  evade  the  pur- 
suit of  their  enemy. 


217 

Those  philosophers,  who  take  a  great  deal  of  pains  to 
define  instinct,  are  not.  aware,  that  in  order  to  do  it, 
they  should  spend  some  time  in  the  head,  of  an  animal* 
without  becoming  the  animal  itself.  To  say  in  general, 
that  instinct  is  the  result  of  the  impression  of  certain 
objects  on  the  machine,  of  the  machine  on  the  soul,  and 
of  the  soul  on  the  machine,  is  to  substitute  terms  that 
are  a  litlle  less  obscure,  instead  of  a  very  obscure  term  ; 
but  the  idea  does  not  issue  from  the  thick  darkness  that 
covers  it :  we  well  know  what,  is  not  instinct,  but  are 
utterly  ignorant  what  it  is.  It  is  not  understanding,  or 
reason  :  the  brute  has  neither  our  notions,  nor  our  mean 
ideas,  because  it  has  not  our  signs. 

2.  At  the  same  time  that  NATURE  has  taught  divers 
animals  the  method  of  attacking  and  pursuing  their  prey, 
she  has  instructed  them  in  that  of  self-defence  or  escap- 
ing. If  we  were  conversant  in  the  books  of  nature,  we 
should  there  see,  without  doubt,  that  the  profit  always 
makes  amends  for  the  loss.  A  register  of  the  births  and 
deaths  of  some  species  puts  this  truth  beyond  all  con* 
troversy. 

Those  species  which  multiply  most,  have  the  greatest 
number  of  enemies.  Caterpillars  and  vine-fretters  are 
attacked  as  much  within  as  without,  by  I  know  not  how 
many  insects,  that  are  always  bent  on  destroying  the  in- 
dividuals, \vithout  being  able  to  effect  the  destruction  of 
the  species.  Many  species  seek  their  living  or  retreat  in 
the  inner  part  of  the  earth,  or  in  that  of  plants  and 
animals.  Others  build  themselves  nests  or  shells  with 
amazing  art,  where  they  pass  their  time  in  weakness  and 
inactivity. 

Some  that  are  more  skilful,  can,  like  us,  make  them* 
selves  clothes,  and  even  procure  matter  for  their  nourish- 
ment. They  strip  our  cloths  and  furs  of  their  hairs, 
and  make  a  kind  of  stuff  of  it,  wherewith  they  clothe 
themselves.  The  form  of  their  dress  is  very  simple,  but 
very  commodious.  It  is  a  sort  of  muff  or  case,  which 
4 


218 

they  can  lengthen  or  widen  as  they  find  occasion.  They 
lengthen  it  by  adding  to  each  end  new  layers  of  silk  and 
hair,  and  widen  it  as  we  do  a  glove,  by  cutting  it  in  the 
middle  accordin"  to  the  length  of  it,  and  by  engrafting 
a  piece.  You  may  imagine  that  I  am  speaking  of 'house* 
moths :  field-moths,  which  clothe  themselves  with  leaves, 
surpass  them  in  industry. 

Several  kinds  of  Jiskps  and  lirds  change,  at  a  stated 
time,  their  dwelling-places.  We  have  seen  numerous 
shoals  of  herrings  and  cod-fish,  aodjjodta  of  geese,  quails, 
and  crows,  re&embling  thick  clouds  that  sometimes 
darken  the  air.  By  such  periodical  emigrations  the 
species  are  preserved,  and  in  their  long  pilgrimages 
nature  is  their  pilot  and  provider. 

3.  The  grasshopper,  lizard,  tortoise,  and  crocodile, 
furnish  examples  of  animals  that  scarce  take  any  care  of 
their  eggs,  and  are  almost  wholly  unmindful  of  the 
young  that  are  hatched  from  them.  They  lay  them  iri 
the  earth  or  sand,  and  leave  the  sun  to  communicate 
the  warmth  necessary  for  them.  Shell-fish  practise  the 
same  method  :  some  spawn  in  the  water;  others  between 
Stones,  or  in  the  sand. 

The  instinct  of  the  different  species  consists  in  de- 
positing them  in  places  where  the  young  may  find  pro- 
per nourishment  al  their  birth.  The  mothers  commit 
no  mistake  with  respect  to  that.  The  butterfly  of  the 
call  age- cater  pillar  never  lays  her  eggs  on  meat,  nor  the 
Jlesh-Jly  on  the  cabbage. 

The  gnat,  that  flutters  in  the  air,  was  at  first  an  in- 
habitant of  the  water.  For  this  reason  her  eggs  are 
always  deposited  in  the  water.  The  mass  formed  by 
them  resembles  a  little  vessel  which  the  insect  sets 
afloat.  Each  egg  is  in  the  form  of  a  keel.  All  the 
keels  are  vertical,  and  are  disposed  back  to  back.  The 
gnat  lays  but  one  egg  at  a  time.  We  cannot  devise  how 
kvhe  cak  cause  the  first  egg  or  keel  to  remain  in  the  water 


219 

Her  method  is  nevertheless  very  simple,  but  much 
more  ingenious.  She  stretches  out  her  long  legs  behind 
her,  crosses  them,  and  by  thus  forming  an  angle  of  them, 
receives  the  first  egg,  and  holds  it  at  pleasure.  A  se- 
cond C2jg  is  soon  placed  next  the  first ;  then  a  third, 
fourth,  &c.  The  base  of  the  pyramid  thus  widens  by 
little  and  little,  and  at  length  is  capable  of  sustaining 
itself. 

Some  species  glue  their  eggs  with  great  symmetry 
and  propriety  round  the  branches  or  small  shoots  of 
trees,  like  rings  or  circles.  One  would  be  apt  to  say, 
that  some  skilful  hand  had  been  diverting  itself  in  fitting 
pearl  bracelets  on  the  sprigs.  A  caterpillar,  which,  from 
the  distribution  of  its  colours,  is  called  livery,  trans- 
forms itself  into  a  butterfly,  that  disposes  her  eggs  in 
this  manner,  and  forms  these  pretty  bracelets  of  them. 

Other  butterflies  do  still  more :  they  strip  themselves 
of  their  hair,  and  make  with  it  a  kind  of  nest  for  their 
eggs,  where  they  lie  soft  and  warm.  Such  in  particular 
is  the  industrious  workmanship  of  the  butterfly,  proceed- 
ing from  that  called  the  common  caterpillar,  because  it 
is  in  fact  most  common  in  these  countries. 

4.  Certain  species  are  so  attached  to  .their  eggs,  that 
they  carry  them  about  with  them  every  where.  The 
wolf  spider  encloses  her's  in  a  little  silk  purse,  which  she 
bears  on  her  hind-part.  Does  any  one  destroy  it,  or 
take  it  from  her?  Her  natural  vivacity  and  agility  aban- 
don her :  she  seems  to  fall  into  a  kind  of  languor.  Has 
she  the  happiness  to  recover  the  precious  trust  ?  She  in- 
stantly seizes  it,  carries  it  away,  and  betakes  herself  to 
flight.  As  soon  as  the  little  spiders  are  hatched,  they 
collect  and  arrange  themselves  skilfully  on  the  back  of 
their  dam,  who  continues  for  some  time  to  bestow  her 
attention  on  them,  and  to  transport  them  with  her 
wherever  she  goes. 

Another  spider  lodges  her  eggs  in  a  little  silk  purse, 
which  she  wraps  up  in  a  leaf.  She  fixes  herself  on  this 

VOL.  iv.  i 


220 

purse,  and  sits  on  her  eggs  with  amazing  assiduity. 
Another,  to  conclude,  encloses  hei's  in  tuo  or  three 
little  silk  balls,  which  she  suspends  by  threads;  but  has 
the  precaution  to  hang  before,  at  a  small  distance,  a 
little  bunch  of  dry  leaves,  to  conceal  them  from  the  in- 
spection of  the  curious. 

5.  Divers  species  of  solitary  flies  are  not  less  to  be 
admired,  as  well  for  their  foresight  in  amassing  provi- 
sions for  their  little  ones,  as  for  the  art  displayed  by 
them  in  them  the  nests  they  prepare  for  their  reception. 
The  mason  bee,  so  called  because  like  us,  she  under- 
stands the  iirt  of  building,  performs  such  works  in  ma- 
sonry, as  one  would  imagine  must  greatly  surpass  the 
strength  of  a  fly.  With  sand,  collected  grain  by  grain, 
and  glued  together  with  a  kind  of  cement  much  pre- 
ferable to  ours,  she  erects  a  house  for  her  family  :  a  very 
simple  one  indeed,  but  extremely  solid  and  commodious. 
It  is  divided  within  info  several  chambers  or  cabins,  on 
the  back  of  each  other,  without  any  communication  be- 
tween them.  One  general  foldage,  a  wall  of  enclo- 
sure comprehends  them  all,  and  leaves  no  opening  with- 
out. This  wall  must  be  broke  before  the  apartments 
can  be  seen,  and  it  is  found  to  be  as  hard  as  a  stone. 
These  nests  are  very  common  on  the  fronts  of  houses : 
they  there  resemble  little  oval  hillocks,  of  a  different 
grey  from  that  of  the  stone.  The  fly  that  is  the  ar- 
chitect of  these  buildings  deposits  an  egg  in  each  cham- 
ber, and  shuts  up  in  it  at  the  same  a  stock  of  wax  or 
paste,  which  is  the  nourishment  appropriated  to  her 
young. 

Another  fly,  which  may  be  called  the  carpenter  *  bee, 
because  she  works  in  wood,  likewise  builds  apartments 
for  her  family,  but  in  a  different  taste  from  that  of  the 
mason.  Sometimes  she  distributes  them  into  stages; 
sometimes  disposes  them  in  a  row.  Cielings  or  parti- 
tions, artfully  made,  separate  all  these  stages  or  chain  - 

*  The  wood-piercing  bee. 


bers,  and  there  is  an  egg   deposited  in  each  of  them, 
with  the  quantity  of  paste  necessary  for  the  young. 

(>.  These  various  kinds  of  work  require  in  general  less 
skill  and  genius  than  labour  and  patience.  There  is  a 
very  different  degree  of  art  and  sagacity  displayed  in  the 
nest  constructed  by  another  fly  with  single  pieces  of 
leaves  only.  This  nest  is  a  real  prodigy  of  industry. 
When  it  is  taken  to  pieces,  and  nurrowly  examined  mail 
its  parts,  one  cannot  conceive  how  a  fly  should  be  able 
to  cut  them  out,  turn,  and  put  them  together  with  so 
much  propriety  and  exactness.  When  viewed  on  the 
outside,  this  nest  very  much  resembles  a  tooth-pick 
case.  The  inside  is  divided  into  several  little  cells,  in 
the  form  of  a  thimble,  set  in  one  another  as  thimbles  are 
in  a  tradesman's  shop.  Every  thimble  consists  of  seve- 
ral pieres.  which  are  separately  cut  from  one  leaf,  and 
whojc  form,  circumference,  and  proportions  tally  with 
the  place  each  is  intended  to  occupy.  The  same  me- 
thod is  used  with  respect  to" the  pieces  that  form  the 
case  or  common  cover.  In  a  word,  there  is  sr>  much 
exactness,  symmetry,  uniformity,  and  skill  iu  this  little 
master-piece,  that  we  should  not  believe  it  to  be  the 
work  of  a  fly,  did  we  not  know  at  what  school  she  learnt 
the  art  of  constructing  it.  We  may  naturally  conjec- 
ture that  each  thimble  is  a  lodging  for  a  little  one ;  but 
we  could  not  have  imagined  that  the  paste  which  the 
mother  provides  for  it  is  almost  liquid,  and  that  the  little 
celt,  which  is  entirely  composed  of  small  pieces  of  leaves, 
is  notwithstanding  a  vessel  so  well  closed  up,  that  this 
•paste  never  spills,  even  when  the  vessel  is  stooped. 

Many  brutes  act  in  concert  with  each  other.  A 
drove  of  oxen  is  grazing  in  a  meadow:  a  wolf  appears: 
they  immediately  form  into  a  battalion,  and  present 
their  horns  to  the  enemy.  This  warlike  disposition  dis- 
concerts him,  and  obliges  him  to  retire. 

In  winter,  hinds  and  young  stags  assemble  in  \\erds,  iu 
the  more  numerous  companies  as  Hie  season  happens  t<> 
prove  severe.    They  warm  each  other  with  their  breath, 
L  '2 


222 

In  the  spring  they  separate,  the  hinds  concealing  them- 
selves in  order  to  bring  forth.  The  young  harts  remain 
together,  love  to  walk  in  company,  and  are  only  parted 
by  necessity. 

Sheep  that  are  exposed  to  the  sultry  heat  of  the  dog- 
days  in  an  open  plain,  keep  near  each  other,  so  that 
their  heads  touch  ;  they  hold  them  inclined  towards  the 
earth,  and  snuff  up  the  fresh  air  which  comes  from  be- 
neath them. 

Wild  ducks,  that  are  accustomed  to  change  their 
climate,  range  themselves  in  their  flight  in  the  form  of  a 
wedge,  or  an  inverted  V,  that  they  may  cleave  the  air 
with  the  greater  ease.  The  duck  at  the  extreme  point 
leads  the  flight,  and  cleaves  the  air  first  of  all.  After  a 
certain  time  he  is  relieved  by  another,  the  second  in  his 
turn  by  a  third,  &c.  In  this  manner  each  bears  a  share 
in  the  laborious  part  of  this  orjke. 

8.  Animals  to  whom  the  company  of  their  own  kind 
is  useful,  have  been  rendered  fit  for  this  commerce. 
And  if  the  AUTHOR  of  nature  had  man  in  view  with 
respect  to  this  particular,  as  we  may  without  pride  sup- 
pose^ the  means  will  be  found  to  correspond  perfectly 
well  with  the  end.  Jn  effect,  how  many  embarrass- 
ments and  inconveniencies  would  have  accompanied  the 
divers  services  we  deduced  from  domestic  animals,  if  in- 
dividuals of  the  same  species  had  not  power  to  cohabit 
together ! 

The  spirit  of  society  is  not  altogether  limited  to  indi- 
viduals of  the  same  species,  but  extends  likewise  in  a 
certain  degree  to  those  of  different  species,  and  from 
thence  man  also  derives  some  advantage.  The  custom 
of  seeing  each  other,  of  eating  their  meals  in  common, 
of  reposing  under  the  same  roof,  confirms  the  natural 
disposition  of  domestic  animals  to  live  in  society.  The 
connections  which  result  from  it  become  so  much  the 
stronger  as  they  begin  earlier  or  nearer  to  their  birth. 


223 

Thus  animals  that  are  not  appointed  to  live  together, 
may  notwithstanding  form  a  sort  of  society  :  the  natural 
inclination  each  of  them  has  to  live  with  those  of  a  like 
kincl,  is  susceptible  of  modification  or  extension. 

Every  individual  knows  his  like ;  those  of  the  same 
society  likewise  know  them.  It  is  observable,  that  if 
strange  fowls  are  brought  into  a  poultry^yard,  those  of 
the  place  will  persecute  them,  till  cohabitation  has 
made  them  members  of  the  society. 

The  outside  of  the  body  exhibits  divers  characters, 
by  means  of  which  individuals  of  the  same  society  may 
know  each  other,  and  distinguish  strange  individuals. 
But  among  these  physical  characters  there  may  be  some 
mixed  ones,  or  such  as  belong  as  much  to  the  soul  as 
the  body,  which  the  animals  of  the  class  we  are  treating 
of,  are  capable  of  seizing ;  such  are  the  air,  pdlture, 
gait.  The  individuals  of  that  species,  which  are  not 
yet  become  familiar  in  their  new  habitation,  seem  fear- 
ful or  embarrassed :  this  fear  or  embarrassment  de- 
tects them,  and  excites  or  encourages  others  to  attack 
them. 

That  kind  of  society  in  which  domestic  animals  live, 
gives  room  for  a  remarkable  observation ;  the  young 
lamb  distinguishes  her  mother  from  amongst  3  or  400 
sheep,  although  there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  sensi- 
bk  difference  betwixt  them. 

0;  Nothing  is  more  wonderful  than  those  legions  of 
flying  creatures,  that  at  a  stipulated  time  pass  from  one 
to  other  very  remote  countries.  What  instinct  assembles 
them  ?  What  compass  directs  them  ?  What  chart 
points  out  their  way  ?  We  presently  conceive  that  the 
change  of  the  season,  and  the  want  of  suitable  nourish- 
ment, advertise  these  different  species  of  birds  to  shift 
their  abode.  But  whence  did  they  learn  that  they 
Should  meet  with,  in  other  regions,  a  climate  and 
aliment  proper  for  them  ?  la  order  to  be  able  to 
answer  these  questions,  and  all  such  as  may  be  asked  on 
this  interesting  subject,  we  should  carefully  examine 

»•  a 


224 

every  circumstance  that  attends  the  marches  of  these 
birds.  The  degree  of  cold  or  heat  that  accelerates,  or 
retards  them,  deserves  to  be  particularly  attended  to  ; 
for  there  is  no  room  to  doubt  that  they  are  most  of 
all  influenced  by  this.  There  is,  perhaps,  a  secret  rela- 
tion between  the  temperature  which  suits  with  certain 
species,  and  that  which  is  necessary  for  the  production 
of  the  food  that  nourishes  them. 

But  we  have  not  tarried  our  enquiries  deep  enough 
into  these  different  species  of  birds  and  fishes  of  passage. 

10.  An-ong  the  soc  eties  of  brutes  Improperly  so 
called,  some  depend  on  chance,  or  on  the  agency  of 
men,  if  not  altogether,  at  least  in  part  It  is  not  so  with 
respect  to  societies  properly  so  called.  They  do  not 
owe  \heir  origin  to  any  human  act,  but  solely  to  nature, 
Thewiembers  that  compose  them  are  not  only  united 
by  common  necessities,  and  that  for  a  short  time,  but 
they  are  so  by  a  much  stronger  tie,  which  subsists  to 
tjje  dea)h  of  the  animal,  or  at  least  during  a  consider- 
able ?>art  of  its  life  !  1  mean,  the  natural  preservation 
of  the  individual,  or  that  of  its  family  :  both  the  one 
and  the  other  are  necessarily  attached  to  the  state  of 
society.  It  is  for  this  great  end  that  these  different 
species  of  social  animals  have  been  instructed  to  labour 
in  common  on  works  so  worthy  of  admiration. 

Societies  properly  so  called  may  be  divided  into  two 
classes:  the  first  comprehends  those  whose  principal  end 
is  limited  to  the  preservation  of  individuals  °,  the  second^ 
those  whose  scope  is  the  preservation  of  individuals,  and 
education  of  their  young. 

Several  species  of  caterpillars,  and  some  species  of 
worms,  belong  to  the  former  of  these  two  classes  ;  ants, 
wasps,  bees,  beavers,  to  the  second. 

The  first  class  will  have  under  it  two  principal  sorts ; 
one  of  which  will  comprehend  temporary  societies ;  the 
r,  societies  for  life. 


225 

II.  A  butterfly  depesits  her  eggs  about  the  middle  of 
summer  on  tiie  leaf  of  a  plumb-tree ;  the  number  of 
these  eggs  is  three  or  four  hundred.  After  some  days, 
there  issues  from  each  of  them  a  very  small  caterpillar. 
They  are  so  tar  from  dispersing  themselves  on  the  ad- 
joining leaves,  that  they  all  continue  together  on  that 
whereon  they  first  received  their  being  :  the  same  spirit 
of  society  unites  them.  They  apply  themselves  imme- 
diately, in  concert,  in  the  spinning  of  a  web,  which  at 
firet  is  very  thin  ;  but  they  afterwards  make  it  stronger, 
by  gradually  adding  jnew  threads  to  it :  this  web  is  a 
real  tent  spread  upon  the  leaf,  under  which  the  young 
caterpillars  shelter  themselves.  As  they  increase  in 
bulk,  they  extend  their  lodging  by  fresh  layers  of  leaves 
and  silk :  the  spaces  contained  between  these  layers  are 
apartments,  ali  of  which  communicate  by  doors  made 
on  purpose.  In  this  nest  they  pass  the  winter,  placed 
near  each  other,  without  motion,  till  the  returning  spring 
enlivens  them,  and  invites  them  to  bronze  on  the  sprout- 
ing leaves.  Lastly,  towards  the  month  of  May,  the  so- 
ciety is  dissolved  ;  every  caterpillar  separates  from  his 
companion,  and  spends  the  remainder  of  his  life  in  soli- 
tude :  being  then  become  stronger,  a  state  of  society  is 
no  longer  necessary  for  them. 

12.  The  caterpillars  that  live  on  the  oak,  and  w hose- 
societies  are  much  more  numerous  than  those  of  the 
common,  are  very  singular  in  their  proceedings.  They 
set  out  from  their  nest  at  sun-set,  and  march  112  proces- 
sion, under  the  conduct  of  a  chief,  whose  motions  they 
follow  :  the  ranks  are  at  first  composed  only  of  one  ca- 
terpillar, afterwards  of  two,  three,  four,  and  sometimes 
more.  The  chief  has  nothing  in  him  that  may  distin- 
guish him  from  the  rest,  but 'by  being  the  lirst,  and  that 
he  is  not  constantly,  because  every  other  caterpillar  may, 
in  his  turn,  occupy  the  same  place.  After  having  taken 
their  repast  on  the  leaves  around  them,  they  return  to 
their  nest  in  the  same  order ;  and  this  continues  during 
the  whole  life  of  the  caterpillar.  When  they  have  ar- 
L  4 


326 

nved  to  their  full  growth,  each  forms  for  himself  a  cone, 
where  it  is  transformed  into  a  chrysalis,  and  afterwards 
assumes  the  form  of  a  butterfly.  These  metamorphoses 
cause  a  new  kind  of  life  to  succeed  to  the  state  of  so- 
ciety, which  is  very  different  from  the  primitive  one. 

This  is  an  example  of  societies  for  life,  whose  princi- 
pal end  is  the  preservation  of  individuals. 

.13.  There  are  several  kinds  of  caterpillars  that  are 
true  republicans,  and  whose  discipline,  manners,  and 
genius,  diversify  them  as  much  .as  those  of  different  peo- 
ple. Some  of  them,  like  savages,  make  themselves 
hammocks,  in  which  they  take  their  meals,  and  even 
pass  their  whole  lives :  others  live  like  the  Arabs  and 
Tartars,  in  tents,  which  they  erect  in  the  meadows ;  and 
when  they  have  consumed  all  the  herbs  that  grew  about 
them,  they  go  awa)  and  pitch  their  camp  elsewhere. 

The  nests  which  the  republican  caterpillars  make  for 
themselves  are  perfect  retreats;  they  are  screened  in 
them  from  the  injuries  of  the  air,  and  are  all  closely 
shut  up  in  times, of  inaction  or  idleness;  but  they  go 
out  at  certain  hours  to  seek  th.ir  nourishment.  They 
feed  on  the  leaves  which  surround  them,  which  they 
consume  one  after  another :  they  often  go  to  a  great  dis- 
tance from  tj.eir  dwelling,  and  by  different  turnings. 
However,  they  can  always  find  it  again,  when  they  have 
occasion :  nature  has  provided  them  with  a  method  for 
regaining  their  lodging,  which  answers  exactly  to  that 
used  by  THESEUS  for  fetching  ATUADNJK  out  of  the 
labyrinth.  We  pave  our  ways ;  our  caterpillars  line 
theirs  with  tapestry  :  they  never  walk  but  on  silk  car- 
pets. All  the  paths  that  lead  to  their  nest  are  covered 
\lith  silk  threads  :  these  threads  form  tracks  of  a  glossy 
white,  which  are  at  least  two  or  three  lines  in  width. 
By  pursuing  these  tracks  in  a  row,  they  never  lose  their 
way,  how  intricate  soever  the  turnings  and  windings  of 
their  passage  may  be.  By  putting  a  finger  on  the 
track,  we  should  intersect  the  path,  and  throw  the  cater- 
pillars into  the  greatest  perplexity  :  they  stop  on  a  sud- 


•    s          227 

den  at  this  place,  and  express  all  the  signs  of  fear  and 
distrust.  Their  march  is  suspended,  till  some  cater- 
pillar, more  bold  than  the  rest,  crosses  over  the  spoiled 
path  :  the  thread  she  spreads  in  crossing  serves  as  a 
bridge  for  the  next  to  pass  over.  This,  in  passing, 
spreads  another  thread ;  a  third  another,  and  thus  the 
way  is  soon  repaired. 

Yet  there  is  a  great  difference  between  the  method  of 
the  republican  caterpillars,  and  that  of  Theseus.  They 
do  not  spread  a  carpet  over  their  paths  to  prevent  their 
missing  their  way  ;  but  they  do  not  miss  their  way,  be- 
cause they  spread  such  a  carpet :  they  spin  continually, 
because  they  have  always  occasion  to  evacuate  the  silky 
matter,  which  their  nourishment  produces  again?  and 
which  is  inclosed  in  their  intestines.  By  satisfying  this 
want,  they  are  assured  of  being  in  the  right  path,  with- 
out attending  to  it.  The  construction  of  the  nest  is 
likewise  connected  with  this  want.  Its  architecture  is 
adapted  to  the  form  of  the  animal,  to  the  structure  and 
exercise  of  his  organs,  and  to  his  particular  circum- 
stances. 


14.  Ants  seek  their  provisions  and  aliment  at  a  great 
distance  from  their  abode :  various  paths,  which  are 
often  very  winding  and  intricate,  terminate  at  their  nest. 
The  ants  pass  over  them  in  rows,  without  ever  missing 
their  way,  any  more  than  the  republican  caterpillars: 
like  the  latter,  they  leave  tracks  wherever  they  pass^ 
These  are  not  discernible  to  the  eye ;  they  are  much 
more  sensible  to  the  smell ;  and  it  is  well  known  that 
ants  have  a  ,very  penetrating,  one.  However,  if  we 
draw  a  finger  several  times  backwards  and  forwards 
along  the  wall  by  which  the  ants  pass  and  repass  up  and 
down  in  rows,  they  will  be  stopped  on  a  sudden  in  their 
march,  and  it  will  afford  some  amusement  to  observe 
the  perplexity  they  are  in.  It  will  happen  in  the  same 
manner  with  regard  to  the  processions  of  these  ants,  as 


ijas  -been-  before  related,  concerning  those  of  the  cater- 
pillars. 

15.  The  sight  of  a  bee-hive  is  certainly  one  of  the 
finest  that  can  offer  itself  to  our  eyes  :  there  appears  in 
it  an  astonishing  air  of  grandeur.  One  can  never  be 
weary  of  contemplating  these  work-shops,  where  thou- 
sands of  labourers  are  constantly  employed  in  different 
works.  We.  are  struck  in  a  particular  manner  with  the 
geometrical  exactness  of  their  works  ;  as  we  likewise  are 
at  the  sight  of  their  magazines,  which  are  replenished 
with  every  thing  necessary  for  the  support  of  the  society 
during  the  rigorous  season.  We  likewise-stop  with  plea- 
sure to  behold  the  young  ones  in  their  cradles,  and  to 
obsejrye  the  tender  care  of  their  nursing  mothers  to-- 
wan  re  them. 

But  what  chiefly  attracts  the  attention  is  the  queen  : 
the  slowness,  I  had  almost  said  gravity,  of  her  inarch, 
her  stature,  which  is  a  more  advantageous  one  than  thai 
ef  the- other  bees,  and,  above  all,  Hie  various  homage- 
paid  her  by  the  rest.  We  can  scarcely  believe  what  our 
eves  are  witnesses  of,  in  the  regard  and  assiduities  of 
the  neuters  for  this  Moved  queen.  But- our  amazement 
is  greatU  heightened  when  we  see  these  laborious,  ac- 
tive insects,  entirely,  cease  from  their  labour,  and  suffer 
themselves  to  perish,  as.  soon  as  they  are  deprived  of 
their  sovereign. 

By  what  secret  engagement,,  by  what  law  superior  to 
that  whereby  each  individual  provides  for  its  own  pre- 
servation, <ire  the  bees  attached  to  their  qneen  in  such 
a  degree,  as  absolutely  to  neglect  the  care  of  their  owu 
lives,  whan  they  happen  to  be  separated  from  her] 
This  law  seems  to  be  nothing  more  than  the  grand 
principle  of  the  preservation  of  the  species :  the  neuters 
do  not-  engender,  but  they,  know  that  the  queen  enjoys- 
that  faculty  ;.  they  construct  those  cells,  whose  propor- 
tions we  so  much  admire,,  for  the  reception  of  the  egg$ 
she.  is  ready  to  lay.  Nature  has  instructed  them  a& 


-229 

much  with  regard  to  the  young  that  is  to  he  hatched' 
from  them,  as  she  has  the  mothers  of  other  animals  in 
favour  of  their  offspring. 

1 6.  Of  all  animals  that  live  in  society,  none  approach 
nearer  to  human  understanding  than  beavers.  We  are 
at  a  loss  to  determine  what  is  most  worthy  of  admira- 
tion hi  their  labours,  whether  the  grandeur  and  solidity 
of  the  undertaking,  or  prodigious  art,  fine  views,  and 
general  design,  so  excellently  displayed  throughout  every 
part  of  their  execution.  A  society  of  beavers  seem  to 
be  an  academy  of  engineers,  that  proceed  on  rational 
plans,  which  they  rectity  or  modify  as  they  judge  neces- 
sary, pursuing  them  with  as  much  constancy  as  preci- 
sion ;  all  are  animated  by  the  same  spirit,  and  unite 
their  will  and  strength  for  the  promoting  one  common 
end,  which  is  always  the  general  good  of  the  society: 
in  a  word,  we  must  be  witnesses  of  their  performances, 
before  we  can  judge  them  capable  of  them.  A' traveller 
that  is  ignorant  .of  them,  and  happens  to  meet  with  their 
habitations,  will  think,  he  is  among  a. nation  of  very  in- 
dustrious savages. 

The  mole,  or  bank,  which  they  raise,  is  a  work  of  im- 
mense labour  ;  and  it  is  inconceivable  how  brutes  are 
able  to  project,  begin,  and  complete  it.  Represent  to 
yourself  a  river  of  fourscore  or  a  hundred  feet,  in  width. 
Their  first  business  is  to  break  the  force  of  the  current: 
the  beavers  then  throw  up  a  bank,  or  causeway,  eighty  or 
a  hundred -feet  in  length,  by  ten  or  twelve  feet  at  its  base. 
Nothing  is  more  certain  than  this,  nor  less  likely  ;  and. 
when  we  have  repeatedly  seen  it,  we  are  still  willing  to 
renew  our  inspection  of  it,  in  order  to  enforce  our 
belief. 

The  most  considerable  towns  of  the  beavers  consist1' 
of  twenty  or  twenty-rive  lodgments,  though  such  are 
but  rare  ;•  the  most  common  have  only  tea  or  twelve. 

JL  6 


230 

Each  republic  has  its  peculiar  district,  and  admits  of  no 
accidental  guests. 

When  any  great  inundations  damage  the  edifices  of 
the  beavers,  all  the  societies,  without  exception,  unite 
together  for  making  the  necessary  repairs.  If  hunters 
declare  a  cruel  war  against  them,  and  entirely  destroy 
their  banks  and  cottages,  they  disperse  themselves  about 
the  country,  betake  themselves  to  a  solitary  life,  dig 
burrows  or  trenches  under  ground,  and  never  shew  any 
marks  of  that  industry  we  have  been  admiring. 

1 7.  Beavers  seem  to  be  formed  with  a  view  to  con* 
found  our  reasonings.  Their  associating  themselves 
into  great  bodies,  for  working  in  concert  on  their  im- 
mense works ;  their  separating  into  little  families,  or 
particular  societies,  charged  with  the  construction  of 
the  huts;  the  nature  ©f  these  works,  their  extent,  soli- 
dity, propriety,  and  appropriation,  so  conducive  to  one 
general  end,  comprehending  such  a  number  of  subordi- 
nations: in  a  word,  their  almost  perfect  resemblance 
with  works  erected  by  men  with  the  same  intent,  all 
concur  to  give  the  labour  of  the  beavers  an  undoubted 
superiority  over  that  of  the  bees.  In  fact,  to  fell  trees 
chosen  on  purpose,  to  lop  them,  and  cut  off  their  pro- 
jections, to  make  great  cross  pieces  of  timber  of  them, 
disposing  .them  in  their  proper  places;  to  cut  smaller 
trees  like  stakes,  plant  several  rows  of  these  stakes  in  a 
river,  and  interlace  them  with  branches  of  trees,  in  order 
to  strengthen  and  connect  them  together;  to  make 
mortar,  and  with  it  solidly  to  compact  the  inside  of  the 
pile :  and  to  all  this  to  add  the  form,  proportions,  and 
solidity  of  a  great  bank;  to  form  sluices  thereon,  and 
open  or  shut  them  according  to  the  water's  elevation  or 
abatement ;  to  build  behind  the  bank  little  houses,  one 
or  more  stories  high,  founded  on  an  entire  pile-work ; 
to  build  them  solidly  without,  and  incrust  or  cement 
them  within  by  a  layer  of  plaister,  applied  with  equal 
exactness  and  propriety ;  to  cover  the  flooring  with  a 


231 

verdant  tapestry ;  to  contrive  lights  and  outlets  in  the 
walls  for  different  purposes;  to  erect  magazines,  and 
supply  them  with  provisions ;  to  repair  with  diligence 
whatever  breaches  may  happen  to  the  public  works, 
and  re-unite  themselves  into  one  grand  body  for  the 
effecting  in  common  these  reparations ;  are  astonishing 
marks  of  industry,  which  seem  to  imply  in  the  beavers 
a  ray  of  that  light,  which  raises  man  so  far  above  the 
rest  of  the  animal  creation. 


232 
CHAP.  XII. 

Continuation  of  the  Industry  of  Animals. 


E  shall,  in  the  next  place,  treat  of  the  proceed- 
ings of  solitary  animals.  If  they  do  not  affect  that- 
extraordinary  air  of  reflection  and  prudence,  that  bright- 
ness of  genius,  and  that  appearance  of  policy  and  legis- 
lation which  we  admire  in  sociable  animals,  they  never- 
theless attract  our  regard,  either  by  their  simplicity  and 
singularity,  or  their  diversity  and  appropriation  to  one 
common  end,  for  the  attaining  of  which  they  use  the  in- 
genious and  natural  means.  After  having  contemplated 
the  government,  manners,  and  labours,  of  a  republican 
community,  we  may  still  find  some  pleasure  in  consider- 
ing the  life  and  occupations  of  a  solitary  one;  thus 
passing  from  the  monuments  of  Rome  to  the  cottage,  of 
a  Robinson.  Those  works  that  are  performed  by  the 
sociable  animals^  and  which  astonish  us  as  much  by  their 
size,  as  by  the  beauty  of  their  disposition,  result  from 
the  concurrence  of  a  number  of  individuals  :  they  all 
pass  through  various  hands;  some  sketch  them,  others 
bring  them  to  a  greater  perfection,  and  a  third  sort 
finish  them.  The  works  of  solitary  animals  spring  from 
one  head  only ;  and  the  same  hand  that  begins  them, 
continues,  finishes,  and  repairs  them.  Each  individual 
has  his  particular,  talent  and  degree  of  skill,  whereby  he 
provides  for  his  own  subsistence,  and  furnishes  himself 
with  all  necessaries. 

We  will  here  confine  ourselves  to  the  proceedings  re- 
lative to  the  metamorphosis.    This  is  an  affair  of  great 


233 

importance  for  one  of  our  hermits  to  prepare  himself 
for,  the  most  interesting  to  him  of  any  during  ills  whole 
life.  Caterpillars  alone  exhibit  to  us  the  examples  of 
almost  all  the  proceedings  which  nature  has  taught  to 
insects  of  this  kind.  We  will  limit  our  examinations  to 
this  class  in  particular. 

2.  There  are  some  caterpillars  whose  bodies  are  sup- 
ported by  a  prop,  and  nature  has  taught  them  the  me- 
thod of  effecting  this.     They  wind  a  girdle  round  their 
i)ody,  composed  of  a  number  of  silk  threads  collected 
together,  whose  edds  are  fixed  to  the  prop  that  sustains 
them  :  by   this  means  they  fasten  their  hind  legs  in  a 
little  heap  of  silk.     It  is  easy  to  imagine  after  this,  that 
the   chrysalis  must  be  tied  and  grappled  as  the  cater- 
pillar was:  the  girdle  is  loose,  and  leaves  the  chrysalis 
sufficient  room  to  peifoxm  its*  little  operations^ 

3.  Other  caterpillars   form*  cones.     Same  of  these 
give  their  cone  a  more  exquisite  form,  so  as  to  resemble 
that  of  an  inverted  boat.     The  cone  of  a  silk-worm  is 
made,  if  we  may  be  allowed  the  expression,  of  a  single 
piece.     The  cones  made  boat-wise  consist  of  two  prin- 
cipal parts,  shaped  like  shells,  and  joined  together  with 
great  skill  and   propriety  :  each  shell   is-  w.orked  sepa- 
rately, and  formed,  of  an  almost  infinite  number  of  very 
minute  silk  rings.     On  the  fore  part  of  the  cone,   which 
represents  the  hind  part  of  the  boat,  is  a  ledge  that  juts 
out  a  little,  in   which  we  may  perceive   a  very  narrow 
crevice,  which  denotes  the  aperture  contrived  for  the 
exit  of  the  butterfly:  by  means  of  that,  the  two  shells 
may  part  asunder,  and  leave  room  for  the  butterfly  to 
pass  through  them.     They  are  constructed  and  put  to.- 
gelher  with  so  much  art,,  that  they  are  of  the  nature  of 
a  spring ;  and  the  cone  from  whence  the  butterfly  has 
lately  issued,   appears  as  close  as  that  winch  it  still  iix,- 
habits :  by.  this  ingenious  artifice  the  butterfly  is  always 
free,  and  the  chrysalis  in  safety.     We  shall  hereafter 
come   to  treat  of  proceedings  which  are  analogous  to 
these,  but  more  singular. 


234- 

4.  Our  spinners  have  not  all  an  equal  provision,  yet 
all  seem  to  endeavour  at  concealing  themselves  from 
sight.  Such  as  are  not  rich  enough  to  make  themselves 
a  good  lodgment  of  silk,  supply  the  want  of  it  by  dif- 
ferent matters  of  a  coarser  or  finer  texture,  which  they 
are  sufficiently  skilful  to  cause  to  contribute  towards 
the  construction  of  the  lodge.  Some  content  themselves 
with  giving  it  a  covering  of  leaves,  which  they  connect 
together  without  any  art.  Others  do  not  confine  them- 
selves to  the  amassing  these  leaves,  and  disposing  them 
indiscriminately,  but  range  them  with  a  kind  of  regu- 
larity. Others  think  proper  to  powder  the  whole  of 
their  cone  with  a  matter  they  yield  from  behind  them, 
and  which  they  cause  to  penetrate  betwixt  the  thread. 
Others  strip  themselves  of  their  hairs,  and  form  a  mass 
of  a  mixture  of  silk  and  hairs.  Others,  after  having 
stripped  themselves,  plant  their  long  hairs  about  them, 
and  make  of  them  a  sort  of  cradle-fence.  Others  add 
a  greasy  matter,  which  they  procure  from  their  inside, 
to  the  silk  and  hairs  ;  with  this  they  stop  up  the  rings 
of  the  weft,  and  it  serves  as  a  varnish  for  them.  Others 
thrust  themselves  into  sand,  or  small  gravel,  and  there 
construct  for  themselves  cones  of  sand,  whose  grains  are 
connected  with  the  silk.  Others,  lastly,  which  have  no 
silk,  pierce  the  earth,  make  a  cavity  in  it  like  a  cone, 
and  smear  the  sides  of  it  with  a  kind  of  glue,  or 
paste. 

Another  species,  which  is  far  more  industrious  than 
the  former,  perform  a  work  which  we  cannot  too  much 
admire.  You  have  lately  seen  described  those  cones 
which  resemble  an  inverted  boat :  this  is  likewise  the 
form  that  this  species  give  to  their  cone ;  but  they  do 
not  make  it  entirely  of  silk.  They  strip  e>ff  little  pieces 
of  bark  with  their  teeth,  of  a  rectangular  figure,  nearly 
even  and  alike,  and  dispose  them  with  all  skill  and  pro- 
priety ;  with  these  they  compose  the  principal  parts  of 
the  cone.  These  great  parts  are  likewise  formed  of  a 
considerable  quantity  of  very  small  inlaid  work,  placed 
end  to  end,  and  joined  together  with  silk.  In  a  word, 


235 

we  ar£  apt  to  fancy  that  we  are  looking  at  an  inlaid 
floor,  or  a  piece  of  inlaid  work. 

5,  The  most  solitary  of  all  insects  are  such  as  live  in 
the  inside  of  fruits.     Each  fruit  lodges  only  one  cater- 
pillar, or  worm :  we  are  ignorant  of  the  cause  of  this 
remarkable  fact.     We  only  know,  that  a  curious  ob- 
server having  attempted  to  cause  caterpillars  of  this 
species  to  live  together,  they  furiously  engaged  each 
other  as  often  as  they  met :  it  is  then  inconteslibly  true, 
that  the  disposition  of  these  caterpillars  is  anti-sociable. 
Several  have   metamorphosed    themselves  in  the   very 
fruit  that  has  served  them  for  a  retreat  and  for  provi- 
sion ;  they  dig  cavities  in  it,  which  they  line  with  silk, 
or  in  which  they  spin  their  cones.     Others,  which  are 
the  greater  part  of  them,  quit  the  fruit,  and  metamor- 
phose themselves  in  the  earth. 

6.  Those  insects  that  roll  up  or  fold  the  leaves  of  a 
great  number  of  plants,  are  also  perfect  hermits :  this 
proceeding  is  common  to  many  caterpillars.     They  thus 
procure  for  themselves  little  cells,  which  are  convenient 
lodgings  tor  them,  in  which  they  are  always  sure  to  find 
nourishment,  for  they  eat  the  walls  of  the  cell ;  but 
they  are  always  very  careful  never  to  touch  that  part 
which  is  destined   to  cover  them.      The  different  me- 
thods in  which  these  caterpillars  lodge  themselves,  give 
room  for  distinguishing  them   into  tyers,  folders,  and 
rollers. 

Tlie  art  of  the  tyers  is  in  general  the  most  simple.  It 
consists  in  joining  several  leaves  together  with  silk 
threads,  in  order  to  form  them  into  one  entire  parcel,  in 
the  centre  of  which  is  the  lodge  of  the  little  hermit. 

The  procedure  of  the  folders  supposes  more  refi»ed 
operations.  They  fold  the  leaves  either  in  the  whole, 
or  in  part.  In  the  whole,  when  the  portion  folded  is 
turned  back  flat  upon  another  part  of  the  leaf:  and  in 
part,  when  they  only  simply  bend  the  leaf  more  or  less. 

But  the  labour  of  the  rollers  is  most  of  all  to  be  ad- 
mired. They  liv*  in  a  kind  of  roll,  whose  dimensions, 


236 

form,  and  position,  vary  in  different  species.  Some 
give  itja  cylindrical  figure;  others,  the  form  of  a  cone, 
which  is  likewise  as  well  made  as  those  the  grocers  use. 
The  leaf  is  always  rolled  spirally,  or  as  wafers  are.  The 
roll,  or  cone,  is  commonly  laid  on  the  leaf;  but  some- 
times, which  is  very  remarkable,  it  is  fixed  on  it  like  a 
nine-piu. 

Does  my  reader  imagine  that  mechanism  presides 
over  the  construction  of  these  various  works]  Does  he 
conceive  in  what  manner  an  insect,  that  has  no  claws,  is 
able  to  roll  up  a  leaf,  and  to  keep  it  so?  We  know  in 
general  that  caterpillars  spin :  and  can  in  some  measure 
discover,  it  is  by  the  assisstance  of  their  threads  that  our 
skilful  rollers  cause  the  leaves  to  take  the  form  of  a  cy- 
lindrical or  conical  tube.  We  see  in  effect  parcels  of 
threads  distributed  from  one  distance  to  another,  which 
hold  the  roller  confined  to  the  leaf.  Rut  how  can  these 
threads,  which  seem  only  to  perform  the  office  of  small 
cables,  be  capable  of  rolling  up  the  leaf]  This  we  ima- 
gine ourselves  able  to  guess  at,  but  without  elUct.  We 
suppose,  that  by  fastening  threads  to  the  cage  of  the 
leaf,  and  drawing  these  threads  towards  her,  the  cater- 
pillar forces  the  edge  to  rise  and  turn  itself;  which  is  by 
no  means  the  case.  The  use  the  industrious  insect 
makes  of  its  strength,  consists  of  a  more  refined  me- 
chanism. He  fixes  a  number  of  threads  to  the  border 
of  the  leaf,  but  does  not  draw  it  to  him.  By  means  of 
them  he  bends  the  other  extremity  to  the  surface  of  the 
leaf.  The  threads  of  one  and  the  same  parcel  are 
nearly  parallel,  and  compose  a  little  ribband.  By  the 
side  of  this  ribband  the  insect  spins  a  second,  which 
passes  over  and  crosses  the  former.  This  then  is  the 
secret  of  its  mechanism.  In  passing  over  the  first  rib- 
band in  order  to  extend  the  second,  it  bears  on  the  first 
\vith  the  whole  weight  of  its  body  ;  this  pressure,  which 
tends  to  force  down  the  ribband,  obliges  the  edge  of 
the  leaf  to  which  it  is  fastened,  to  rise.  The  second 
ribband,  which  is  at  the  same  time  struck  on  the  flat 
part  of  the  leaf,  preserves  on  the  edge  that  alteration  or 


bending  which  the  insect  was  disposed  to  give  it.  If 
we  narrowly  examine  these  two  ribbands,  their  effect 
will  be  visible.  The  second  .will  appear  very  tight,  and 
the  first  very  slack ;  the  reason  is  because  the  latter 
lias  no  greater  degree  of  action,  nor  indeed  ought  to 
have.  You  now  comprehend  that  the  roll  is  gradually 
formed  by  the  repetition  of  the  same  operations  on  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  leaf.  But  it  often  happens  that  the 
coarser  edges  resist  too  much ;  the  insect  knows  how  to 
weaken  them  by  gnawing  them  here  and  there.  In  er- 
der  to  form  a  cone,  some  more  performances  are  neces- 
sary. The  roller  cuts  with  her  teeth,  on  the  leaf,  the 
part  that  is  to  compose  it.  She  does  not  detach  it  alto- 
gether from  it  ;  it  would  then  want  a  base;  she  only 
separates  that  part  which  is  necessary  to  form  the  fold- 
ings of  the  cone.  The  part  is  properly  a  slip,  which  she 
rolls  as  she  cuts  it.  She^  raises  the  cone  on  the  leaf, 
almost  hi  the  same  manner  as  we  erect  an  inclined 
obelisk.  She  fixes  threads  or  little  cables  near  the 
point  of  the  pyramid;  she  pre'sses  on  *hem  with  the 
weight  of  her  body,  and  thus  forces  the  point  to  raise 
itself.  You  may  form  an  idea  of  the  rest ;  the  me- 
chanism is  the  same  as  that  employed  in  making  a  roll. 
Tiiese  cells,  in  which  the  caterpillar  lives,  serve  like- 
wise as  a  retreat  for  the  chrysalis.  This  latter  would 
not  probably  be  sufficiently  well  accommodated  with  a 
bare  covering  of  leaf.  The  caterpillar  lines  the  cell  with 
silk  tapestry.  Other  species  spin  a  cone  for  themselves 
in  it. 

7.  Some  leaves  of  plants  are  scarcely  thicker  than 
paper.  Would  any  one  imagine  there  were  insects  skilful 
enough  to  provide  a  lodging  in  such  thin  leaves  as  these, 
so  as  to  shelter  themselves  from  the  injuries  of  the  wea- 
ther? A  leaf  is  to  them  a  vast  country,  wherein  they 
make  roads  for  themselves  that  are  more  or  less  wind- 
ing ;  they  mine  in  the  substance  of  the  leaf,  as  our 
miners  do  in  the  earth.  From  hence  also  they  have 
taken  the  name  of  miners  of  haves.  They  are  ex- 
tremely common :  some  belong  to  the  class  of  cater- 


238 

pillars ;  others  to  that  of  worms.  They  cannot  bear  to 
be  naked;  and  it  is  for  the  sake  of  covering  themselves 
that  they  insinuate  themselves  between  the  two  foldings 
of  a  leaf.  They  find  their  subsistence  there  at  the  same 
time.  They  eat  the  pulp  of  it,  and  in  eating,  trace  out 
a  way  for  themselves.  Some  dig  there  strait  or  crooked 
trenches.  These  are  gallery  miners.  Others  mine 
round  about  them,  in  circular  Or  oblong  spaces,  these 
are  miners  at  large.  Their  teeth  are  the  instruments 
they  mine  with  ;  but  some  \vomi-miners  dig  by  means 
of  two  hooks  resembling  our  pick-axes.  Several  of 
these  insects  spin  within  the  mine,  the  cone  wherein 
they  are  to  transform  themselves.  Others  quit  the  mine, 
and  metamorphose  themselves  elsewhere.  Butterflies 
that  proceed  from  a  mining  caterpillar,  are  little  mira- 
cles of  nature.  She  has  lavished  gold,  silver,  and 
azure  upon  them ;  with  other  colours  that  are  more  or 
less  rich ;  though  we  regret  that  she  has  not  performed 
these  master-pieces  in  a  more  extensive  form. 

8.  But  miners  have  something  still  more  wonderful  to 
offer  us.  Bestow  your  attention  on  those  vine  leaves 
that  are  before  you.  They  are  pierced  with  oval  holes 
which  seem  to  be  made  in  them  by  a  gimblet.  The 
mining  caterpillars  bored  these  holes,  by  stripping  two 
pieces  of  skin  from  the  leaf,  with  which  they  make  a 
cone :  that  cone  is  there  placed  perpendicularly  on  a 
vine-prop,  at  a  pretty  considerable  distance  from  the 
leaf  that  furnished  the  materials.  How  was  it  cut, 
fashioned,  detached,  and  conveyed  1  Let  us  not  vainly 
attempt  to  guess  this  :  let  us  rather  endeavour  to  sur- 
prise the  industrious  labourer  on  her  working  bench. 
She  mines  ly  way  of  gallery,  and  constructs  her  cone  at 
the  extremity  of  the  gallery.  It  is  composed  of  two  pieces 
of  leaf  of  an  oval  form,  very  thin,  even,  and  like  each 
other.  The  caterpillar  prepares  these  places ;  makes  of 
them  a  thin  texture,  by  clearing  them  of  the  pulp;  she 
models  them,  lines  them  with  silk,  cuts  them  with  her 
teeth,  as  with  scissars,  joins  and  unites  them.  They  al- 
ready have  no  connection  with  the  leaf,  notwithstanding 


239 

which,  the  coDe  does  not  fall :  the  caterpillar  has  taken 
the  precaution  to   sustain  it  by   some   threads  of  the 
same  species  with  its  border.  When  the  cone  is  finished, 
the  caterpillar  applies   herself  to  disengage  aad   trans- 
sport  it  from  its  place.     She  has  left  a  small  aperture  at 
one  end  of  it.     She  causes  her  head  to  come  out  at  this 
opening,  bears  it  forward,  seizes  a  part  of  the  prop  with 
her  teeth,  and  by  an  effort  draws  the  cone  to  her.     The 
threads  that  hold  it  give  way,  and  the  caterpillar  carries 
her  little  house   about  with   her  as  the  snail  does  her 
shell.     Behold  her  walking ;  her  march  is  a   new   my- 
stery.    It  has  been  said  that  all  caterpillars  have  at  least 
ten  legs :  this   is  absolutely  without   any,  and  shews  us 
what  ah  opinion  we  ought  to  entertain  of  such  naturalists. 
Let  us  lay  in  her  way  a  finely  polished  glass,  placed  per- 
pendicularly.    She  is  not  in  the  least  retarded   by  this, 
but  climbs  over  the  glass  as  on  a  leaf.     By  what  secret 
art  is  she  enabled  to  cleave  to  it,  for  she  has  neither  legs 
nor  claws  to  grapple  it  ]  You  have  seen  caterpillars  that 
spin  little  heaps   of  silk   which  they  fix   themselves  to. 
Our  miner  spins  the  like,  at  certain  distances,  according 
to  the  track  she  is  to  pass  over.     She  seizes  one  of  these 
heaps  with  her  teeth,  which  becomes  in  part   a  support 
for  her;  she  draws  the  cone  to   her,  and   carries  it  to- 
wards the  little  heap  :  fastens  it  to  it ;  thrusts  her  head 
forwards :  spins  a  second  heap  :  fixes  herself  to  it  in  the 
same  manner  as  to  the  first ;  makes  an  effort  to  discharge 
the  cone,  which  she  effects,  drags   it   towards  the   new 
heap,  fastens  it  likewise  to  it,  and  this  second  step  being 
taken  unravels  to  you  the  secret  of  her   ingenious  me- 
chanism.    By  this  means  she  leaves  on  the  bodies  over 
which  she  passes  little  tracks  of  silk,  which  she    spins 
from  space  to  space.     When ,  she   has  arrived  at  the 
place  she  is  inclined  to  fix  herself  at,  she  here  stops  the 
cone  intended  for  a  habitation,  and  places  it  in  a  verti- 
cal situation.     There  afterwards  issues   from  it  a  very 
pretty   butterfly,  as  richly  clothed,    and  of  the  same 
genus,  as  those  of  other  miners. 

9.  Other  insects  live  in  great  galleries  of  silk,  which 


240 

they  lengthen  and  widen  as  they  grow:  They  cover 
them  with  gross  matter,  and  frequently  with  their  ex- 
crements. They  construct  those  galleries  on  the  various 
bodies  they  feed  upon,  and  which  differ  .according  to 
the  species  of  the  insect.  The  name  of  false  motks  has 
been  given  to  all  such  species  as  make  those  enclosures. 
You  are  sensible,,  that  those  of  true  moths  are  portable. 
The  most  remarkable  false  moths  are  such  as  settle  in 
bee-hives,  and  destroy  the  combs.  They  are  without 
defensive  arms,  and  are  only  secured  with  a  soft  and  de- 
licate skin;  notwithstanding  which  nature  has  appointed 
them  to  live  at  the  expence  of  a  little  warlike  people 
that  are  well-armed,  and  equally  well  disposed  to  de- 
fend their  settlements.  Our  engineers  have  frequently 
recourse  to  mines  and  saps  in  the  reduction  of  places. 
Jt  is  indeed  abundantly  necrs^ary  that  our  false  moth* 
should  excel  in  this  kind  of  attack,  and  their  works 
prove  that  they  do.  They  never  march  but  under  cover. 
They  scoop  long  trenches  in  the  thick  part  of  the  combs, 
in  what  direction  they  think  proper,  wherein  they  are 
always  in  safety  from  the  enemy.  The  galleries  or  this 
kind  are  lined  within  with  a  very  close  silk  tissue,  and 
covered  on  the  outside  with  a  thick  layer  of  grains  of 
wax  and  excrements.  Thus  the  fine  works  of  the  la- 
borious bees  are  destroyed  in  silence  by  an  enemy  which 
they  are  not  able  to  discover,  and  that  sometimes  com- 
pels them  to  abandon  their  hive.  The  false  moths  have 
no  intention  to  procure  honey :  they  never  penetrate 
into  the  cells  that  contain  it,  They  only  eat  the  wax, 
and  their  stomach  analyses  the  matter  which  the  chymist 
cannot  dissolve.  When  they  have  attained  their  full 
growth,  they  make  a  silk  cone  at  the  end  of  the  gallery, 
which  they  never  fail  to  cover  with  grains  of  wax. 

Other  false  moths  establish  themselves  in  our  gra- 
naries, where  they  multiply  excessively.  They  covet 
our  most  valuable  commodity.  They  connect  together 
several  grains  of  corn  j  they  spin  a  little  tube  in  the 
midst  of  this  heap,  where  they  lodge.  By  that  means 
they  are  always  within  reach  of  a.  plentiful  stock  of 


241 

nourishment.  They  feed  at  their  pleasure  on  the  grains 
of  -vvhich  .he  v  have  been  careful  to  forril  their  case,  and 
h  are  he  a  covering  to  it.  When  their  metamor- 
phosis approaches,  they  abandon,  this  case  ;  they  nestle 
in  the  inner  part  of  a  grain,  or  in  the  little  cavities  they 
dig  in  the  cieiings :  these  they  line  with  silk,  and  there 
transform  themseiveb  into  a  chrysalis. 

10.  There  are  few  insects  which  claim  so  good  a  right 
to  our  admiration  as  those  that  are  equally  skilful  with 
ourselve  in  making  clothes,  and  that  undoubtedly  learned 
the  art  before  us.  Like  us,  they  are  brought  forth 
naked ;  but  they  no  sooner  come  into  the  world,'  than 
they  set  about:  clothing  themselves.  They  do  not  all 
dress  in  the  same  uniform  manner,  nor  do  they  use  the 
same  materials  in  their  clothing.  There  is  perhaps  a 
greater  diversity  with  respect  to  this  in  the  modes  of 
different  species  of  moths,  thaa  in  those  of  different 
people  on  the  earth.  -The  form  of  their  dress  is  very 
convenient:  it  corresponds  exactly  with  that  of  their 
body.  It  is  a  lit  le  cylindrical  case,  which  opens  at  both 
ends.  The  stuff  is  manufactured  by  the  moth  :  the 
ground  of  it  is  composed  by  a  mixture  of  silk  and  hair : 
but  tlrts  would  not  be  soft  enough  for  the  insect;  it  is 
therefore  lined  with  pure  silk.  Our  woollen  furniture 
and  furs  supply  these  moths  with  the  hair  they  employ 
in  manufacturing  their  stuffs.  They  make  a  careful 
choice  of  these  hairs,  cut  them  with  their  teeth,  and  art- 
fully incorporate  them  in  the  silk  tissue.  They  never 
change  their  clothes :  those  they  wore  in  their  infancy, 
they  continue  to  wear  v\hen  arrived  at  maturity.  They 
can  then  lengthen  or  widen  them  as  they  find  conve- 
nient. They  meet  with  no  difficulty  in  extending  them : 
this  they  do  by  only  adding  new  threads  and  hairs  to 
each  end.  But  the  widening  them  is  not  so  easy  a 
matter  :  they  proceed  herein  exactly  as  we  do  in  the 
like  case.  They  slit  the  case  at  the  two  opposite  sides, 
and  skilfully  insert  tw  o  pieces  of  the  width  required. 
They  do  not  slit  the  case  from  end  to  the  other ;  if  they 
did,  the  sides  would  start  asunder,  and  be  exposecj,: 


242 

they  only  slit  each  side  about  the  middle  of  it.  Reason 
itself  could  not  exceed  this.  Their  dress  is  always  of 
the  colour  of  the  stuff  from  whence  it  was  taken  •  if, 
therefore,  a  moth,  whose  clothing  is  blue,  passes  over  a 
red  piece  of  cloth,  the  widths  will  be  red  ;  she  will  make 
herself  a  harlequin's  habit,  if  she  passes  over  cloths 
or  stufTs  of  several  colours.  They  live  on  the  same 
hairs  they  clothe  themselves  with.  It  is  remarkable, 
that  they  are  able  to  digest  them  ;  and  it  is  still  more 
extraordinary,  that  the  colours  do  not  suffer  the  least 
alteration  by  digestion,  and  that  their  excrements  are 
always  of  as  fine  a  tincture  as  the  cloths  they  feed  on. 
Painters  may  collate  from  our  moths  powders  of  all  co- 
lours, and  all  kinds  of  shades  of  the  same  colour.  They 
make  little jouruies:  those  that  settle  incases,  do  not 
love  to  walk  on  long  hairs,  but  cut  all  they  meet  with 
in  their  way,  and  are  always  provided  with  a  scythe  as 
they  march.  They  rest  themselves  from  time  to  time, 
when  they  fix  this  case  with  small  cords,  and  thus  cause 
it,  as  it  were,  to  ride  at  anchor :  they  fasten  it  more 
firmly,  when  they  are  disposed  to  metamorphose  them- 
selves. They  close  up  entirely  both  ends  of  it,  in  order 
to  clothe  in  it  the  form  of  the  ^chrysalis,  and  afterwards 
that  of  the  butterfly. 

1 1.  Field  moths  greatly  exceed  the  domestic  moths  in 
point  of  industry.  They  take  the  substance  of  their  clo- 
thing from  the  leaves  of  plants ;  but  it  becomes  neces- 
sary for  them  to  prepare  this  matter,  and  give  it  that 
lightness  and  flexibility  proper  for  the  garments.  These 
moths  are  of  the  species  of  miners  5  and  they  insinuate 
themselves  betwixt  the  two  membranes  of  a  leaf,  which 
are  to  them  what  a  piece  of  cloth  is  to  a  taylor  $  with 
this  difference,  that  the  latter  has  occasion  for  a  pattern, 
which  the  moths  can  dispense  with.  They  remove  from 
these  membranes  all  the  pulpy  substance  that  adheres 
to  them,  which  membranes  they  make  thin,  and  polish. 
They  afterwards  cut  in  them,  thus  prepared,  two  pieces, 
which  are  nearly  equal,  and  like  each  other ;  they  la- 
bour to  give  them  the  hollowness,  windings,  and  pro- 

4 


portions,  which  the  form  of  their  case  requires,  and  this 
form  is  often  of  an  exquisite  k.nd.  They  connect  and 
unite  them  with  incredible  skill ;  and  conclude  by  lining 
them  with  silk.  They  have  then  nothing  to  do  but  dis- 
engage the  clothing  from  within  the  liar'  where  it  was 
taken  and  cut,  and  that  requires  but  a  few  efforts. 

12.  Many  field  and  aquatic  moths  do  not  prepare  the 
stuff  for  their  clothing.  Bits  of  wood,  little  sticks, 
fragments  of  leaves,  pieces  of  bark,  &c.  placed  on  each 
other  like  tiles,  compose  the  external  clothing  of  the 
case,  which  consists  of  pure  silk.  At  other  times  it  is  co- 
vered with  gravel,  pebble-stones,  pieces  of  wood,  little  bits 
of  reed,  and  small  shells,  either  of  muscles  or  snails ;  and, 
what  is  scarce  credible,  the  snails  and  muscles  continue 
to  live  in  these  shells ;  for,  being  in  a  manner  chained 
to  the  case,  they  are  obliged  to  follow  the  moth,  that 
carries  them  wherever  it  pleases.  Thus,  a  moth  in  its 
clothing,  does  not  appear  unlike  certain  pilgrims  :  those 
that  are  covered  with  wood,  gravel,  stones,  and  other 
unwieldy  matters  connected  together,  pretty  nearly  re- 
semble a  Roman  soldier  in  heavy  armour.  You  rightly 
judge,  that  such  kind  of  clothes  must  needs  be  very 
roughly  formed:  but  some  of  them  nevertheless  ioqk 
very  pretty,  in  which  the  arrangement  of  the  materials 
makes  amends  for  their  coarseness.  Aquatic  moths 
reap  some  advantage  by  dressing  themselves  in  such  a 
strange  manner.  They  must  be  always  in  equilibrio 
with  the  water,  in  the  midst  of  which  they  live.  If 
their  case  prove  too  light,  they  add  a  little  stone  to  it; 
if  too  heavy,  they  fasten  some  bits  of  reed  to  it.  All 
these  moths  metamorphose  themselves  in  their  case ; 
some  into  butterflies,  others  iuto  flies,  and  others  into 
beetles. 

13.  Some  field  moths  borrow  no  strange  matters  to 
clothe  themselves  with  ;  they  dress  entirely  in  silk  ;  but 
their  tissue  is  much  closer,  finer,  and  more  glossy,  than 
that  of  the  most  beautiful  caterpillars.  It  has  a  still 
greater  singularity ;  being  composed  of  little  scales,  like 

VOL.  IV.  M 


IMft 

those  of  fishes,  partly  placed  on  each  ether.  The  case 
Las  sometimes  for  its  last  covering  a  kind  of  mantle, 
which  almost  entire!}'  incloses  it,  and  is  composed  of 
two  principal  pieces,  whose  figure  resembles  that  of  a 
llvalve  shell.  Moths  that  procure  the  matter  for  their 
clothing  from  their  own  fund,  must  be  able  to  lengthen 
and  widen  it  at  pleasure  ;  the  expense  attending  the  ob- 
taining of  it  was  too  great  to  admit  of  their  making  a 
new  one  as  often  as  there  should  be  occasion  :  so  that 
they  are  able  to  enlarge  it  in  a  wonderful  manner. 
They  do  not  add.  breadths  to  it  as  the  domestic  moths 
do ;  but  slit  it  from  one  part  of  it  to  another,  according 
to  its  length,  and  immediately  fill  up  the  intervals  with 
new  threads,  of  a  length  proportioned  to  the  space  re- 
quired. This  case  serves  them  likewise  as  a  kind  of 
•cone,  wherein  they  transform  themselves  into  butter- 
;flies. 

You  have  taken  a  survey  of  the  produce  of  a  multi- 
tude of  different  insects,  and  are  with  good  reason 
astonished  at  the  prodigious  variety  contained  in  them, 
all  relative  to  one  and  the  same  general  end,  and  all  of 
them  likewise  as  much  diversified  as  those  of  our  arti- 
zans.  How  does  it  happen,  that  a  mpngst  so  many  in- 
sects as  prepare  themselves  for  their  metamorphosis, 
some  hang  by  their  hind  part,  others  fasten  themselves 
\vith  a  girdle,  whilst  others  make  themselves  cones  I 
Bow  came  it  to  pass,  that  of  those  that  construct  these 
cones*  some  form  them  of  pure  silk,  and  others  com- 
pose them  of  matter  of  different  kinds  ?  Why  is  the 
form  of  these  cones  so  various  in  different  species? 
Wherefore  do  some  insects  so  artfully  roll  up  the  leaves 
of  plants,  and  others  only  fasten  or  fold  them  together? 
How  can  we  account  for  the  mining  of  these  leaves  by 
some  only,  and  that  the  rest  should  not  all  mine  them 
In  the  same  manner  ?  In  short,  how  shall  we  assign  a 
reason  why  the  nioths  are  not  all  clothed  in  the  same 
dress? 

,£11  these  wherefores,  and  a  thousand  others  that  may 


'be  formed  on  the  productions  of  nature,  are  so  many 
enigmas  proposed  to  beings  that  are  banished  into  a 
corner  of  the  universe,  and  whose  sight,  as  short  as  that 
of'  the  mole,  can  only  perceive  the  nearest  objects,  and 
the  most  direct  and  most  striking  relations. 

It  behoves  us  to  remain  in  the  place  that  has  been 
allotted  for  us,  from  whence  we  can  only  discover  some 
links  of  the  chain.  One  day  we  shall  discover  more  of 
them,  and  shall  see  them  more  distinctly.  Meanwhile 
we  may  consider  these  proceedings  of  insects,  so  diver- 
sified and  replete  with  industry,  as  an  agreeable  spec- 
tacle, exhibited  by  nature  to  the  eyes  of  the  observer, 
"that  furnishes  him  with  an  inexhaustible  source  of  re- 
flective pleasure  and  useful  instruction.  He  is  led  to 
the  AutHQR  of  the  universe  by  the  thread  of  the  cater- 
pillar, and  he  admires  in  the  variety  0f  their  means, 
and  in  their  tendency  to  the  same  end,  the  fecundity 
and  wisdom  of  the  ORDAINING  MIND. 

This  sight  becomes  still  more  interesting,  when  the 
observer  undertakes  to  bewilder  insects,  and  draw  them 
from  their  natural  track :  they  then  shew  him  resources 
which  he  had  not  foreseen,  and  that  surpass  his  expec- 
tation. When  false  moths,  of  the  wax  species,  are  in 
want  of  wax,  they  can  make  galleries  of  leather,  parch- 
ment, or  paper.  A  caterpillar  has  been  seen  to  con- 
struct a  cone  of  little  pieces  of  paper  which  have  been 
given  him,  and  that  have  been  cut  at  pleasure :  it  has 
taken  hold  of  them  with  thfc  teeth  and  fore  legs,  trans- 
ported them  to  the  place  where  it  intended  to  fix, 
ranged  them  there,  fastened  them  with  threads,  laid 
some  of  them  edgewise,  others  $at ;  forming  of  the 
whole,  it  is  true,  an  assemblage  that  appears  a  little 
strange,  but  answering  perfectly  to  a  cone.  It  would 
have  given  it  a  more  regular  figure,  had  it  worked  with 
materials  suited  to  its  species.  Ere  \ve  had  learnt  to 
prepare  and  dress  woollens  and  skins  of  animals,  the 
domestic  moths  were  not  without  clothing ;  they  were 
Kg 


246 

then  perhaps  habited  in  the  same  manner  as  ihejield 
moths. 

14.  We  do  not   expect  to  make  any  material  disco- 
veries from  sh ell-Jish  that  are  shut  up  in  an   almost 
stony  inclosure ;    they  seem   very  stupid  ;  but  they  are 
not  a!4  so  senseless  as  they  appear  to  be :  we  shall  with 
pleasure  contemplate  the  proceedings  of  some  of  them. 

Divers  species  of  sea  shell-fish  are  furnished  with  two 
pipes,  by  means  of  which  they  suck  in  the  water,  and 
which  they  take  great  care  to  keep  raised  above  the 
vessel  they  are  accustomed  to  sink  into  more  or  less. 
Some  spurt  out  the  water  to  the  distance  of  several  feet. 
That  particular  part  which  in  some  performs  the  pro- 
gressive or  retrograde  motion,  very  much  resembles  a 
real  leg  with  a  foot  joined  to  it;  but  this  leg  is  a  Pro- 
teus, which  assumes  all  kinds  of  forms  to  supply  the 
necessities  of  the  animal.  It  does  not  only  make  use  of 
it  to  crawl  with,  sink  into  a  vessel,  or  retire  from  it; 
but  employs  it  with  much  greater  skill  to  perform  a 
motion  that  one  would  not  imagine  a  shell-fish  capable 
of.  A  shell-fish  that  leaps,  must  appear  very  extraordi- 
nary :  it  is  a  tellina  that  you  are  now  seeing.  You  may 
observe  that  she  has  placed  the  shell  on  the  top,  or 
point.  She  stretches  out  her  leg  as  far  as  possible;  she 
causes  it  to  take  hold  of  a  considerable  part  of  the  cir-, 
cu inference  of  the  shell,  and,  by  a  sudden  motion,  simi- 
lar to  that  of  a  spring  that  is  slackened,  strikes  the 
ground  with  her  leg,  and  thus  leaps  to  a,  certain  dis- 
tance. 

15.  The  cutler  never  creeps:  it  penetrates  perpen- 
dicularly into  the  sand.     It  there  digs  itself  a  sort  of 
cell,  which  is  sometimes  twro  feet  long,  in  which  it  goes 
up  and  down  at  pleasure.     Its  shell,  whose  form  a  little 
resembles  that  of  the  handle  of  a  knife,  has  occasioned 
it   to  receive  the  name  of  cutler:   it  is  composed  of 
two  long  pieces,  hollow  like  a  gutter,  and  joined  toge- 


247 

tlier  by  membranes.  The  body  of  the  animal  is  in- 
closed in  a  case.  The  part  whereby  it  exercises  all  ltd 
motions,  is  placed  in  the  centre.  This  is  principally 
designed  to  perform  the  office  of  a  leg,  and  acquits  it- 
self exceeding  well :  it  is  ileshy,  cylindrical,  and  pretty 
long.  The  extremity  of  it,  when  necessary,  can  roll  it- 
self up  like  a  ball.  View  the  cutler  when  extended  on 
the  sand :  you  behold  it  working,  in  order  to  pierce  into 
it.  It  thrusts  out  its  leg  at  the  lower  end  of  the  shell ; 
stretches  it,  and  causes  the  extremity  of  it  to  assume 
the  form  of  a  shovel  that  is  sharp  on  both  sides,  and 
terminates  in  a  point :  it  directs  it  towards  the  sand, 
and  applies  the  edge  and  point  for  introducing  it  far- 
ther. After  the  aperture  is  made,  it  extends  its  leg  still 
more,  and  causes  it  to  penetrate  deeper  into  the  sand : 
he  bends  it  like  a  hook,  with  which  taking  hold  of  a 
support,  he  draws  the  shell  to  him,  forcing  it  upright  by 
degrees,  and  afterwards  causes  it  to  descend  into  the 
hole.  Is  he  disposed  still  to  continue  sinking?  He 
thrusts  his  whole  leg  out  of  the  shell ;  fixes  in  the  sand 
the  ball  which  is  then  at  its  extreme  part ;  immediately 
contracts  this  leg;  his  large  head,  which  is  strongly 
fixed  in  the  hole,  being  less  inclined  to  re-ascend  than 
the  shell  is  to  go  downwards,  the  cutler  descends  into 
the  sand,  which  is  his  first  step  into  it :  he  has  nothing 
to  do  but  to  repeat  the  same  operations,  in  order  to  ad- 
vance farther  and  farther  into  it.  Is  he  disposed  to  go 
up  again  to  the  surface  1  He  pushes  forth  the  ball, 
and  at  the  same  time  makes  an  effort  to  extend  his  leg ; 
the  ball,  which  is  averse  to  a  descent,  presses  the  shell 
towards  the  top  of  the  hole.  It  is  pretty  remarkable, 
that  the  cutler,  which  lives  in  salt  water,  dreads  the 
touch  of  salt :  if  a  pinch  of  it  be  cast  into  his  hole,  he 
will  come  out  of  it  immediately.  But  if  he  be  caught, 
and  afterwards  permitted  to  re-enter  his  cell,  it  will  be 
in  vain  to  throw  salt  into  it,  since  he  will  not  quit  it  on 
that  account.  It  is  said  by  some,  that  he  remembers 
having  been  taken ;  and  this  is  so  true,  that  when  peo*- 
ple  do  not  catch  him,  he  may  be  made  to  come  out  at 
one's  pleasure,  by  throwing  some  fresh  salt  into  the 
M  3 


248 

hole.     It  seems>  then,  that  lie  is  aware  of  the  snare Hint' 
is  laid  for  him,  and  is  unwilling  to  be  taken  by  it. 

16.  Cast  your  eyes  on  this  stone,  which  I  have  just 
wow  taken  up  from  the  sea-shore.  A  shell-fish  fixes  1m 
habitation  in  it.  Observe,  that  on  the  surface  of  the- 
stone  there  is  a  very  little  hole ;  it  is  by  that  the  shell- 
fish has  entered,  and  you  may  judge  of  the  sniallness  of 
it  by  that  of  the  aperture.  We  will  break  the  stone 
asunder,  that  we  may  see  the  animal  that  dwells  in  it. 
How  great  must  your  suprise  be  !  You  behold  a  great 
shell-fish,  near  three  feet  in  length,  whose  shell  is  formed 
of  three  smooth  pieces,  joined  together  by  a  ligamentary 
membrane.  It  is  lodged  in  a  great  cavity,  that  is  hollow 
Ijke  a  funnel :  the  upper  part  of  the  cone  is  in  the  little 
hole  you  see  on  the  surface  of  the  stone.  This  shell* 
fish  is  a  daily  or  pholas.  How  could  it  be  able  to  pierce 
so  hard  a  stone?  Or  how  go  through  so  narrow  a  pas- 
sage? Draw  near  this  clayey  shell  which  the  wave  has 
just  left.  It  is  pierced  through  with  a  multitude  of 
such  holes  as  you  see  in  the  stone  you  have  in  your 
hand.  All  these  holes  are  inhabited  by  young  dails^ 
which  are  only  a  few  lines  long:  they  had  then  no  oc- 
casion to  penetrate  into  a  hard  stone.  Moist  clay  makes 
but  little  resistance.  But  the  sea  insensibly  converted : 
this  clay  into  stone :  the  dail,  which  at  first  found  him- 
self lodged  in  a  soft  earth,  afterwards  perceived  that  lie 
was  within  a  stone  cell.  We  have  seen  that  the  cutler 
can  come  out  of  his  hole  when  he  pleases :  the  dail 
never  quits  his;  nor  indeed  can  he ;  since  the  form  of 
this  kind  of  cell  will  not  admit  of  it.  All  that  lie  can 
do  is,  to  stretch  out  two  pipes  at  the  opening  of  the 
hole,  with  which  he  receives  and  rejects  the  water:  the 
cutler  does  the  same.  You  are  impatient  to  be  inform- 
ed of  the  instrument  with  which  the  dail  hollows  his 
cell :  this  instrument  has  no  edge,  to  it;  it  is  purely, 
fleshy,  arid  shaped  like  a  lozenge. 

1.7.  We  will  quit  shell-fish  for  a  time.     Divers  am- 
puls of  the  sea  will  likewise  entertain  us  with  the  \voji- 

3- 


(Fe'rs'of  their  Author.  Let  us  bestow  on  them  the  at> 
tention  they  deserve :  what  we  are  about  to  relate  con- 
cerning them,  will  be  fbwid  well  deserving  notice  in- 
natural  theology. 

On  the  rocks  near  the  sea-shore  you  may  perceive 
little  fleshy  masses,  of  the  size  of  an  orange,  whose  form, 
is  like  that  of  a  counter-bag,  and  pretty  nearly  resem* 
bling  that  of  a  cone  when  cut.  All  these  masses  seem 
immovable,  and  connected  with  tbe  rock  by  their  base  : 
some  of  them  are  rough,  others  smooth.  We  have  just 
now  compared  them  to  a  bag  or  purse,  in  which  counters 
are  put;  but  this  bag  is  not  folded  together,  and  is  like- 
wise without  strings.  They  are  nettles  that  you  see,  a 
very  singular  kind  of  animals,  that  demand  a  closer  at- 
tention. The  body  of  the  animal  is,  in  effect,  inclosed 
within  a  sort  of  fleshy  purse,  of  a  conic  figure  :  at  the 
top  of  the  cone  is  an  opening,  which  the  nettle  increases 
or  contracts  at  pleasure. 

Let  us  consider  the  sea-nettles  that  we  have  now  he- 
fore  us.  There  is  one  that  opens  and  unfolds  itself  like 
a  flower :  it  has  put  forth  a  hundred  and  fifty  fleshy 
horns,  like  those  of  snails,  distributed  in  three  rows 
round  the  aperture.  You  remark,  that  little  water- 
spouts issue  from  these  horns;  consequently  they  do 
not  perform  the  same  functions  as  those  of  snails  ;  they 
are  analogous  to  the  pipes  of  dails,  cutlers,  and  other 
shell-fish  which  you  have  seen.  You  also  remark,  that 
the  form  of  these  nettles  varies  greatly  ;  that  their  base 
is  sometimes  circular  and  sometimes  oval ;  and  that  the 
height  of  the  cone  varies  according  to  the  dimensions  of 
its  base :  it  rises  or  falls  as  the  base  grows  narrower  or 
wider.  Touch  one  of  these  blown  nettles :  see  with, 
what  quickness  it  closes  and  contracts  itself.  But  you 
perceive  no  progressive  motion :  are  the  nettles  then 
condemned  to  pass  their  whole  life  fixed  to  the  same 
spot  ?  The  ancients  thought  so.  What  are  we  to  think 
of  them]  About  an  hour  ago,  this  large  nettle,  which 
you  see  on  your  right  hand,  touched  this  point  of  the 
M  4 


250 

yock :  observe  that  it  is  now  above  an  inch  distant  from 
it.  You  are  surprised  that  'you  did  riot  perceive  it 
waik,  for  you  looked  at  it  more  than  once;  the  reason 
of  this  is,  because  its  progressive  motion  is  as  slow  as 
that  of  the  hand  of  a  clock.  We  may  be  curious  to 
know  how  the  nettle  performs  it.  All  its  body  is  ex- 
ternally furnished  with  various  orders  of  muscles :  those 
of  the  base  go,  like  rays,  from  the  centre  to  the  circum- 
ference ;  others  descend  from  the  top  towards  the  base. 
These  muscles  are  also  canals,  full  ot  liquor,  which  is- 
sues out  on  pricking  them :  they  are  emptied  and  filled 
at  the  pleasure  of  the  nettle.  By  the  exercise  of  these 
muscles,  or  canals,  the  progressive  motion  is  performed. 
Let  us  follow  the  nettle  when  she  is  disposed  to  go  for- 
wards. Her  base  is  circular.  She  swells  the  muscles 
that  are  on  that  side  whither  she  is  tending.  She  injects 
her  l$TQor  into  them,  which,  by  inflating,  lengthens 
them.  They  cannot  extend  themselves  unless  the  edge 
corresponding  with  the  base  shifts  its  place,  and  ad- 
vances a  little  way :  at  the  same  time  she  loosens  the 
opposite  muscles,  and  empties  their  canals.  They  con- 
tiu'.-.i.  'I  his  they  cannot  do,  except  the  edge  of  their 
corresponding  base  goes  in  a  little,  and  exactly  in  the 
same  degree  as  the  opposite  one  projects.  Such  is  the 
mechanism  whereby  the  first  step  of  our  nettle  is  per- 
formed. In  order  to  make  a  second,  she  causes  the 
base  again  to  receive  a  circular  form,  by  pulling  up 
equally  all  the  canals :  she  afterwards  repeats  the  same 
operations  we  have  just  taken  a  view  of. 

The  whole  progressive  motion  of  nettles  is  not  con- 
fined to  this.  They  have  another  method  of  walking, 
which  more  nearly  resembles  that  of  insects :  they  are 
able  to  make  use  of  their  horns  like  legs.  But  these 
horns  are  on  the  upper  part  of  their  body :  the  nettle 
is  fixed  by  its  base  against  the  rock  :  How  do  these 
horns  perform  the  office  of  legs  1  The  nettle  you  are 
following  will  shew  you  the  method.  She  turns  herself 
upside  down  ;  the  base  abandons  the  rock,  and  the  cone 
is  placed  on  its  top :  all  the  horns  shoot  forth,  and  you 


251 

see  them  fix  themselves  to.. the  rock.  They  are  gluy 
and  rough  to  tiie  touch  ;  for  which  reason  they  meet 
with  no  difficulty  in  fastening  to  it. 

18.  Would  you  believe  that  an  animal  which  is  en- 
tirely of  a  fleshy  nature,  and  is  provided  with  no  instru- 
ment to  open  or  pierce  the  shell;?,  feeds  upon  shell-fish? 

Nettles  that  are  but  of  a  middling  size  swallow  great 
shell-fish  ;  and  it  is  difficult  to  conceive  how  they  are 
capable  of  being  lodged  within  the  nettle.  It  is  true, 
the  latter  being  entirely  fleshy,  is  susceptible  of  a  great 
distension.  ,  It  is  a  sort  of  supple  purse,  that  may  be 
stretched  occasionally :  the  opening  of  the  purse  is  pro- 
perly the  mouth  of  the  nettle.  Its  inside  not  being 
transparent,  one  cannot  see  what  passes  therein,  or  by 
what  means  the  nettle  voids  the  shell-fish.  The  mo- 
ment she  has  swallowed  it,  she  closes  herself.  Look  at 
this  young  nettle  that  is  shut  up  quite  close  :  she  has  just 
swallowed  a  pretty  large  snail,  and  is  busy  in  digesting 
it.  She  is  now  opening  herself  again,  and  discharging 
the  empty  shell.  On  the  side  of  her  is  another  nettle, 
which  bespeaks  your  attention:  she  has  swallowed  a 
great  muscle,  and  is  making  ineffectual  '  efforts jto  void 
the  shell.  She  is  not  able  to  effect  it :  the  shell  pre- 
sents itself  in  an  unfavourable  position  at  the  aperture, 
and  you  begin  to  be  in  pain  for  the  unhappy  nettle:  she 
has  a  resource  that  \ou  did  not  imagine.  Cast  your 
eyes  towards  the  base;  the  shell  is  evacuated  through 
a  lanje  wound  ;  the  nettle  is  delivered  from  it  by  that 
means,  and  is  no  more  affected  by  the  great  gash  made 
thereby,  than  we  are  by  a  scratch. 

1.9-  All  nettles  do  not  procure  a  discharge  by  so  vio- 
lent method;  they  have  another,  which  they  'commonly 
use  with  success.  Tlrey  turn  themselves  inside  out,  like 
&  glove  or  stocking,  so  that  the  edges  of  the  opening, 
which  resemble  lips,  fold  themselves  on  the  base :  the 
mouth  is  then  of  a  prodigious  width,  and  the  bottom  ot 
the  purse  almost  uncovered. 
M.  5 


Kettles  do  not  thus  shift  themselves  merely  to  get" 
rid  of  heterogeneous  bodies  ;  they  put  themselves  into 
the  same  posture  when  they  bring  forth.  They  are  vi- 
viparous* The  young  are  produced  completely  formed ; 
and  we  see  nettles  in  miniature  appear.  The  aperture 
through  which  they  pass,  is  so  wide  as  to  admit  a  mul- 
titude of  them  at  the  same  time  :  notwithstanding  which, 
they  always  come  forth  singly.  They  are  at  first  in- 
closed in  certain  folds,  concealed  at  the  bottom  of  the 
purse. 

Do  nettles  resemble  polypuses  by  the  singular  pro- 
perty of  being  multiplied  and  grafted  by  slips]  Expe- 
riments have  put  this  beyond  all  doubt.  Of  a  single 
nettle,  divided  according  to  its  length  or  width,  are  made 
two  or  three,  which  at  the  end  of  a  few  weeks  are  per- 
fect and  complete.  They  may  likewise  be  grafted ;  but 
it  will  be  necessary  to  have  recourse  to  seaming.  You- 
are  now  no  longer  surprised  at  the  consolidation  of  that 
enormous  wound  made  at  the  base  of  a  nettle  that  issues 
out  thereat.  A  wound  of  this  nature  is  nothing,  when 
compared  to  that  which  another  animal  sustains  when 
cut  in  pieces,  without  ceasing  to  live  and  multiply  in 
each  piece.  Nettles  may  then  be  called  a  species  of 
polypuses  with  arms  of  a  monstrous  size ;  or,  if  you 
prefer  the  expression,  polypuses  with  arms  are  a  species  of 
very  minute  nettles. 

Let  us  quit  these  rocks  that  swarm  with  nettles,  and 
betake  ourselves  to  that  little  creek  where  the  sea  is 
very  calm.  Stoop  a  little,  and  observe  the  surface  of 
the  water,  What  do  you  perceive?  A  kind  of  greenish 
jelly  floating  upon  it.  Its  form  is  like  that  of  a  broad 
mushroom :  it  is  near  two  feet  in  diameter.  Take  a 
piece  of  it  betwixt  your  ringers;  handle  it  for  a  few  mi- 
nutes :  you  will  see  it  dissolve  into  water.  The  heat  of 
your  hand  was  sufficient  to  melt  it.  Does  it  enter  into 
your  thoughts  that  this  jelly  is  a  real  animal,  and  even 
a  species  of  nettle  i  It  has  been  called  wandering  net* 


253 

tie,  because  it  never  fixes,  and  floats  from  one  side  ta 
the  other :  its  convex  surface  presents  us  only  with  an 
infinite  number  of  little  grains  or  nipples.  But  its  infe- 
rior surface,  which  is  concave,  is  extremely  organized ; 
in  that  \ve  may  see  a  great  number  of  canals,  which  are 
regularly  disposed,  and  made  with  great  art,  some  being 
circular,  and  others  disposed  regularly,  like  the  fellies 
of  a  wheel,  and  which  are  full  of  a  watery  liquor,  which 
passes  from  one  to  the  other. 

This  strange  animal  wanders  about  in  the  sea  :  it  is 
specifically  much  heavier  than  water.  He  cannot  there- 
in sustain  himself  without  the  assistance  of  a  spontane- 
ous motion,  which  is  worth  observing,  and  cannot  be 
seen  but  in  places  where  the  water  is  calm.  It  is  so  in 
this  little  creek,  on  the  extremity  of  which  we  are  sit- 
ting. Look  with  attention  on  the  surface  of  that  jelly 
which  offers  itself  to  your  view :  observe  that  it  has  cer- 
tain motions,  which  you  are  tempted  to  compare  witli? 
those  of  the  systole  and  diastole.  However,  they  are 
not  the  same :  their  only  end  is  to  cause  the  nettle  to 
float.  You  see  that  in  the  systole  kind,  the  surface  of 
the  animal  becomes  very  convex,  and  that  in  the  diastole 
it  becomes  suddenly  flat  and  wide :  such  is  our  gluti- 
nous nettle's  method  of  floating.  When,  dried  in  the 
,  sun,  it  is  reduced  almost  to  nothing  :  we  imagine  that 
we  see  a  little  piece  of  parchment,  or  very  transparent 
paste.  There  is  no  room  to  doubt  that  this  species  of 
nettle  multiplies,  like  the  rest,  by  slips  f  but  I  do  not 
know  that  there  has  been  any  experiment  made  concern- 
ing this.  A  jelly  must  be  attended  \\ith  greater  ease  in 
regenerating  itself  than  organized  bodies  of  the  same 
genus,  that  are  of  a  more  firm  and  close  consistence. 

20.  There  are  no  regular,  or  strange  forms,  of  which 
the  animal  kingdom  does  not  afford  us  models.  Here 
is  an  animal  whose  form  is  precisely  that  bv  which  we 
paint  the  stars  in  the  firmament :  it  is  nearly  flat.  From 
the  middle  of  its  body  proceed  four  or  five  ra>s.  which 
are  almost  equal,  and  resembling  each  other ;  its  upper 
M  6 


surface  is  covered  with  a  hard,  callous,  and  very  rough 
skin.  In  the  centre  of  the  inferior  surface  is  placed  the 
mouth,  which  is  provided  with  a  sucker,  that  the  star 
makes  use  of  to  imbibe  the  substance  of  the  shell-fish 
she  feeds  upon.  Five  small  teeth,  or  pincers,  hold  it 
confined  while  she  sucks  them,  and  perhaps  assist  in 
the  opening  his  shell.  The  legs  of  the  star  are  a  real 
curiosity  :  they  are  joined  to  her  inferior  surface,  and 
distributed!  with  symmetry  in  four  rows,  each  consisting 
of  seventy-six  feet;  so  that  each  ray  is  furnished  with 
three  hundred  and  four  feet,  and  the  whole  star  with 
fifteen  hundred  and  twenty.  Yet,  with  such  a  number 
of  feet,  the  star  goes  but  little  faster  than  the  muscle, 
which  has  only  one.  These  legs  perfectly  resemble  the 
horns  of  the  snail,  both  by  their  figure,  consistence,  and 
exercise.  When  the  star  is  disposed  to  walk,  she  spreads 
her  legs  as  the  snail  does  her  horns,  and  with  the  extre- 
mity of  them  seizes  the  various  marine  bodies  on  which 
she  crawls.  She  commonly  puts  forth  only  one  part  of 
her  legs ;  the  remainder  are  kept  in  reserve  against 
those  necessities  which  may  happen.  The  mechanism 
which  presides  over  their  motions  is  an  illustrious  proof 
of  a  CREATIVE  MIND.  Let  us  open  one  of  the  rays 
by  slitting  it  lengthwise,  and  we  shall  display  the  priii; 
cipal  springs  qf  the  machine.  An  ahuost  cartilaginous 
partition,  made  in  the  form  of  vertebrae,  divides  the 
whole  ray:  in  every  part  of  this  partition  you  perceive 
two  rows  of  little  balls,  like  pearls  of  the  finest  water. 
The  number  of  these  little  balls  is  precisely  equal  to 
that  of  the  legs:  thus  you  see  that  each  ball  answers  to 
a  leg.  You  van  distinguish  a  limpid  liquor  in  these 
balls;  press  your  linger  upon  them;  they  empty  them- 
selves ;  tiie  liquor  passes  into  the  corresponding  legs, 
and  they  immediately  extend  themselves.  The  star 
then  need  only  press  the  balls  in  oider  to  spread  the 
legs.  But  they  are  capable  of  contraction,  and  when 
they  contract  themselves*,  they  force  the  liquor  back 
again  into  the  balls,  from  whence  it  may  be  driven 
afresh  iato  the  legs,-  to  procure  a  progressive  motion. 
You  conjecture  that  these  eggs,  which  resemble  these 
4 


255 

tubes,  through  which  divers,  kinds  of  shell-fish  respire, 
serve  likewise  for  the  same  uses.  Bat  nature,  who  has 
been  so  lavish  in  providing  the  star  with  legs,  has  been 
also  liberal  in  bestowing  on  it  the  organs  of  respiration; 
she  has  even  multiplied  them  in  a  greater  degree.  They 
are  very  small  conic  tubes,  disposed  in  knots,  and  pro- 
duce an  equal  number  of  little  water  spouts. 

Amongst  our  stars,  you  observe  there  are  some  which 
have  only  two  or  three  rays:  and  by  looking  more  nar- 
rowly at  them,  you  discover  several  very  minute  rays, 
just  beginning  to  shoot  out.  Are  then  animals,  that  are 
formed  by  a  repetition  of  such  a  great  number  of  parts, 
both  outward  and  inward,  Degenerated  like  polypuses, 
whose  structure  appears  so  simple?  Nothing  is  more 
true;  and  the  stars  you  are  now  looking  at  will  afford 
you  proof  of  it.  These  animals  often  chance  to  lose 
two  or  three  of  their  rays,  and  they  are  no  more  affected 
by  this  loss  than  polypuses  are  by  parting  with  some  of 
their  arms.  We  may  mangle  stars,  orcut  them  in  pieces, 
but  cannot  destroy  them  by  that  method  :  they  will  re- 
cover from  their  ruins,  and  each  piece  becomes  a  new 
star. 

21.  Sea-hedgehogs,  like  the  land  ones,  derive  their 
names  from  their  prickles.  But  those  of  the  former  are 
quite  different  frbrn  such  as  belong  to  the  latter. 

The  form  of  these  hedge  hogs  is  that  of  around  but- 
.ton:  it  is  hollow  within,  and  its  surface  is  elaborately 
wrought.  We  might  compare  the  workmanship  of 
them  to  that  of  certain  'copper,  or  wire  buttons.  A 
multitude  of  tubercles,  like  little  triangles,  divide  the 
whole  surface  of  the  button  :  these  triangles  are  sepa- 
rated by  stripes,  which  are  regularly  spaced,  pierced 
with  holes,  and  distributed  with  great  symmetry  in  se- 
veral lines.  These  holes  pass  through  from  one  part  to 
another,  the  whole  thickness  of  the  skeleton ;  for  the 
body  of  our  hedge  hogs  is  a  kind  of  bone-box.  Each 
hole  is  a  socket,  wherein  is  a  fieshy  horn,  like  those  x>t  a 
snail,  and  susceptible  of  the  same  motions:  there  arc 
therefore,  as  many  horns  as  holes,  and  there  are  reck- 


256 

tmecl  to  be  at  least  three  hundred.  The  hedgehog,  liker 
the  snail,  makes  use  of  her  horns  for  feeling  the  earth, 
and  the  various  bodies  it  meets  with  in  its  passage:  but 
it  particularly  employs  them  to  fasten  with  and  cast 
anchor.  The  tubercles  are  the  bases  of  many  prickles* 
or  legs;  and  their  number  amounts  to  at  least  two  thou- 
sand one  hundred  :  so  that  there  is  hardly  any  part  of 
the  body  of  a  hedgehog  that  is  destitute  of  a  leg.  It 
can,  for  that  reason,  u a  ik  as  well  on  the  back  as  on  the 
belly ;  and  in  general,  let  it  be  in  what  posture  it  will, 
it  has  always  a  great  number  of  legs  ready  to  carry  it, 
and  horns  to  fix  it  with.  The  legs  il  uses  with  the 
the  greatest  ease,  are  those  which  surround  the  mouth  ; 
but  when  it  pleases,  can  walk  by  turning  round  on  it- 
self like  a  wheel.  On  the  back  or  the  top  of  the  but- 
ton, is  another  aperture  which  is  thought  to  be  the 
anus.  *  This  then  is  an  anirnai  that  is  provided  with  at 
least  thirteen  hundred  horns,  and  two  thousand  one 
hundred  legs.  What  a  great  number  of  muscles  must 
it  require  to  move  so  many  horns  and  legs  7  How 
many  fibres  must  there  be  in  each  of  these  muscles  1 
What  an  astonishing  multiplication  of  parts  in  this  little 
animal  ?  What  regularity,  what  symmetry,  and  even 
harmony,  in  their  distribution !  What  variety  in  their 
exercise ! 

When  the  hedgehog  would  advance,  he  draws  him- 
self forwards  with  those  legs  that  are  nearest  the  place 
lie  would  go  to,  and  pushes  himself  towards  it  with  the 
opposite  ones :  all  the  rest  ^remain  at  that  time  in  a 
state  of  inaction.  At  the  same  time  that  one  part  of 
his  legs  are  at  work,  the  horns  that  are  nearest  to  then* 
exert  themselves  to  sound  the  way,  or  iirid  anchorage 
for  the  animal, 

22.  Most  shelf-fish  are  produced  with  their  clothing: 
the  shell  they  bear  grows  with  them  and  by  them.  But 
Bernard  the  hermit,  a  kind  of  cray-fish,  so  called,  comes 
into  the  world  wiiho  ;t  a*  shell,  though  he  hu>  need  of 
one  in  order  to  cover  the  «rre^f«.*r  part  of  his  body  ; 
whose  thin  and  delicate  skin  would  suffer  too  much  from 


-    257 

Being  naked.  Has  nature  then  behaved  to  it  as  a 
mother,  by  denying  it  so  necessary  a  garment  ?  By  no 
means:  as  she  is  beneficent  towards  every  other  ani- 
mal, so  has  this  likewise  been  the  object  of  her  atten- 
tion. It  is  true,  she  has  not  provided  it  with  a  shell  -y 
but  has  made  it  amends  by  enabling  it  to  clothe  itself 
with  one.  Taught  by  so  great  a  mistress,  our  hermit 
has  the  sagacity  to  take  up  his  lodging  in  the  first  empty 
shell  he  meets  with  :  he  applies  himself  indifferently  to 
all  that  are  of  a  spiral  construction.  He  often  retires 
so  far  into  them,  as  not  to  be  perceived,  whereby  the 
s-hell  appears  empty :  if  the  shell  should  prove  too  nar- 
row, he  quits  it  in  order  to  seek  for  another,  more  suit- 
able to  his  bulk.  It  is  said,  there  sometimes  happen 
contests  between  our  hermits  about  a  shell,  and  that 
victory  is  decided  in  favour  of  him  who  has  the  strongest 
daws.  Our  battles  have  scarcely  ever  a  cause  of  equal 
importance  for  their  object* 

23.  You  have  been  already  astonished  at  the  skill 
displayed  in  the  progressive  motion  of  several  shell- 
fish ;  your  amazement  will  be  redoubled  when  you 
learn  that  some  of  them  can  spin  :  and  you  are  impa- 
tient to  see  them  at  work.  Let  us  walk  on  the  sea- 
shore. You  there  discover  a  number  of  muscles,  some 
by  themselves,  and  others  joined  in  companies.  Con- 
sider them  more  attentively,  you  will  observe  that  some 
of  them  are  fastened  to  stones,  or  to  each  other,  by  a 
great  number  of  small  slender  strings.  I-et  us  select 
one  of  these  muscles,  that  we  may  observe  it  more 
closely,  the  better  to  discover  their  operations.  Here  is 
one  of  them  endeavouring  to  fix  itself  to  this  stone  that 
is  near  the  surface  of  the  water.  The  shell  is  partly 
open;  it  has  thrust  out  from  it  a  kind  of  supple  tongue, 
Which  it  lengthens  and  contracts  alternately.  Remark 
that  it  often  applies  the  ends  of  it  to  the  stone,  and  im- 
mediately draws  it  back  again  into  the  shell,  that  k  may 
again  put  it  forth  the  next  moment.  From  the  root  of 
this  kind  of  tongue  there  issue  certain  threads,  which 
are  equal  in  size  to  a  hog's  bristle.  These  threads  part 


258 

from  each  other  as  they  come  out,  and  their  extremity 
sticks  to  the  stone:  these  are  as  so  many  small  cables 
which  hold  our  muscle  at  anchor.  There  are  frequently 
a  hundred  and  fifty  of  these  little  cables  employed  in 
mooring  a  muscle :  each  cable  is  scarcely  two  inches 
long. 

The  muscle  herself  has  spun  all  these  cords.  The 
tongue  not  only  serves  them,  as  it  does  other  shell-fish, 
for  arms  to  fasten  themselves  with,  and  for  legs  to  creep 
with,  but  is  also  the  spinning  instrument  which  produces 
those  numerous  threads,  by  means  of  which  the  muscle 
resists  the  impulse  of  the  waves.  From  the  root  of  the 
tongue  to  iis  extremity  there  is  a  groove,  which  divides 
it,  according  to  its  length,  into  two  equal  parts.  This 
groove  is  a  real  channel,  furnished  with  a  great  number 
of  small  muscles,  that  open  and  shut  it:  in  this  channel 
is  contained  a  viscous  liquor,  which  is  the  matter  of  the 
threads  emitted  by  the  muscle.  At  its  first  appearance 
this  channel  is  exactly  cylindrical,  and  is,  properly 
speaking,  the  place  where  h;e  threads  are  moulded. 
The  various  motions  the  tongue  of  the  muscle,  we  are 
observing,  gave  itself  a  minute  ago,  all  tended  to  fix  it 
to  the  stone  :  those  threads  which  are  the  whitest  and 
most  transparent,  are  such  as  are  newly  spun.  She  has 
not  yet  finished  anchoring  herself,  wherefore  you  per- 
ceive her  tongue  is  again  extending  about  two  inches, 
and  the  tip  of  it  drawing  towards  the  stone  :  the  viscous 
liquor  runs  in  the  channel,  and  arrives  at  the  extremity 
of  it.  This  liquor  is  now  consolidated,  and  becomes  a 
cylindrical  : bread.  The  muscle  sticks  the  end  of  his 
thread  to  the  stone;  hut  is  desirous  of  applying  it  by  a 
wider  surface,  in  order  to  render  it  more  adherent :  for 
that  purpose,  she  adds  to  it  with  the  tip  of  her  tongue, 
that  little  paste  which  you  observed.  Her  business  now 
is  to  extend  another  cable  to  some  distance  from- the 
last :  the  tongue,  therefore,  must  quit  this  latter  in 
order  to  work  elsewhere.  How  will  she  be  able  to 
effect  this?  The  channel  opens  itself  to  its  utmost 
length,  and  discharges  the  thread.  The  tougiie  being- 
disengaged  from  his  thread,  quickly  draws  itself  toge- 


259 

ther,  re-enters  the  shell,  and  the  next  moment  again 
issues  from  it,  to  iix  a  new  cable  a  little  farther  off. 

Did  you  take  notice  of  a  mark  of  skill  expressed  by 
our  muscle  ]  She  has  just  now  spread  the  first  thread  ; 
to  assure  herself  of  the  goodness  of  it,  she  immediately 
puts  it  to  tiie  proof;  drawing  it  strongly  towards  her, 
as  though  she  would  break  it.  It  has  resisted  this 
effort ;  and,  satisfied  with  the  experiment,  she  has  pro- 
ceeded to  stretch  out  the  second  thread,  which  she  has 
tried  iike  the  first. 

These  cords,  which  the  sea-muscles^  spin  with  so 
much  art,  are,  in  reality,  as  serviceable  to  them  as  ca- 
bles are  to  a  ship.  You  ask  me,  whether  they  can 
weigh  anchor!  Divers  experiments  prove  they  are  not 
endued  with  that  ingenuity.  It  was  not  necessary  for 
them.  But  they  sometimes  drive  with  their  anchors ; 
it  therefore  behoves  them  to  have  fresh  cables  in  re- 
serve. 

Thus  the  sea  has  its  spinners  as  well  as  the  earth. 
Muscles  are  at  sea  the  same  that  caterpillars  are  on 
land.  There  is,  nevertheless,  a  remarkable  difference 
between  them.  The  work  of  caterpillars  answers  ex- 
actly to  that  of  gold  wire-drawers.  The  silk  thread  is 
moulded  by  passing  through  the  mouth  of  the  spinner, 
and  the  caterpillar  gives  it  what  length  she  pleases; 
which,  in  certain  cones,  consists  of  several  hundred 
feet.  The  labour  ofr  muscles  may  rather  be  compared 
to  that  of  workmen  who  cast  metals.  The  spinning  in- 
strument of  these  shell-fish  is  a  real  mould,  which  does 
not  only  determine  the  thickness  of  the  thread,  but  also 
its  length,  which  is  always  equal  to  that  of  the  spinning 
instrument,  or  tongue. 

The  pinna?  marince,  which  are  species  of  very  large 
muscles,  are  more  dextrous  spinners  still.  Their 
threads,  which  are  at  least  seven  or  eight  inches  long, 
are  extremely  fine,  and  curious  works  are  made  with 
them.  If  muscles  are  caterpiilers  of  the  sea,  pinna? 


38$  Its  spiders.  The  threads  of  the  pinnae  serve,  lii^ 
those  of  muscles,  to  moor  them  with,  and  defend  them 
from  the  agitation  of  the  waves.  They  are  prodigi- 
ously numerous,  and  being  united,  form  a  kind  of  tuft 
or  skain,  weighing  about  three  ounces.  The  instru- 
ment that  prepares  and  moulds  them,  resembles,  in  the 
essential  properties  of  it,  that  of  other  shell-fish  of  this 
kind  ;  except  that  it  is  much  larger,  and  the  groove  that 
divides  it  lengthwise  is  much  narrower.  At  the  root  of 
it  there  is  a  membranous  bag,  composed  of  several, 
fleshy  layers,  that  separate  tire  silk  layers  from  whence 
the  tuft  results. 


24.  If  all  kinds  of  shell-fish  and  sea-animals 
not  been  enabled  to  moor  themselves  with  as  much 
skill  as  muscles  and  pinnae,  nature  has  made  them 
amends  for  thaJ  by  affording  them  means  that  are  no 
less  efficacious.  Before  we  quit  this  shore,  let  us  stor> 
a  little  while  and  examine  this  small  shell-fish  which. 
you  see  fastened  to  this  rock  :  it  is  a  goafs  eye,  or  a 
limpet.  Its  shell,  which  consists  of  one  piece  only,  is 
made  like  a  conic  chapiter,  under  which  the  whole  body 
is  sheltered,  as  under  a  roof:  the  animal  can  raise  or 
lower  this  covering  as  it  pleases.  When  it  lowers  ii  the 
body  is  entirely  concealed,  and  it  rests  immediately  on 
the  stone.  A  large  muscle  that  occupies  the  whole 
extent  of  the  shell,  and  that  is,  as  it  were,  the  base 
of  it,-  fastens  the  animal  to  this  stone.  Try  to  dis- 
engage ir  from  it  ;  \ou  are  not  able  lo  effect  it.  It  is, 
nevertheless,  only  fixed  to  the  stone  by  a  base  of  an 
inch  and  a  half  in  diameter.  Let  us  hoist  a  cord  round 
the  shell,  and  suspend  a  weight  of  twenty-eight  or  thirty 
pounds  to.  this  cord,  the  shell-fish  will  not  quit  its  hold 
till  after  same  seconds  ;  and  you  are  surprised  that  so- 
small  an  animal  should  be  endued  with  so  great  a~ 
power  of  adhesion.-  You  are  curious  to  know  from 
whence  he  derives  this  :  you  examine  the  stone,  and  it 
appears  to  you  to  be  finely  polished,  whereupon,  your 
astonishment  is  redoubled.  Can  it  be  that  the  muscle 
is  able  to  •  insinuate  itself  into  the  insensible  par'.*  of  tha 


S6T 

sttme  ?  Divide  the  animal  transversely,  it  still  adherer 
as  strongly  as  before.  Does  it  cleave  to  the  stone  as 
two  pieces  of  polished  marble  cleave  to  each  other? 
But  pieces  of  marble  easily  slip  each  other;  and  you 
cannot  cause  the  shell-fish  so  to  do,  This,  then,  is  the 
secret  cause  of  that  adhesion  which  astonishes  you.- 
The  muscle  13  furnished  with  a  viscous  humour,  which 
agglutinates  it  to  the  surface  of.  the  stone,  and  which  is* 
sensibly  felt  by  touching  it  with  the  ringer. 

But  the  goat's  eye  has  not  been  condemned  to  re- 
main. its  whole  life  affixed  to  the  same  place:  it  is 
necessary  for  it  to  go  in  search  of  its  food.  There  is 
one  now  creeping  on  the  rock  :  its  great  muscle  serves 
him  instead  of  legs,  and  performs  the  same  functions 
as  that  you  have  been  made  acquainted  with  in  the 
snail.  The  goat's  eye,  then,  can  disengage  himself  when 
lie  pleases  :  it  is  able  to  break  those  strings  which  are 
with  difficulty  disjointed  by  a  weight  of  eight-and- 
twenty  pounds.  Moisten  your  finger,  and  stroke  the 
muscle  with  it ;  the  natural  glutinous  substance  with 
which  it  is  endued,  can  no  longer  retain  its  hold.  This 
glue  is  dissoluble  by  water.  The  whole  surface  of  the 
muscle  abounds  with  little  seeds,  filled  with  a  dissolvent 
liquor.  When  the  animal  is  disposed  to  shift  his 
quarters,  he  need  only  press  his  numerous  glands,  the 
dissolvent  issues  from  them,  and  the  cords  are  broken, 

The  goat's  eye  has  but  one  certain  provision  of  gluy 
matter.  If  it  he  loosened  from  its  place  several 
times  together,  its  stock  will  be  exhausted,  and  it  will 
not  fix  any  more. 

This  method  of  mooring  is  common  to  divers  sea- 
animals.  It  is  particularly  so  to  nettles.  Its  whole 
skin  is  one  entire  mass  of  glue,  which  dissolves  **ery 
speedily  in  aqua  vitae.  It  is  with  this  abundant  giue 
that  these  extraordinary  animals  fasten  themselves  to 
the  rocks. 

5far*/foA«- also  fix  themselves  by  the  same  method^ 


263 

A  viscous  matter  is  conducted  to  the  extremity  of  tlie 
horns  that  serve  them  instead  of  legs.  These  legs  be- 
come strong  ties  to  them  by  means  of  the  glue  that  ex- 
sudes  from  them,  and  when  they  are  once  fastened,  it  is 
eabier  to  break  than  separate  them.  The  horns  of 
hedgehogs  are  exactly, of  the  same  nature. 

All  these  adhesions  are  voluntary,  anc4  depend  solely 
on  the  good  pleasure  of  the  animal.  He  joins  or  dis- 
joins himself  as  circumstances  require.  But  there  are 
other  adhesions,  which  are  altogether  involuntary.  Sea- 
worms,  that  are  called  pipe  worms,  are  enclosed  in  a 
round  tube  of  a  substance  resembling  that  of  shells, 
and  fastened  to  stones  or  hard  sand,  or  even  to  other 
shell-fish.  This  tube  follows  the  turnings  of  the  surface 
to  which  it  is  fixed  :  the  worm  never  quits  this  shell, 
which  he  lengthens  or  widens  as  he  grows.  They  recal 
to  your  remembrance  the  false  moths  :  this  may  be 
termed  a  Jake  moth  of  the  sea.  It  emits  from  its  whole 
body  a  stony  juice,  whichris  the  matter  whereof  the 
tube  is  formed. 

Other  worms  of  this  species,  whose  juice  is  not  of  a 
stony  nature,  but  glutinous,  make  use  of  it  for  collect- 
ing round  them  grains  of  sand,  or  bits  of  shells,  and 
this  shell  of  inlaid  pieces  is  notwithstanding  wrought  in 
pretty  exact  proportion. 

Oysters,  and  many  other  shell-fish,  adhere  by  a 
stony  liquor  to  the  bodies  whereon  they  rest,  and  are 
often  by  "this  means  cemented  to  one  another.  Of 
such  a  species  is  that  universal  cement  which  nature 
makes  use  of,  as  often  as  she  would  erect  in  the  sea,  or 
establish  therein  a  shell-work  against  the  violent  mo- 
tion of  the  waves. 

We  have  acquired  but  little  knowledge  of  the  industry 
of  fishes.  They  are  not  sufficiently  within  our  reach. 
The  greatest  part  of  them  inhabit  gulphs  that  are  in- 
accessible to  our  researches.  We  do  not  presume  to 
think,  that  all  their  intelligence  is  confined  solely  to 


263 

the  devouring  of  each  other.  Their  migrations  are  also 
as  remarkable  as  those  of  bird.  They  may  ha\e  need 
of  a  kind  of  genius  to  enable  them  to  chase  their 
prey  with  success,  and  elude  the  pursuit  of  their 
enemies.  The  cuttle-fish  scatters  about,  at  a  proper 
season,  a  black  liquor,  which  troubles  the  water,  and 
hides  her  from  the  sight  of  such  fishes  as  attempt  to 
take  away  her  life.  Perhaps  this  liquor  may  be  ser- 
viceable to  her  in  seizing,  with  the  greater  ease,  those 
she  feeds  upon.  Other  fishes  can,  with  abundance  of 
art,  penetrate  into  very  hard  shells,  and  extract  from 
thence  the  fleshy  substance  contained  in  them.  We  are 
not  yet  acquainted  with  the  use  the  sivord-fish,  the  saw- 
fish) and  the  narval,  or  unicorn-Jisk,  make  of  those 
enormous  instruments  they  wear  at  the  end  of  their 
snouts;  but  they  are  undoubtedly  able  to  handle  them. 
Has  not  the  cramp-fish,  which  so  suddenly  benumbs  the 
hand  that  touches  it,  a  very  remarkable  method  of  pro- 
viding for  its  safety,  and  an  excellent  art  to  propose  to 
the  meditation  of  the  natural  philosopher?  The  jlying- 
f.sht  when  pursured  by  others,  darts  out  of  the  watry 
element  to  take  refuge  in  the  air,  where  it  is  for  a  time 
sustained  by  its  great  fins. 

It  is  well  known  that  carp  are  capable  of  being 
tamed,  and  that  they  will  hasten,  like  fowls,  at  a 
certain  signal,  to  receive  food  from  the  hands  of  their 
provider. 

It  is  probable  that  fishes  are  of  all  other  animals  en- 
dued with  the  longest  lives.  We  inve  seen  carp  of  an 
hundred  and  fifty  years  old.  Fishes  transpire  and 
harden  but  little ;  they  have,  properly  speaking,  no 
bones  :  but  they  live  in  a  state  of  perpetual  warfare : 
they  all  devour,  or  are  devoured  by  others.  Those 
who  attain  to  their  age,  must  acquire  an  extensive 
knowledge  of  things  relating  to  the  sea.  Such  Nestors 
as  these  may  be  able  to  procure  us  some  good  memoirs 
of  the  secret  history  of  a  people  so  little  known. 

25.  We  conjecture  that  the  emigrations  of  birds  de« 


principally  on  the  winds.  An  exact  naturalist  a:l 
Malta  has  assured  himself  of  this,  that  the  same  species 
always  change  their  climate  with  particular  winds.  In 
April  the  south-west  wind  brings  into  that  island  a 
species  of  plovers,  arid  the  nortk-west,  cardinals,  and 
•quails.  Nearly  at  the  same  time,  falcons,  buzzards,  and 
other  birds  of  prey,  come  with  the  north-west  wind, 
-without,  stopping,  and  depart  in  October  with  the  south 
and  west.  In  summer  the  easterly  wind  conducts  the 
snipes  to  Malta,  and,  towards  the  autumn,  the  north 
and  north-west  bring  thither  numerous  squadrons  of 
woodcocks.  These  birds  cannot  fly,  like  the  quails,  be- 
fore the  winds,  since  the  north  wind,  which  might 
carry  them  into  Barbary,  obliges  them  to  remain 
in  the  isles.  Quails,  on  the  contrary,  emigrate 
before  the  wind  from  one  country  to  another.  The 
•south-east  enables  them  -to  pass,  in  the  month  of  March, 
from  Barbary  into  France.  They  return  from  France 
in  September,  and  go  to  Malta  by  a  south-east.  The 
winds,  therefore,  are  the  signals  employed  by  nature  for 
reminding  divers  kinds  of  birds  of  the  time  of  their  de- 
parture. In  obedience  to  this  voice,  they  set  out,  and 
follow  the  direction  it  points  out  to  them. 

What  a  series  of  interesting  circumstances  would  not 
the  construction  of  their  nests  also  present  us  with!  A 
chaffinch  or  goldfinch's  nest  would  take  us  up  -whole 
hours  in  contemplating  it  We  should  enquire  where 
the  ^goldfinch  could  furnish  itself  with  a  cot-ton  so  fine, 
silky,  and  soft,  as  Hues  the  inside  of  its  pretty  nest! 
After  many  researches,  we  should  find  that,  by  covering 
the  seeds  of  certain  willows  with  a  very  fine  cotton,  na- 
ture has  prepared  for  the  goldfinch  the  down  she  em- 
ploys. We  should  never  be  weary  of  considering  that 
kind  of  embroidery  with  which  the  chaffinch  so  agreea- 
bly adorns  the  outside  of  his  nest,  and,  on  viewing  it 
more  narrowly,  we  should  perceive  that  it  is  owing  to  an 
infinity  of  little  liverworts,  artfully  interwoven  together, 
and  applied  with  the  utmost  propriety  over  the  whole 
surface  of  the  nest.  The  colour  of  these  liverworts, 
which  is  most  commonly  that  of  the  bark  of  the  tree 


,'On  which  the   nest  is   situate,   would  indicate  that  tine 
chaffinch  seems  to  intend  her  nest  should  be  confound- 
ed with  the  branch  that  bears  it. 

26.  Shall  we   visit  the  retreats  of  rats,  Jidd~mlcey 

Zadgers,  Joxes,    otters,  dears.     We    should    undertake 

.   thereby  too  tedious  a  journey.     Let  us  limit  ours-^ves 

L  to  the  rabbit  and   monkey ,  as  the   most  curious   after 

those  of  the  beaver. 

The  rabbit  and  hare,  which  bear  so  near  a  resem- 
blance to  each  other,  both  in  their  exterior  and  interior 
part,  teach  us  not  to  trust  to  appearances  :  they  easily 
couple  together,  and  produce  nothing :  they  are,  there* 
fore,  distinct  species. 

Moreover,  the  feeble  hare  contents  herself  with  the 
lodging  she  makes  for  herself  on  the  surface  of  the 
,  earth.  The  more  industrious  rabbit  penetrates  into  the 
earth,  and  there  procures  an  assured  asylum.  The 
male  and  female  live  together  in  this  peaceable  retreat, 
fearless  of  the  fox  or  bird  of  prey.  Unknown  to  the 
rest  of  the  world,  they  spend  their  days  in  happiness 
and  tranquillity. 

The  hare  might  also  dig  the  earth,  but  does  not, 
neither  does  the  domestic  rabbit,  since  he  has  no  occa- 
sion ;  his  dwelling-place  being  provided  for  hhn,  he  be- 
haves as  if  he  was  sensible  of  it.  The  warren-rabbit 
seems  to  know  that  he  is  unprovided,  and  procures  for 
himself  a  lodging.  But  to  perceive  the  relations  those 
.retreats  have  to  their  preservation,  and  to  judge  that 
they  will  shelter  them  from  all  the  inconveniences  they 
labour  under,  is  an  operation  of  the  soul  that  borders 
on  reflection,  if  it  be  not  reflection  itself. 

When  the  hare  is  ready  to  kindle,  she  digs  for  herself 
a  burrow.  This  is  a  winding  trench,  or  one  made  in 
zig-zag.  At  the  bottom  of  this  trench  she  works  a  great 
cavity,  lining  it  \vith  her  own  hairs :  that  is  the  soft  bed 
she  prepares  for  her  young.  She  does  not  quit  tuem 
during  several  of  the  first  days ;  and  only  #oes  out 
afterwards  to  procure  nourishment.  The  father  at 
4hut  time  juiaws  nothing  of  his  family ;  he  does  not 


266 

dare  to  enter  the  burrow.  When  the  mother  goes  into 
the  fields,  fehe  often  takes  even  the  precaution  to  stop 
r.p  the  entrance  of  the  burrow  with  earth  steeped  in  her 
urine.  When  they  are  grown  somewhat  larger,  the 
leverets  begin  to  brouse  the  tender  grass.  The  father 
at  that,  time  Acquires  a  knowledge  of  them,  takes  them 
up  in  his  paws,  licks  their  eves,  polishes  their  hair,  and 
distributes  his  caresses  and  cares  equally  amongst 
them  all. 

Observations  prove  that  paternity  is  greatly  respected 
amongst  hares.  The  grandsire  continues  to  be  the 
chief  of  the  whole  numerous  family,  and  seems  to  go- 
vern it  like  a  patriarch. 

27.  The  tricks  of  the  monkey  are  known  to  every 
body :  no  one  is  ignorant  with  what  facility  she  is 
tamed,  and  taught  to  dance  and  shew  postures  on  a 
staff.  Her  ingenious  proceedings  on  the  tops  of  the 
Alps,  where  she  fixes  her  abode,  in  the  midst  of  snow 
and  frost,  are  not  so  generally  known. 

Towards  the  month  of  October  she  enters  into  win* 
ter-quarters,  and  shuts  herself  up  for  the  remainder  of 
the  season :  her  retreat  is  worthy  of  observation.  Oil 
the  brow  of  a  mountain  the  industrious  monkey  estab- 
lishes her  dwelling.  It  is  a  great  gallery  dug  under- 
ground, and  made  like  a  Y.  These  two  branches, 
which  have  each  of  them  an  opening,  terminate  at  a 
corner.  Such  is  the  apartment  of  the  monkey.  One 
of  the  branches  descends  below  the  apartment,  accord- 
ing to  the  sloping  of  the  mountain ;  it  is  a  kind  of 
aqueduct  that  receives  and  carries  off  the  excrements 
and  filth.  The  other  branch,  which  rises  above  the 
habitation,  serves  for  an  avenue  and  place  to  go  out  at. 
The  apartment  is  the  only  part  of  the  gallery  which  is 
horizontal.  It  is  lined  with  a  thick  layer  of  moss  and 
hay.  It  is  certain  that  monkeys  are  sociable  animals, 
•and  that  they  work  in  common  on  their  lodging. 
They  amass,  during  the  summer,  ample  supplies  of  moss 
and  liay.  Some  mow  the  grass,  others  gather  it,  and 


267 

by  turns  they  supply  the  office  of  a  cart  to  convey  it  to 
the  storehouse.  One  of  the  monkeys  lies  on  his  back, 
opens  his  paws  to  serve  instead  of  racks,  suffers  himself 
to  be  loaded  with  hay,  and  drawn  by  the  rest,  who 
hold  him  by  the  tail,  and  are  careful  to  prevent  the 
carriage  being  overturned  on  the  road.  Their  feet 
are  armed  with  claws,  which  enable  them  with  great 
ease  to  dig  into  the  earth.  As  soon  as  they  have  made 
a  hollow  place  in  it,  they  throw  behind  them  the  dirt 
they  extract  from  the  mine.  They  pass  the  greatest 
part  of  their  life  in  their  habitation;  they  retire  into  it 
during  the  rain,  or  on  the  approach  of  a  storm,  or  at 
the  sight  of  some  imminent  danger.  They  seldom  oLmt 
it  except  in  fine  weather,  and  go  but  a  little  way  from 
it.  Whilst  some  are  sporting  on  the  turf,  others  are 
busy  in  cutting  it,  and  a  third  party  are  acting  as 
scouts  on  the  eminences,  to  give  notice  to  the  foragers, 
by  a  whistle,  of  the  enemy's  approach. 

During  the  winter  monkeys  eat  nothing :  the  cold 
benumbs  them,  suspends,  or  greatly  diminishes  per- 
spiration, and  other  excretions.  The  fat,  with  which 
their  belly  is  well  provided,  passes  into  the  blood  and 
restores  it.  We  might  affirm  that  they  foresee  their 
lethargy,  and  are  apprized  that  they  shall  then  have  no 
need  of  nourishment ;  for  they  do  not  think  of  hoard- 
ing up  provisions,  as  they  do  materials  for  furnishing 
their  lodging. 

23.  We  have  greatly  admired  the  ingenious  and 
almost  intelligent  mechanism  by  which  divers  cater- 
pillars roll  up  the  leaves  of  trees.  You  see  these  ash- 
leaves  that  are  rolled  up  like  a  coffin.  They  are  inha- 
bited by  a  little  caterpillar,  that  has  formed  for  itself 
therein  a  cone  of  pure  silk,  nearly  resembling  a  grain 
of  corn.  We  cannot  examine  this  cone  without  opening 
the  coffin  ;  let  us  do  it  with  caution.  The  cone  is  lodged 
it  the  centre :  you  perceive  little  gutters  on  the  ex- 
terior part  of  it.  Observe  particularly  in  what  manner 
this  little  cone  is  suspended  iu  the  middle  of  the  coffin, 
by  the  help  of  a  thread,  one  of  whose  extremities  i$ 

VOL.  iv.  N 


fixed  to  the  top  of  the  cone,  and  the  other  to  its  base, 
or   the  flat  part   of  the    leaf.     Look  narrowly   at    the 
place  .where   the   thread  joins    to  the   fiat    part  of  the 
leaf:    you     will    perceive    a.    small    piece     in    it    ex- 
actly circular,    bored    in   the    thick  part   of  the   leaf, 
and  that  seems   to  conceal  some  secret   design.     This 
you  will  find  in  many  cotfms  ;  but  it  often  happens  that 
you  will   see  in  that  place   a  little  round   hole,    well 
turned,  that  appears  to  have  been   made  by  a  gimllet. 
The  circular  piece  is  the  work  of  the  caterpillar,  it  has 
skilfully  gnawed  that  part  of  the  leaf;    and  has  cut  a 
little  piece  of  it  in  a  circular  form,    which  it  has  been 
very  careful  to  leave  in  its  place.     You  seem  to  discern 
the  end    of  this  labour.     It  is  contrived  for  a  private 
passage  for  the  caterpillar  to  go    out    at,   at  the    same 
time  that   it  prevents  the  entrance  of  any  mischievous 
insects.     Our  industrious  caterpillar  then  makes  a  little 
door  into  its  celi :    tbe  door   is  not    to  be  opened    till 
after   the  last  metamorphosis.     The  winding  parts  of  it 
being  interwoven  with  the  leaf,  .it  remains    as   it  were 
subservient  to  it.     In   issuing  from  the  cone  the  cater- 
pillar  descends  by   the   whole  length    of   the  thread, 
which  holds  it  suspended ;  it  follows  the  direction  of  it, 
arrives  at  the  door,    and   bursts  it  open  by  pushing  its 
head  against  it.     These  coffins,    which  you  see  pierced 
through,  have  been  abandoned  by  the  caterpillars. 

29.  Our  grain  is  liable  to  be  eaten  by  a  very  small 
insect,  that  lodges  within  it,  and  is  there  metamor- 
phosed. The  covering  of  corn  is  a  kind  of  very  close 
box,  which  the  caterpillar  lines  with  silk.  But  the 
caterpillar  is  provided  with  no  instrument  to  pierce 
through  this  box,  and  would  remain  prisoner  therein, 
if  the  insect  were  not  instructed  how  to  prepare  a  pas- 
sage from  it.  It  proceeds  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
roller  of  the  ash;  it  cuts  with  its  teeth  a  little  round 
place  in  the  covering  of  the  grain,  which  it  is  very 
careful  not  to  di  engage  entirely  from  it.  The  butterfly 
need  only  press  against  this  part,  in  ©rder  to  obtain  its 
liberty. 


269 

In  the  centre  of  the  capper  thistle  there  is  a  large  ob- 
long  cavity,  which  is  commonly  inhabited  by  a  small 
caterpillar,  that  makes  a  sort  of  cone  therein,  where 
she  transforms  herself.  The  rind  of  the  thistle  is  much 
harder  than  that  of  onr  corn  :  it  would  be  impossible 
for  the  butterfly  to  force  a  passage  through  it.  It 
would  have  occasion  for  very  strong  teeth  for  that 
purpose,  and  is  furnished  with  no  analogous  instru- 
ments. The  caterpillar,  which  seems  sensible  of  this, 
makes  a  skilful  provision  for  the  necessities  of  the 
butterfly.  It  pierces  in  different  parts  the  walls  of  its 
lodge,  and  makes  a  small  round  hole  in  it,  opposite  the 
extreme  part  of  the  cone  which  the  butterfly  is  to  go 
out  at ;  but,  where  this  hole  to  remain  open,  the  chry- 
salis would  be  too  much  exposed.  The  caterpillar  con- 
trives a  very  simple  expedient  for  stopping  up  the  aper- 
ture. The  whole  exterior  part  of  the  head  of  the 
thistle  is  covered  with  the  seeds  of  the  plant.  The 
caterpillar  brings  some  of  these  little  bodies  to  the  out- 
side of  the  hole. 

In  treating  of  the  proceedings  of  aquatic  moths,  we 
have  remarked  that  they  transform  themselves  in  their 
case.  There  must  be  a  continual  fresh  supply  of 
water  in  this  enclosure  :  yet,  no  voracious  inject,  -should 
be  allowed  access  to  it.  Instead  of  placing  a  full  made 
door  at  the  entrance  of  its  lodge,  the  moth  puts  a 
grated  one  there,  w  Inch  answers  every  end.  Let  us  not 
attribute  our  method  of  reasoning  to  this  moth.  Does 
she  know  that  voracious  inserts  have  a  design  against 
her  life  ]  Is  she  sensible  that  she  will  put  on  a  form 
under  which  she  will  not  be  able  to  fly]  No;  she  is 
ignorant  of  all  this;  nor  does  it  concern  her  to  know 
it.  She  has  been  taught  to  spread  threads  that  are 
capable  of  growth  ;  she  does  spread  them,  in  so  doing, 
she  provides  by  a  machine  against  the  inconveniendes 
which  she  neither  knows  or  can  know.  Judge  on  the 
same  principle  of  other  facts  of  this  kind.  It  is  always 
the  AUTHOR  of  the  insect  who  alone  is  to  be  esteemed 
wonderful. 


270 

30.  I  need  not  then  endeavour,  from  the  end  which 
we  distxm  ,          :     uo.k  oi    an   industrious   animal,  to 
find    a   reason  for  this   work.     I  would  not   say,   The 
spider  spreads  a  net    tn   catch    the  files ;     but   that  the 
spider  catches   the  files  because  she  spreads  a    net,    £c.^ 
and  she  forms  a  ntt,    because  she  has  occasion  to  spin. 
The  end  is  not  less  certain,  or  less  evident  ;    only,  it  is 
not  the  animal  that  has  proposed  ir,  but  the  AUTHOR 
of  the  animal.     What  loss  would   natural  theology  sus- 
tain by  this  method  of  reasoning  1     Would  it  not,  on 
the  contrary,  acquire  a  greater  degree  of  exactness  ?  Let 
us  reason   then  on   1h&  operations  of  animals  as  we  do 
on  their  structure.     The  same  WISDOM  which  has  con- 
structed and  arranged  with  so  much  art  their  various 
organs,  and  has  caused  them    to  concur  to  one  deter- 
minate end,  has  likewise  caused  those  numerous  opera- 
tions, which  are  the  natural  effects  of  the  economy  of 
the  animal   to  contribute  to  one  end.     He   is    directed 
towards  his  end  by   an  invisible  HAND  ;    he  executes 
with  precision,    from   the   very    beginning,   the    works 
which  we  admire;    he  seems  to  act  as  if  he  was  ca- 
pable of  reasoning,  to  turn  about  with  propriety,  and 
to  change  his  method  as  there  is  occasion,  and  in  all 
this   only    obeys   those    secret  springs  by  which  he  is 
actuated;    he  is   only  a  blind  instrument  that  cannot 
judge  of  his  own  action,  but  is  excited  1o  it  by  that 
ADORABLE  MIND  which  has  traced  out  to  every  in- 
sect his  little  circle,    as   he  4ias  marked  out    to  each 
planet  its  proper   orbit.      When,   therefore,   I  see   an 
insect  working    on  the  construction  of   a  net,  a  cone 
or    a    chrysalis,    I  am  seized  with  respect,    because   I 
am  beholding  a  sight  where  the  SUPREME  ARTIST  is 
concealed  behind  the  scene. 

3 1 .  Many  species  of  solitary  bees  content  them- 
selves with  penetrating  into  the  earth  ;  scoop  out  cy- 
lindrical cavities  therein,  and  polish  the  walls.  They 
deposit  an  egg  there,  and  amass  a  sufficient  quantity 
of  nourishment. 

There  is  another  species  of  these  worms  that  pierce 


271 

the  earth,  whose  industry  is  much  more  remarkable^ 
They  do  not  content  themselves,  like  the  others,  with 
an  entire  naked  cavity.  On  visiting  the  inside  of  the 
lodge,  immediately  after  its  construction,  we  are  agree- 
ably surprised  to  see  it  hung  quite  round  with  tapes- 
try, of  the  most  beautiful  crimson  satin,  affixed  to  the 
sides,  as  our  tapestry  is  to  the  wails  of  our  apart- 
ments, but  with  much  more  propriety.  The  bee  does 
nol  only  line  i«  this  manner  the  whole  inside  of  her 
dwelling;  but  also  spreads  the  same  kind  of  tapes- 
try round  the  entrance,  to  the  distance  of  two  or' 
three  lines.  We  have  observed  many  Caterpillars  that 
line  the  inside  of  their  cone  or  inclosure  with  silk  : 
our  bee  is  the  only  insect  at  present  known  which, 
properly  speaking,  hangs  her  nest  with  tapestry,  as 
we  do  our  apartments.  It  is,  therefore,  with  good 
reason  that  this  industrious  animal  has  received  the 
name  of  the  tapestry-bee. 

You  seem  at  a  loss  to  know  from  whence  she  pro- 
cures the  rich  tapestry.  Look  at  the  flowers  of  this 
wild-poppy,  which  are  newly  blown  ;  observe  that  they 
are  slopeu  here  and  there.  Compare  them  with  the 
tapestry  whose  tissue  you  are  desirous  of  knowing  ;  you 
cau  find  no  difference  between  them:  this  tapestry  is 
no  other  than  the  fragments  of  the  flowers  of  the  wild- 
poppy  ;  and  that  is  the  secret  origin  of  those  slopings 
you  remark  on  the  poppies  that  border  upon  the  nest. 
Your  curiosity  is  itot  yet  satisfied ;  you  are  desirous  of 
observing  a  little  the  labour  of  our  skilful  worker  in 
tapestry. 

The  hole  which  she  digs  perpendicularly  into  the 
earth,  is  about  three  inches  in  depth  :  it  is  exactly  cy- 
liadrical,  as  far  as  to  seven  or  eight  lines  of  the  bottom. 
There  it  begins  to  open  wider,  which  it  does  more  and 
nnore.  When  the  bee  has  made  an  end  of  giving  it  the 
suitable  proportions,  she  proceeds  to  line  it  with  the 
tapestry. 

With  this  view,  she  applies  herself  to  cutting,  with 
abundance  of  art,   pieces  of  petals,*  of  an  oval  form, 
*  This  is  the  name  given  by  botanists  to  the  leaves  of  flowsrs, 
N  3 


373 

frcrn  the  flowers  of  the  wild-poppy,  which  she  seize* 
wi'h  her  legs,  and  conveys  i  sto  her  hole.  These  little 
scraps  of  tapestry,  when  transported  thither,  are  very 
much  crumbled  ;  but  the  tapestry-bee  knows  how  to 
spread  them  cut,  display  them,  and  affix  them  to  the 
walls  \\ith  astonishing  ait. 

She  applies  at  least  two  layers  of  the  petals.  She 
spreads  two  tapestries  on  each  other.  The  reason  of 
her  furnishing  herself  with  it  from  the  flowers  of  the 
wild-poppy,  rather  than  from  those  of  many  other  plants, 
is,  because  in  them  are  united,  to  a  higher  degree,  all 
those  qualities  which  are  requisite  for  the  use  to  which 
the  bee  designs  to  put  them.  ' 

When  the  pieces  which  -the  bee  has  cut  and  trass- 
ported,  are  found  to  be  too  large  for  the  place  they  are 
intended  to  occupy,  she  cuts  off  the  superfluous  parts  of 
them,  and  conveys  the  shreds  out  of  the  apartment. 

After  h;;  tapestry,  the  bee  fills  the  nest  with 

paste,  to  tLfc  height  of  seven  or  eight  lines:  this  is  all 
that  is  necessary  for  the  nourishment  of  the  worm.  The 
lape&try  is  designed  to  prevent  the  mixture  of  particles 
of  earth  wiih  *he  paste. 

You  expect,  undoubtedly,  that  tlie  prudent  bee  should 
nt-t'fuil  to  close  up  effectually  the  aperture  of  the  nest, 
in  order  to  hinder  the  access  of  those  insects  into  it 
that  are  fond  of  the  paste  ;  this  she  takes  proper  care 
to  do :  and  it  is  utieriy  impossible  for  you  to  discover, 
from  the  surface  of  the  ground,  the  spot  where  the  nest 
\vas,  whose  construction  you  have  just  been  contem- 
plating,- such  is  the  skill  employed  by  the  bee  in  closing 
it.  This  little  white  pebble  was  at  the  edge  of  the 
hole,  or  very  near  it  ;  it  has  not  changed  its  place,  and 
indicates  to  us  the  part  beneath  which  the  nest  is  we 
are  searching  for.  It  seems  then  as  if  we  should  have 
nothing  IM  re  to  do  than  to  raise  up  a  light  layer  of 
earth,  in  order  to- expose  to  view  the  entrance  of  the 
hole,  whirh  hay  been  so  well  closed.  Nothing  can  be 
easier  or  less  doubtful.  How  great  is  your  surprise  ! 
you  have  already  taken  up  two  or  three  inches  of  the 
earth  in  depth,  and  you  cannot  find  the  least  appear- 


213        ~     - 

anc.e  either  of  the  hole  or  the  tapestry.  What  can  this 
mean  I  What  is  become  of  the  nest  that  was  so  skil- 
fully constructed,  so  properly  lined,  and  was  upwards 
of  three  inches  deep  ?  A  few  hours  since,  you  admired 
the  ingenious  "contrivance  of  it,  and  now  the  whole  has 
disappeared,  so  that  you  cannot  discover  the  least  t.ace 
of  it.  What  mastery  then  is  this]  It  is  effected  as 
follows : 

When  the  bee  has  done  laying,  and  amassed  her 
quantity  of  paste,  she  takes  down  the  tapestry,  folds  it 
over  the  paste,  which  she  wraps  together  in  it,  pretty 
nearly  as  we  fold  on  itself  a  cotrin  or  paper  that  is  half 
full :  the  egg  and  paste  are  by  this  means  inclosed 
within  a  little  bag  of  flowers.  The  bee  has  then  nothing 
farther  to  do,  but  to  fill  up  with  earth  all  the  void 
space  that  is  above  the  bag ;  and  this  she  performs  with 
such  wonderful  activity  and  exactness,  as  utterly  to  con- 
ceal the  place  where  the  nest  was. 

If  a  hare  does  not  possess,  like  the  rabbit,  the  art  of 
digging*  for  himseif  a  burrow,  he  does  not,  however, 
want  a  sufficient  degree  of  sagacity  to  enable  him  to  se- 
cure himself,  and  escape  from  his  enemies.  He<  can, 
choose  for  himself  a  form,  and  conceal  himself  betwixt 
clods  of  earth  that  resemble  the  colour  of  his  hair.  In 
winter,  he  takes  up  his  lodging  to  the  south,  and  in 
summer  time  to  the  north  ;  \vlieia  started  by  the  dogs, 
he  pursues  the  same  track  for  some  time,  goes  the  same 
way  back  -again,  darts  aside,  throws  himseit  into  a  bush, 
and  there  squats  down.  The  pack  follow  the  path, 
pass  before  the  hare,  and  lose  scent  of  him. 

The  crafty  animal  sees  them  pass  by  and  run  far 
from  him,  he  issues  from  his  retreat,  confounds  his 
course,  and  puts  the  hounds-  to  a  loss.  He  varies  his 
shifts  continually,  and  always  conducts  them  as  his  cir- 
cumstances require.  Sometimes  at  the  cry  of  the  hounds, 
he  quits  his  form,  speeds  away  to  the  distance  of  a 
quarter  of  a  league,  casts  himseif  into  a  pond,  and  lies 
.  Jiid  among  the  rushes.  At  others,  he  mingles  with  a 
flock  of  sheep,  and  will  not  abandon  them.  One  time 


274 

lie  conceals  himself  under  ground :  at  another  leaps 
under  a  ruinous  wall,  crouches  among  the  ivy,  ancf  lets 
the  dogs  pass  him.  Oftentimes  he  runs  along  one  side 
of  a  hedge,  whilst  the  dogs  go  on  the  other.  Some- 
times, by  several  efforts,  he  swims  across  a  river.  Lastly, 
at  others,  he  obliges  another  hare  to  quit  the  form,  in 
order  to  supply  his  place,  &c. 

The  stag,  which  by  the  elegance  and  lightness  of  his 
make,  by  those  living  branches  with  which  his  head  is 
rather  adorned  than  armed,  his  size,  strength,  and  noble 
air,  is  one  of  the  graad  ornaments  of  the  forest,  is  en- 
dued with  more  subtlety  than  even  the  hare,  and  finds 
more  exercise  for  the  sagacity  of  the  huntsman. 

When  pursued  by  the  hounds,  he  passes  and  re-passes 
several  times  on  his  track ;  eludes  their  pursuit  by  as- 
sorting himself  with  other  beasts,  darts  forward,  and 
immediately  flees  to  a  distance  ;  starts  aside,  and  steals 
away,  and  lies  prostrate  on  his  belly.  The  land  be- 
traying him  every  where,  he  betakes  himself  to  the 
water.  The  hind,  that  nourishes  her  young,  presents 
herself  to  the  dogs,  in  order  to  facilitate  the  escape  of 
her  young;  she  runs  away  with  swiftness,  and  afterwards 
returns  to  it. 

32.  The  fox,  celebrated  for  his  subtlety,  is  no  less 
circumspect  than  skilful,  no  less  vigilant  than  crafty  5 
he  weighs  cautiously  the  least  of  his  measures,  studies 
circumstances,  watches  incessantly,  and  has  always  some 
contrivance  in  reserve  to  assist  him  upon  an  exigency. 
His  genius,  so  fruitful  in  resources,  multiplies  almost  to 
infinity  his  shifts  and  stratagems. 

Though  extremely  fleet  in  running,  he  does  not  trust 
to  his  natural  swiftness  :  he  judges  that  that  alone  would 
not  be  sufficient  for  his  preservation.  He  works  for 
himself  a  timely  asylum  under  ground ;  where  he  takes 
refuge  in  case  of  necessity,  and  lodges,  and  brings  up 
his  family. 

He  establishes  his  dwelling-place  on  the  border  of 
woods,  aed  m  the  neighbourhood  of  farm-houses.  He 


275 

listens  afar  off,  with  an  attentive  ear,  to  the  cackling  of 
poultry,  directs  his  steps  accordingly,  arrives  hy  several 
winding  ways,  squats  himself  down,  passes  along  on  his 
belly,  lies  in  ambuscade,  and  rarely  iails  in  his  attempt. 

If  he  is  so  happy  as  to  penetrate  into  the  inclosure, 
he  employs  to  good  purpose  every  moment  of  his  time, 
and  slaughters  the  whole  stock.  He  immediately  re- 
treats, carries  away  with  him  one  of  the  prey,  conceals 
it,  returns  in  search  of  another,  hides  that  like  the 
former,  and  does  not  cease  from  plundering,  till  he  per- 
ceives he  has  been  discovered. 

He  is  amazingly  skilful  in  hunting  young  leverets, 
surprising  the  hares  when  laying  down,  in  discovering 
the  nest,  of'partridges,  or  quails,  and  seizing  the  mother 
on  her  eggs. 

Equally  'bold  as  crafty,  he  has  even  the  courage  to 
attack  bees  :  he  attempts  to  get  their  honey,  which  he 
is  very  fond  of.  These  warlike  insects  presently  assail 
him  on  all  sides,  and  in  a  few  moment^  he  is  entirely 
covered  with  them.  He  retires  some  paces,  rolls  him- 
self on  the  ground,  crushes  them  by  that  means,  returns 
to  the  charge,  and  at  length  obliges  this  little  laborious 
people  to  abandon  to  him  the  fruits  of  their  long  la- 
bours. 

I  shall  add  but  one  more  instance  :  if  the  fo*  disco- 
vers that  his  young  have  been  disturbed  during  his  ab- 
sence, he  transports  them,  one  after  another,  to  a  new 
place  of  retreat. 


276 


CONCLUSION. 


Hi 


.ERE  I  set  bounds  to  my  design.  I  have  presented 
my  readers  with  a  variety  or'  facts  of  an  interesting 
nature,  sufficient  to  enable  them  to  form  an  idea  of 
those  pleasures  which  result  from  the  contemplation  of 
nature.  But  this  contemplation  would  prove  fruitless, 
did  it  not  lead  us  to  aspire  incessantly  after  thia  ador- 
able BEING,  by  endeavouring  to  acquire  a  knowledge 
of  him,  from  that  immense  chain  of  various  produc- 
tions wherein  his  power  and  wisdom  are  displayed  with 
such  distinguished  lustre<  He  does  not  impart  to  us 
the  knowledge  of  himself  immediately ;  that  is  not  the 
plan  he  has  chosen ;  but  he  has  commanded  the  hea- 
vens and  the  earth  to  proclaim  his  existence,  to  make 
him  known  to  us.  He  has  endued  us  with  faculties 
susceptible  of  this  divine  language,  and  has  raised  up 
men  who  explore  their  beauties,  and  become  their 
interpreters.  Imprisoned  for  awhile  in  a  small  obscure 
planet,  we  only  enjoy  such  a  portion  of  light  as  is 
suitable  to  our  present  condition  :  let  us  wisely  improve 


277 

each  glimmering  ray  reflected  upon  us,  nor  lose  the 
smallest  spark  :  let  us  continually  advance  in  this  Efful- 
gent  Light !  A  time  will  come,  when  T;ve  shall  draw  all 
light  from  the  Eternal  Source  of  Light,  and  instead  of 
contemplating  the  Divine  Architect  in  the  works  eft 
his  hands,  shall  contemplate  the  workmanship  in  the 
OMNIPOTENT  AUTHOR  thereof.  "  We  now  see 
things  as  through  a  glass  darkly ;  but  we  shall  then  see 
face  to  face." 


END   OF   THE    FOURTH   VOLUME. 


Printad  by  J.  D.  Dewick,  40 y  Barbican. 


CASE 


X    W,        ^